if

THE LIBRARY

OF

THE UNIVERSITY

OF CALIFORNIA

RIVERSIDE

CATALOGUE

01' IHE

FOSSIL MAMMALIA

BRITISH MUSEUM,

(NATURAL HISTORY)

CROMWELL ROAD, S.W.

PART V.

CONTAINING

THE GROUP TILLODONTIA, THE ORDERS SIRENIA, CETACEA,

EDENTATA, MARSUPIALIA, MONOTREMATA,

AND SUPPLEMENT.

BY

RICHARD LYDBKKER, B.A., F.G.S., ETC.

LONDON:
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

1887.

PRINTED BY TATLOB AND FRANCIS,
BED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

PEEFACE.

IT is no small satisfaction to be able to announce the completion
of the fifth and final part of this Catalogue, of which the first was
published less than three years since.

Of its utility to the student of Mammalogy there can be no
question. If it contained a bare list of specimens with their
localities and references to the works in which they are described,
it would be of much value ; but when, as is often the case, both
distinctive characters and descriptions are given in addition, it
becomes a still more important work of reference, which must be
indispensable in every Biological library.

The Collection, under the excellent skill of Mr. William Davies,
assisted by Mr. Arthur Smith Woodward, has been revised, arranged,
and named, so as to correspond in order, as nearly as the exigencies
of exhibition-space will permit, with the several suborders and
families proposed in this Catalogue, references being everywhere
affixed to figured and described specimens.

To these Assistants and to Mr. Lydekker my best thanks are
due for the admirable manner in which they have cooperated to
complete the cataloguing and arrangement of this important section
of the Pateontological Collection.

HEKLIY WOODWARD.

British Museum
(Natural History),
Department of Geology,
August 1, 1887.

INTRODUCTION.

WITH the present part the List of Fossil Mammalia now represented
in the collection of the Museum is completed '. The Supplement
issued herewith comprises all specimens that have been acquired
since the date of publication of the parts in which they should
properly have been recorded, as well as some of which the affinity
or serial position had not been determined at the time when such
parts were written, and also certain others which after the trans-
ference of the collection from Bloomsbury had been deposited in
drawers out of their proper serial position, and thus escaped notice.
The specimens are recorded in about 9820 entries, but many of
such entries include more than a single specimen. The named
species (omitting one or two which have been subsequently found to
be synonyms) are 719 in number, and are arranged under 301 generic
and 100 family headings — 106 out of the total being regarded as
indistinguishable from existing forms. Allowing for the above-
mentioned cases of synonymy (which are noticed in the sequel), it
may be affirmed that among the better-known forms the list of
genera and species does not err on the side of redundancy, the
writer having endeavoured as far as possible in this respect to follow
the lead of the Director of the Museum in not recognizing such as
are founded upon trivial characters 2. In imperfectly known forms,
however, this rule cannot be enforced, and it may eventually be
found that among the smaller forms, and in groups like the Tertiary

1 The specimen belonging to the so-called Antilope torticornis, Aymard, from,
the Pliocene of Auvergne, noticed by Biitimeyer in his " Binder der Tertiar-
Epoche," Abb. schw. pal. Ges., pp. 84-85, as being in the Museum, cannot be
identified with any specimen in the collection.

2 See Preface to ' List of Cetacea in the British Museum ' (1885).

Vlll INTRODUCTION.

Phocidce and Trichechiclce and the Physeteroid Cetacea, reductions in
these respects will be necessary l. There is of course the danger
that the principle in question may be carried to an extreme, and it
will perhaps prove that in some instances the remains of more than
a single species have been included under one name ; this, however,
the writer regards as a less serious error than its reverse.

It may be observed that this work, as its title implies, is merely
a Catalogue of the species and genera represented in the Collection
of the Museum, and consequently that it does not embrace all the
known Fossil Mammalia. I am indeed well aware how valuable
a work of the latter nature would be if it could be made reliable
and complete ; but when I consider the number of names that
have been relegated to the rank of synonyms from the examination
of the specimens in the Museum, and the great uncertainty still
existing as to the generic and specific determination of an immense
number of the forms unrepresented in the Collection, I am convinced
that the time has not yet arrived when such a work could be pro-
fitably undertaken. This is indeed well illustrated at the present
time in the case of the Mammals of the infra-Pampean formation2 of
South America, whose history is now undergoing a phase very like
that experienced in the case of those of North America some few
years ago. Thus, in the Bulletins of the Academy of Sciences of
Cordova, Signor Ameghino proposes a host of new generic and specific
names for the Mammals from this formation ; but as these memoirs
are without illustrations, it is often totally impossible to form any
conclusion as to the validity of these generic and specific terms ; of
which Dr. Burmeister, of Buenos Ayres, considers a large proportion
are not entitled to stand 3.

In respect of classification I have endeavoured throughout not to
form any entirely new scheme, and have in the main followed the

1 If I had been describing the remains of these forms de novo I certainly
should not have made the number of genera and species that have been founded ;
but as the specimens at present available are not sufficient to say decisively
that some of these forms are equivalents of others, the only course has been
to refer the specimens to the genera and species to which they appear to belong.

2 The so-called Eutemnodus mentioned in pt. i. p. 21, note 5, and the Ma-
crauchenia in pt. iii. p. 16, are from this formation, and are therefore older than
the Pleistocene Pampean. Dr. Burmeister refers the infra-Pampean to the
Pliocene, while Signor Ameghino, on the other hand, regards it as representing
the European Oligocene.

3 Another difficulty occurs with regard to existing species, all of which pro-
bably date back to the Pleistocene, although only a moiety have been actually
recorded as fossils.

INTRODUCTION. IX

general plan adopted by Prof. Flower ', although I have found it
necessary to introduce some modifications ; and in cases where good
working classifications of particular groups have been prepared by
specialists, such have frequently been followed. Thus in the Seleno-
dont Artiodactyla the classification of Prof. Riitimeyer 2, of Basle,
has been adopted, while for the Perissodactyla Prof. Cope 3 is the
authority. A new scheme for the Artiodactyla and Perissodactyla
has recently been proposed by Dr. Schlosser 4 of Munich, to which
the reader's attention may be directed. This scheme adopts a phylo-
genetic system of families, and therefore differs very widely from the
systems generally employed, which run, so to speak, transversely to
such phylogenetic stems5. I have not seen the necessity for adopting
the order Bunotheria of Prof. Cope, since it appears to me that
their general primitive nature is the only bond of union between the
very diverse forms which are included in it ; and in this view I
have the support both of Prof. Flower and Dr. Schlosser. Neither
have I retained Professor Marsh's orders Pantotheria and Allotheria
for the Mesozoic Mammalia ; the majority of which appear so nearly
related to existing Marsupials that it has been a question whether
some of them should not be included in the modern families. In
his latest memoir Prof. Marsh6 comes to the conclusion that the
Allotheria, which comprehend the Diprotodont genera, should be
regarded as at least a suborder of Marsupialia ; while the Panto-
theria, or Polyprotodont genera, are considered as being probably
placental 7.

1 In the 9th edition of the' Encyclopaedia Britannica,' in the Catalogue of the
Mammalia in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and in a paper
published in the ' Proceedings of the Zoological Society ' for 1883.

2 Verb. nat. Ges. Basel, vol. vii. art. 2, pp. 29-60 (1883). In that memoir
the writer did not propose family names for the various groups, and it has
been necessary to accord as well as possible with such grouping.

3 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 377-403 (1881). Amendments pro-
posed by the author of this memoir in later papers have been adopted.

4 Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. pp. 1-136 (1886).

5 See Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xx. p. 720 (1886).

6 Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 345 (1887).

7 The characters given by Prof. Marsh (op. tit.) as distinctive of the Panto-
theria do not differentiate them from the Marsupialia, and are not all applicable
to many of the forms. Thus in some examples of Perameles and Charopus the
canine has either a double or a distinctly grooved root (infra, p. 255) ; while
many of the English Mesozoic genera show a most distinct inflection of the
angle of the mandible. The dental succession of Triconodon (infra, p. 257)
appears both to Mr. O. Thomas and myself to be absolutely conclusive evidence
of its marsupial affinities.

X INTRODUCTION.

The necessity of adapting the sequence of the different orders to
the requirements of the parts into which the work is divided has
entailed some departure from an ideal scheme, and the following
tahle of the orders and suborders arranged in the manner which
appears to best represent their mutual relationships is accordingly
appended : —

Subclass I. EUTHERIA.
Order I. PRIMATES.

Suborder 1. Anthropoidea.

2. Lemuroidea.
Order II. CHIROPTERA.

Suborder 1. Megachiroptera.
2. Microchiroptera.
Order III. INSECTIVORA.

Suborder 1. Dermoptera.

2. Insectivora Vera.
Order IY. CAKNIVORA.

Suborder 1. Carnivora Primigenia (or Creodonta).

2. Carnivora Vera.

3. Carnivora Pinnipedia.
Order V. RODENTIA.

Suborder 1. Simplicidentata.
2. Duplicidentata.

Group Tillodontia.
Order VI. UNGTTLATA.

Snborder 1. Proboscidea.

2. Amblypoda.

3. Hyracoidea.

4. Condylarthra.

5. Toxodontia.

6. Perissodactyla.

7. Artiodactyla.
Order VII. SIRENIA.

Order VIII. CETACEA.

Suborder 1. Mystacoceti.

2. Archaeoceti.

3. Odontoceti.
Order IX. EDENTATA.

INTRODUCTION. XI

Subclass II. METATHEBIA.
Order X. HARSIJPIALIA.

Suborder 1. Diprotodontia.

2. Polyprotodontia.
Subclass III. PROTOTHERIA.
Order XI. MONOTREMATA.

At the commencement of the work I had no intention of making
it a descriptive one, and proposed to confine myself to giving notes
on such specimens, species, or groups as appeared to require them.
As the work proceeded, however, it seemed advisable, in the case of
many groups, to notice some of the more important distinctive
characters available in the case of fossils ; and in the later parts,
where I have found it necessary to make some considerable emenda-
tions, both in specific and generic characters, the work has become
to a considerable extent descriptive, although it has not been thought
necessary to make it entirely so.

In a work of this nature, it is unfortunately almost impossible to
avoid certain clerical and other slight errors ; but since I have had
occasion in the course of another work to verify the dental formula and
descriptive paragraphs, I believe all such errors have been detected.

In a science like Paleontology it is inevitable that before a work
like the present can be completed, some of its earlier portions require
revision ; and I accordingly take this opportunity of directing atten-
tion to a few instances where either amendments of nomenclature
or of individual determinations are advisable, or where it is desirable
to state the grounds on which such determinations rest. Instances
are also mentioned where specimens have been figured since the
earlier parts were published.

Among the Primates the type specimens of Semnopifhecus pcdce-
indicus (pt. i. p. 2) and Cynocephalus suWiimalayanus (p. 4) have been
figured in ser. 10, vol. iv. pi. i. of the ' Palasontologia Indica ;' while
a specific name has been assigned to the second CynocepTialus
noticed on the latter page, under which it is entered in the Supple-
ment. Among the Insectivora, two erroneous identifications made
on the authority of Dr. Fraas J require correction, while attention
should also be directed to some observations of Dr. Pilhol which
had escaped notice. In the first place, Erinaceus arvernensis of
Blainville (pt. i. pp. 18, 19), which is the type of Amphechinus of
Aymard, and is identified by Dr. Fraas with Parasorex socialis, is

1 Fauna von Steinheim, p. 4.

Xii INTRODUCTION.

regarded by Dr. Filhol ' as belonging to the Erinaceidce. In
describing Palrpoerinaceus edwardsi from St. Gerand-le-Puy, the
latter writer also states2 that the mandibles entered in pt. i. p. 17
under the name of Erinaceus arvernensis, Gervais (non Blainv.),
" sont absolument semblables a ceux que j'ai pu etudier provenant
de Saint Gerand ;" although in the next paragraph he proceeds to
observe that " je ne crois pas qu'on puisse essayer de confondre le
fossile trouve a Saint Gerand avec ceux decouverts dans les terrains
de Cournon et des Chouffours, qui constituent des horizons geologi-
qucs differents." Now since the types of E. arvernensis, Gervais,
are from Cournon, it is very difficult to reconcile these two state-
ments ; but if they be really the same as Pal(eoerinaceus edwardsi,
they must be referred to that genus, although the earlier specific
name should be retained. Palceoerinaceus, it may be observed,
differs from Erinaceus by the greater width of the palate, which is
without vacuities. In the second place, the identification by Dr.
Fraas in the passage cited of Plcsiosorex soncinoides (Erinaceus sori-
cinoides, Blainville) with Parasorex socialis, Meyer, is erroneous,
and the specimens entered in pt. i. p. 19 under the former name
are accordingly re-entered in the Supplement under the latter.

In the Carnivora, a mandible of Machcerodus from the Norfolk
Forest-bed, of which a cast is entered in the Supplement, has afforded
strong reasons for doubting the correctness of the identification by
Kaup and Gaudry of the Eppelsheim and Pikermi form with the Val
d'Arno M. cultridens. Hyaena antiqua (pt. i. p. 87) is in all probability
a synonym of H. striata (vide Supplement, p. 315). The remarkable
humerus and tibia (Nos. M. 1710-1) from the Quercy Phosphorites,
entered on p. 148 of the same part, and provisionally referred (after
Dr. Filhol) to a Ganoid, have been found to agree so closely with the
corresponding bones of the Condylarthra 3, as to suggest the proba-
bility of their belonging to that suborder. The only known Condyl-
arthrous genus from those deposits is JfyracodontJierium'1. which has
been shown by Dr. Schlosser 8 to be nearly allied to Meniscotherium 6 ;
but the specimens in question appear too large for the one known
species of the European genus. In the Rodentia it should have been

Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. x. art. 3, pp. 20-21.
Op. cit. p. 21.

See Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 799, fig. 7, and p. 904, fig. 27 (1884).
See Filhol. Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. viii. pi. xiii. figs. 283-4 (1877).
Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. p. 22 (188G).

Schlosser (op. cit.} refers these genera to the Perissodactyla, a view which
is not accepted by Cope (Amer. Nat. vol. xx. p. 721 [1886]).

INTRODUCTION. Xlll

mentioned that Oastoroides (pt. i. p. 221) is regarded by Coues and
Allen l as forming the type of a distinct family, which is placed in
the Hystricomorpha. Alston's identification of Arviceia ambiguus
(pt. i. p. 231) with Myodes (or Cuniculus) torquatus had escaped
notice, and the specimens are therefore re-entered under the latter
name in the Supplement. Among the Artiodactyla the type crania
of the Siwalik Antelopes referred in pt. ii. to Strepsiceros, Hippo-
tragus, Cobm, and Alcelaphus, have been figured in the ' Palaeonto-
logia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. pis. ii.-iv. (1886) ; and Alcelaphus
bakeri (pt. ii. p. 56) has been found to be identical with A. palce-
indicus 2. Metri other ium, incidentally mentioned in part ii. p. 60,
more probably belongs to the Anoplotheriidce. Ccenotherium quin-
quedentatum (pt. ii. p. 175) is regarded by Dr. Schlosser3 as identical
with C. courtoisi, Gervais, which was incorrectly referred by Kowa-
levsky * to Hyopotamus. The specimen provisionally referred in the
second part (p. 182) to Xiphodon c/etyensis is made the type of anew
species in the Supplement, since Dr. Schlosser ° has shown that the
so-called X. gelyensis does not belong to Xiphodon. The same
writer suggests8 that Diplopm (pt. ii. p. 216) is identical with
Dichodon, but the bones of the former appear decidedly too large for
the one known species of that genus. In the genus Merycopotamiis,
since the publication of pt. ii., the following specimens, viz. M. dis-
similis (p. 209), Nos. 18441, 18442, and M. nanus (p. 21?), Nos.
16551, 18407, and 153409, have been figured by the writer in the
' PalaBontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. pis. v., vi. In the Perisso-
dactyla, the North-American forms originally referred by Prof.
Cope to Pachy nolophus (pt. iii. p. 13) have been made the types of
the genus Heptodon, Cope7. In the Toxodontia it has been
mentioned by Messrs. Gervais and Ameghino 8 that the cranium of
Toxodon, No. 49197 (pt. iii. p. 168), in having the first pair of
incisors larger than the second, differs from the type specimen of
T. platensis, and agrees with that known as T. burmeisteri, Giebel 9 ;
and the same feature is also shown in No. 19948. The mandible

1 " Monogr. North American Eodentia," Eep. U.S. G-eol. Surv. Terrs, p. 419
(1877).

Palaeontologia Indica, op. nt. p. 14.

Op. tit. p. 54. 4 Phil. Trans. 1873, p. 25.

Op. cit. p. 297. 8 Ibid. p. 298.

See " Vertebrata of the Tertiaries of the West," Eep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs,
vo . iii., Book i. p. 653 (1884).

Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 83 (1880).

Zeitschr. ges. Naturwia. vol. xxviii. p. 134 (1866).

XIV INTRODUCTION.

No. 19949 agrees, however, in the character of its incisors with the
one referred by Burmeister ' to T. platensis, but in having the canine
separated by a diastema from i7~3 resembles that of T. burmeisteri \
and accordingly Sir 11. Owen's reference of all the specimens to
the type species has been followed. It may also be observed that
whereas Dr. Burmeister describes T. burmeisteri as considerably
larger than T. platensis, No. 49197 is much smaller than the type
of the latter. The comparison of a considerable series of specimens
is therefore required to determine whether the variation in the form
of the incisors of T. burmeisteri is a character of more than indi-
vidual value.

It had escaped notice that the molar of Rhinoceros anti-
quitatis figured in part iii. p. 93, as well as that of Mastodon
angustidens, No. M. 2900 (pt. iv. p. 35), are figured by Grew in
his ' Catalogue of the Rarities of Gresham College,' pi. xix. (1761) ;
and it thus appears that both specimens were probably presented
to the Museum by the Council of the lloyal Society. The mandible
of Hipparion yracile, No. 248 (pt. iii. p. 53), is figured by Kaup in
the ' Nova Acta Ac. Ca3S. Leop.-Car.' vol. xvii. pi. xii. B. fig. 3. The
distribution of the Indian Pliocene and Pleistocene Elephants to the
eastward has been more fully worked out by Prof. K. Martin 2 since
the publication of pt. iv. In this memoir E. bombifrons, E. clifti,
E. namadicus, and E. hysudricus are recorded definitely from Java ;
while the name E. (Stegodori) trigonoceplialus is applied to two crania,
from the same island, with a dentition of the type of that of E. in-
signia, arid it is suggested that the Javan specimens noticed in pt. iv.
p. 90 may belong to the same form rather than to E. insiynis. The
Indian Sus hysudricus is also recorded from the same region.

Whenever practicable the references to the authorities for the
generic and specific names have been verified after they were in
type, and I have much pleasure in expressing my debt to Mr. B. B.
Woodward for his aid in this respect. I am also indebted to Mr.
0. Thomas for much valuable assistance and advice in regard to the
classification and nomenclature of the Marsupialia, and I may
observe that it was only after full consultation with him that the
generic terms Triacanthodon, Peraspalax, and probably Peralestes
were relegated to the rank of synonyms. Mr. W. Davies has again

1 An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. pis. ix.-xi. T. Oweni, Burmeister, is appar-
ently identical with the typical T. platensis.

3 " Beitr. Geol. Ost-Asiens u. Austral," Samml. geol. Reichs-Mus. Leiden,
Tol. iv. pt. 2 (1887).

INTRODUCTION. XV

been good enough to undertake the laborious task of checking the
entries of each specimen, and has also, as before, given me the
advantage of his great personal knowledge of the history of indi-
vidual specimens. Thanks are due to Mr. Medlicott, late Director of
the Geological Survey of India, to Prof. E. D. Cope, to Prof. H. A.
Nicholson and Messrs. Blackwood, to the Councils of the Geological,
Zoological, and Palseontographical Societies, as well as to the authors
of various memoirs, for permission to use woodcuts from their
publications.

The Beckles Collection, mentioned for the first time in this part,
was purchased in 1876 from Mr. S. H. Beckles of Hastings.

RICHARD LYDEKKER.

The Lodge, Harpenden,
Hertfordshire.
June 10, 1887.

POSTSCRIPT.

SINCE the above was sent to press the abstract of a memoir by
Dr. Osborn, of Princeton, on Mesozoic Mammalia (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philad. June 21, 1887), has reached me. In this memoir the genus
Amphitylus is founded on the undetermined specimen, No. M. 2299,
p. 272, of the text, and Aihrodon upon the unnamed maxillas cata-
logued on p. 291 ; the latter being made the type of a new family,
which is regarded as allied to the Phascolomyidce. The maxilla of
Bolodon is figured, and the mandible No. 36822 mentioned on p. 274
also figured and definitely referred to Amphitherium. An emendation
on the classification of Prof. Marsh is proposed. I may observe that
I cannot consider it proved that the maxillae on which Athrodon is
founded do not belong to one of the genera of which only the man-
dible is described, although I am not prepared to say which ; and I
may add that the resemblance of the molars of Spalacoiherium and
other forms to those of Chrysochloris is analogous to that existing
between the corresponding teeth of Perameles and Tujiaia, and does
not therefore appear to afford grounds for the reference of the former
to the Insectivora. The name Diploct/nodon, Marsh, is preoccupied
by Pomel for a genus of Crocodilidce.

In addition to the above, the following memoirs would have been
noticed in the text had copies of them reached this country in time.

XVI INTKODUCTION.

These comprise a memoir on Cetacea from the Belgian Crag,
by Prof. Van Beneden, in the 'Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.'
vol. xiii. pt. 5 (1886), containing figures and descriptions ofAmphi-
ceius, Heterocetus, Mesocetus, Idiocetus, and Isocetus ; one by Dr. W.
B. Scott, " On some New and Little-known Creodonts," in the
' Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.' vol. ix. pt. 2 (1886) ; and a third, by
Dr. Burmeister, forming a continuation of the ' Atlas de la Descrip-
tion Physique de la Republique Argentine,' — Osteologie der Gravi-
graden, pt. i. Scelidoiherium and Mylodon (Buenos Ayres, 1886)1.
In the latter (p. 103) the MS. name Scelidoiherium magnum is
revived for S. tarijense (infra, p. 102) ; while the new species Mylo-
don oweni 2 (p. Ill) may be identical with M. lettsomi (infra, p. 108).
The cranium represented in pi. xiv. figs. 2, 3, as Scelidoiherium
leptocephalum appears to belong to S. bravardi (infra, p. 96), and
shows (as I thought to be the case) that the length of the nasals is
less than half that of the entire cranium.

July 26, 1887. R. L.

1 This is the portion of the Atlas alluded to by myself in the ' Proc. Zool.
Soc.' 1886, p. 491 ; its publication having apparently been long delayed.

2 The names applied to these forms by Bravard can hardly be reckoned as
more than MS. ones.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

[Existing species are denoted by an asterisk.]

Page
Ordinal position uncertain.

Group TlLLODONTIA 1

Family ANCHIPPODONTID^E 1

Anchippodus riparius 2

Family PLATYCHCEROPID^E 3

Platychcerops richardsoni 4

Order SIKENIA 5

Family HALITHEKHMl 5

Halitherium f orestii 5

fossile 6

canhami 7

schinzi 7

-sp 12

Prorastomus siren oides 12

Eotherium agyptiacum ...... 13

Family RHYTINID^E 15

Ehytina gigas 15

TAKT v. b

'ill SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page

Order CETACEA 16

Suborder MYSTACOCETI 16

Family BALJENID^! 16

*Balaena raysticetus 17

— affinis . . t 17

* biscayensis 19

primigcnia 20

balaenopsis 23

insignis 26

Palaeocetus sedgwicki 31

Megaptera affinis 32

similis 33

minuta 33

Batenoptera definita 34

goropi 36

* borealis 38

borealina 39

emarginata 40

— sp 41

(?) juddi 41

- (?) sp 41

Cetotherium brialmonti 42

dubium 43

burtini 44

hupscbi 45

brevifrons 46

affine 47

Herpetocetus scaldiensis 47

Suborder ARCH^EOCETI 49

Family ZEUGLODONTID^l 49

Zeuglodon cetoides 50

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. XIX

Page

Suborder ODONTOCETI 53

Family PHYSETERID^E 53

Subfamily PHYSETERIN.E 53

*Physefcer macrocephalus 53

Physeterula dubusi 54

Eucetus amblyodon 54

Physetodon baileyi 57

Scaldicetus carreti 58

Balsenodon physaloides 58

Physodon grandis 59

fusiformis 59

Hoplocetus crassidens 60

borgerhoutensis 61

curvidens 62

Subfamily ZIPHIIXJE . 63

*Hyperoodon rostratus 63

— sp 63

Chcmeziphius planirostris 64

planus 67

Mesoplodon longirostris 68

tenuirostris 71

gibbus 71

angustus 72

angulatus . • 73

compressus . 73

Family PLATANISTID^E 74

Cb.ampsodelpb.is, sp 74

Schizodelphis sulcatus 74

Family SQUALODONTID^E 75

Squalodon grateloupi 76

catulli 77

atlanticus . . 77

62

C SYSTEMATIC DTDCX.

Page

FamUy DELPHINID^E 78

*Monodon monoceros 78

*Delphinapterus leucas 79

brocchii 79

Orca citoniensis 80

*Globicephalus melas 81

uncidens 81

*Tursiops tursio 84

Genus non det ~ . . . • 84

Order EDENTATA 85

Family MEGATHERUD^E 85

Megatherium americanum 86

mirabile 90

lundi 80

Scelidotherium leptocephalum .... 92

bravardi 96

chilionse 99

tarijense 102

Mylodon darwini 105

harlani 106

robustus 107

lettsomi 108

armatus 110

gracilis Ill

Megalonyx jeffersoni Ill

Coelodon maquinensis 113

Family GLYPTODONTnLE . . 114

Glyptodon clavipes 115

rcticulatus 117

sp. a 120

euphractus 121

Daedicurus clavicaudatus 122

Euryurus rudis 124

Panochthus tuberculatus . 125

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. xxi

Family GLYPTODONTID^E (continued).

Page

Hoplophorus meyeri 127

ornatus 128

sp. a 130

(?) sp. b 131

sp 132

elegans 132

(?)sp.c 133

Family DASYPODID^l 135

Chlamydotherium giganteum 136

humboldti 136

*Tolypeutes conurus . 138

*Dasypus villosus 138

*Xenurus unicinctus 139

Eutatus seguini 140

*Tatusia novemcincta 141

punctata 141

Family MANID^E 142

*Manis gigantea 142

Family MACROTHEEIID^E 142

Macrotherium sindiense 143

giganteum 144

Subclass METATHERIA . . 146

Order MAftSUPIALIA. . . . • 146

Suborder MAESUPIALIA DIPROTODONTIA . . . 146

Family PHASCOLOMYID^E .146

Phascolomys magnus 148

medius 149

* latifrons 151

kreffti 151

curvirostris 152

mitcbelli 152

* platyrbinus 155

xxii SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Family PHASCOLOMYIDJE (continued).
Phascolomys thomsoni .

parvus 156

Phascolonus gigas 15 /

Family NOTOTHERIIM1 161

Nototherium mitchelli 162

Family DIPROTODONTIMl 169

Diprotodon australis 170

Family PHAL AN GISTID^E 188

Subfamily PHALANGISTIN^ 188

*Pseudochirus caudivolvulus 189

Subfamily THYLACOLEONTIN^: 189

Thylacoleo carnifex 189

Family PLAGIAULACIDJE 195

Plagiaulax becklesi 197

medius 198

falconeri 198

minor 198

Family POLYHASTODONTIM1 199

Polymastodon taoensis 200

Family TRITYLODONTID^E 200

Tritylodon longaevus 201

Family BOLODONTID^E 202

Microlestes moorei 203

Bolodon crassidens 203

Family MACROPODID^l 204

Subfamily POTOROIN^ 205

*^Epyprymnus rufescens 205

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. XX111

Family MACROPODHLE (continued).

Page

Subfamily MACROPODIN.S: 206

Macropus brehus 207

rsechus 212

anak 214

minor 218

* ualabatus 219

* parryi 220

* penicillatus 221

* robustus .222

altus "223

cooperi 224

* giganteus 225

titan 225

ferragus 230

Sthenurus atlas 232

Procoptodon goliah 234

-rapha 235

otuel 236

Palorchestes azael 237

Suborder MARSUPIALIA POLYPEOTODONTIA . 254

Family PEBAMELID^E . . ... . . . . 254

*Perameles nasuta 255

* obesula 256

* bougainvillei 256

sp 256

*Peragale lagotis 257

Family TRICOXODOXTID^E 257

Triconodon mordax 258

— ferox 260

major 262

Family "DASYUEID^ 263

Subfamily DASYTTRIN^; 263

Thylacinus spelaeus 264

Sarcopbilus laniarius ... ... 265

*Dasyurus viverrinus 268

Subfamily MYEMECOBIIN.E 269

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page

Family AMPHITHERIID^E 269

Phascolotherium bucklandi 270

Amphilestes (?) sp. . 272

Genus non del 272

Amphitherium prevosti 273

Amblotherium soricinum 274

talpoides 275

mustGiUia 275

Achyrodon nanus 276

pusillus 277

Peramus tenuirostris ' . ... .277

Family DIDELPHYID^E 278

*Didelphys azarae 280

* crassicaudata . . 280

* nudicaudata 281

* cinerea 281

* grisea . . 281

* murina 282

* elegans ' 282

* pusilla 282

sp. a 283

affinis 283

antiqua 283

arvernensis 284

blainvillei 284

exilis 285

lemanensis 285

sp. b ' .... 286

sp. c 286

lemandini 286

aymardi 287

cadurcensis 288

*Chironectes minimus 289

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. XXV

Page

Family 8TYLODONTIDJE 289

Stylodon pusillus 290

— robustus 290

Genus non det. (incerta sedis) .... 291

Leptocladus dubius 292

Family SPALACOTHERIID^E ...... 292

Spalacotherium tricuspidens 292

minus 293

Peralestes longirostris 294

Subclass PROTOTHERIA 295

Order MONOTREMATA . . .' $ . . ... 295

Family ECHIDNID^l 295

Echidna oweni , . , ..... 295

SUPPLEMENT.

Families and species mentioned in the earlier parts are marked f.

Order PRIMATES ..'.,........ 297

Suborder ANTHROPOIDEA 297

tFamily SIMIID^E 297

Troglodytes sivalensis 297

Hylobates, sp 298

tFamily CERCOPITHECID^l 298

*Semnopithecus entellus 298

Cynocephalus falconeri 298

— sp 298

Suborder LEMUROTDEA . . . 299

tFamily LEMURIDJE 299

tAdapis magna 299

Camopithecus lemuroides 299

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page

Family AMPHITHEB.HM: 209

Phascolotherium bucklandi 270

Amphilestes (?) sp. . 272

Genus non del 272

Amphitherium prevosti 273

Amblotherium soricinum 274

talpoides 275

musteiuia 275

Achyrodon nanus 276

pusillus 277

Peramus tenuirostris ' . 277

Family DIDELPHYID^E 278

*Didelphys azarae 280

* crassicaudata . 280

* nudicaudata 281

* cinerea 281

* grisea . 281

* murina 282

* elegans ' 282

* pusilla 282

sp. a 283

'• affinis 283

antiqua 283

arvernensis 284

blainvillei 284

exilis 285

lemanensis 285

sp. b .......... 286

sp. c 286

lemandini 286

aymardi 287

cadurcensis 288

*Chironectes minimus 289

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. XXV

Page

Family STYLODONTID^l 289

Stylodon pusillus 290

— robustus 290

Genus non del. (incertte sedis) .... 291

Leptocladus dubius 292

Family SPALACOTHEKIID^E ....... 292

Spalacotherium tricuspidens 292

minus 293

Feral estes longirostris 294

Subclass PROTOTHERIA 295

Order MONOTREMATA . . ." .' . ". . . . 295

Family ECHIDNID./E 295

Echidna oweni , . , . . . . 295

SUPPLEMENT.

Families and species mentioned in the earlier parts are marked f.

Order PRIMATES . .*. , ..... 297

Suborder ANTHROPOIDEA . 297

tFamily SIMIID^ 297

Troglodytes sivalensis 297

Hylobates, sp 298

tFamily CEECOPITHECID^l 298

*Semnopithecus entellus 298

Cynocephalus falconeri 298

— sp 298

Suborder LEMUROIDEA . . . . ' 299

tFamily LEMURID^E 299

tAdapis magna 299

Caonopithecus lemuroides 299

Xvi SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page

Order CHIROPTERA 300

Shorter -MICROCHIROPTERA 300

fFamily RHINOLOPHID^E 300

*Phyllorhina diadema 300

Family EMBALLONURID^E 300

*Taphozous saccolaemus 300

Order INSECTIVORA 300

fFamily TALPIM1 300

Talpa tyrrhenaica 300

Protalpa cadurcensis 301

t Family SORICID^] 301

Sorex similis . 301

fFamily ERINACEID^E 301

Erinaceus ceningensis 301

Neurogymnurus minor 302

major (n. sp.) 302

Family MICR^CHCERTD^E 303

Microchoarus erinaceus 303

fFamily TUPAIIDJE 304

Parasorex socialis 304

Order CARNIVORA 305

Suborder CARNIVORA PRIM1GENIA 305

tFamily HYJENODONTID^E 305

fHya3nodon leptorhynchus 305

t vulpinus 306

fPfcerodon dasyuroides ...... 306

Family PROVIVERRID^ 307

Provivcrra cayluxi 309

Deltatherium fundaminis 309

SYSTEMATIC INDEX. XXVli

Suborder GARNIVORA VEEA ....... sTo

tFamily FELID^E .......... 310

tHachaerodus cultridens ...... 310

- aphanistus ........ 310

Eusmilus bidentatus ....... 311

Pseudaelurus quadridentatus ..... 312

- edwardsi .v . ....... 312

tProaslurus lemanensis . . , , . . . 313

JElurogale intermedia ....... 313

fFamily HYvENlD^E ..... ..'.. 315

t*Hya3na crocuta ......... 315

t - felina .......... 315

t* - striata .......... 315

tFamily VI VERBID JE ......... 316

Viverra karnuliensis ....... 316

*Herpestes griseus ........ 316

- lemanensis ........ 317

tFamily URSID^E ...... .... 317

tCynodictis leptorhyncha ...... 317

*Canis dingo .... ...... 317

tAmphicyon ambiguus ....... 318

Family PROCYONID^E . . ," ..... 318

*Nasua rufa .... ...... 318

Suborder CARNIVOEA PRIMIGENIA ..... 319

tFamily PHOCID^E ....... ... 319

Phoca rugosidens . . ...... 319

Order RODENTI A ... ,^, ...'.. ... 320

Suborder RODENTIA SIMPLICIDENTATA ... 320

tFamily MtJRID^ .......... 320

*Gerbillus indicus . . . 320

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Family MURID^E (continued).

Page

•Nesokia bandicota 321

* kok 321

Mus orthodon 321

Eumys elegans 322

Arvicola henseli 322

*Myodes torquatus 323

Family GEOMYID.E 323

Entoptychus crassiramis 323

fFamily HYSTRICID.E 324

Hystrix crassidens 324

Atherura karnuliensis 324

Suborder RODENTIA DUPLICIDENTATA ... 325

fFamily LAGOMYIMI 325

fLagomys sardus 325

fFamily LEPORID^E 325

*Lepus nigricollis 325

Palseolagus haydeni 326

— turgidus 326

Order UNGULATA 326

Suborder ARTIODAGTTLA 326

tFamily BOVID^E 326

t*Bos taurus, var. primigenius .... 326

tCobtis ? palaeindicus 326

— sp 327

Tetraceros daviesi 328

fFamily GIRAFFID^E 329

Hydaspitherium megacephalum . . . 329

tFamily CERVIM) 329

*Cariacus paludosus 329

sp. a 330

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Family CERVID^E (continued).
Cariacus, sp. 6

- sp. c .......... 331

t*Cervus aristotelis ........ 332

fFamily POEBROTHERIID^ ....... 332

tPoebrotherium wilsoni ...... 332

tFamily TRAGULID^E ..... ..... 332

Leptomeryx evansi ....... 333

tDorcatherium naui ....... 333

tFamily DICHODONTID^E ....... 333

tDichodon cuspidatus ....... 333

tFamily ANOPLOTHERIID^E ...... 331

Xiphodon cayluxensis (n. sp.) .... 334

tFamily OREODONTID^E ........ 334

Eporeodon jacksoni ....... 334

tFamily SUID^E ........... 335

Hyotherium perimense ...... 335

*Sus cristatus .......... 336

- karnuliensis ........ 337

t - sp. c .......... 337

t -- hysudricus ........ 337

t - palaeochoerus ........ 338

Suborder PERISSODAGTYLA ........ 338

tFamily EQUIDJE .......... 338

Equus, sp ........... 3J8

tFiimily RHINOCEROTID^E ....... 338

tRbinoceros perimensis ...... 338

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page
Suborder PROBOSCIDEA 339

fFamily ELEPHANTID^l 339

fMastodon pandionis 339

fElephas antiquus . 339

Order EDENTATA

fFamily MEGATHERIID^E 339

tScelidotherium leptocephalum 339

fFaraily GLYPTODOXTIDJB 339

Hoplophorus ? sp 339

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

Page
Fig. 1. Tillotherium fodiens. Skull 2

2. Esthonyx burmeisteri. Dentition 3

3. Halitherium fossile. Lower molars 7

4. schinzi. Skeleton 8

5. Rhytina gigas. Skeleton 14

6. Balaena mysticetus. Tympanic 16

7. affinis. Tympanic 19

8. — — primigenia. Tympanic 21

9. Balaenoptera musculus. Tympanic 35

10. Zeuglodon cetoides. Tooth and vertebra 49

11. Eucetus amblyodon. Periotic 56

12. Choneziphius planirostris. Cranium ...... 65

13. Hesoplodon longirostris. Section of rostrum .... 68

14. . Periotic . 70

15. Squalodon, sp. Teeth 75

16. grateloupi. Skull 76

17. Globicephalus uncidens. Periotic 82

18. Megatherium americanum. Mandible 85

19. Scelidotherium leptocephalum. Cranium. . . . . 93

20. Mylodon lettsomi. Cranium 109

21. Glyptodon clavipes. Carapace 116

22. Hoplophorus ornatus. Caudal sheath 129

23. sp. Caudal sheath 132

24. (?) sp. Caudal sheath 134

25. Hacrotherium sindiense. Phalangeal 143

26. Phascolomys wombat. Dentition 147

27. Diprotodon australis. Skull 171

28. Thylacoleo carnifex. Skull , . 189

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

Page

Fig. 29. Neoplagiaulax eocamus. Molar 195

30. Ptilodus mediasvus. Mandible 190

31. Plagiaulax becklesi. Mandible 197

32. Polymastodon taoensis. Dentition 199

33. Tritylodon fraasi. Upper molar 201

34. longasvus. Cranium 202

35. Bettongia grayi. Skull 204

36. Macropus anak. Upper dentition 215

37. Sthenurns atlas. Upper dentition 232

38. Tricouodon mordax. Mandible 258

39. . Mandible 259

40. Phascolotlierium bucklandi. Mandible 270

41. Amphilestes broderipi. Mandible 271

42. Didelphys (?) fugax. Skull 279

43. Spalacotherium tricuspidens. Mandible 293

44. Hyopsodus vicarius. Dentition 303

45. Microchcerus erinaceus. Upper dentition .... 304

46. Proviverra whitiae. Skull and tarsus 308

47. . Eusmilus bideiitatus. Upper carnassial 311

48. Nimravus gomphodus. Skull 313

49. Hyaena striata. Upper carnassial ....... 315

50. Gerbillus indicus. Mandible 320

51. Tetraceros quadricornis. Upper cheek-teeth . . . 327

52. daviesi. Cranium 328

53. - — . Mandible 328

54. Hyotherium perimense. Upper molar 335

55. Sus cristatus. Lower molar. . 336

ABBREVIATIONS OF SERIALS QUOTED IN PART V.,

AND NOT GIVEN IN THE LISTS IN THE PRECEDING PARTS.
[Where not otherwise stated, the works are in 8vo.]

Abh. mittelrhein. geol. Vereins. — Abhandlungen der mittelrheinische geolo-
gischen Vereins. Darmstadt.

Act. Ac. R. Sci. Bordeaux. — Actes de 1'Academie Royale (Nationale) des
Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux. Bordeaux.

An. Mus. Buenos Aires. — Vol. III. bears the title quoted in part iii. ; the
earlier are entitled Anales do Museo Publico.

Atti R. Ac. Line. — Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei. 4to. Rome.

Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova. — Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias de
Cordova (Cordoba). Buenos Ayres.

Bull. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg. — Bulletin de 1'Acade'mie Impe'riale des
Sciences de St. Petersbourg. 4to. St. Petersbourg.

Ext. Proc.-Verb. Ac. Montpellier. — Acade"mie des Sciences et Lettres de
Montpellier : Extraits des Proces- Verbaux des Seances. Paris.

Giorn. I. R. 1st. Lombardo. — Giornale dell' I. R. Istituto Lombardo di
Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Milan.

London Geological Journal. — The London Geological Journal : Charles-
worth. London, 1846-47.

Lond. and Edin. Philos. Mag. — The London and Edinburgh Philosophical
Magazine and Journal of Science. London.

Mem. Ac. Montpellier.— Me"moires de 1'Academie des Sciences et Lettres
de Montpellier. Montpellier.

Mem. A. Sci. Dijon. — Memoires de l'Acade"mie des Sciences, etc., de
Dijon. — Partie des Sciences. Dijon.

Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna. — Memorie dell' Accademia delle Scienze dell'
Istituto di Bologna. 4to. Bologna.

Mem. R. 1st. Veneto. — Memorie del Reale Istituto Veneto di Scienze, etc.
4to. Venice.

Mem. Wern. Soc. — Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society.
Edinburgh,

XXXIV ABBREVIATIONS.

Mttrphol. JaJirb. — MorphologischesJahrbnch.ein Zeitechrift ftir Anatoniie
und Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipsic.

Orers. K. Damke Vid. Selsk. Forhnndl. — Oversigt over det K. Videnska-
bernes Selskabs Forhandlinger. Copenhagen.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
New South Wales. Sydney.

Sitz. k. Ac. Wiss. Wien. — Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akndemie der
Wissenschaften ; mathematisch-naturwissenschaf tliche Classe.
Vienna.

Sitz. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. — Sitzungsb'erichte der koniglich-preussischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Berlin.

Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. — Transactions of the American Philosophical
Society, etc. 4to. Philadelphia.

Verh. not. Ges. Basel. — Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft
in Basel. Basle.

Vid, Medd. Nat. Foren. Kjobenhavn. — Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den
Naturhistoriske Forening 1 Kjobenhavn. Copenhagen.

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

Part I., p. 159. If Melursus be included in Ursus the incisive formula

will be (-^>.

201. In dentition of Phocida.for 1. 1 read I. J-^.
200. „ „ Sciurus,for Pm. | read Pm. (±p.

„ II., p. 79. In description of fig. 7, for Cervus read Rangifer.
215, line 16 from bottom, /or four razrZ five.
249, note 5, c/fer only insert other.
259. The first premolar is absent in Potamochcerus.

„ III., p. 15, lines 6 and 8 from bottom, for Pm-3, Pm- 4, read p'STs,

pm. 4.

45, line 14 from top, and 49, line 9 from top, for ecto-
read entocuneiform ; and in former, for separate
read united.

161, line 12 from bottom, after "^Ts insert frequently.

172, line 15 from top, for ect- read entepicondylar.

„ IV., p. 15, line 19 from top, for M. |^| read M. |^.

„ V., p. 186. The arch of No. M. 5 has been found and fitted to
the specimen.

CATALOGUE

FOSSIL MAMMALIA,

PART V.

Ordinal Position Uncertain.
Group TILLODONTIA.

The systematic position of the forms included in this group (e. g.
Anchippodus, PuittacotJierium1, Calamodon, &c ) must be regarded as
unsettled. Marsh considers them as combining the characters of the
Ungulata, Eodentia, and Carnivora ; they are classed by Cope 2 in
his Order Bunotheria ; while Schlosser 3 regards some of them as
approximating to the Edentata.

Family ANCHIPPODONTID^S.

Genus ANCHIPPODUS, Leidy4.
Syn. Trogosus, Leidy5.

This genus appears closely allied to, if not identical with, Tillo-
therium, Marsh6 (woodcut, fig. 1), in which the dentition, according
to Marsh7, is 1. f , C. \, Pm. |, M. ~. The lower cheek-teeth resemble

Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xvi, p. 157 (1882).

Vertebrata of the Tertiaries of the West (Kep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr,
vo . iii.), Booki. p. 194 (1884).

Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. p. 288 (1886).

Proc. Ac. Nat, Sci. Philad. 1868, p. 232.

Ibid. 1871, p. 115.

Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 485 (1873).

Op. cit. \ol. ix. p. 221 (1875). Cope (Vertebrata of the Tertiaries, &c.,
p. 195), who regards the outermost cutting-tooth as an incisor, states that it is
absent in Tillotherium and present in Anchippodus, and that in the former there
are seven, and in the latter six lower cheek-teeth.

?£%p v. B

2 ANCIIIPrODONTIDJE.

those of Palceotherium. m. 3 having a large third lobe ; the inner
incisors are very small, and the second pair large and rodent-like ;
there is a small diastema. The skeleton approaches that of the
primitive Carnivora.

Fig. 1.

Tillotherium fodiens, Marsh. — The skull ; from the Eocene of North America,
i. (After Marsh.)

Anchippodus riparius, Leidy \

Syn. Trof/nsus castoridens, Leidy2.
Pal&osyops minor. Marsh 3.
Anchippodus minor, Marsh.4.

This is the type species ; the writer follows Leidy in regarding
the form to which the three names quoted as synonyms have been
applied as specifically the same.

Hab. North America.

47503. Cast of a lower true molar. The original was obtained from
the Eocene of Monmouth County, New Jersey, U.S.A.,
and is the type of the genus ; it is described and figured

1 Proc. Ac. Nat, Sci. Philad. 1868, p. 232.
a Ibid. 1871, p. 115.

3 Airier. Jourh. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 36 (1871).

4 Ibid. vol. v. p. 485 (1873).

by Leidy in the Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. ser. 2, vol. vii.
p. 403, pi. xxx. figs. 45, 46.

Presented by Professor J. Leidy, 1876.

47501. Cast of the greater portion of the mandible. The original
was obtained from the Eridger (Lower) Eocene of
"Wyoming, U.S.A., and is described and figured by Leidy
in the " Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of the Western Terri-
tories" (Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.), p. 71, pi. v. figs. 1-3
(1H73), under the name of Troyosus castoridens, of which
it is the type. Presented by Professor J. Leidy, 1876.

Family PLATYCHCEROPID^l.

The type genus appears to the writer l to be closely allied to, if
not identical with, the North-American Esthonyx. The position of
the latter has been much discussed. It Was at one time placed by

Fig. 2.

Esthonyx burmeisteri, Copo. -The palate and mandible ; from the Wasatch
Eocene of Wyoming, U.S.A. |. a, lateral view of part of cranium and
mandible ; b, oral view of right half of palate ; c, oral view of mandible.
(From the ' Anier. Nat.')

1 Geol. Mag. dec. 3, vol. ii. p. 360 ; see also p. 526 of the same.

B2

Cope : in the Insectivora, as an annectant form between Erinaceus
and TiUotherium, but was subsequently 2 referred to the same family
as Dsltatherlum 3. The latter view is not accepted by Schlosser4,
\vho regards the genus as allied to the Tillodontia. In Esthon>/xihe
dentition (woodcut, fig. 2), is I. f, C. }, Pin. |, M. f. The larger
pair of incisors are scalpriform, but do not grow from persistent
pulps ; the cheek-teeth are very similar to those of Anchippodus.

It will be obvious that the systematic position of Platychoerops
entirely depends on its apparent relationship to Esthonyx*.

Genus PLATYCHCEROPS, Charles worth6.
Syn. Miolophns, Owen7.

Platy cheer ops richardsoni, Charlesworth8.
Syn. M iolophus planiceps, Owen9.
Hob. Europe (England).

M. 3566. Cast of the imperfect palate, showing rn. 2 and m. 3 on
both sides, the right P™^, and the alveoli of pm. 3 and
m. 1 of the two sides. The original, which is the type of
the genus and species, is preserved in the Museum at
York, and is described and figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. x.
fig. 1, as Miohjphits planictpa ', it was obtained from the
London Clay of Herne Bay, Kent.

Made in the Museum.

1 Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West (Eep. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Terr. vol. hi.), Book i. p. 197 (1884).

2 Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 480 (1884).

3 Vide infra, Supplement.

4 Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. p. 288 (1886).

6 Since the above was written, the author has received a letter from Mr. H.
F. Osborn, of Princeton, New Jersey, who during a recent visit to England
examined the cast of Platychoerops, in which he states his opinion, after an
examination of the American specimens of Esthonyx, that the latter is not
generically separable from the former.

6 Eep. Brit. Assoc. for 1854— Trans, of Sections, p. 80 (1855).

7 Geol. Mag. dec. 1, vol. ii. p. 339 (1865).

8 Loc. cit. fl Loo. cit.

SIREXIA.

Order SIRENIA.

Family HALITHERIItm

This family agrees with the Halicoridce in the presence of upper
incisors, but differs in having the crowns of the cheek-teeth
covered with enamel.

Genus HALITHERIUM, Kaup1.

Syn. Pugmeodon, Kaup2.
Halianassa, Meyer3.
C'hirotherium, Bruno4.
Met(ixytherium, Christol5.
Felsinotherium, Capellini 6.

The writer follows Gaudry (' Les Enchainements, &c. — ITamm.
Tert.,' p. 35) in including Felsinotherium in the present genus.
There are a pair of tusk-like upper incisors (smaller than in Halicore)
and either five or six cheek-teeth in each jaw; small nasals are
present, at least in some species ; the premaxillae and the mandibular
symphysis are much deflected, and the angle of the mandible has a
descending plate ; the innominate is more developed than in exist-
ing genera, and there is a styliform femur. It has been observed
that in 77. schlnzi some of the permanent anterior cheek-teeth were
in some instances preceded by milk-molars ; the hinder cheek-teeth
resemble those of Hippopotamus, presenting, when partially worn, a
trefoil on one column of each ridge. Germs of inferior incisors were
developed. The synonymy of the species is so involved that some
of the following names must be regarded as provisional.

Halitherium forestii (Capellini 7).
Syn. Felsinotherium forestii, Capellini8.

This species is distinguished by its very large size and the great
extent of the downward flexure of the premaxillaB and of the two

Neues Jahrb. 1838, p. 319.

Loc. cit. 3 Ibid. p. 667.

Mem. Ac. E. Sci. Turin, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 160 (1839).

Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xv. p. 307 (1841).

Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. viii. p. 281 (1865).

Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 3, vol. i. p. 617 (1871).— Felsinotherium.

Loc. cit.

extremities of the mandible ; there are five cheek-teeth ; and the
posterior border of the palate is deeply notched. This species may
be identical with the so-called Chirothsrium brocchii, Blainv., in
which case the latter name should be adopted.
Hab. Italy.

48428. Cast of the type cranium and mandible. The originals

were obtained from the Lower Pliocene (Plaisancien) of
Felsino, Bologna, and are figured by Capellini, op. cit.
pis. i.-iv. ; a reduced figure being given by Gaudry in
' Les Enchaincments, &c. — Mamtniferes Tertiaires,' p. 35,
fig. 21. There are five cheek-teeth on the right side of the
cranium. Purchased, 1877.

48432. Cast of the left scapula ; same history. Figured, op. cit.
pi. vii. Purchased, 1877.

48429. Cast of the atlas vertebra ; same history. Figured, op. cit.

pi. vi. figs. 1, 2. Purchased, 1877.

48430. Cast of the axis vertebra ; same history. Figured, op. cit.

pi. vi. figs. 3, 4. Purchased, 1877.

48431. Cast of a lumbar vertebra; same history. Figured, op. cit.

pi. Ti. figs. 8, 9. Purchased, 1S77.

Halitherium fossile (Blainville ').

Syn. Manatus fossilis, Blainville 2.

Metaxytherium cordie.-i, Uhristol3.
Haliandasa cordieri, Meyer4.

The length of the space occupied by the last three upper molars
is 0,071 ; and the species is thus larger than H. schinzi ; there is
no third lobe to the last lower molar (fig. 3).

Hab. Europe.

M. 2408. Two upper and lower hinder molars, perhaps belonging to
this species ; from the Middle Miocene of Chaze-Henry
(Maine-et-Loire), France. These teeth agree very closely

1 Osteographie— Genus Manatus, p. 81 (1844). — Nnnatus.

2 Loc. cit. The name is said to be taken from Cuvier.

3 Ann. Sc-i. Sat. st'r. 2, vol. xv. p. 307 (1841).

4 In Bronn's ' Index Palueontologicus,' p. 562 (1848).

HALITIIERIIDJ3. 7

•with those of the Italian Pliocene form figured in Blain-
villc's ' Osteographie,' Genus Manatus, pi. ix., under the
name of Chlrotherlum brocchii. Purchased, 1885.

Fig. 3.

Halitherium fossile.— The penultimate and last right lower molars; from the
Middle Miocene of Angers (Maine-et-Loire). {. (After De Blainville.)

Halitherium canhami, Flower \

This imperfectly known species appears allied to //. schinzi, hut
the cranium is larger and more massive, with differently shaped
nasals and proportionately larger teeth.

Hob. England.

46055. Cast of the imperfect and water-worn cranium. The original
(which is the type) is from the bone-bed at the base of the
Ked Crag at Foxhall, near Woodbridge, Suffolk, and is
preserved in the Ipswich Museum ; it is described and
figured by Flower, op. cit. p. 1, pi. i.
Presented by the Council of the Hoy al College of Surgeons, 1874.

Halitherium schinzi, Kaup3.

Syn. Piiffmeodon schinzi, Kaup 3.
? Halitherium cucieri, Kaup 4.
Manatus guettardi, Blainville5.
Halitherium guettardi, Gervais \

This species is about equal in size to Manatus australis ; distinct
nasals are present, and the number of the cheek-teeth is six. The

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 1 (1874).

Neues Jahrb. 1838, p. 319. — Pugmeodon. 8 Loc. cit.

Ibid. 1840, p. 675.

Osteographie, Genus Manatus, p. 108 (1844).

Zool. et Pal. Fran<j. 1st ed. p. 144 (1848-52).

HALITHERIID.3:. 9

posterior border of the palate is not deeply notched ; the length of
the space occupied by the last three upper molars, according to
Kaup, is 0,061, but it is longer in No. 19957 ; there is a third lobe
to the last lower molar.
Hab. Europe.

M. 1981. Cast of the nearly complete skeleton (woodcut, fig. 4).
The original was obtained from the Lower Miocene (Middle
Oligocene) of Flonheim, near Alzey, Hessen-Darmstadt,
and is preserved in the Museum at Darmstadt. It is
described and figured by Lepsius in the Abh. mittelrhein.
geol. Vereins, vol. i. pt. 1 (1881). The last molar is not
protruded. The woodcut is reproduced from a paper by
H. Woodward in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xli.
p. 466. Purchased, 1884.

41095. Cast of the hinder portion of the cranium. The original is
from Darmstadt. Purchased, 1868.

19957. The imperfect cranium ; from Flonheim. Only the last
three cheek-teeth remain, the antepenultimate being much
worn ; the length of the three teeth is 0,068.

Purchased, 1846.

44149. The supraoccipital and parietals ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1873.

19957 a. The imperfect mandible, showing the last three cheek-
teeth in a much-worn condition ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

36766. The mandible, wanting the hinder portion of the left ramus ;
from Flonheim. The last molar is in alveola, while the
fifth tooth from the hinder end of the series is quite un-
worn, and appears to be a true dent de r •emplacement.

Purchased, 1859.

27887. The penultimate right lower molar, in a half-worn con-
dition ; from Flonheim. The homologous and following
teeth of H. fossile are represented in woodcut, fig. 3.

Presented by John Broivn, Esq., 1852.

44153. The right scapula ; from Flonheim. Purchased, 1873.

41093. Cast of the imperfect right scapula. The original is from
the Lower Miocene (Middle Oligocene) of LTfhofen, Hessen-
Darmstadt. Purchased, 1868.

10

43978. The imperfect right scapula ; from Darmstadt.

Purchased, 1872.

19957 b. Two imperfect specimens of the scapula ; from Durmstarlt.

Purchased, 1846.

41094. Cast of the left humerus. The original is from Darmstadt.

Purchased, 18G8.

43979. The left humerus ; from Darmstadt. Purchased, 1872.

44155. Two specimens of the humerus, wanting the distal extremity ;

from Darmstadt. Purchased, 1873.

44156. The distal extremity of the right humerus ; from Darmstadt.

Purchased, 1873.

19957. The right radius and ulna ; from Darmstadt.

Purchased, 1846.

48993. Cast of an ulna, wanting the olecranon. The original is
from Flouheim. Presented by Prof, von Koch, 1878.

19957 C. The left innominate ; from Flonhcim. Purchased, 1846.

44154. The imperfect left innominate ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1873.

48993 a. Casts of two specimens of the left innominate and the
femur. The originals are from Flonheim.

Presented by Prof, von Koch, 1878.

29648 &c. Twenty-five rihs ; from Flonheim. Purchased.

43977. The prestenmm ; from Darmstadt. Purchased, 1872.

489931). Six casts of portions of the sternum. The originals are
from Flonheim. Presented by Prof, von Koch, 1878.

1762. Cast of the atlas vertehra. The original is from Flonheim,
and is figured in De Blainville's ' Osteographie,' Genus
Manatus, pi. viii. Purchased.

19957 d. Two cervical vertebrae ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

1762 a. Cast of the arch of the second dorsal vertebra. The original
is from Flouheim. Purchased.

27887 b. The arch of the second dorsal vertebra ; from Flonheim.
Presented by Jolin Brown, Esq., 1852.

HALITHERIID^!. 11

19357 C. An early dorsal vertebra; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

27387 C. An early dorsal vertebra ; from Flonheim.

Presented by Jjhn Brown, Esq., 1852.

19357 j. Three middle dorsal vertebrae ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

44150-1. Two small specimens of late dorsal vertebrae ; from
Flonheim. Purchased, 1873.

19357 d. Three associated late dorsal vertebrae ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

19957 k. Two late dorsal vertebrae ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

19957 b. The imperfect first lumbar vertebra ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

M. 3540. A lumbo-sacral vertebra ; from Flonheim. Purchased.

M. 423. A lumbo-sacral vertebra ; from Darmstadt.

Enniskillen Collection. Purchased, 1882.

44152. The last sacral and first two caudal vertebrae ; from Flon-
heim. Purchased, 1873.

19957 e. Three early caudal vertebrae ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

43975. Three caudal vertuorse ; from Flonheim. Purchased.

19957 f. Two early caudal vertebrae; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

19957 g. Two late caudal vertebrae; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

M. 3539. Two imperfect early caudal vertebrae; from Flonheim.

Purchased.

M. 423 a. Two caudal vertebras ; from Darmstadt.

Enniskillen Collection. Purchased, 1882.

19957 h. An imperfect caudal vertebra ; from Flonheim.

Purchased, 1846.

1762 b. Casts of six caudal vertebrae. The originals are from

Flonheim. Purchased.

19957 i. A chevron bone ; from Flonheim. Purchased, 1846.

M. 423 b. A chevron bone ; from Darmstadt.

Enniskillen Collection. Purchased, 1882.

SIRENTA.

The following specimens are not specifically determined.
40859. Fragment of a left maxilla, showing the last two molars; from
(Fig.} the Middle or Lower Miocene of Gozo, near Malta. This
specimen is described and figured by Leith-Adams in the
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. p. 526, pi. xxv. figs. 3,
3 a, and provisionally referred to H. schinzi. The teeth
(which are of small size) do not, however, agree with
those of any examples of that species in the Museum.

Presented by Admiral Spratt, C.B., 1867.

M. 1938. An unworn last left lower molar, with a large third lobe ;
locality unknown.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

M. 2410. Two unworn lower molars ; locality unknown.

Purchased, 1885.
35578. Fragment of a rib ; from the Miocene of Malta.

Presented by Sir W. Reid, 1860.

Halitherium (?) sp.
Hob. N. America.

41846 a. The centrum of a lumbar vertebra, and portions of two
ribs ; from the Phosphate beds (Eocene) of the Ashley
river, South Carolina, U.S.A. These specimens were
associated with Zeuylodon.

Presented by Cowlan Gravely, Esq., 1869.

Genus PRORASTOMUS, Owen \

Dentition :— I. *, C. {, Pm. and M. |2(?). This genus appears to be
a generalized form allied to Halitherium, but having a fuller dentition
and lacking the distinct deflection of the premaxillte and the man-
dibular symphysis. The true molars are of a Dinotherioid type,
and the upper incisors are not tusk-like.

Prorastonms sirenoides, Owen3.

This is the type and only known species, and is of smaller size
than Halitherium schinzi.
Hob. West Indies.

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 541 (1855).

2 This is the number given by Owen, but it is doubtful if it is correct.

3 Loc. cit.

13

44897. The skull ; from Tertiary beds in the island of Jamaica.
(Fi<j.} This specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen in the

' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xi. pi. xv. figs. 1—6, and

vol. xxxi. pis. xxviii., xxix.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1874.

44897 a. Fragment of the atlas vertebra, associated with the
preceding specimen.

Presented by Prof. Sir JR. Owen, K.C.B., 1874.

11. 3565. Shaft of a humerus ; from a Tertiary deposit in the island
of Sombrero, near St. Kitts.

Presented by the Hon. J. Price.

Genus EOTHERIUM, Owen >.

This genus, which is provisionally referred to the present family,
is only known by the type species.

Eotherium segyptiacum, Owen 2.
Syn. (?) Manatus coulombi, Filhol 3.

This species is founded on the cast of the brain-cavity, which
resembles that of Halitherium and is narrower than in Manatus;
but it appears highly probable that the lower cheek-teeth from the
same locality, described under the name of Manatus coulomli, are
specifically identifial. These teeth are practically indistinguishable
from those of existing species of Manatus ; but the number is
unknown.

Hub. Egypt.

46722. Natural cast of the brain-cavity ; from the Eocene (Xummu-
(Fig.) litic) of Mokattam, near Cairo. This specimen is the type,

and is described and figured by Owen in the ' Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc.' vol. xxxi. p. 100, pi. iii. figs. 1-4.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1875.

46722 a. Fragment of a rib ; from Mokattam. Noticed by Owen,
op. tit. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1875.

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. voL xxxi. p. 100 (1875).

2 Loc. cit.

3 Bull. Soc. Pkilom. Paris, ser. 7, vol. ii. p. 124 (1878).

RHTXIXIDJE. 15

Family RHYTINID^l.

In this family (represented only by one species) there are no
functional teeth, their function being discharged by horny oral
plates. The premaxillae are moderately deflected, and distinct
nasals wanting.

Genus RHYTINA, Illiger1.
Rhytina gigas (Zimmermann 2).

Syn. Manati giga*, Zimmermann 3.

Trichechus manatus, var. borealis, Gmelin*.
Tric/ieckits borealis, Shaw5.
Rytina stellcri, Desmarest 6.

Hob. North Pacific.

M. 2439. The nearly complete skeleton 7 (woodcut, fig. 5) ; from

(Fig.) the peat of Behring Island. Described and figured by H.

Woodward in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 459.

Purchased, 1885.

M. 2489 a. The petrotympanic and auditory ossicles of the last
specimen. Purchased, 1885.

Prodr. Sysfc. Mamm. et Avium, p. 141 (181 1 \-Rytina,
Geogr. Geschichte, vol. ii. p. 42l> (17eO).— Manati.
Loc. cit.

Syst, Nat. vol. i. p. 61 (1788).
General Zoology, vol. i. p. 240 (1800).
Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxix. p. 574 (1819).

All the bones do not belong to the same individual, and some missing bones
have been replaced by plaster models.

16

Order CETACEA.
Suborder MYSTACOCETI.

Functional teeth arc wanting and the palate is provided with
baleen ; the cranium is symmetrical ; the nasals form a roof to the
narial passages ; and the tympanic is involuted and anchylosed to
the periotic.

Family BAL.ENID^E.
This family includes all the members of the Suborder.

A. — BAL.ENINE SECTION.

At least usually, some or all of the cervical vertebrae are anchy-
losed together. The tympanic is deep and angular, its inflation
comparatively slight, the involucrum1 not fig-shaped, and frequently
with no well-marked depression at the anterior extremity of the
superior border of the inner surface for the eustachian canal.

Genus BALJENA, Linn.2

Including Baleenula, Van Beneden s.
Bal&nutus, Van Beneden 4.

Pig. 6.

Salcena myfticetus. — The right tympanic of an immature individual, from the
inner (A) and outer (B) aspects ; recent. |. (From the ' Proc Zool. Soc.')

1 This term may be applied to the reflected superior portion of the inner wall
of the bone.

8 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 105 (1766).
8 Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. ixxiv. p. 11 (1872).
* Ibid. p. 13.

BAL^XIDJE. 17

In existing species the whole of the cervical vertebrae are anchy-
losed together ; but in the fossil forms which have been separated
under the above-mentioned names this anchylosis is incomplete ; the
centra of all the vertebrae are short. In the tympanic (fig. 6) the
superior border of the inner surface is usually nearly straight ; but
in one fossil species it may be sinuous.

Salacna mj)£ticctu3, Linn.1
Hob. Arctic Seas.

38141-2. Two imperfect scapulae; from a depth of 8 feet below the
surface at Deptford. In their large coracoid and acromion
these specimens agree with the scapula of the present
species ; they are, however, in a comparatively fresh con-
dition, and it is highly probable that they were brought
to the locality where they were found by human agency.
Presented by the Commissioners of the Metropolitan
Board of Works, 1864.

40641. The conjoint cervical vertebrae, in an imperfect condition ;
from the banks of the Thames at Limehouse. This
specimen (which may not be a true fossil) agrees with the
figure given by Van Beneden and Gervais in the ' Osteo-
graphie des Cetaces,' pis. iv., v. figs. 5, 6, showing the
characteristic contour of the condylar cups of the atlas,
the comparatively wide interval between them, and the
large size of the nutrient foramen. The remark appended
to the last specimen also applies in the present instance.

Purchased, 1867.

Balaena affinis, Owen2.
Syn. Balanodon affinis, Owen 3.

The type tympanic indicates a species closely allied to B. mysti-
cetus, and other specimens show that the fossil was fully equal in
size to the living form. The tympanic is characterized by its elon-
gated form, the comparative straightness of the inferior border, the
height of the inner wall at the eustachian part of the aperture, the
produced antero-inferior angle, the well-marked keel on the inferior
surface (more developed in the young than in the adult), the

1 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 105 (1766).
8 Tree. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 283 (1843).
3 Brit. Fuss. Mamm. & Birds, table facing p. xlvi (1846).
PART Vi, C

18 CETACEA.

approximate parallelism of the free border of the inner wall with,
the inferior border, the descent of the flattened anterior surface to
the inferior angle, and the comparatively slight development of the
involucrum itself. Specimens of this type of tympanic preserved
in the Brussels Museum (Nos. 114, 1637, 1303) are referred to
B. primly <enia, an identification which, if correct, woiild necessitate
the inclusion of the latter in the present species.
Hab. Europe (England and Belgium).

M. 3512. Cast of the imperfect left tympanic. The original (which
is apparently lost) was obtained from the lied Crag of
Felixstowe, Suffolk, and is the type of the species ; it is
described and figured by Owen in the ' British Fossil
Mammals and Birds,' p. 530, fig. 221. Its length is 0,121,
and it corresponds very closely with a specimen in the
Brussels Museum (No. 1303), which measures 0,120.

Aro history.

46682. The imperfect left tympanic ; from Woodbridge. The invo-
lucrum is more thickened than in the last specimen.

Purchased, 1875.

39011. The imperfect left tympanic ; from the Red Crag of Fclix-
stowe. Bowerbank Collection. Purchased, 1805.

39013. The imperfect right tympanic, in a rolled condition ; from
Felixstowe. Bowerbank Collection. Purchased, 1805.

46681. The imperfect and partially-rolled left tympanic ; from
(Fig.) Woodbridge. This specimen (woodcut, fig. 7) is larger
than any of the preceding examples, and agrees with a
tympanic in the Brussels Museum (No. 114) referred to
B. primigenia, which has a length of 0,l-i5 : it has been
noticed by the writer in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xliii. p. 8. Purchased, 1875.

39010. The imperfect left tympanic, of ratter smaller size ; from
Felixstowe. Bowerbank Collection. Purchased, 1805.

The two following specimens may belong either to this species
or to B. primigenia.

48978. The imperfect left periotic; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1878.

BALJE^IDJE.

10

23262. The mperfect left pcriotic ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1852.

25587. A smaller . periotic, perhaps belonging to B. imignis; from
Woodbridge. Presented by — Laws, Jllsq., 1857.

Fig. 7.

Saltsna ajjlnis. — The left tympanic ; from the Eed Crag of Woodbridge.

t3al«tna fttecagcndte, Gray1.

This species, which may be identical with B. australis, Des-
moulins2, is provisionally recorded by Newton from the Norfolk
Forest-bed in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlii. p. 321.

Nab. North Atlantic.

39361. The conjoint cervical vertebrae in a slightly imperfect con-
dition ; from the bed of the Thames at Wapping. This
specimen differs from the corresponding vertebral mass of
B. mysticetus, No. 40641, and agrees with the figure of
the same part in the present species given by Van Bene-
den and Gervais in their ' Osteographie des Cetaces,' pi. vii.
figs. 8-11, the characteristic features being the contour
of the condylar cups of the atlas, the narrow interval
between them, the small nutrient foramen, and the nearly
horizontal direction of the inferior border of the lateral
arch in the second and third vertebrae. Par-chased, 1801,

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1S64, p. 200.

2 See Flower, List of Cetacea in Brit. Mus. p. 2 (1885).

20 CETACEA.

The following specimens are provisionally referred to this species.

8116. A dorsal vertebra ; from silt at Lewes, Sussex.

Mantell Collection. Purchased, 1836.

33463. The centrum of a dorsal vertebra ; dredged off the eastern
coast. Lay ton Collection. 'Purchased, 1858.

39224. An early caudal vertebra ; dredged from the Thames at
Wandsworth. Purchased, 1805.

M. 3541. The centrum of a later caudal vertebra, wanting the
epiphyses ; probably dredged from the sea. No history.

33460. The centrum of a late caudal vertebra ; dredged off the
eastern coast. Lai/ton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

46282. The left humerus ; dredged from the Xorth Sea.

Oivles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

Balaena primigenia, Van Beneden '.

This species is of large size and has all the cervical vertebras
anchylosed together. The tympanics provisionally included under
this specific name present considerable variations, but, as they all
seem to pass into one another, these variations cannot apparently be
considered of specific value. Generally the tympanic is charac-
terized by the convex inferior border, the absence of a produced
antero-inferior angle, and the comparative lowness of the eustachian
portion of the aperture. This type of tympanic indicates a species
allied to the existing Whales of the southern and temperate seas
(B. Uscayensis and B. australis) ; but some specimens appear to
show a relationship to Neobalcena.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

Variety A.

In this, which may be called the type variety, the inner wall of
the tympanic is very high, its superior border oblique, the flattening
of the anterior surface extending nearly or quite down to the inferior
border, the involucrum considerably thickened, and the inferior
border somewhat angulated.

M. 1248. Cast of the right tympanic. The original was obtained
from the Antwerp Crag, and is preserved in the Brussels

1 Bull. Ac. K. Bdg. e<§r. 2, TO!, ixxir. p. 9 (1872).

BAL^INID^E, 21

Museum ; it is figured by Yan Beneden in the Ann. Mus.
R. Hist. Nat. Belg. vol. iv. pt. 2, pi. xix. figs. 1-4.

Purchased, 1883.

M. 1249. Cast of the right tympanic. The history of the original
is the same as that of the last specimen ; and it is figured
by Van Beneden, op. cit. figs. 9-12. Purchased, 1883.

46686. The nearly perfect left tympanic of an immature individual ;
from the Red Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk. This speci-
men has not been rolled, and its owner evidently lived
during the deposition of the Red Crag. Purchased, 1875.

M. 3509 a. Cast of the slightly imperfect right tympanic. The
original (woodcut, fig. 8), which has not been rolled, was

Balana primigenia. — The right tympanic; from the Bed Crag of Suffolk. £.
(From the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.')

obtained from the Red Crag of Suffolk, and is in the
possession of "W. Colchester, Esq., of Ipswich. The
obliquity of the inner wall is less marked than in No.
M. 1248, and agrees in that respect with No. M. 1249 ;
the specimen is described and figured by the writer in the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 9, woodcut fig. 1,
the figure being reproduced here.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Variety B.

The obliquity of the superior border of the inner wall of the
tympanic is extremely developed, so that the structure of this bone

22 CEIACEA.

foreshadows that of Neobalcena ; the involucrum is thickened and
the inferior border angulated.

M. 3510. Cast of the imperfect right tympanic. The original is
from the lied Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk, and is preserved
in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jerinyn Street ; it is
described and figured by the present writer in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 9, pi. ii. figs. 1, la. A
specimen in the Brussels Museum (No. 1248) presents
somewhat similar characters.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Variety C.

The tympanic resembles in many respects that of the type
variety ; but is much compressed laterally, has no thickening of the
involucrum, and the flattening of the anterior surface does not
extend much below the superior border of the inner wall ; the
inferior border is not angulated.

46685. The slightly imperfect and partially rolled right tympanic :
• from the Red Crag of Woodbridge. Noticed by the writer
in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 10.

Purchased, 1875.

The inner wall of the tympanic is low, its superior border nearly
parallel with the long axis of the bone, the flattening of the
anterior surface not extending below that border, and the inferior
border of the bone not angulated.

43399. The imperfect right tympanic ;. from the Red Crag of Wood-

(Fig.) bridge. This specimen, which has not suffered from

rolling, is described and figured by the present writer in

the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 10, pi. ii.

figs. 2, 2 a. Purchased, 1875.

M. 3509. Cast of a rather smaller and somewhat rolled imperfect
right tympanic. The original was obtained from "Wood-
bridge, and is preserved in the Museum of Practical
Geology, Jermyn Street ; it agrees very closely in character
with the preceding specimen, and is noticed by the writer,
loc. cit. Made in theMuseum, 1886.

28257. An imperfect left tympanic, provisionally referred to this
variety ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1852.

23

M. 3511. Cast of an immature imperfect right tympanic, not
improbably belonging to this variety. The original, which
is from Woodbridge, is preserved in the Museum of Prac-
tical Geology ; it differs from the tympanic of B. insignis
by its narrower inferior surface, more convex anterior
border, and its slighter degree of inflation, in all of which
respects it resembles No. M. 3509.

Made in the Museum. 1886.

The originals of tJie following series of casts (purcJiased, 1883) were
obtained from the Antwerp Cray, and are referred to this species
by Van Beneden in the '•Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg? vol. iv.
pt. 2, to which memoir the following references apply ; all the
specimens are preserved in the Brussels Museum.

M. 1247. Cast of a part of the mandibular ramus ; pi. xix.

M. 1250. Cast of the left periotic ; pi. xix. figs. 13, 14.

M. 1251. Cast of the atlas vertebra; pi. xxi. fig. 8.

M. 1252. Cast of the left ulna; pi. xxi. fig. 7.

M. 1253. Cast of the left radius ; pi. xxi. figs. 5, 6.

M. 1254. Cast of a rib ; pi. xviii. fig. 6.

M. 1255. Cast of a rib ; pi. xviii. fig. 7.

Balsena balsenopsis (Van Beneden ').
Syn. Balfcnula balcenopsis, Van Beneden 2.

This is a small species, approaching B. mysticelus in cranial and
tympanic structure, its total length being estimated at about 20 feet.
The atlas and seventh cervical vertebras are separate, and the other
cervicals are only anchylosed by portions of their centra. Van
Beneden gives certain characters by which the tympanics can be
distinguished from those of B. insignis ; but the writer was unable
to recognize these characters in the specimens in the Brussels
Museum, and has accordingly referred to the present species only
the smaller specimens.

Hub. Europe (Belgium and England).

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 11 (\$l-2).—Balcenula,.

2 Loc. cit.

24 CETACKA.

M. 3513. The imperfect left tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.

By exchange with the lioyal Brussels Museum of
Natural History, 1886.

The originals of the following series of casts (purcluised, 1883) were
obtained from the Antwerp Cray, and are preserved in the lioi/al
Museum of Natural History at Brussels ; they are figured by Van
Beneden in the lAnn. Mus. It. Hist. Nat. Belt/.' vol. iv. pt. 2,
pis. i.-xvii., to which memoir the following references apply.

M.1260. Cast of the left tympanic ; pi. iii. figs. 1-4.

M. 1258. Cast of the right tympanic ; pi. iii. figs. 5-8.

M. 1284. Cast of the left tympanic ; pi. iii. figs. 9-12.

M. 1259. Cast of the right tympanic; pi. iii. figs. 13-16.

M. 1257. Cast of the left tympanic ; pi. iii. figs. 17-20.

M. 1256. Cast of the left tympanic; pi. iii. figs. 21-24.

M. 1261. Cast of the right periotic ; pi. iii. figs. 24-27.

M. 1327. Cast of a nasal; pi. ii. figs. 1-4.

M. 1269. Cast of the atlas vertebra ; pi. viii. figs. 1-3.

M. 1328. Cast of one half of the atlas vertebra ; pi. xi. figs. 4, 5.

M. 1276. Cast of one half of the atlas vertebra; pi. viii. figs. 4-6.

M. 1266. Cast of the conjoint axis and the three following cervical
vertebra ; pi. ix. figs. 1-3.

M. 1278. Cast of the axis and portions of the three following
cervical vertebra? of a young individual ; pi. ix. fig. 6.

M. 1271. Cast of one half of the conjoint axis and five following
vertebras ; pi. x. figs. 1-4.

M. 1265. Cast of one half of the conjoint axis and five following
vertebras ; pi. x. fig. 5.

M. 1270. Cast of the atlas and six following vertebrae of a young
individual; pi. x. fig. 6.

M. 1268. Cast of a section of the last six cervical vertebras of a
young individual ; pi. x. figs. 7, 8.

M. 1264, 1267. Casts of the conjoint cervical vertebras and section
of the same ; pi. xii.

M. 1329-31. Three casts of cervical vertebras.

BAL.EXIDJE. ^O

M. 1279. Cast of the imperfect eighth dorsal vertebra, wanting the
epiphyses ; pi. xiii. figs. 1, 2.

M. 1280. Cast of the imperfect eleventh dorsal vertebra, wanting
one epiphysis ; pi. xiii. figs. 3, 4.

M. 1281. Cast of the imperfect sixth lumbar vertebra, wanting one
epiphysis ; pi. xiv. figs. 5, 6.

M. 1282. Cast of the sixth caudal vertebra, wanting both epi-
physes ; pi. xv. fig. 3.

M. 1332. Cast of the eleventh caudal vertebra, wanting both epi-
physes ; pi. xv. figs. 4, 5.

M. 1333. Cast of the seventeenth caudal vertebra ; pi. xv. fig. 6.
M. 1334. Cast of the twenty-first caudal vertebra : pi. xiv. figs. 8, 9.

M. 1272. Cast of the twenty-fourth caudal vertebra; pi. xiv.
figs. 10, 11 .

M. 1273. Cast of the left humerus; pi. xvi. fig. 7.

M. 1263. Cast of an imperfect humerus.

M. 1274. Cast of the left radius ; pi. xvii. figs. 3, 4.

M. 1275. Cast of the left ulna; pi. xvii. figs. 1, 2.

M, 1283. Cast of the eighth rib of the right side ; pi. ii. fig. 5.

M. 1262. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible ; pi. v.

The following specimens are from the Coralline and Red Crag
of Suffolk.

M. 3514. Cast of the slightly imperfect right tympanic.. The
original was obtained from the Red Crag, and is preserved
in the Ipswich Museum ; it is noticed by the present
writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 10.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

M. 3542. The imperfect atlas vertebra : from the Coralline Crag of
Sudbourn, near Orford. This specimen is noticed by Van
Beneden, op. cit. p. 53 (where it is referred to this species),
and also by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 10. No history.

2<> CETACEA.

Some of the following specimens may belong to young individuals
ofB. insignis.

46078. The centrum of the seventh (?) dorsal vertebra ; from the
lied Crag of Boyton. Although much smaller, this speci-
men closely resembles the seventh dorsal of B. insignis,
No. M. 1301. Purchased, 1875.

46495. The centrum of an early dorsal vertebra ; from Woodbridge.
This specimen is very similar to the young fifth dorsal of
B. insignis, 'No. M. 1304. Purchased, 1875.

45843. The centrum of a very similar dorsal vertebra ; from Wood-
bridge. Purchased, 1875.

46744. The centrum of a late dorsal vertebra ; from Woodbridge.
This specimen agrees with No. M. 1280. Purchased, 1875.

46743. An imperfect lumbar vertebra ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

48479. A middle caudal vertebra ; from Woodbridge.

Presented ly C. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

Balsena insignis (Van Beneden *).
Syn. Salcenotus insignis, Van Beneden 2.

This species is larger than B. balcenopsis. The seventh cervical
is always, and the atlas generally, free, while in young individuals
the axis is sometimes detached ; the anchylosis of the other cervicals
is less complete than in existing species, and the atlas and the sixth
and seventh cervicals are much thicker ; in all the cervicals distinct
epiphyses are developed. The inferior surface of the tympanic is
very wide, the antero-iuferior angle more or less distinctly marked,
and the flattening of the anterior surface extending nearly or quite to
this point. The whole bone is more inflated, its involucrum thicker,
aud its inferior surface wider than in B. ajfinis ; but it is not
always easy to be quite sure that specimens may not belong to young
individuals of that species. In many of the above-mentioned
features an approximation is presented to the Balajnopterine section
of the family.

Hob. Europe (Belgium, Italy, and England).

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. scr. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 13 (l&T2}.—lial<Enotus.

2 Loc. clt.

27

The originals of the following series of casts (purchased, 1883) were
obtained from the Antwerp Crag, and are preserved in the Royal
Museum of Natural History, Brussels ; the majority are figured
by Van Beneden in the '•Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. iv.
pt. 2, pis. xxiii.-xxxix., to which memoir the following refer-
ences apply.

M. 1287-8. Casts of the associated right tympanic and periotic ;
pi. xxvi. figs. 1-6.

M. 1286. Cast of the left tympanic ; pi. xxvi. figs. 7-11.

M. 1285. Cast of the right tympanic : pi. xxvi. figs. 12-15. This
specimen is shorter and broader anteriorly than M. 1286.

M. 1291. Cast of the right frontal ; pi. xxvii. fig. 1.

M. 1292. Cast of the atlas vertebra; pi. xxix.

It. 1311. Cast of the atlas vertebra ; pi. xxxi. fig. 1.

M. 1322. Cast of the imperfect atlas vertebra of an older individual ;
pi. xxxi. fig. 2.

M. 1297. Cast of the united second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth
cervical vertebrae ; pi. xxxi. fig. 3.

M. 1323. Cast of the axis vertebra ; pi. xxx. fig. 1.

M. 1312. Casts of three conjoint cervical vertebrae; pi. xxxii.
figs. 1, 2.

M. 1310. Cast of one half of the united cervical vertebrae ; pi. xxxii.
figs. 4, 5.

M. 1298. Cast of one half of the united first six cervical vertebra} ;
pi. xxxii. fig. 6.

M. 1295. Cast of one half of the united axis and four following
cervical vertebra ; pi. xxxiii. fig. 1.

M. 1294. Cast of one half of the united axis and two following
cervical vertebrae ; pi. xxxiii. fig. 3.

M. 1313. Cast of the sixth cervical vertebra of the same individual;
pi. xxxiii. figs. 4, 5.

M. 1293. Cast of the united first six cervical vertebrae ; pi. xxxi.
fig. 4, pi. xxxiii. fig. 6, and pi. xxxiv. fig. 1.

M. 1314. Cast of the centrum of the seventh cervical vertebra ;
pi. xxxiv. figs. 3, 4.

CETACEA.

M. 1296-99. Casts of two specimens of the sixth cervical vertebra.

M. 1300. Cast of the first dorsal vertebra, wanting the neural arch ;
pi. xxxiv. fig. 5.

M. 1326. Cast of the third dorsal vertebra, wanting one epiphysis
and with the neural arch incomplete ; pi. xxxv. figs. 1, 2.

M. 1304. Cast of an early dorsal vertebra ; pi. xxxvi. fig. 1. De-
scribed as the fifth dorsal, but very different from the next
specimen.

M. 1320. Cast of the centrum and part of the arch of the fifth
dorsal vertebra ; pi. xxvil figs. 4, 5.

M. 1301. Cast of the centrum of the seventh dorsal vertebra ;
pi. xxxvi. figs. 2, 3.

It. 1320 a. Cast of a smaller seventh dorsal vertebra, wanting ouo
epiphysis ; pi. xxxvii. figs. 1, 2.

M. 1302. Cast of the centrum of the tenth dorsal vertebra ; pi. xxxvi.
fig. 4.

It. 1321. Cast of the thirteenth dorsal vertebra, wanting both
epiphyses and one transverse process ; the centrum and
transverse process are figured, pi. xxxv. figs. 3, 4.

M. 1303. Cast of the centrum of the fifth lumbar vertebra ;
pi. xxxvi. fig. 5.

It. 1318. Cast of the eleventh lumbar vertebra, wanting both epi-
physes and transverse processes ; pi. xxxviii. figs. 1, 2.

M. 1316. Cast of the fifth caudal vertebra, wanting one transverse
process ; pi. xxxviii. figs. 3, 4.

M. 1315. Cast of the slightly imperfect ninth caudal vertebra ;
pi. xxxix. fig. 3.

It. 1305. Cast of the slightly imperfect fourteenth caudal vertebra ;
pi. xxxix. figs. 1, 2.

M. 1307- Cast of the imperfect eighteenth caudal vertebra ;
pi. xxxviii. figs. 5, 6.

M. 1317. Cast of the twentieth caudal vertebra ; pi. xxxix. fig. 4.

M. 1308. Cast of a smaller twentieth caudal vertebra ; pi. xxxvi.
figs. 6, 7.

BALJEXID.E. 29

M. 1306. Cast of the twenty-third caudal vertebra ; pi. xxxix.
figs. 5, 6.

M. 1309. Cast of the twenty-fourth caudal vertebra, wanting both
epiphyses ; pi. xxxix. figs. 7, 8.

M. 1289. Cast of the right humerus ; pi. xxvii. fig. 5.
M. 1324. Cast of the right radius ; pi. xxviii. figs. 4, 5.
M. 1290. Cast of the right ulna ; pi. xxviii. figs. 2, 3.
M. 1325. Cast of the basihyal ; pi. xxiii. fig. 2.

The following specimen is from the Antwerp Crag.

42996 d. The centrum and part of the neural arch of a comparatively
late dorsal vertebra, resembling No. M. 1302, but of
smaller size. Van Breda Collection. Purchased, 1871.

The following specimens from the Red Crag of Suffolk agree with the
preceding ; but it is not improbable that one or two may belong
to young individuals of B. affinis.

28258. The slightly imperfect right tympanic. This specimen agrees
very closely with No. M. 1285. Purchased, 1852.

39012. The less perfect right tympanic ; from Pelixstowe. This
specimen resembles No. M. 1286.

Boiverbank Collection. Purchased, 1865.

27028. The slightly imperfect and partially rolled left tympanic.
This bone is intermediate in form between the two pre-
ceding specimens. Purchased, 1851.

24865. The imperfect left tympanic ; from Felixstowe.

Purchased, 1850.

36649 a. The imperfect left tympanic ; from "Woodbridge.

Brown Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen,

K.C.B., 1859.

39014. A more imperfect left tympanic, not improbably belonging
to this species ; from Felixstowe.

Bowerbank Collection. Purchased, 1865.

30261. An imperfect left tympanic, probably belonging to a small
individual of this species ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1855.

30 CETACEA.

46733. The ventral half of the atlas vertebra ; from "Woodbridge.
This specimen agrees almost precisely with No. M. 1323.

Purchased, 1875.

Some of the folloiviny specimens from ilie same deposit may perhaps
belong to B. affinis or B. primigenia.

48481. The centrum of a first dorsal vertebra, wanting both epi-

physes, which may perhaps belong to the present species ;
from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1875.

48482. The centrum of a first dorsal vertebra, closely resembling

the preceding, but rather smaller ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

48466. The centrum and part of the arch of a middle dorsal ver-
tebra ; from Woodbridge. This specimen agrees very
closely with the eighth dorsal vertebra of B. balcenopsls
(No. M. 1279), but is of considerably larger size.

Presented by C. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

46736. The centrum and part of the arch of the seventh (?) dorsal
vertebra ; from Woodbridge. This specimen closely re-
sembles No. M. 1310. Purchased, 1875.

46741-2. Two centra of lumbar vertebrae ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

48465. An imperfect lumbar vertebra.

Presentedby C. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

48478. The centrum of an early caudal vertebra, wanting one epi-
physis, and closely resembling No. M. 1315 ; from Wood-
bridge. Purchased, 1878.

28270. The centrum of an early caudal vertebra ; from Woodbridge.
This specimen was determined by Van Beneden.

Purchased, 1852.

37295. An imperfect caudal vertebra ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1860.

Genus PAUEOCETUS, Seeley1.

This genus is founded on the original of the following specimen,
1 Geol. Mag. dec. 1, vol. ii. p. 54 (1865).

BALJEXIDJE. 31

which apparently indicates a very small Whale, somewhat inter-
mediate between the smaller fossil species of the present and
following subfamilies.

Palaeocetus sedgwicki, Seeley1.

Hob. England.

41624. Cast of the second, third, and fourth cervical vertebra?. The
original, which is preserved in the Woodwardian Museum,
Cambridge, was obtained from the Boulder-Clay at Ely,
and is regarded by its describer as having been derived
from the Kimeridge Clay. The second and third ver-
tebrae are anchylosed, but the centrum of the fourth is
free. The original is described and figured by Seeley, op.
cit. p. 54, pi. iii. Presented ly Prof. A. Sedgwick, 1869.

B. — BAL.ENOPTERINE SECTION.

There is, at least usually, no anchylosis of the cervical vertebra),
which are thicker than in the Balaenine section, and the centra of
the other vertebrae are more elongated. The tympanic is long,
much inflated, rounded, with the iuvolucrum much thickened and
more or less distinctly pyriform, and the notch for the eustachian
canal always well marked. The tympanic varies in different indi-
viduals of the same species much less than in the Balasnine section.

The large number of fossil forms described by Van Beneden from
the Antwerp Crag render the determination of detached vertebra a
matter of much uncertainty ; and the close affinity between some of
these forms suggests that their distinction may be due to sexual or
individual rather than to specific differences.

Genus MEGAPTERA, Gray2.

Syn. Mcgapteropsis, Van Beneden 3.
Burtinopsis, Van Beneden 4.

The term Burtinopsis was applied to Bala3nopteroids which were
regarded as intermediate between Megaptera and Balcenoptera ; but

1 Geol. Mag. dpc. 1, vol. ii. p. 54 (1865X

2 Zoology of ' Erebus' and ' Terror,' p. 16 (1840).

3 Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 15 (1872).
* Ibid. p. 19.

CETACEA.

a comparison of the tympanics with a large series of those of M<->/n-
ptera hoops has convinced the writer that the fossil forms should be
included in the latter genus 1.

The tympanic is more inflated than in Balasnoptera, and has the
involucrum more distinctly pyriform ; the eustachian part of the
aperture is well-defined, and there are two well-marked ridges on
the inferior surface of the adult bone, of which the outermost is the
more prominent ; the antero-internal extremity is usually more or
less pointed, the inner surface is convex (the convexity increasing
with age) and frequently has a vertical groove near the eustachian
channel, and the outer surface of the involucrum is very convex.
The cranium of the recent species is of moderate size, and the
vertebra3 are intermediate in length between those of Balcma
and Balcenoptera.

Megaptera affinis, Van Bcneden ".
Syn. Megapteropsis robusta, Van Beneden 3.

This species is of large size and closely allied to M. boops, but is
distinguished by the bluntness of the anterior extremity of the
tympanic and the greater flatness of its inner surface.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3531. Cast of an imperfect right tympanic, probably belonging
to an immature individual of the present species. The
original was obtained from the Coralline Crag of Sud-
bourn, near Orford, Suffolk, and is preserved in the
Museum of Practical Geology, Jcrmyn Street. The speci-
men is rather smaller than the one figured by Van
Beneden in the 'Ann. Mus. E. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. vii.
pt. 3, pi. xliii. figs. 1, 2, but agrees closely in form, and
especially in the blunt anterior extremity and flattened
inner wall, in both of which respects it differs from the
tympanic of M. similis (Van Beneden). The small deve-
lopment of the inferior ridges indicates that the specimen
is not adult. The original has been described and figured

1 The recent tympanic figured for comparison with the fossil by Van Beneden
in the 'Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.' Tol. vii. pt. 3, pi. Ixxxix. figs. 15, 16,
under the name of Balceiioptera antarctica, really belongs to Megaptera loops ;
compare B. M. No. 2. 76. 16. 18.

2 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. 1. p. 13 (1880).

3 Ibid. vol. xxxiv. p. 15 (1872). The specific name was considered liable to
lead to confusion, and was accordingly changed.

33

bv the present writer in the ' Quart Journ. Geol. Soc/
vol. xliii. p. 11, pi. ii. figs. 4, 4 a.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

42996 b. A slightly imperfect early caudal vertebra of a very large
"Whale, apparently agreeing very closely in size and pro-
portions with the third caudal of the present species
figured by Yan Beneden in the 'Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat.
Belg.' vol. vii. pt. 3, pis. xlv., xlvi. ; from the Antwerp
Crag. Van Breda Collection. Purchased, 1871.

46738. The centrum of a middle caudal vertebra, perhaps belonging
to this species ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge,
Suffolk. Purchased, 1875.

Megaptera similis (Van Beneden T).
Syn. Burtinopsis similis, Van Beneden 2.

This species is considerably smaller than the last ; the form of the
tympanic appears almost indistinguishable from that of M. loops.
Hob. Europe (Belgium and [?] England).

39020. A left periotic, provisionally referred to this species ; from
the Red Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk. The narrow elon-
gated form of the portion containing the semicircular
canals shows that this specimen (which is apparently
adult) belongs to the present genus, as distinct from Balce-
noptera or Cetotherium ; it is of much smaller size than
the periotic of M. affinis figured by Van Beneden in the
* Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. vii. pt. 3, pi. xlii.
fie:. 4 ; and since it appears too large for M. minuta, the
probability is that it belongs to the present species. The
specimen has been noticed by the writer in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 11. Purchased, 1865.

Megaptera minuta (Van Beneden 3).
Syn. Bvrtinoptu minutus, Van Beneden 4.
This species is about equal in size to Balcenoptera rostrata ; the

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 19 (1872).— Burtinopsis.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Ibid. vol. 1. p. 17 (1880).— Burtinopsis.
* Loc. cit.

34 CETACEA.

anterior extremity of the tympanic is pointed and the inner surface
more convex than in the last species.
JJab. Europe (Belgium, and England).

M. 3533. The imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.
This specimen agrees precisely with the one figured by
Van Beneden in the ' Aim. Mus. II. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. vii.
pt. 3, pi. xcvii. figs. 1, 2, and also in form with the
tympanic of M. boops (B.M. No. 1408 c).

By exchange with the lloyal Brussels Museum of
Natural History, 1886.

M. 3532. Cast of the slightly imperfect left tympanic of a somewhat
older individual. The original was obtained from the
Coralline Crag of Suffolk, and is preserved in the Ipswich
Museum ; it is described and figured by the present
writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 11,
pi. ii. figs. 5, 5 a. The specimen closely resembles the
one figured by Van Beneden, op. tit. figs. 9-11, and also
an old tympanic of M. loops in the' British Museum (No. 2.
76. 16. 18). Made in the Museum, 1886.

Genus BAL^ENOPTERA, Laceptde1.

The skull is small, the nasals are short and rounded, and the interval
between the frontal and occipital is comparatively short. The tym-
panic (woodcut, fig. 9) is moderately inflated, the inferior aspect
forminga comparatively narrow ellipse, which is scarcely wider behind
than in front ; the inner surface is flattened, without a vertical
groove ; the notch for the eustacliian canal is deep and sharply
defined ; the antero-inferior extremity of the inner surface is pro-
duced into a more or less well-marked ridge ; and the outer surface
of the involucrum is flattened ; the inferior surface has two ridges
corresponding to those of Meyopttra.

Balaenoptera definita (Owen2).

Syn. BnJcena definita, Owen3.

Balctnodon definita, Owen 4.
Balanoptwa sMahtina, Van Beneden 5.

Hist. Nat. d. Cetaces, Table d. Orclres &c. p. xxxvi (1804).

Proo. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 283 (1843).— Bulcena.

Loc. tit.

Bril . Foss. Mamm. and Birds, table facing p. xlvi (1846).

Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, ?ol. 1. p. 14 (I860).

35

Balcenoptem musculus. — The right tympanic, from the inner (A) and outer (B)
aspects ; recent. ^. (From the ' Proc. Zool. Sue.')

The tympanic of this species indicates a true Balcenoptera, and is
of rather larger size than the corresponding bone of B. goropi, from
which it also differs in structure. The Belgian B. sibbaldina (of
which the tympanic is undescribed) is almost certainly identical with
this form, and is considered to be allied to the existing B. sibbaldi,
which attains a length of 80 feet. A fine cervical vertebra from
the Red Crag is preserved in the Ipswich Museum.

Bab. Europe (England and Belgium).

M. 3521. Cast of the imperfect left tympanic. The original, which
is from the Red Crag and is preserved in the Ipswich
Museum, is described and figured by the present writer
in the 'Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 11, pi. ii.
figs. 3, 3 a. It agrees precisely with the imperfect type
tympanic figured by Owen in the ' British Fossil Mammals
and Birds,' p. 531, fig. 222 (Mus. E. Coll. Surg. No. 2804),

D2

36 CETACEA.

as well as with another specimen in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons (No. 2805). It differs from the
tympanic of D. yoropi (No. M. 3517, below) by its some-
what superior size, greater relative width, greater height
of the inner wall, smaller depth of the eustachian notch,
sharper posterior angle, and more gibbous involucrum.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Balsenoptera goropi (Yan Beneden :).

Syn. Plesiocetus goropi, Van Beneden 2.

Balcenoptera musculoides, Van Beneden 3.

This species is closely allied in size and structure to B. musculus,
of which it may be the ancestor. The existing species attains a
length of at least 70 feet ; and the fossil one is very common in the
Antwerp Crag.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3517. The imperfect left tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.

This specimen is indistinguishable from the one figured

by Van Beneden in the « Ann. Mus. 11. Hist. Nat. Belg.'

vol. vii. pt. 3, pi. liv. fig. 18. By exchange -with the lioyal

Brussels Museum of Natural History, 1886.

M. 3517 a. A precisely similar left tympanic ; from the Antwerp

Crag. By exchange with the Royal Brussels Museum

of Natural History, 1886.

39016. A much-rolled right tympanic, agreeing very closely with
the preceding specimens ; from the lied Crag of Wood-
bridge, Suffolk. Noticed by the present writer in the
4 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 12.

Purchased, 1865.

The folloiving specimens from the Antwerp Crag are provisionally
referred to this species, although some of them may belong to
Cetotherium brialmonti.

43601. The centrum and part of the neural arch of the first dorsal

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 15 (1872).— Cetotherium ; the specific
name is misprinted garopi.

a Loc. cit.

* Ibid. vol. 1. p. 15 (1880). When the generic name was changed the founder
also proposed a new specific one ; but there is no justification for the substi-
tution.

37

vertebra. This specimen agrees very closely with the one
figured by Van Beneden, op. cit. pi. Ixii. Purchased.

42993. The centrum of a late dorsal or early lumbar vertebra.

Van Breda Collection. Purchased, 1871.

43601 a. The centrum of a late dorsal or early lumbar vertebra,
agreeing very closely with the specimen figured by Van
Beneden, op. cit. pi. Ixiii. Purchased.

43601 b. The centrum of a late dorsal or early lumbar vertebra.

PurcJiased.

42996 a. The centrum of a middle caudal vertebra.

Van Breda Collection. Purchased, 1871.

Some of the following specimens from the Crag of Suffolk may
belong to Cetotherium brialmonti.

48475. The nearly complete axis vertebra, wanting the hinder epi-

physis ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge. This specimen
differs from the axis of Cetotherium brialmonti (compare
No. 40734, page 43) by its much thinner centrum.

Purchased, 1875.

48476. The centrum of the third cervical vertebra ; from the Red

Crag of Woodbridge. In its large size this specimen
differs from the corresponding vertebra of C. brialmonti
and agrees with that of the present species.

Purchased, 1875.

48477. The centrum of the first dorsal vertebra; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

46739. The imperfect centrum of a late lumbar or early caudal

vertebra; from "Woodbridge. This specimen closely
resembles the eleventh lumbar of C. brialmonti figured by
Van Beneden, op. cit. vol. ix. pt. 4, pi. ix. figs. 3, 4.

Purchased, 1875.

48464. The centrum of an early caudal vertebra ; from the Coral-
line Crag. This specimen agrees very nearly with the
second caudal of C. brialmonti figured by Van Beneden,
op. cit. pi. viii. fig. 4.

Presented by C. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

46740. The centrum of a very similar caudal vertebra ; from Wood

bridge. Purchased, 1875.

38 CETACEA.

46751. A late caudal vertebra ; from "Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

35042. A later caudal vertebra, apparently belonging either to this
or the next genus ; from the Red Crag of Bawdsey.

Presented by S. V. Wood, Esq., 1860.

JJalaenoptera fcorcatte, Lesson1.

The usual length of this species is from 40 to 48 feet, but it
occasionally reaches 52 feet 2.
Hob. North Atlantic.

49977. The third cervical vertebra, wanting portions of the lateral
arches ; dredged from the North Sea. Purchased, 1867.

M. 425. The centrum of a cervical vertebra ; from the Pleistocene
(Elephant-bed) of Brighton, Sussex.

Enniskillen Collection. PurcJiased, 1882.

46291. The centrum of a dorsal vertebra : dredged from the North
Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

46286-7. The centra of two lumbar vertebrae ; dredged from the
North Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

46284. The centrum of an early caudal vertebra ; dredged from the

North Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874-

46285. The centrum of a later caudal vertebra ; dredged from the

North Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

46288. The centrum of a smaller caudal vertebra; dredged from the

North Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

46289. The centrum of a late caudal vertebra ; dredged from the

North Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

33454. An early caudal vertebra ; from the eastern coast.

Lai/ton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

The following specimens are provisionally referred to this species.

7342 a. Part of a mandibular ramus ; from the Pleistocene
(Elephant-bed) of Brighton. This specimen is described

1 Hist. Nat. Cetaces, p. 342 (1828).

2 See Collett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 264.

39

by Mantell in the « Medals of Creation,' vol. ii. p. 824,
and referred to Baluena m-i/sticetus l ; but the occurrence
of the cervical vertebra No. M. 425 in the same bed
renders it more probable that it belongs to the present
species. Mantell Collection. Purchased, 1836.

M. 424. Fragment of a rib ; from the Pleistocene of Brighton.

EnnisUllen Collection. Purchased, 1882.

33451. The imperfect centrum of a middle caudal vertebra ; from

the Norfolk coast. Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

33452. The imperfect centrum of a later caudal vertebra ; from the

Norfolk coast. Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

33462. An imperfect caudal vertebra ; dredged from the eastern
coast. Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

33457. The rolled centrum of a caudal vertebra ; from the eastern
coast. Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

The following specimen is larger than any of the preceding, and may
perhaps belong to B. musculus.

46283. The centrum of a lumbar vertebra ; dredged in the North
Sea. Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

Balaenoptera borealina, Van Beneden 2.

This species is smaller than B. goropi, and closely allied to the
existing B. borealis.

Hab. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3518. The imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.

This specimen agrees with the one figured by Van Beneden

in the ' Ann. Mus. E. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. vii. pt. 3,

pi. Ixviii. fig. 17. By exchange with the Royal

Brussels Museum of Natural History, 1886.

M. 3522. Cast of the imperfect left tympanic. The original, which
is much water-worn, was obtained from the Red Crag of
Suffolk, and is preserved in the Ipswich Museum ; it agrees
precisely with the Belgian specimen, and is noticed by the
present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii.
p. 12. Made in the Museum, 1886.

1 See Owen. Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds, p. 542.

2 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s6r. 2, vol. 1. p. 15 (1880).

40 CETACEA.

39018. The much-worn right tympanic ; from the Red Crag of

Woodbridge, Suffolk. This and the following specimens
are noticed by the writer in the passage cited above.

Purchased, 1865.

39017. The more worn left tympanic ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1865.

39021. The left periotic ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge. This
specimen exactly resembles the one figured by Van Bene-
den, op. cit. fig. 10. Purchased, 1865.

27603. The left poriotic ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1852.

39019. The right periotic ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1865.

27434. An imperfect right periotic, provisionally referred to this
species; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1851.

Balsenoptera emarginata (Owen l).

Syn. Balcena emarginnta, Owen 2.
Ralcena yibbosa, Owen 3.
Balcenvdon emarginata, Owen 4.
Bidcenodon gibbosa, Owen 5.

rostratetta, Van Beneden 6.

The tympanic named B. gibbosa by Owen differs only from the
type specimen of the present species by a character dependent upon
age ; and both specimens agree precisely with the Belgian examples
forming the so-called B. rostratdlci of Van Beneden. The species
is allied to B. rostrata (of which the usual length is from 25 to 30
feet, and specimens exceeding 33 feet are of very rare occurrence 7),
but appears of rather larger size.

Hub. Europe (England and Belgium).

39016 a. The much-worn left tympanic ; from the Red Crag of
Woodbridge, Suffolk. This specimen agrees exactly with
the typo tympanic figured by Owen in the 'British
Fossil Mammals and Birds,' p. 533, fig. 224 (Mus. R. Coll.

Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 283 (1843).— Balcena.

Loc. cit. 3 Loc. cit.

Brit. FOBS. Mamm. and Birds, table facing p. xlvi (1846).

Ibid.

Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s<§r. 2, vol. 1. p. 16 (1880).

See Collett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 264.

41

Surg. No. 2822) ; it is noticed by the writer in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 12. Purchased, 1865.

M. 3519. The imperfect left tympanic, agreeing with the last speci-
men and also with the one figured by Van Beneden in the
' Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. vii. pt. 3, pi. Ixxviii.
fig. 7 ; from the Antwerp Crag. By exchange with the

Royal Brussels Museum of Natural History, 1886.

48377. The left periotic ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge. This
specimen agrees precisely with the one figured by Van
Beneden, op. tit. pi. Ixxviii. fig. 18. Purchased, 1875.

Balsenoptera, sp.

The following specimen apparently indicates a form allied to
B. emaryinata, but of rather smaller dimensions.
Hab. Australia.

M. 3505. The much-rolled imperfect left tympanic ; from Tertiary
(? Miocene) strata at Cheltenham, Victoria. The length
of this specimen is 0,078 ; it differs from any of the tvm-
panics figured by M'Coy in the ' Prodromus of the Paleon-
tology of Victoria' (Geol. Surv. Victoria), dec. vi. pi. liv.
(1879) under the name of Cetotolites, which apparently
belong to Cetotherium. Purchased, 1886.

Balsenoptera (?) juddi, Seeley *.

The generic position of this comparatively small species must be
regarded as uncertain.
Hab. England.

M. 133. The eighth (?) caudal vertebra ; from the Upper Eocene
(Fig.) (Lower Oligocene) Brockenhurst beds of Roydon, Hamp-
shire. This specimen is the type, and is described and
figured by Seeley in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.'
vol. xxxvii. pp. 709-712, figs. 1-3.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Judd, 1881.

Balsenoptera (?), sp.

The following specimen, which is only provisionally referred to

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxyii. p. 709 (1881).

42 CETACEA.

the present genus, apparently indicates a species agreeing nearly in
size with B. borealina.
Hob. Australia.

M. 3506. The hinder part of the much-rolled left tympanic ; from
Tertiary (? Miocene) strata at Cheltenham, Victoria.

Purchased, 1886.

Genus CETOTHERIUM, Brandt1.

Including : — Eucetot/ierium, Brandt 2.
Pksiocetopsis, Brandt 3.
Cetotheriophanes, Brandt 4.
Plesiocetus, Van Beneden 5.
Heterocetus, Van Beneden 8.
Amphicetus, Van Beneden 7.

The genus was divided by Brandt into the three subgenera men-
tioned above ; the first of which appears to be equivalent to Hetero-
cetus s, while the second is the same as Plesiocetus of Van Beneden.
Amphicetus is another division which is not of more than subgeneric
value.

The tympanic is much narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, its
rough inferior surface forming an isosceles triangle, and the notch
for the eustachian canal being smaller and descending nearer to the
inferior border of the inner wall than in Balcenoptera. The cranium
is longer than in the latter, the interval between the occipital and
the frontal being greater, and the nasals more elongated and flattened;
the cervical vertebrae are thicker.

A. Plesiocetine Group.
The mandibular condyle has no talon.

Cetotherium brialmonti (Van Beneden9).
Syn. Plesiocetus brialmonti, Van Beneden 10.
This is the largest of the Belgian species, and is somewhat infe-

Bull. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. i. p. 145 (1843).

Mem. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xx. p. 143 ( 1873).

Ibid. p. 143. 4 Ibid. p. 148.

Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 15 (1872).

Ibid. vol. 1. p. 21 (1880).

Ibid. vol. 1. p. 20 (1880).

Ibid. vol. 1. p. 21 (1880).

Ibid. vol. 1. p. 18 (1880).— Plesiocetus.

Loc. cit.

43

rior in size to Balcenoptera goropi ; the parietals are longer than in
G. dubium.
Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3527. The imperfect left tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.

This specimen closely resembles the one figured by Van

Beneden in the 'Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. ix.

pt. 4, pi. ii. fig. 1. By exchange with the Royal

Brussels Museum of Natural History, 1886.

43600. The right humerus ; from the Antwerp Crag. This speci-
men resembles the one figured by Van Beneden, op. cit.
pi. iv. Purchased.

46734. The centrum of the axis vertebra ; from the Eed Crag of
Woodbridge, Suffolk. This specimen agrees very closely
with the one figured by Van Beneden, op. cit. pi. vii.
fig. 4. Purchased, 1875.

Cetotherium dubium, Van Beneden x.
Syn. Plesiocetus dubins, Van Beneden 2.
Plesiocetopsis dubius, Brandt 3.

This species is intermediate in size between C. brialmonti and
C. burtini, many of the bones being very difficult to distinguish from
those of the latter, and also resembling those of Megaptera similis.
The atlas and axis are less massive than in C. burtini. Two worn
tympanics in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (No.
2832 A, B) indicate the occurrence of the species in the Red Crag.

Hab. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3526. The slightly imperfect left tympanic ; from the Antwerp
Crag. This specimen agrees precisely with the one figured
by Van Benedeu in the ' Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg/
vol. ix. pt. 4, pi. xiv. fig. 14.

By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

M. 3526 a. A rather more imperfect example of the left tympanic ;
from the Antwerp Crag.

By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s6r. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 18 (1872).

2 Ibid. vol. 1. p. 18 (1880).

8 Mem. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xx. p. 146 (1873).

44 CETACEA.

M. 3525. Tho imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.
By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

30261 a. An imperfect left periotic probably belonging to this species
or to C. burtini; from the lied Crag of Woodbriclge, Suffolk.
This specimen agrees very closely with the periotic of the
latter species figured by Van Beneden, op. cit. pi. xxviii.
figs. 2-4 ; it is noticed by the present writer in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 12. Purchased, 1855.

36601. Part of a similar right periotic ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1855.

27434 a. An imperfect left periotic, of rather smaller size ; from
Woodbridge. Purchased, 1851.

The following specimens may probably be referred either
to the present species or to C. burtini.

42996 C. The centrum of an early lumbar vertebra ; from the
Antwerp Crag. Purchased.

43599. The centrum of an early caudal vertebra ; from the Antwerp
Crag. This specimen closely resembles the fourth caudal
of the present species figured by Van Beneden, op. cit.
pi. xix. fig. 5. Purchased.

43599 a. The imperfect centrum of a caudal vertebra ; from the
Antwerp Crag. Purchased.

46735. The centrum of the third (?) cervical vertebra ; from the
Red Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk. This specimen corre-
sponds with the third cervical of the present species figured
bv Van Beneden, op. cit. pi. xviii. fig. 3.

Purchased, 1875.

Cetotherium burtini, Van Beneden l.

Syn. Plesiocetus burtini, Van Beneden 2.
Plesiocetopsis burtini, Brandt 3.

This species is rather smaller than C. dubium, its length being

1 Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. rxxiv. p. 18 (1872).

3 Ibid. vol. 1. p. 19 (1880).

3 Mem. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xx. p. 146 (1873).

45

estimated at about thirty feet. The tympanics and vertebrae appear
very difficult to distinguish from those of C. hupschi.
Hub. Europe (Belgium).

M. 3529. The imperfect left tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.

This specimen closely resembles the one figured by Van.

Beneden in the 'Ann. Mus. 11. Hist. Nat. Belg.' vol. ix. pt. 4,

pi. xxix. fig. 8. By exchange with the Royal Brussels

Museum of Natural History, 1886.

M. 3524. The imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.
By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

Cetotherium hupschi, Van Beneden -.

Syn. Plesiocetus hupschi, Van Beneden 2.
Pksiocetopsis hupschi, Brandt 3.

This species is estimated to have been nearly equal in size to
Balcenoptera rostrata.

Hub. Europe (Belgium, France4, Portugal*, and [?] England).

43599. The imperfect centrum of an atlas vertebra belonging either
to this species or to C. burtini ; from the Antwerp Crag.
This specimen is slightly larger than the one figured by
Van Beneden in the ' Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.'
vol. ix. pt. 4, pi. xxvi. figs. 2, 3. Purchased.

43602. The centrum of a lumbar and another of a caudal vertebra ;
from the Antwerp Crag. Purchased.

32732. The centrum of a late lumbar vertebra ; from the Pliocene (?)
of Xabregas, near Lisbon, Portugal. This specimen is
referred to the present species by Van Beneden in the
« Bull. Ac. R. Belg.' ser. 2, vol. 1. p. 19.

Presented by J. S. Valentine, Esq., 1857.

The specific reference of the following specimens from the

Red Crag of Suffolk is provisional.

28267. The imperfect centrum of the axis vertebra ; from "Wood-
bridge. This specimen agrees very closely with No. 43599,
and doubtless belongs to the same species.

Purchased, 1852.

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 17 (1872)

2 Ibid. vol. 1. p. 19 (1880).

8 Mem. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xx. p. 144 (1873).
* Van Beneden, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 19.

46 CETACEA.

28269. The imperfect centrum of an early caudal (?) vertebra ; from
Woodbridge. Purchased, 1852.

44114. Part of the right temporal ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1873.

B. Heterocetine Group.
The mandibular condyle has a distinct talon.

Cetotherium brevifrons, Van Beiieden l.
Syn. Heterocetus brevifrons, Van Beneden 2.
Plesiocctopsis brevifrons, Brandt 3.

The length of this species probably did not exceed twenty feet ;
the frontal is short, and the cranium elevated. The typo specimens
are preserved in the Brussels Museum, but have not been figured.

Hub. Europe (Belgium and (?) England).

M. 3528. The slightly imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp
Crag. This specimen agrees exactly with one of the type
tympanics (No. 1371) in the Brussels Museum.

By exchange with the lioyal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

M. 3523. A worn and imperfect left tympanic, not improbably be-
longing to this species ; from the Antwerp Crag. This
specimen resembles some tvmpanics in the Brussels
Museum labelled " Heterocetus sprangi, Van Beneden."

By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

45992. The centrum of the axis vertebra ; from Woodbridgc, Suffolk.
This specimen agrees exactly with the examples in the
Brussels Museum ; there is a similar specimen from the
lied dag in the Ipswich Museum. Purchased, 1875.

28265-6. The imperfect atlas and axis vertebra, of rather smaller
size than the preceding ; from the Ked Crag of Wood-
bridge. These specimens probably belong to a small indi-
vidual of the present or following species.

Purchased, 1852.

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s<5r. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 17 (1872).

a Ibid. vol. 1. p. 22 (1880).

3 Mem. Ac. Imp. St. Petersbourg, vol. xx. p. 145 (1873).

47

M. 3567. The centrum and left transverse process of a dorsal
vertebra, not improbably belonging to this species ; from
the Antwerp Crag. Purchased.

Cetotherium affine (Van Beneden ').
Syn. Hcterocetus affinis, Van Beneden 2.

This species is rather smaller than the preceding, and has shorter
frontals and a lower cranium.
Hob. Europe (Belgium).

M. 3530. The nearly perfect right tympanic of a young individual,
agreeing with the specimens in the Brussels Museum which
are referred to this species ; from the Antwerp Crag.

By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

Genus HERPETOCETUS, Van Beneden 3.

This genus is characterized by the remarkably inflated and egg-
like tympanic (in which the involucrum has a very peculiar shape),
and by the presence of a long talon to the mandibular condyle ; the
latter feature indicating affinity with the Pliyseteridce. The tym-
panic is more like that of Megaptera than that of Cetotherium, but
is distinguished by the abrupt outer border of the involucrum, and
the filling-up of a great part of the cavity by bone.

Herpetocetus scaldiensis, Van Beneden 4.
This is the typical and only species, and is of comparatively small
size.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

M. 3534. The imperfect right tympanic ; from the Antwerp Crag.
This specimen agrees exactly with the type examples
figured by Van Beneden in the ' Ann. Mus. R. Hist. Nat.
Belg.' vol. vii. pt. 3, pi. cv.

By exchange with the Royal Brussels
Museum of Natural History, 1886.

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. 1. p. 21 (1880).— Heterocetus.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Ibid. vol. xxxiv. p. 20 (1872).— Amended from Erpctocetus.

4 Loc. cit.

48 CETACEA.

It. 3520. Cast of the imperfect right tympanic. The original is
from the lied Crag of Felixstowe, Suffolk, and is preserved
in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jerrayn Street ; it
agrees almost exactly with the last specimen, and is
noticed by the present writer in the ' Quart. Jgurn. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 13. Made in the Museum, 1886.

GENERICALLY UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

A. The following specimens probably belong to the
Balcenopterine Section.

a. From Australia.

43997-8. Fragment of a mandibular ramus and the imperfect
centrum of a lumbar (?) vertebra ; from the Pleistocene (?)
of Mordillioc, Hobson's Bay, Victoria. These specimens
indicate a species of medium size. Purchased, 1872.

b. From North America.

M. 3568. The centrum of the sixth cervical vertebra ; from Calvert
Cliffs, Maryland, U.S.A. This specimen agrees in size
with the corresponding vertebra of Balasnoptera rostrata,
but is relatively thicker.

Sean Collection. Purchased, 1859.

B. The subfamily of the following specimens, which are all from
the Red Crag of Suffolk, is not determined.

26482. Fragment of the hinder part of the cranium.

Presented by Rev. Prof. Hen&low, 1851.

36437, 37728-9, 44113. Four fragments of the cranium.

Purchased.

it. 1614. Fragment of the cranium ; from Felixstowe.

Presented by C. Westendarp, Esq., 1884.

33395. The proximal extremity of the left ulna.

Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

48472. Part of the proximal extremity of a radius.

Presented by C. Falconer, Esq., 18G7.

43999. Head of an anterior rib. Purchased, 1872.

ZEUQLODOXTTD.E. 49

Suborder ARCH^EOCETL

Teeth differentiated into groups; nasals long.

Family ZEUGLODONTID^l.

Dentition :— I. 1, C. I, Pm. and M. 5. The cheek-teeth (wood-
cut, fig. 10) have two distinct roots, and compressed pointed crowns
with denticulated cutting-edges. The cranium is elongated and
depressed ; the brain-cavity small ; the temporal fossae and the
sagittal crest are large ; the rostrum is long and largely composed
laterally of the premaxillae ; and the nasals are elongated, flat and
narrow. All the cervical vertebra are free, and the lumbars
elongated.

Genus ZEUGLODON, Owen '.

All the known forms of the family may be provisionally referred
to this genus, which has been recorded from the Eocene of North
America, England, and Egypt. A tooth and caudal vertebra are
figured in the accompanying woodcut.

Fig. 10.

Zeuglodon cetoides.—A., molar tooth ; B, caudal vertebra : reduced. From the
Middle Eocene of North America. (After Lyell.)

1 Lond. & Edin. Philos. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 302 (1839). The earlier name
Hasilosaurus, Harlan, was withdrawn by its autbor.

PART V.

60

Zeuglodon cetoides, Owen'

Syn. (?) Zeuglodon hydrarchus, Carus3.

(?) Zeuglodon brachyspondylus, M tiller'
Zeuglodon macrospondylus, Miiller4.

This is the type species. The smaller form known as Z. hydrar-
chus (= bracTiyspondylus) is regarded by Leidy (op. cit.} and Dames8
as being the female of the large Z. cetoides (macrospondylus), the
same view being taken by Gaudry7.

Hob. North America.

The following specimens belong to the large typical form.

35590-91. A perfect and a broken anterior tooth : from the Eocene
of Clarke County, Alabama, U.S.A.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

35592-95. Four imperfect cheek-teeth ; from Clarke County.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

40980. The greater portion of an anterior tooth, and an incomplete
cheek-tooth ; from the Eocene of Clarksville, Alabama.

Presented by Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., 1868.

23628. Cast of a complete unworn cheek-tooth. The original is
from the Middle (?) Eocene of Claiborne, Alabama, and is
preserved in the Museum at Berlin. It is figured in its
original imperfect condition by Miiller, op. cit. pi. xii.
fig. 2. Purchased.

25444. Cast of the germ of part of a cheek-tooth. The original is

from Alabama, and is figured by Miiller, op. cit. pi. xxiii.
fig. 5. Purchased.

25445. Cast of an imperfect worn cheek-tooth. The original is from

Alabama. Purchased.

Trans. G^pl. Soc. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 69 (1841).

Nova Acta Ac. Czcs. Leop.-Car. vol. xxii. pt. 2, p. 373 (1847).

' Foss. Eeste d. Zeuglodon ten von Nordamerica,' p. 8 (1849).

Loc. cit.

Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 427 (1869).

Sitz. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. 1883, vol. i. pp. 134, 136.

' Les Enchainements, etc.— Mammiferes Tertiaires,' p. 39.

ZETJGLODONTIDJE. 51

25446. Cast of the root of a cheek-tooth. The original is from
1 Alabama. » Purchased.

25442. Cast of fragment of a mandibular ramus, containing an im-

perfect anterior tooth. The original is from Alabama.

Purchased.

25443. Cast of fragment of a mandibular ramus, containing the

basal part of a cheek-tooth. The original is from Alabama.

Purchased.

35641. Fragment of a jaw containing the root and the base of the

crown of an anterior tooth ; from Clarke County.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

35642. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, showing the broken bases

of several cheek-teeth ; from Clarke County.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

35597. An imperfect lumbar vertebra ; from Clarke County.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

35596. A lumbar vertebra ; from Clarke County.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

8142. One half of a very large lumbar vertebra ; from Alabama.

Mantell Collection. Purchased, 1836.

20707. Two imperfect lumbar vertebrae; from the Brazos River,
San Felipe de Austin, Texas. Purchased, 1847.

40987. Fragment of a rib ; from Alabama.

Presented by Sir 0. Lyell, Bart., 1869.

The following smaller specimens belong to the so-called
Z. hydrarchus.

M. 3543. Cast of the cranium. The original is from Claiborne, and
is preserved in the Museum at Haarlem ; it is figured by
Carus, op. cit. figs. 39, A, B (as Z. hydrarchus), and by
Hiiller, op. cit. pi. xxvi. (as Z. bracJiyspondylus), and also
in Gaudry's ' Enchainements— Mamm. Tert.' p. 39, fig. 30

E2

52 CETACEA.

(as Z. cetoides). In the original specimen the crowns of
the teeth are broken off, but these have been restored in
the cast. PurcJutsed.

M. 3544. Cast of a humerus. The original is from Claiborne, and
is preserved in the Museum at Haarlem. Purchased.

40985. Cast of an imperfect late dorsal vertebra ; from AlatJama.
This specimen very closely resembles the one figured by
Miiller, op. cit. pi. xix. fig. 2.

Presented by Sir C. Lyell, Bart., 1868.

35645. An imperfect early caudal vertebra, wan ting both epiphyses;
from Alabama. Presented by Prof.J. W. Mallet, 1859.

40981. The imperfect centrum of a vertebra.

Presented by Sir C. Lyell, Bart., 1868.

25447. Cast of a tympanic. The original is from Alabama.

. Purchased.

41846. A series of late caudal vertebrae, provisionally referred to
this species; from the phosphate beds (Eocene) of 'the
Ashley River, South Carolina.

Presented by Cowlan Gravely, Esq., 1869.

Zeuglodon, sp.

Hob. Malta. The occurrence of remains of this genus in the
Miocene of Malta is recorded by Leith-Adams in his ' Nile Valley
and Malta,' pp. 265, 269 (1870).

40708. The imperfect centrum of a late lumbar (?) vertebra of a
large form : from the Miocene of Malta.

Purchased, }867.

24597. The imperfect centrum of a lumbar vertebra of a small form ;
from the same formation. Purchased. 1850.

PHYSETER1D.E.

53

Suborder ODONTOCETL

Teeth are always present after birth ; the functional ones are
generally numerous, but sometimes are reduced to a single pair, and
are occasionally wanting ; baleen is absent. The cranium is more
or less asymmetrical, and the nasals are reduced to nodules which
do not roof over the narial passages. The tympanic is not anchy-
losed to the periotic, and is of a more open structure than in the
Mystacoceti.

Family PHYSETERID^E.

No functional teeth in the upper jaw ; mandibular teeth various,
and often reduced in number. The bones of the cranium are raised
so as to form an elevated crest or prominence behind the nares.
The anterior f acette of the periotic for articulation with the tym-
panic is quite smooth ; and the posterior tympanic surface of the
former is broad, and carries a median longitudinal ridge.

Subfamily PHYSETERIN^.

The mandibular teeth are numerous and implanted in a long
groove partly divided by imperfect septa.

Genus PHYSETER, Linn.1

There are from twenty to twenty-five mandibular teeth, which
have no enamel ; the mandible is very long and narrow, the sym-
physis occupying more than half its length. The atlas is free, but
all the other cervical vertebrae are fused into a solid mass.

ter macrocephaliuj, Linn.3
Hob. All tropical and temperate seas.

39264. The ventral half of the atlas vertebra ; from the Pleisto-
cene (?) of Uruguay, South America. As this specimen is
indistinguishable from the corresponding bone of the ex-
isting Cachalot, it may be at least provisionally referred
to the same species.

Presented by Captain J. Parish, R.N., 1865.

i Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 107 (1766). 2 Loc. ctf,

54 CETACEA.

Genus PHYSETERULA, Van Bcneden1.
This genus appears closely allied to Physeter, but the length of
the symphysis is only one third that of the mandible.

This is the type species, and is about one third the size of medium
individuals of Physeter macrocephalus, but with relatively longer and
more slender teeth.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and [?] England).

49966. One half of a longitudinally bisected tooth, provisionally
referred to this species ; from the Red Crag of Wood-
bridge, Suffolk. This specimen apparently agrees with
the teeth of the type mandible figured by Yan Beneden
• in the ' Bull. Ac. K. Belg.' ser. 2, vol. xliv. pi. facing
p. 856 ; it is noticed by the writer in the ' Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14, under the name of Homocetus
villersi, to which form the type mandible was referred by
Du Bus. Purchased, 1879.

Genus .EUCETUS, Du Bus3.
Syn. Dinoziphius, Van Beneden4.

The teeth of this genus closely resemble those of Physeter, being
only distinguished by their subcircular cross section and the small
size of the inferior aperture of the pulp-cavity. Apart from the
question of enamel, the teeth differ from the type of Balcenodon by
the fusiform dentine core, and the frequent presence of an axis of
osteodentine of a nodular structure, and lighter in colour than the
dentine. The periotic provisionally assigned to the genus is nearer
to that of Hyperoodon than to that of Physeter ; and this reference,
if correct, would indicate the right of the present genus to stand,
unless it be founded on worn teeth of Scaldicetus.

Eucetus amblyodon, Du Bus5.
Syn. Dinoziphius ramdoncki, Van Beneden 6.
This is the type and only species ; teeth from the Red Crag in the

1 Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xliv. p. 851 (1877). 2 Loc. tit.

s Ibid. vol. xxiv. p. 672 (1867).

4 Quoted by Gervais in the ' Osteographie des C6tac6s,' p. 344 (18(57-79).
The specific name is misspelt.

6 Loc. tit. e Loc. tit.

55

Ipswich Museum are nearly as large as those of full-grown speci
mens of PJiyseter macrocephalus.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

The majority of the following teeth apparently belong to this form.

46688. The greater part of a tooth, with a considerable portion of
the coating of cement broken away ; from the Red Crag
of "Woodbridge, Suffolk. This and the following specimen
agree precisely with the type-teeth figured by Gervais and
Yan Beneden in the ' Osteographie des Cetaces,' pi. xx.
figs. 29-32. Purchased, 1875.

39009. The greater part of a tooth, wanting considerable portions
of the cement-layer ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk.

Purchased, 1865.

36655. The basal portion of a tooth which has been transversely
bisected. The cement is of great thickness, and the
dentine core (dark brown) comparatively small ; the in-
ferior aperture of the pulp-cavity is very small.

Brown Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen,

K.O.B., 1859.

49457. The lower half of a tooth, wanting the cement-layer of one
side ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk. Purchased, 1867.

49979. Fragment of the upper half of a longitudinally-split tooth ;
from the Red Crag of Suffolk.

Wetherell Collection. Purchased, 1871.

44606. A smaller imperfect tooth, which has been longitudinally
bisected ; from the Red Crag of Felixstowe.

Purchased, 1873.

45998. Transverse section of the basal part of a tooth ; from Felix-
stowe. Purchased, 1874.

47404. Two transverse sections of a tooth ; from Felixstowe. In
the larger specimen the osteodentine occupies a consider
able space, and shows the characteristic nodular structure.

Purchased, 1876.

27854. The slightly imperfect left periotic, provisionally referred
(Fig.) to this species1; from Felixstowe. This specimen (fig. 11)

1 This specimen can only have belonged either to the present form or to
Scaldicetus or Balanodmi ; its large size and the circumstance that teeth of
Eucetus appear of much more common occurrence than those of the two latter
is in favour of the former reference.

56

has been described and figured by the writer in the ' Quart.
Jouru. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 13, woodcut fig. 2. In its

Fig. 11.

? Eucctws amblyodon. —The left periotic ; from the Bed Crag of Felixstowe. |.
a, anterior articular facette for tympanic ; b, posterior articular ridge for
do. ; c, hollow for accessory ossicle; d, e, f, unnamed ridges and hollows;
g, capsule of semicircular canals. (From the 'Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.')

somewhat produced posterior extremity it agrees much more
nearly with the corresponding bone of Hyperoodon than
with that of Physeter, but the median tympanic ridge is
broader and lower ; the anterior articular facette for the
tympanic has been partially abraded, and the accessory-
ossicle on the posterior half of the tympanic face is wanting.
Presented by John Brown, Esq., 1852.

TJie following rolled and imperfect teeth from the lied Gray may
probably be referred either to the present or one of the allied
forms.

28255. The dentine cores of two teeth ; from Felixstowe.

Purchased, 1852.

37724. The dentine core of a tooth with a fragment of cement on
one side. Purchased, 1863.

39024. Part of the dentine core of a tooth.

BowerbanJc Collection. Purchased, 1865.

36653. Part of a tooth, wanting some of the cement.

Brown Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir E. Oiuen,

K.C.B., 1859.

PHYSETERms:. 57

44044. An imperfect tooth ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1873.

27518. The greater part of a rolled tooth ; from Felixstowe.

Purchased, 1852.

27435. A rolled tooth ; from Felixstowe. Purchased, 1851 .

Genus PHYSETODON, M'Coy '.

The teeth of this genus are described as being very similar to
those of Physeter, but distinguished by the small size of the aperture
of the pulp-cavity at the base of the root ; in this respect they
resemble the teeth of Eucet us, and further observations are required
to prove their generic distinction.

Fhysetodon baileyi, M'Coy2.

This is the type and only species.
Ifab. Australia.

43996. The imperfect upper half of a tooth ; from the Lower Plio-
cene of Mordialloc, Hobson's Bay, Victoria. This specimen
agrees very closely with the type teeth figured by M'Coy,
op. cit. pi. Iv. Purchased, 1872.

Genus SC ALDICETUS, Du Bus 3.

The teeth are somewhat smaller than those of Physeter macro-
cephalus, and are distinguished by a coat of grooved enamel on the
summit of the crown. The section of the tooth is subcircular ; the
cement is abundant and much thicker in the middle than at the
two extremities, thus causing the tooth to be fusiform ; the dentine
core is subcylindrical throughout the greater part of the tooth ; and
the central axis of dentine very slender, darker in colour than the
overlying layer, and without a nodular structure. In young
specimens the pulp-cavity is open and conical in shape.

1 Palaeontology of Victoria (Geol. Survey of Victoria), dec. vi. p. 19 (1879).

2 Loc. cit.

3 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xiiv. p. 568 (1867).

58

Scaldicetus carreti, Du Bus ' .

The type species.

Hab. Europe (Belgium).

M. 3658. Cast of a tooth. The original, which is from the Antwerp
Crag, is preserved in the Museum at Brussels. The pulp-
cavity is still open.

Presented by E. T. Newton, Esq., 1887.

Genus BAL£3NODON, Owen2.

Of uncertain affinities. Identified by the present writer in the
' Quart. Journ. Gcol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14, with the preceding genus,
but later observations tend to render this very doubtful ; it has been
identified by Gervais with Hoplocetus.

Balaenodon physaloides, Owen3.
Hob. Europe (England).

27862. The lower portion of an imperfect tooth ; from the Ked Crag

(Fiy.) of Felixstowe, Suffolk. This specimen is the type, and

is described and figured by Owen in the ' British Fossil

Mammals and Birds/ p. 525, figs. 119, 226, 227, where

it is regarded as a complete section of a tooth and the

external layer described as cement and the axis as dentine.

Presented by John Brown, Esq., 1852.

Genus PHYSODON, Gervais4.
Syn. Pakeodelphis, Du Bus s.

The teeth of this genus indicate animals much inferior in size to
the Cachalot. The whole tooth is subcylindrical and frequently
curved ; the crown is comparatively short and coated with a finely
grooved enamel, and the layer of cement is generally of considerable
thickness ; there is no constriction at the base of the crown, which
is larger than in Hoplocetus. The teeth sometimes present a con-
siderable resemblance to those of some of the larger Seals, but are
readily distinguished by the thickness of the cement, which fre-
quently splits off in the characteristic Cetacean manner, and exposes
the dentine core marked by the peculiar horizontal lines.

Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s6r. 2, vol. xxiv. p. 568 (1867).
British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 536 (1846).
Loc. cit.

Bull. Soc. G6ol. France, ser. 2, vol. xxix. p. 101 (1872).
Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s6r. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 503 (1872).

59

Physodon grandis (Du Bus 1).

Syn. Palaodelphis yrandis, Du Bus 2.

The teeth are elongated, somewhat slender, markedly curved
superiorly, and slightly compressed laterally ; the enamel is very
finely grooved, and the pulp-cavity is scarcely ever completely closed
inferiorly.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and England).

The following specimens are from the Red Crag of the Eastern
Counties ; they agree so closely with the specimen figured by Van
Beneden and Gervais in their ' Osteographie des Cetaces,' pi. xx.
fig. 21, that at least the majority of them may be pretty safely
referred to the same species.

27855. A tooth, with part of the cement chipped off; from Felix-
stowe, Suffolk. This and the following specimens are
noticed by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14.

Presented by John Brown, Esq., 1852.

28256. The greater part of a rolled and partially- worn tooth ; from
Woodbridge, Suffolk. Purchased, 1852.

49979. The upper half of a rolled, although unworn tooth ; from
Suffolk. Purchased, 1875.

44045. The upper half of a partially-worn tooth ; from Suffolk.

Purchased, 1873.

44040. The crown of a partially- worn tooth ; from Suffolk. The
base has been cut and polished. Purchased, 1873.

44615-6, 43404, 43404 a. Four specimens of the crowns of teeth;
from Suffolk. Purchased.

Physodon fusiformis (Du Bus 3).

Syn. Palceodelphis fusiformis, Du Bus4.

The teeth are fusiform, comparatively thick in the middle, and
pointed at the two extremities, with a nearly cylindrical transverse
section ; in some examples the crown is curved, but others are

1 Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. '2, vol. xxxiv. p. 503 (1872).— Palaodelphis.

2 Loc. cit. 3 Loc. cit. — Pal&odclpkis.
4 Loc. cit.

60 CETACEA.

straight throughout their length ; the grooving of the enamel ia
coarser than in the preceding species.
Hob. Europe (Belgium and (?) England).

44109. A rolled tooth, with the inferior extremity broken oft and a
portion of the cement chipped away, provisionally referred
to this species ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge,
Suffolk. In the form of the dentine core this specimen
agrees very closely with the one figured by Van Beneden
and Gervais in the ' Osteographic des Cetacoe ; ' but as the
enamel (if ever present) has been at least in great part
worn away, it is not certain that it may not have belonged
to Eucelus ; it is noticed by the writer in the ' Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14. Purchased, 1873.

Genus HOPLOCETUS, Gervais1.

As already mentioned, this genus was considered by its founder z
as identical with Balcenodon. The teeth have very short crowns,
covered with a thin coat of grooved enamel ; the root is extremely
long in proportion to the crown, generally tumid in the middle, and
the layer of cement of great thickness ; the crown is separated from
the root by a constriction. The genus occurs in the Tertiaries of
both Europe and America.

The teeth are fusiform, with a slight arcuation and a flattening of
the root on one side ; the root is of great relative thickness. The
species was originally described from the Middle Miocene of Romans
(Drome), France.

Hob. Europe (France, Germany 4, Malta, and England).

24596. A tooth, wanting the upper part of the crown and the
extremity of the root ; from the Middle or Lower Miocene
of Malta. This specimen agrees precisely with the type
specimen figured by Gervais in the ' Zoologie et Paleoii-
tologie Franchises,' pi. xx. fig. 10, and the ' Osteographie
des Cetaces,' pi. xx. fig. 26. Purchased, 1850.

1 Zool. et Pal. Francises, 1st ed. vol. i. p. 161 (1848-52).

a Osteographie des Grace's, p. 345.

* Zool. et Pal. Frai^aises, loc. cit. (1848-52).

« See Probst, Jahresh. Ver. Nat. Wiirtt. 1886, p. 106

PHYSETER1D.E. 61

24596 a. The unworn crown of a smaller tooth ; from Malta.

Purchased, 1850.

24596 b. The root of a tooth ; from Malta. Purchased, 1850.

M. 1936. A small tooth, perhaps belonging to this species ; locality
unknown. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen,

K.C.B., 1884.

The following rolled specimens from the Red Crag of Suffolk agree
very closely in general characters with the teeth of the present
form, and may have been derived from Miocene deposits.
28256. A tooth, in a partially rolled condition. The characteristic
constriction at the base of the crown is well marked. This
and the following specimens are noticed by the writer in
the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14.

Purchased, 1852.

27518. A very similar tooth. Purchased, 1852.

27435. An imperfect tooth, with a more decided curvature.

Purchased, 185] .

28981. A very similar imperfect tooth, in a much rolled condition.

Purchased, 1854.

Hoplocetus borgerhoutensis, I >u Bus '.

In this species the root of the tooth is much longer, more slender,
and much more curved inferiorly than in H. crassidens ; the stria-
tions on the enamel of the crown are less strongly marked 2.

Hab. Europe (Belgium and England).

37944. A parti ally- worn tooth, with the root corroded ; from the
Antwerp Crag. This specimen is smaller than the one
figured by Gervais in the ' Oste'ographie des Cetace's,'
pi. xx. fig. 28, but is otherwise similar.

Purchased, 1863.

47987. An unworn tooth, probably belonging to this species ; appa-
rently from the Antwerp Crag.

Presented by Hon. R. Marsham, 1877.

1 Bull. Ac. R. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxxiv. p. 502 (1872).

2 In the Brussels Museum teeth resembling Gervais's figure of H. borffer-
houtensis are labelled (?) Palceodelphis minutus, DuBus.

62 CEXACEA.

28980. A tooth with the crown broken off; from the Red Crag of
Suffolk. This specimen agrees precisely with the one
figured by Gervais and already referred to.

Purchased, 1854.

44617. The imperfect root of a tooth, agreeing with the preceding^
specimen ; from the Eed Crag of Suffolk.

Purchased, 1873.

Hoplocetus curvidens, Gervais1.

In this species the roots of the teeth are nearly as much curved
as in H. borgerhoutensis, but are much thicker, and the groovings on
the enamel are more distinct.

Hob. Europe (Belgium and [?] England).

39024. The upper half of a much-rolled tooth, provisionally referred
to this species ; from the Red Crag of Eelixstowe, Suffolk.
This specimen appears to agree very closely with the type
tooth figured by Gervais in the ' Osteographie des Cetaces,'
pi. xx. fig. 25, and shows a remnant of the enamel with
its basal constriction.

Bowerlank Collection. Purchased, 1865.

49979. A similar fragment of a rather smaller rolled tooth ; from
the Red Crag of Suffolk.

Weiherell Collection. Purchased, 1871.

The following specimens agree in size and characters with the vertebrae
of Kogia breviceps, and may therefore be probably referred either
to the present or one of the allied genera of small Physeteroids,
unless they indicate the occurrence of Kogia itself.

48487. A caudal vertebra in a rolled condition and wanting both

epiphyses ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk. This specimen
agrees very closely with the seventh and eighth caudals of
Kogia. Purchased, 1875.

48488. A rolled sixth (?) caudal vertebra, wanting both epiphyses ;

from the Red Crag. This specimen is almost indistin-
guishable from the sixth caudal of Kogia.

Purchased, 1875.

1 Zool. et Pal. Frai^aises, 1st ed. voL i. p. 161 (1848-52).

PHTSETEEID^. 63

Subfamily ZIPHIIN^E.

In existing genera all the mandibular teeth are rudimentary,
with the exception of one or occasionally two pairs.

Genus HYPEROODON, Lacepede l.

There are a pair of small conical teeth concealed during life by the
gum at the extremity of the mandible. The upper ends of the
premaxillae rise suddenly behind the nares to the vertex, expanding
laterally, their outer edges curving backwards, and their anterior
surfaces arching forwards over the nares. There are large longitu-
dinal crests on the maxillae at the base of the rostrum. The poste-
rior portion of the periotic is shortened, the median ridge on the
tympanic aspect of the same very strongly developed, the accessory
ossicle large and rounded, and the anterior tympanic facette slightly
concave. All the cervical vertebras are fused together.

P?j>perootton troStratuS (Miiller a).
Syn. Balcena rostrata, Miiller 3.
Hob. North Atlantic. -

38140. A considerable part of the left ramus of the mandible ; found
in digging the main sewer in East Ham Marshes, Essex.
Presented by the Commissioners of the Metropolitan
Board of Works, 1864.

Hyperoodon, sp.
Hob. Europe (England and [?] Belgium 4).

M. 3536. Cast of the right periotic. The original, which was obtained
from the Red Crag of Suffolk and is preserved in the
Museum at Ipswich, is described and figured by the present
writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14,
pi. ii. fig. 6. This specimen, in which the accessory ossicle

1 Hist. Nat. des Cetaces— Table d. Ordres&c., p. xliv (1804).
1 Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 7 (1776).— Balcena.

3 Loc. cit.

4 The cervical vertebras of a species of Hyperoodon from the Antwerp Crag
are noticed by Van Beneden in the Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. x. p. 407
(1860).

64

on the posterior half of the tympanic aspect is still
attached, apparently presents no characters by which it
can be distinguished from the periotic of H. rostratus in
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (No. 2899),
and indicates the occurrence either of that or of a closely
allied species in the Pliocene.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Genus CHONEZIPHIUS, Duveruoy'.

Including Ziphirostrum, Du Bus 2.
Aporotus, Du Bus 3.
Ziphiopsis, Du Bus 4.

This genus agrees with Mesoplodon in having the premaxillse in
contact with the intervening bones throughout the length of their
inner surfaces, and in only showing a very small portion of the vomer
on the inferior aspect of the rostrum ; but differs in the non-ossification
of the mesethmoid cartilage in the rostrum, whereby there exists a
fistular excavation throughout the latter. The soldering of the inner
surfaces of the premaxillae is incomplete in some forms. The inter-
orbital space is flat ; and there are a pair of fossettes, of which the
right is the larger, in the narial region. The rostrum is compara-
tively short and thick. The posterior portion of the periotic is
rather longer than in Hyperoodon, the median ridge on the tym-
panic aspect of the same rather less strong, but the accessory ossicle
of nearly equal relative size. The genus occurs in the Tertiaries of
both Europe and North America, and may be regarded as con-
necting Hyperoodon with Mesoplodon.

Choneziphius planirostris (Cuvier ').
Sya. Ziphius planirosh'i^ Cuvier fi.

This is the type species, and is of considerably larger size than
the existing Mesoplodon australis. The type cranium is figured in
the accompanying woodcut (tig. 12), and it seems doubtful if the
second cranium described by Cuvier under the same name, but

Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. s6r. 3, vol. xv. p. 61 (1851).

Bull. Ac. E. Belg. s6r. 2, vol. xxv. p. 622 (1867).

Ibid. p. 626.

Ibid. p. 628.

Ossemens Fossiles, 2nd ed. vol. v. pt. i. p. 356 (1823).— Ziphius.

Loc. cif.

65

Choneziphius planirostris. — The anterior portion of the cranium; from
the Antwerp Crag. Nos. as in fig. 13. £. (From the Mon. Pal. Soc.)

referred to a new species by Owen1 under the name of Ziphius
cuvieri, is really distinct 2.

Hab. Europe (Belgium, England, and Italy 3).

M. 3560. Cast of the anterior portion of the cranium with the
rostrum. The original was obtained from the Antwerp
Crag, and is preserved in the Royal Museum of Natural
History at Brussels ; it closely resembles the type specimen.

No history.

49654. The cranial rostrum with a fragment of the interorbital
region ; dredged about twenty mijes west of Southwold,
Suffolk, having been derived from the Eed Crag.

Presented by Dr. C. R. Bree, 1878.

1 Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 6 (1870).

2 See Lankester, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, TO!, xxvi. p. 507.

3 Capellini, Atti E. Ac. Line. ser. 4, vol. i. p. 18 (1885).
PART V. Tf

66 CETACEA.

M. 3559. Cast of the cranial rostrum, with a fragment of the inter-
orbital region. The original is in the collection of
Dr. Bree of Colchester, and was dredged in the North
Sea, having been derived from the Red Crag.

Made in the Museum.

44176. The cranial rostrum, with a fragment of the interorhital
region ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk. Purchased, 1873.

39459. The imperfect anterior extremity of the cranial rostrum of
a large individual ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk.

Purchased, 1865.

39509. The cranial rostrum ; from the Antwerp Crag.

Purchased, 1865.

33459. The centrum of a first caudal vertebra which may belong
to this species ; probably from the Coralline Crag. This
specimen is somewhat larger than the first caudal of Meso-
plodon australis, but agrees very closely in character.

Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

M. 3535. Cast of the left periotic, provisionally referred to this
species. The original was obtained from the Red Crag of
Woodbridge, Suffolk, and is preserved in the Museum of
Practical Geology, Jermyn Street ; it is described and
figured by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 14, pi. ii. fig. 7. It has lost the accessory
ossicle on the posterior half of the tympanic aspect ; and is
intermediate in size and structure between the periotics
of Hyperoodon and Mesoplodon, although nearer in respect
of structure to the latter. The specimen approaches
Hyperoodon in the relative shortness of the posterior ex-
tremity, the strong development of the median articular
ridge on the tympanic aspect of the same portion, and the
large size of the cavity for the accessory ossicle; the
anterior articular fossette for the tympanic is also less
markedly concave than in Mesoplodon. The specimen
accords well in size with the present species, to which it
is referred as being the one of most common occurrence in
the Crag. Made in the Museum, 1886.

PHYSETEEIDJE. 67

Choneziphius planus (Owen1).
Syn. Ziphius planus, Owen 2.

This species, which is equal in size to the preceding, is referred
to the present genus by Gervais in the ' Osteographie des Cetaces,'
p. 418. The type specimen is not sufficiently perfect to admit of
determining whether the form described by Lankester 3 under the
name of C. paclcardi may not be specifically the same.

Hab. England.

38198. The cranial rostrum; from the Red Crag of Suffolk. This

(Fig.) is the type specimen, and is described and figured by

Owen, op. cit. p. 16, pi. xi. fig. 1, under the name of

Ziphiug planus. It is also figured by Gervais in the

' Osteographie des Cetaces,' pi. xxvii. fig. 16. No history,

Genus MESOPLODON, Gervais 4.

Syn. Dioplodon, Gervais 5.

lielemnoziphius, Huxley 8.

The mandible has a single pair of laterally-compressed pointed1
teeth, generally situated at some distance behind the apex. The
narial region of the cranium resembles that of Hyperoodon, but the
nasals are narrower and more deeply sunk between the premaxillse.
There are no maxillary tuberosities, and the rostrum is very long
and narrow ; in the latter the premaxillse are in contact with
the adjacent bones, and soldered throughout the whole length of
their inner surfaces ; in old specimens the mesethmoid cartilage
completely ossifies and forms a well-defined band on the superior
surface of the rostrum, whieh is solid throughout, and only shows
a small portion of the vomer on its inferior aspect. The posterior
portion of the periotic is produced and pointed, the articular ridge
on the tympanic aspect of the same rather low, the accessory
ossicle small and oval, and the anterior articular facette for the
tympanic deeply concave. Two or three of the cervical vertebrae
are united.

1 Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 16 (1870).— ZipUws.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc. voL xxvi. p. 502 (1870). This name i» oflater
date than C. planns.

4 Ann. Sci. Nat, Zool. se>, 3, Tol. xiv. p. 16 (1850). For a full synonymy see
Flower, ' Trans. Zool. Soc.' vol. viii. p. 208.

5 Zool. et Pal. Francises, 1st ed. vol. ii. Exp. No. 40, p. 4 (1848-52).

6 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 388 (1864). The term was applied to
all the Crag forms included by Owen in Zipliius.

T2

Mesoplodon longirostris (Cuvier *).

Syn, Ziphius longirostris, Cuvier 2.
Dioplodon becani, Gervais 3.
Ziphius medilineatus, Owen4.
Dioplodon medilineatus, Gervais9.

The specimens from the English Crag, described by Owen as
Z. medilineatus, are undoubtedly specifically identical with the
Belgian D. becani 8, and the latter appears to be the same as Z. longi-
rostris7. The locality of the type rostrum of the latter (which is
preserved in the Paris Museum) is uncertain.

Fie. 13.

Mesoplodon lojiffirostris. — Diagrammatic transverse section of the cranial ros-
trum. 13, vomer; 14, mesethmoid ; 21, maxilla; 22, preruaxilla. |.
(From the Mon. Pal. Soc.)

The species is about equal in size to the existing M. australis.
The rostrum is long and narrow, its mesethmoid element (fig. 13)

1 Ossemens Fossiles, 2nd ed. yol. v. pt. 1, p. 357 (1823).— Ziphius.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Zool. et Pal. Fra^aises, 1st ed. vol. ii. Exp. No. 38, p. 2 (1848-52).

4 Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 22 (1870).
6 Ostdographie des Cetaces, p. 422 (1868-79).

6 See Gervais, op. cit. pp. 421-422.

7 See Du Bus, Bull. Ac. E. Belg. ser. 2, vol. xxiv. p. 570 ; Qervais (loc. cit.}
had some doubt as to the identity of the two forms.

PHTSETERIDJE. 69

appearing largely on the superior surface and exhibiting a distinct
median longitudinal groove ; ab its hinder extremity the mesethmoid
is flat, and does not project ahove the plane of the adjacent bones,
"while the antero-posterior gibbosity near the middle is compara-
tively small ; in advance of the gibbosity the rostrum is slender, and
presents a subcircular cross section.

Hub. Europe (Belgium, England, and Italy x).

All the following specimens are from the Red Crag of Suffolk.

37722. The hinder part of the cranial rostrum. This specimen is

(fig-) the type of Z. medilineatus, and is figured by Owen in

the « Crag Cetacea ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iv. fig. 3.

(From the Saul Collection.) Purchased, 1863.

46924. Cast of the cranial rostrum, of which the original was obtained
from Woodbridge. This specimen agrees very closely with
the preceding, although the median groove has been partly
obliterated by rolling. The gibbosity in the middle of
the rostrum is but slightly marked, and the anterior ex-
tremity subcylindrical. Purchased, 1875.

M. 1612. A very similar cranial rostrum ; from Felixstowe. The
median groove extends over nearly two thirds the length
of the specimen. This and the preceding specimen appear
indistinguishable from the type rostrum of D. becani,
figured by Gervais in the ' Zool. et Pal. Fra^aises,'
pi. xxxviii. fig. 4, and in the ' Osteographie des Cetaces/
pi. xxvii. fig. 7.

Presented by C. Westendarp, Esq., 1884.

M. 1613. The anterior extremity of the rostrum ; from Felixstowe.
Presented by C. Westendarp, Esq., 1884.

46680. The cranial rostrum ; from Woodbridge. This specimen is
indistinguishable from Xo. 31. 1612. Purchased, 1875.

42514. The hinder part of the cranial rostrum ; from Button.

Purchased, 1871.

30272. The hinder part of a small cranial rostrum, probably belong-
ing to this species. Purchased, 1855.

1 See Capellini, Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 298 (1885).

70 CETACEA.

The majority of the undermentioned specimens belong either to the
present or some of the following species; they were all obtained
from the lied Crag of Suffolk.

M. 3537. Cast of the left periotic. The original (woodcut, fig. 14)
Fig. 14.

Mesoplodon longirostris. — The left periotic ; from the Red Crag of
Woodbridge. |.

is from Woodbridge, and is preserved in the Museum of
Practical Geology, Jermyn Street ; it is described and
figured by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 15, pi. ii. fig. 8. This specimen agrees
almost precisely with tho periotic of Mesoplodon auslralis,
and shows the marked concavity of the anterior tympanic
£acette, which is wanting in the periotic of ChonezlpJiius ;
the accessory ossicle on the posterior portion of the tym-
panic surface has disappeared.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

43526. The middle portion of the mandible, showing the hinder
extremity of the symphysis and portions of the rarai. The
specimen agrees very closely with the corresponding por-
tion of tho mandible of M. australis. Purchased, 1872.

45993. The eighth (?) caudal vertebra. This specimen is rather
smaller than the eighth caudal of M. auslralis, but other-
wise agroes very closely. Purchased, 1874.

43183. An early caudal vertebra, much perforated by mollusks ;
from Palkcnham.

Weiherell Collection. Purchased, 1871.

44036. A rolled middle caudal vertebra. This specimen indicates
a smaller individual than an adult M. australis.

Purchased, 1873.

PHTSETEEID-E. 71

48489. A very similar vertebra. Purchased, 1 875.

29613. A middle caudal vertebra, belonging to a different species
from the two preceding specimens. Purchased, 1852.

48483. A caudal vertebra. Purchased, 1875.

48484. A caudal vertebra, of a more elongated type.

Purchased, 1875.

48485. A caudal vertebra. Purchased, 1875.
28272. A caudal vertebra. Purchased, 1852.

Mesoplodon tenuirostris (Owen *).

Syn. Ziphius tenuirostris, Owen 2.

Dioplodon tenuirostris, Gervais 3.

This species appears closely allied to the preceding, but the median
groove on the superior surface of the rostrum is apparently wanting,
the posterior portion of the latter is wider, the gibbosity placed
rather more anteriorly, and the vertical thickness in advance of this
point somewhat greater. "Whether these characters are specific or
merely individual or sexual cannot be determined.

Jiab. Europe (England and Italy 4).

27601. The cranial rostrum, imperfect anteriorly ; from the Red
Crag of Suffolk. This specimen is the type, and is figured
by Owen in the 'Crag Cetacea ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. v.
figs. 1, 2, and by Gervais in the ' Osteographie des Cetaces/
pi. xxvii. fig. 8. Purchased, 1852.

39458. The cranial rostrum, imperfect ' anteriorly ; from the Red
Crag of Felixstowe, Suffolk. Purchased, 1865.

Mesoplodon gibbus (Owen5).

Syn. Ziphius giblus, Owen 6.

Dioplodon gibbus, Gervais7.

In this species the mesethmoid band is very prominent at the
base of the rostrum, and the gibbosity in the middle is strongly

1 Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 24 (WO).- Ziphius.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Osteographie des Cetaces, p. 422 (1868-79).

4 See Capellini, Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 4, TO!, vi. p. 296 (1885)
6 Crag Cetaeea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 17 (1870).— Ziphius.

6 Loc. cit.

7 Osteographie des Cetaces, p. 421 (1868-79).

72 CETACEA.

marked; there is no median groove, and it does not diminish in
width to any great extent bet ween its root and the median gibbosity.
The rostrum is somewhat shorter than in M. lonyirostris.
Hob. Europe (England and Italy1).

27439. The cranial rostrum, imperfect anteriorly ; from the Red
(Fig.) Crag of Suffolk. This specimen is the type, and is figured

by Owen in the ' Crag Cetacea ' (Mon. Pal. Soo.), pi. ii.

fig. 2, and pi. iii. fig. 3. Purchased, 1851.

39003. The hinder two thirds of the cranial rostrum ; from the
Eed Crag of Eelixstowe, Suffolk.

BowerbanTc Collection. Purchased, 1865.

It. 3562. Cast of the complete cranial rostrum. The original is
from the Red Crag of Shotley, Suffolk, and is preserved
in the Norwich Museum ; it agrees precisely with the
type specimen. Purchased.

Mesoplodon angustus (Owen2).
Syn. Ziphius angustns, Owen3.

Dioplodon angustus, Gervais4.

This species is allied to M. gibbus, but distinguished by the
narrower mesethmoid band, the greater constriction of the latter
between its root and the gibbosity, and the smaller size and more
anterior position of the gibbosity itself; a median groove is some-
times present.

Hob. Europe (England).

M. 3561. The cranial rostrum, imperfect anteriorly ; from the Red
(Fig.) Crag of Suffolk. This is the type specimen, and is figured

by Owen in the ' Crag Cetacea ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iii.

figs. 1,2. No history.

30273. The cranial rostrum ; from the Red Crag of Felixstowe,
Suffolk. This specimen, which is imperfect anteriorly,
agrees very closely with the type. Purchased, 1855.

49662. The cranial rostrum, wanting the extremity and much
perforated by mollusks ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge,
Suffolk. This specimen also agrees with the type in
general characters, but shows a median mesethmoid groove.

Purchased, 1879.

1 See Capellini, Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 295 (1885).

* Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 19 (1870).— Ziphius. 3 Loc. cit.

* Osteographie des Cetaces, p. 422 (1868-79).

PHTSETEKIDJE. 73

Mesoplodon angulatus (Owen1).

Syn. Ziphius anyulatits, Owen 2.

Dioplodon anyulatus, Gervais 3.

In this species the mesethmoid band is broad and prominent,
without a median groove or anterior gibbosity, and with its lateral
surfaces bevelled away. Since, however, the type specimen is much
rolled, some of these characters may be due to this cause.

Hob. Europe (England and (?) Belgium).

27433. The cranial rostrum, imperfect anteriorly ; from the Red
(Fig.) Cra^g of Suffolk. This is the type specimen, and is figured

by Owen in the ' Crag Cetacea ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iv.

figs. 1, 2. Purchased, 1851.

Mesoplodon compressus (Huxley 4).

Syn. Belemnoztphhts compressus, Huxley 5.
(?) Ziphius compressus, Owen6 .
Dioplodon compressus, Gervais 7.

If the Ziphius compressus of Owen be not identical with the
Belemnoziphius compressus of Huxley, the specific name of the former
ought to be changed. Owen's type specimen is characterized by
the great vertical depth of the rostrum, the mesethmoid band being
broader than in M. anyustus, and showing a median groove in its
posterior half. Additional specimens are required to indicate the
full affinities of this form.

Bab. Europe (England).

27027. The cranial rostrum, imperfect at the two extremities ;

(Fig.) from the Red Crag. This is the type specimen of Owen's
Ziphius compressus, and is figured in the ' Crag Cetacea '
(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. v. fig. 3. Purchased, 1851.

Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 20 (1870).— Ziphius.

Lac. cit.

Osteograpbie des Cetaces, p. 422 (18G8-79).

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 388 (18Q4).— Belemnoziphius.

Loc. cit.

Crag Cetacea (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 25 (1870).

Osteographie des Cetaces, p. 422 (1868-79).

74 CETACEA.

Family PLATANISTID^E.

In the existing genera the jaws are long and narrow, with
numerous simple teeth, the length of the mandibular symphysis
exceeding half the length of the ramus. All the cervical vertebrae
are free, and in the hinder dorsals the tubercular and capitular
attachments of the ribs are blended. In Inia the transverse pro-
cesses of the lumbar vertebrae are of great antero-posterior widtlf.

The two following genera are usually referred to the present
family1 (see Probst, Jahresh. Ver. Nat. Wiirtt. 1880, p. 117),
although Schizoddphis approaches the delphinoid genus Steno.

Genus CHAMPSODELPHIS, Gervais2.
The lumbar vertebi'33 of this genus have extremely wide trans-
verse processes, indicating affinity with Inia ; the teeth also resemble
those of the latter genus.

Champsodelphis, sp.
Hob. Russia.

M. 40514. An early lumbar vertebra, wanting one epiphysis and
otherwise slightly imperfect ; from the Lower Pliocene of
the Crimea. In general characters, and especially the
great antero-posterior diameter of the transverse processes,
this specimen agrees very closely with the fourth lumbar
vertebra of Inia. Purchased.

Genus SCHIZODELPHIS, Gervais3.

The form of the rostrum presents a great resemblance to that of
the delphinoid genus Steno, but the mandibular symphysis is con-
siderably longer.

Schizodelphis sulcatus, Gervais4.
Syn. DelpMnorhynchm sulcatus, Gervais 5.
Delphinus pseudodel^his, Gervais 6.

This is the type species, and is of nearly the same size as the
existing Steno.
Hah. Europe.

Frequently termed the DclphinorTiynchida.

Zool. »t Pal. Francises, 1st ed. vol. i. p. 152 (1848-52).

Mem. Ac. Montpellier, vol. v. p. 126 (1861).

Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 2, vol. x. p. 312 (1853).— Delphinorhynchus.

Loc. cit.

Ext. Proc.-Verb. Ac. Montpellier, 1849, p. 11.

SQTJALO T) ONTI D ^E .

75

32730. The greater portion of amandibular symphysis, provisionally

referred to this species ; from the Upper Tertiary of

Xabrcgas, near Lisbon, Portugal. Ten teeth remain on

either side, although some of their crowns are broken off.

Presented by J. S. Valentine, Esq. About 1857.

Family SQUALODONTID^).

The cranium resembles in essential characters that of the Delplii-
nidce, and differs entirely from that of the Archceoceti, although the
teeth are differentiated into groups as in the latter.

Genus SQUALODON, Grateloup1.

Syn. Pachyodon, Meyer2.
Phocodon, Agassiz 3.
(?) Ariunus, Meyer 4.
Delphinoides, Pedroni 5.
Crenidclphinus, Laurillard 6.

Stereodelphis, Gervais 7.
Delphinodon, Leidy *.
Wiizoprion, Jourdan 9.
Mucrophoca, Leidy 10.

Fig. 15.

Three of the lower true molars of Sqiialodon. Miocene.
(After Scilla.)

Act. Ac. B. Sci. Bordeaux, 1840, p. 208.

Neues Jahrb. 1838, p. 414. This name is the earliest, but was preoccupied.
In Valentin's Rep. d'Anat. et Physiol. 1841, p. 236.— Teste Brandt.
'Neues Jahrb. 1841, p. 315.
Comptes Bend us, vol. xxi. p. 1181 (1845).
Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. vol. iv. p. 636 (1846).
Zool. et Pal. Frar.9aises, 1st ed. vol. i. p. 152 (1848-52).
Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 424 (1869).
Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 369 (1861).
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbilad. 1856, p. 220.

76 CETACEA.

The teeth may be formulated as I. jj, C. \ ; simple cheek-teeth
(premolars) |, double-rooted cheek-teeth (true molars) ~. The true
molars (woodcut, fig. 15) differ from those of Zeuglodon by the
denticulations of the crown being more developed on tbe posterior
than on the anterior border. The genus has been recorded from the
Tertiaries of Europe, Australia, and North America.

Squalodon grateloupi (Pedroni ]).
Syn. DelpJiinoides grateloupi, Pedroni 2.
Rhizoprion bariensis, Jourdan 3.
Squalodon bariensis, Zittel 4.

This may be regarded as the type species.
Hob. Europe (France, Germany, &c.).

40343. Cast of the imperfect skull (fig. 16). The original was
obtained in 1854 from the Middle Miocene of Barie, near

Fig. 16.

SqtiaMon grafeloiipi.—The imperfect skull ; from the Middle Miocene uf Barie
(Drome), France. |. (After Gaudry's ' Les Enchaineiuents,' &c.)

St. Paul, Trois-Chateaux (Drome), France, and is preserved
in the Museum of Natural History at Lyons. It is
described and figured by Jourdan in the ' Ann. Sei. Nat.,
Zool.' ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 369, pi. x., under the name of
Rhizoprion bariensis, of which it is the type ; and also by
Gaudry in ' Les En chain ements, &c. — Mammifores Terti-
aires,' p. 30, fig. 19 ; and by Deperet in the ' Arch. Mus.
Lyon,' vol. iv. pis. xxv.bi8, xxv.tpr (1887). Purchased, 1867.

1 Comptes Kendus, TO!, xxi. p. 1181 (1845).— Delphinoides.

2 Loo. cit.

3 Ann. Sci. Nat,, Zool. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 372 (1861).
* Palseontograpbica, vol. xxiv. pt. 6, p. 233 (1877).

SQUALODOXTIDJE. 77

49876. Cast of the cranium (imperfect posteriorly) and the mandi-
bular symphysis, with the crowns of the teeth broken off.
The original was obtained from the Middle Miocene
of Bleichenbach, Lower Bavaria ; and is described and
figured by Zittel in the ' Palaeontographica,' vol. xxiv.
pt. 6, p. 233, pi. xxxiii., under the name of Squalodon
bariensis. Purchased, 1879.

M. 1335. A restored plaster-model of the preceding specimen, show-
ing the crowns of all the teeth. Purchased, 1883.

Squalodon catulli (Molin J).
Svn. Pachyodon catulli, Molin 2.

This species ia distinguished from the preceding by slight dental
characters. The Squalodon teeth from Baltringen were described
and figured by Van Beneden in the ' Bull. Ac. K. Belg.' se'r. 2,
vol. xli. p. 474, under the name of Squalodon servatus (Meyer) ; but
according to Probst, Jahresh. Ver. Nat. Wiirtt. 1885, pp. 49-67, the
type skull of this species (Arionus servatus, Meyer) shows dental
alveoli unlike those of other Squalodons, and the true Squalodon
teeth are referred to the Italian species (see Zigno, ' Mem. R. 1st.
Yeueto,' vol. xx. p. 24 [1876]).

Hub. Europe (Italy and Germany).

43633. An anterior tooth ; from the Middle (?) Miocene of Balt-
ringen, near Ulm, Wurtemberg. This specimen agrees
very closely with the tooth figured by Van Benedeu, op.
cit. fig. 4 (as S. servatus"), and with the two teeth figured
by Probst, op. cit. pi. i. figs. 2, 3. Purchased, 1859.

43633 a. The root of an anterior tooth, probably belonging to this
Bpecies; from Baltringen. Purchased, 1859.

Squalodon atlanticus, Leidy 3.
Syn. Macrophoca atlantica, Leidy 4.

This species is nearly equal in size to S. antverpiensis, Van
Beneden, but is distinguished by the presence of denticulations on
the anterior border of the teeth ; the enamel is very rugose.

Hab. North America (Miocene).

1 Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xxxv. p. 117 (1859).— Pachyodon.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pliikd. 1856, p. 220.— Macrophoca.
* Loc. cit.

78 CETACEA.

35592. An anterior left lower true molar, probably belonging to
this species ; from the Miocene (?) of North America.
The specimen shows minute denticulations on the anterior
border, and has very rugose enamel ; it agrees in size
with the teeth figured by Leidy in the ' Journ. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Philad.' ser. 2, vol. vii. pi. xxviii.

Presented by Prof. J. W. Mallet, 1859.

Family DELPHINID^E.

The teeth are simple, and usually numerous in both jaws ; the
length of the mandibular symphysis may be very small, and never
exceeds one third of that of the ramus. The anterior facette on the
periotic (fig. 17) for articulation with the tympanic is deeply grooved,
and the posterior tympanic surface of the former is comparatively
narrow, and its ridge for articulation with the free border of the
tympanic ill-defined and situated close to one edge.

Genus MONODON, Linn.1

The dentition is practically restricted to a single pair of maxillary
teeth, of which the left one in the male is usually developed into an
immense cylindrical tusk without enamel. The cervical vertebrae
are usually separate.

monorrro*, Linn.2

This species is recorded by Owen3 from the later deposits of the
Eastern coast, and has also been obtained from the Norfolk Forest-*
bed4.

Hob. Arctic Seas.

24576. Two lumbar and one caudal vertebrae ; from the Pleistocene
of Kotzebue Sound, Eschscholtz Bay, Alaska.

Presented by Capt. Kdht and Lieut. Wood, R.N., 1850.

Genus DELPHINAPTERUS, LacepMe5.
Syn. Bduga, Gray e.

This genus is mainly distingished from Monodon by its dentition.
The teeth, which vary from | to ^, and occupy the anterior three

1 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 105 (1766). 2 Loc. cit.

3 British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 521.

4 See Newton, Geol. Mag. dec. ii. vol. viii. p. 316 (1881).
8 Hist. Nat. d. Cetaces, p. ill (1804).

6 Spicilegia Zoologica, vol. i. p. 2 (1828).

79

fourths of the rostrum and the corresponding part of the mandible,
are rather small, conical, and pointed, when unworn. The cranium
is rather narrow and elongated, and depressed ; the rostral is nearly
equal to the cranial portion in length, and is triangular, broad at the
base, and gradually narrowing to the apex, where it is sometimes
deflected. The cervical vertebra are free.

(Pallas1).

Syn. Ddphinus Icucas, Pallas 2.

Delphinapterus beluga, Lace'pede 3.
Beluga catodun, Gray *.

Hob. Arctic Seas.

46290. An imperfect sixth caudal vertebra ; dredged from the North
Sea. This specimen agrees precisely with the correspond-
ing vertebra of the existing form.

Owles Collection. Purchased, 1874.

., Delphinapterus (?) brocchii (Balsamo-Crivelli 5).
Syn. Delphinus brocchii, Balsamo-Crivelli 6.

The teeth are of great relative stoutness. The species is referred
to the present genus by Brandt in the Mem. Ac. Imp. Sci. St. Peters-
bourg, ser. 7, vol. xx. p. 241.

Hob. Italy.

47035. Four teeth from the Lower Pliocene (Plaisancien) of Orciano,

Tuscany, Italy. These specimens agree precisely with
the teeth figured by Capellini in the 'Mem. Ac. Sci.
1st. Bologna,' ser. 2, vol. iii. pi. ii. Purchased, 1875.

The following specimens were associated with the preceding, but indi-
cate smaller individuals uhich, if belonging to the same species,
must have been immature. The tympanics correspond in size
ivith those of Lagenorhynchus acutus.

47036. Two periotics and two imperfect tympanics.

Purchased, 1875.

1 Eeise etc. vol. iii. p. 85 (177$).— Delphinus.

2 Loc. cit. 3 Hist. Nat. d. Cetace"s, p. 243 (1804).
4 Zool. ' Erebus ' and ' Terror,' p. 29 (1846).

8 Giorn. I. E. 1st. Lombardo, vol. ii. p. 132 (1842), or vol. iii. p. 302 of
Giorn. e Bibliot. Ital. of same Society (1842).— Lelphinus.
6 Loc. cit.

80 CETACEA.

47037. Three vertebral centra. Purchased, 1875.

47038. The imperfect right humcrus and four specimens of the

radius and ulna. Purchased, 1875.

Genus ORC A, Gray i.

Teeth usually |J2— ta)' occuPyino nearly the whole length of the
rostrum, and very large and stout, with conical recurved crowns
and largo roots, expanded laterally and flattened. The centra of
the first, second, and occasionally the third cervical vertebrae are
united, while the rest are free.

Orca citoniensis, Capellini 2.

This species is of considerably smaller size than 0. gladiator, and
has thirteen teeth in each jaw; it was originally described from the
Pliocene of Cctona, Italy.

Hab. Europe (Italy and (?) England).

M. 3516. The cast of an unworn tooth, provisionally referred to this
species. The original, which is from the Red Crag of
Suffolk, and is preserved in the Ipswich Museum, is de-
scribed and figured by the writer in the ' Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 15, pi. ii. fig. 10. The specimen
agrees exactly with the teeth figured by Capellini, op. cit.
pis. i A., ii. ; it also closely resembles the teeth of Pseudorca,
but is distinguished by its more compressed root.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

M. 3515. Cast of a right pcriotic, belonging to the same species as
the preceding specimen. The original was obtained from
the lied Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk, and is preserved in
the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street ; it is
described and figured by the writer, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 9.
It exhibits the grooved anterior tympanic articular facette
characteristic of the present family (as distinguished from
the Physeteridce~), and agrees very closely in characters
with the tympanic of 0. gladiator (Mus. E. Coll. Surg.
no. 2982), although of considerably smaller dimensions, its
length being 0,063. In the latter respect it agrees with
the tooth already noticed. Made in the Museum, 1886.

1 Zool. ' Erebus ' and ' Terror,' p. 33 (1846).

a Mem. Ac. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 670 (1883).

81

Genus GLOBICEPHALUS, Lesson '.

Syn. Globiocephalus, Gray 2.
Globiceps, Flower3.

The teeth (^| in number) are confined to the anterior part of
the jaws, and are small, conical, curved, and sharp- pointed when
unworn. The cranium is broad and depressed, and the rostral not
longer than the cranial portion ; the upper surf ace of the cranium is
broad and flat. The centra of the anterior five or six cervical ver-
tebra are united. The length of the centra of the lumbar and earlier
caudal vertebra is about equal to their width.

ffilobtcepfjalu* nulas (Traill4).

Syn. Delphinus melas, Traill 5.

Delphinus globiceps, Cuvier 6.
Globiocephalus svineval, Gray 7.
Globiceps melas, auct.

Hob. Apparently cosmopolitan.

39483. An imperfect cranium ; from the marshes near Barking,

Essex. Presented ly C. P. Lane, Esq., 1865.

39484. The anchylosed series of cervical vertebras ; from near

Barking. Presented by C. P. Lane, Esq., 1865.

33458. The centrum of a lumbar vertebra, provisionally referred to
this species ; dredged off the eastern coast. Both epi-
physes are wanting.

Layton Collection. Purchased, 1858.

Globicephalus uncidens (Lankester 8).

Syn. Delphinus uncidens, Lankester9.
Delphinus orcoides, Lankester 10.

The teeth figured by Lankester as D. orcoides u appear to belong

1 Nouv. Tab. Kegne Animal, Mammiferes, p. 200 (1847). Amended from
Gloliicephala. The reason for adopting this name in place of Globiceps is given
by Flower in the • Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1884, p. 418.

2 Zool. ' Erebus ' and ' Terror/ p. 32 (1846).

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 508.

4 Nicholson's Journ. vol. xxii. p. 81 (1809). — Delphinus. s Loc. cit.
6 Ann. clu Museum, vol. xix. p. 14 (1812). 7 Op. cit. p. 32 (1846).

8 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xiv. p. 356 (1864).— Delphinus.

9 Loc. cit. 10 Loc. cit.

11 Some error occurs in the description of the teeth made the type of D.
orcoides, since they are stated to agree in size with those of Orca and Pseudorca,
whereas they really accord in this respect with Globicephalus.

to the same species as the smaller type tooth. The close resemhlance
existing between the remains noticed below and the corresponding
elements of the skeleton of G. melas indicates the near affinity of
the two forms. Some unnamed vertebrae in the Brussels Museum
probably belong to this species.

Hob. Europe (England and [?] Belgium).

46754. An anterior tooth, agreeing with one of the type-specimens
figured by Lankester, op. cit. pi. viii. fig. 12, and corre-
sponding in size with the first two teeth of G. melas ;
from the Red Crag. Purchased, 1875.

43402. Two hinder teeth ; from the Eed Crag. These specimens

correspond with the teeth figured by Lankester, op. cit.
pi. viii. figs. 14-18 as D. orcoides, and . are slightly larger
than the hinder teeth of G. melas, although otherwise in-
distinguishable 1. Purchased, 1872.

44632. A very similar tooth, but with a straighter root ; from the
Eed Crag of the Butley River, Suffolk. Purchased, 1873.

43403, 44609-10, 46753. Four teeth of the same type as the pre-

ceding ; from the lied Crag of Suffolk. Purchased.

36657. The associated left periotic and tympanic ; from the Coral-

(Fig.) line Crag of Orford, Suffolk. The periotic (woodcut,

fig. 17) has been described and figured by the present

Fig. 17.

Globicephalus uncidens. — The left periotic ; from the Coralline
Crag of Orford. }.

1 The crowns of these teeth present considerable resemblance to the canines
of certain Seals ; their Cetacean nature is, however, indicated by the frequently
irregular root, by the absence of a distinct curve in the whole tooth and of
antero-posterior ridges on the crown. Seeing, moreover, that molars of Seals
are not recorded from the Crag, it would be very strange to find such a large
number of canines.

83

writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 16,
pi. ii. fig. 11, and corresponds closely with the specimen
figured by Lankester, op. cit. pi. viii. figs. 2, 3. Both
specimens, which have not heen rolled, agree precisely in
size with the corresponding bones of G. melas \
Broivn Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir E. Owen, K.C.B., 1859.

28264, 29598. Two imperfect specimens of the tympanic of opposite
sides ; from the Red Crag of Woodbridge, Suffolk.

Purchased, 1852.

40137-8. Two specimens of the right periotic, which have been
bisected to exhibit the semicircular canals ; from the Red
Crag of Suffolk. Purchased, 1866.

49978. Five rolled specimens of the periotic ; from the Red Crag of
Suffolk. Wetherell Collection, Purchased, 1871.

27434, 28250, 28264, 28995, 29594, 49978. Several rolled speci-
mens of the periotic ; from the Red Crag of Suffolk.

Purchased.

28271. The centrum and part of the neural arch of the fifth lumbar
vertebra ; from Woodbridge. This specimen, which cannot
be distinguished from the corresponding vertebra of G.
melas, is noticed by the writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 16. Purchased, 1852.

46745. The imperfect centrum of a lumbar vertebra, provisionally
referred to the present species ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1875.

37298. A similar imperfect centrum ; from Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1863.

43200. The imperfect centrum of an early caudal vertebra ; from
Woodbridge. Purchased, 1872.

The two following specimens (one of which is immature) apparently
indicate an allied but smaller form.

33504. The centrum of an early lumbar vertebra ; from the Norwich

Crag. Both epiphyses are wanting

Wigham Collection. Purchased, 1859.

33505. The centrum of a late lumbar vertebra ; from the Norwich

Crag. Wigham Collection. Purchased, 1859.

1 British Museum, No. 76.2. 16. 21.

62

84

Genus TURSIOPS, Gervaia '.

This genus is closely allied to Delpldnus, but has larger and less
numerous teeth.

turgto (Bonnaterre 2).
Syn. Delphinus tursio, Bonnaterre 3.
Delphinus truncatus, Montagu 4.
Tursio truncatus, Gray 5.

The teeth vary in number from ^ to ?|.
Hdb. Atlantic Ocean.

20274. The centrum and portions of the neural arch and transverse
processes of a lumbar vertebra, provisionally referred to
this species ; from the Pleistocene of Grays, Essex. This
specimen is indistinguishable from the ninth lumbar of the
existing form. Purchased, 1848.

The folloiving specimen apparently indicates an allied form.

35042 a. The centrum of a middle caudal vertebra ; from the
Coralline Crag of Ramsholt, Suffolk.

Presented by S. V. Wood, Esq., 1£50.

GENERICALLY TJNDETEKMINED SPECIMENS.

The following specimens indicate Dolphins agreeing in size with
the existing Lagenorliynchus acutus. They have been alluded to by
the writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 16. where it
is suggested that they may be specifically identical with one or both
of two Dclphinoids from the Antwerp Crag, of which remains are
preserved in the Brussels Museum under the names of Delpliinus
wasii and D. delannoyi, Van Beneden (the generic name being
employed in the Linnean sense). There are, however, no periotics
or tympanics in the Brussels collection.

30265. Four periotics in a somewhat water-worn condition ; from
the Coralline Crag of Beccles Old Abbey, Suffolk.

Purchased, 1855.

27434. Several rolled periotics of a similar type ; from the Red Crag
near Woodbridge, Suffolk. Purchased, 1851.

1 Hist. Nat. Mamm. vol. ii. p. 323 (1855).

2 Cetologie, p. 21 (1789).— Delphinus. 8 Loc. cit.
* Mem. Wern. Soc. vol. iii. p. 75 (1821).

5 Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. p. 258 (1866).

EDEMATA. 85

28264. Similar specimens ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1852.
29596. Similar specimens ; from Woodbridge. Purchased, 1855.
29603-5. Similar specimens ; same locality. Purchased, 1855.

36649. Similar specimens ; same locality.

Brown Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir B. Owen, K.C.B., 1859.

49978 a. Similar specimens ; same locality.

Wetherell Collection. Purchased, 1871.

28264 a. An imperfect tympanic ; from "Woodbridge.

Purchased, 1852.

29599. An imperfect tympanic ; same locality. Purchased, 1855.

36649 a. An imperfect tympanic ; same locality.

Brown Collection. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.G.B., 1859.

Order EDENTATA.

Family MEGATHERIID^l.

The members of tbis family present characters intermediate
between the Bradypodidce and Myrmecopliayidce, combining the skull

Fig. 18.

Megatherium amcricanum. — The mandible ; from the Pleistocene
of Buenos Ayres. Much reduced.

and dentition of the former with the structure of the limb-bones
and vertebras of the latter. One species of Scelidotherium approxi-
mates, however, in cranial characters to the Myrmecdphagidce. None
of them appear to have been arboreal. The number of the teeth is
usually £-. and there may or may not be a diastema between the first
and second teeth. There is no third trochanter to the femur ; and
the odontoid process of the axis vertebra has a facette on its ventral
surface.

86 EDENTATA.

Genus MEGATHERIUM, Cuvier1.

In the type species the dentition is |, but in the nominal M. ger-
vaisi, H. Gervais and Ameghino2, there are said to be only three
lower teeth. The teeth consist of square prisms wearing into
transverse ridges through the presence of two vertical plates of hard
dentine ; they are similar in structure, and have no diastema ; the
hinder part of the mandibular ramus forms a deep descending plate.
The external trochlear ridge of the astragalus for the tibia is very
prominent, and is raised much above the internal tibial protuber-
ance ; there is a deep navicular cup in the astragalus. The second,
third, and fourth digits of the manus and the third in the pes have
claws, the third being the longest. The second and third phalan-
geals of the third digit are anchylosed in both the manua and the
pes. There is no entepicondylar foramen in the humerus.

Megatherium americanum, Cuvier3.

Syn. Megatherium cuvieri, Desmarest4.
Megatherium australe, Oken 5.
Brady pus giganteus, Pander and D' Alton e.

This is the type species, and larger than Rhinoceros unicornis.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic and Uruguay).
* Cast of the skeleton. This specimen is made up partly from
casts of bones in the Museum, which were obtained in
1837 from the Pleistocene of Lujan, Buenos Ayres, Argen-
tine Republic, and partly from those of others preserved
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (No.
3441), which were obtained by Sir Woodbine Parish from
the bed of the Rio Salada, one of the tributaries of the Rio
Plata, south of the city of Buenos Ayres. The restored
skeleton is figured in pis. i. and xxvii. of Owen's ' Memoir
on the Megatherium.' Purchased.

19953. The skull, with the cerotahyals attached; from Lujan.

(Fig.) This specimen, from which the cast of the skull in the
restored skeleton is taken, is figured by Owen, op. cit.
pis. xii.-xvi., the figure of the mandible being copied in
woodcut, fig. 18. Purchased, 1846.

Table E16ra. de 1'Hist. Nat. p. 146 (1798).

' Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Ame'rique Meridionale,' p. 136 (1880).

In Shaw's ' General Zoology,' yol. i. p. 165 (1800).

Mammalogie, p. 365 (1822).

In Holl's ' Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde,' p. 27 (1829).

Eiesenfaulthier, &c. pi. i. (Bonn, 1821).

87

19953 f. The slightly imperfect left ramus of the mandible, showing
the aveoli of the first three teeth and the broken base of
the last tooth ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

Iff. 3580. Casts of nine teeth. The originals of these specimens

•were collected by Sir AV. Parish from the Rio Salado, and

are preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons (Nos. 3447-3455).

Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons, 1834.

19953 a. The superior portion of the first left upper tooth ; from
Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 b. Three imperfect specimens of lower teeth ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 c. The summit of a small tooth ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

43231. Three imperfect teeth ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

40820. The fourth right lower tooth ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by C. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

40161. Two fragments of the right and left scapula ; from Buenos
Ayres. Purchased, 1866.

19953 d. The right humerus ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 6. The left humerus ; from Lujan. This specimen, from

(Fig.) which the cast in the skeleton was taken, is figured by

Owen, op. cit. pi. xix. Purchased, 1846.

39393. The right humerus ; from the Pleistocene of the Rio Negro,
Uruguay. Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

43232. The left radius ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, Esq., 1871.

19953 g. The right radius ; from Lujan. Figured by Owen (re-
(Fig.) versed), op. cit. pi. xx. figs. 4-6. Purchased, 1846.

19953 h. The right radius ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

40489. The right ulna, wanting the distal extremity ; from Uruguay.
Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

19953 i. The left ulna ; from Lujan. This is apparently the speci-
(Fig.) men figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xx. figs. 1-3.

Purchased, 1846.

88 EDENTATA.

19953 j. The nearly perfect right manus : from Lujan. This spcci-
(Fig.) men, from which the corresponding portion of the skeleton
was cast, is figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xxi.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 k. A less perfect specimen of the right manus ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

199531. The slightly imperfect left manus; from Lujan. The
corresponding portion of the skeleton is cast from this
specimen. Purchased, 1846.

M. 3577-9. Cast of the left carpus and third and fourth mctacarpals.
The originals, which are from S. America, are preserved
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and are
figured (with the second metacarpal) in ])e Blainville's
' Osteographie ' — Genus Megatherium, pi. iii. fig. 7 (re-
versed).
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons, 1834.

19953m. The fourth right metacarpal ; from Lujan. This and the
folio wing specimen belong to a very large individual.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 n. The associated third and fourth left metacarpals of the
same individual as the preceding ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.
19953 0. The left lunar ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 p. Two specimens of the pisiform ; from Livjan.

Purchased, 1846.

19946 x. The second phalangeal of a manus, provisionally referred
to this species ; from Buenos Ayres. Purchased, 1846.

41148-9. Two fragments of the innominate ; from Uruguay.

Purchased, 1868.
40490. Fragment of the innominate ; from Uruguay.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.
40496. Fragment of the innominate ; from Uruguay.

Presented by W, O. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

19953 q. The left femur; from Lujan. This appears to bo the
(Fig.) specimen figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xxiii. fig. 1.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 r. The right femur ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

41618. The imperfect distal half of the right femur ; from Rio Grande

do Sul, Brazil. Presented by J. Tennent, Esq., 1867.

89

19946. A patella ; from Lujan. Figured (reversed) by Owen, op.
(Fig.) cit. pi. xxiii. fig. 2. Purchased, 1846.

19953 s. The right tibia and fibula, probably belonging to the same
individual as No. 19953 q ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 t. The right tibia ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 u. The right tibia and fibula, wanting the external malleolus,
of a smaller individual ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

39387. The distal extremity of the left tibia ; from the Eio Negro,
Uruguay. Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

19953 V. The right pes ; from Lujan. This specimen, from which

(Fiy.) the corresponding portion of the skeleton is cast, is figured

by Owen, op. cit. pis. xxv., xxvi. Purchased, 1846.

19953 W. The slightly imperfect left pes ; from Lujan. The corre-
sponding portion of the skeleton is cast from this specimen.

Purchased, 1846.
19953 x. The right calcaneum and astragalus ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 y. The right calcaneum and astragalus ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 z. The right astragalus ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 a'. The right astragalus of a small individual ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

19953 b'. A left astragalus, agreeing in size with the preceding ;
from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 c'. The left navicular; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 d'. The left navicular ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 e'. The right cuboid; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

199 53 f. The left cuboid; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 g'. The atlas vertebra ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 h'. The atlas vertebra of an immature individual; from
Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

199531'. An imperfect cervical vertebra ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.
19953 j'. Two middle dorsal vertebrae ; from Lujan.

Purchased, 1846.

90 EDENTATA.

19952. A middle dorsal vertebra ; from Lujan. Purchased, 184G.

39390. A late dorsal vertebra ; from the Rio Negro.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

19953 k'. The associated caudal vertebra), wanting the first two of
the series ; from Lujan. The corresponding vertebrae of the
skeleton are cast from this specimen. Purchased, 1846.

19953 1'. Twelve associated caudal vertebrae and detached chevron
bones ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 m'. The left clavicle ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

19953 n'. Thirteen sternal bones ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

39389. A sternal bone ; from the Rio Negro.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

16404. A first rib ; from Uruguay.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

19953 o'. Eight ribs ; from Lujan. Purchased, 1846.

37584-625. An associated series of the bones of a fcetus, comprising
the occipital, frontal, numerous vertebrae, ribs, clavicle,
scapula, humerus, elements of the innominate, femur,
tibia, and ungual phalangeal ; from the Rio Plata.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Megatherium mirabile, Leidy1.

This species is very imperfectly known, and its distinctive charac-
ters have not yet been made clear.

Hob. North America (Georgia, South Carolina, and Texas).

27503. A left astragalus, provisionally referred to this species ; from
the Pleistocene of Texas. This specimen is considerably
larger than the corresponding bone of M. americanm, and
shows structural differences which are certainly of specific
value. Hastings Collection. Purchased, 1855.

Megatherium lundi, H. Gervais & Ameghino 2.

This species is founded on an astragalus which is less than one
third the dimensions of the corresponding bone of M. americanum,
from which it is said to differ in form.

Ilab. South America (Argentine Republic).
43251 a. A left astragalus, probably belonging to this form ; from

1 Smiths. Contrib. Knowl. vol. vii. art. 5, p. 49 (1855).

a 'Mammiferes Fossiles de l'Am6rique Meridionale,' p. 138 (1880).

MEGATHER1ID.E. 91

the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic.
This specimen, of which the transverse diameter is only
0,110, differs from the corresponding bone of M. ameri-
canum by the higher position of the navicular cup, which
is also narrower ; in these respects the present specimen
is intermediate between M. americanum and Mylodon, in
which the cup is absent.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

Genus SCELIDOTHERIUM, Owen \
Including Platyonyx, Lund 2.

According to Burmeister (' Monatsb. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss. ' 1881,
pp. 374-380) Platyonyx is distinguished by the structure of the
foot and the absence of an entepicondylar foramen to the humerus ;
but since the cranium of S. chiliense (infra, p. 100) agrees with that
of typical species of Platyonyx, whilst its humerus has an entepi-
condylar foramen, it appears either that the limb-bones referred to the
latter belong to some other genus 3, or that the characters on which
that genus is founded can only be regarded as of specific value4.

The genus is in some respects intermediate between Megatherium
and Mylodon, approaching the former in the structure of the cranium
and pcs, and the latter in dentition. S. leptocephalum is the most
aberrant form, and shows signs of affinity with the Myrmecophayidce.

The teeth are j in number and have no diastema ; the upper ones
have an irregular oval section and are set obliquely in the jaw, the
last being the smallest ; the first three lower ones are triangular,
and the fourth elongated with an inner crotchet, which varies in
size in different species. The cranium is long, narrow, and low, the
inferior border of the mandible being frequently nearly straight,
although in some species having a descending hinder portion, recalling
the jaw of Megatherium. The astragalus wants the articular navi-
cular cup characteristic of Megatherium, and varies considerably in
form in the different species, that of the type species being the
'most unlike that of the latter genus. There are four digits to the
manus5, the second and third being provided with nearly straight

1 Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle,' pt. i. p. 73 (1840).

2 K Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 145 (1842). Separate copies of the
memoir are dated earlier.

3 Owen (' Memoir on the Mylodon' p. 170, note) suggests that the limb-
bones referred by Lund to Platyonyx may belong to Glyptodon.

4 See Lydekker, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 496.

5 The feet are figured by Burmeister in the ' Monatsb. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss.'
1881, plate facing p. 380.

92 EDENTATA.

claws. In the pes the first and second digits are aborted, the third
digit being furnished with a very large curved claw, like that of
Megatherium. All the species in the Museum have an entepi-
condylar foramen to the humerus.

Scelidotherium leptocephalum, Owen1.
This is the type species. The cranium is of moderate width,
the nasals and maxillae are of remarkable length, that of the former
being equal to at least half of the total length of the superior
surface of the cranium. The lachrymal is not very prominent, and
the interdental portion of the palate of moderate width.

The portion of the mandible in advance of the teeth is much
elongated, and is nearly twice the length of the dental series, its
superior border being nearly horizontal. The scapula has a straight
anterior border ; the femur is short and wide : and the external
trochlear ridge of the astragalus for articulation with the tibia de-
pressed. In the structure of the facial part of the cranium and
of the astragalus this species approximates to Myrmecophaya.
Hab. South America (Patagonia and Argentine Republic).
M. 3583. Cast of the imperfect skull. The original was obtained by
Darwin from the Pleistocene of Punta Alta, Patagonia,
and is preserved in the Museum of the Eoyal College of
Surgeons (No. 3506). Together with the associated speci-
mens it forms the type of the species, and is figured by
Owen in the ' Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle,'
pis. xxi.-xxiii. '
Presented by the Council of the Eoyal College of Surgeons.

37308. The cranium, imperfect anteriorly and posteriorly ; from the
(Fig.) Pleistocene of the Rio Plata, Argentine Republic. This

specimen (woodcut, fig. 19), which agrees very closely
with the one figured by P. Gervais in the ' Mammiferes
Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale,' pi. xi. fig. 1, is de-
scribed and figured by the present writer in the Proc.
Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 493, pi. xlvi. The length of the nasals;
which are imperfect anteriorly, is 0,270 ; all the teeth are
in situ. Bravard Collection. Purchased ', 1854.

37309. The mandible, imperfect posteriorly; associated with the

preceding specimen. This specimen, which is noticed by
the present writer in the paper cited, accords with the
one figured by Gervais, op. cit.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.
1 Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle,' pt. i. p. 73 (1840).

MEGATHERIID.E. 93

Fig. 19.

Scelidotheriiim leptocephalum. — Frontal aspect of the cranium ; from the
Pleistocene of the Argentine Republic. ^.

32995. The cranium, imperfect anteriorly; from the Rio Plata.
(Fig.) This specimen is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'

for 1857, pi. viii. fig. 1 ; its vertical height is somewhat
less than that of No. 37308, but the difference is in all
probability only a sexual one.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

32996. Fragment of the hinder portion of the right ramus of the

mandible, containing the last two molars.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

32997- Fragment of the opposite ramus of the same mandible.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

The originals of tht following casts belong to the same individual as
the type skull, and are preserved in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, by the Council of which body they were
presented.

M. 3585. Cast of the left scapula.

M. 3584. Cast of the adjacent portions of the right scapula and
humerus.

M. 3586. Cast of the left femur. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xxv.
figs. 5, 6 ; the length is 0,395, and the distal width 0,220.

M. 3587. Cast of the right femur, wanting the distal extremity, and
with the astragalus cemented by matrix to the head.

M. 3588. Cast of the left astragalus. Described and figured by the
writer in the « Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 494, pi. xlix. fig. 3.

94 EDENTATA.

M. 3590. Cast of the cervical and first seven dorsal vertebras.
Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xxi. fig. 1.

M. 3591. Cast of the sacral vertebrae.
M. 3589. Cast of four caudal vertebrae.

Tlie following specimens were found in association with the

cranium, No. 37308.
37422-7. Numerous sternal bones.
37428-9. The right and left clavicle.

37437. Part of the left scapula.

37554. The glenoidal portion of the right scapula.

37438. The left humerus.

37439. The left radius.
37430. The right radius.
37430 a. The right ulna.
37440-69. The right manus.

37310. Part of the sacrum and left innominate.

37470. Part of the right acetabulum.

37471. Part of the right femur. As far as can be determined, the

bone agrees very closely with the corresponding element
of the type skeleton.

37473. The right patella.

37474. The left patella.

37472. The left tibia.

37482. The left fibula.

37475. The left calcaneum.

37476. The left astragalus. This bone, although of somewhat

larger size, agrees very closely in structure with the astra-
galus of the type skeleton (No. M. 3588), showing the
comparatively slight prominence of the external trochlear
ridge for the tibia ; it is noticed by the writer in the
' Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 494.

37483. The right calcaneum, astragalus, navicular, cuboid, and fifth

metatarsal.

95

37492. The conjoint first and second phalangeals of the third digit
of the pes. This bone is remarkable for the backward
extension of one side of the superior surface.

37495. The imperfect terminal phalangeal of the third digit of the
pes. This bone closely resembles the corresponding claw
of Megatherium.

37489-96. Several dorsal vertebrae.
37497-506. Several caudal vertebras.
37508-11. Numerous chevron bones.
37512-26. Several ribs of the left side.
37527-33. Several sternal ribs of the left side.
37534-50. Several ribs of the right side.
3-7551-3. Three sternal ribs of the right side.

The following specimens belong to the same individual as the
cranium, No. 32995.

33055. The right scapula. This specimen agrees very closely with

the corresponding bone of the type skeleton (No. M. 3585).

33056. The left scapula.

32998. The right humerus.

32999. The left humerus.

33000. The right ulna.

33001. The right radius.

33002. The distal extremity of the left ulna.

33003. The distal extremity of the left radius.

33004-26. The right manus. The second and third phalangeals of
the second and third digits are relatively longer than in
the manus figured by Burmeister in the ' Monatsb. k.
preuss. Ak. Wiss.' 1881, pi. facing p. 380, fig. 1, under
the name of S. leptocephalum, but referred below to JS.
bravardi.

33027. The left manus.
33028-34. The cervical vertebrae.

96 EDENTATA.

33035-50. The dorsal vertebra.
33053. The ribs.

The following specimen probably belongs to this species.

M. 3592. The slightly imperfect axis vertebra ; from the Argentine
Republic. Bravard Collection. PurcJiased, 1854.

Scelidotherium bravardi, Lydekker1.

The cranium is intermediate between that of the type species and
that of S. chiliense, although apparently nearest to the latter. It is
very narrow, the nasals and maxillaB are comparatively short, the
lachrymal prominent, the interdental portion of the palate very
narrow, and the premaxillae well developed. The mandible has the
portion in advance of the teeth considerably elongated and inclined
distinctly upwards. The scapula is relatively broad, and the astra-
galus cbaracterized by the great prominence of the external troch-
lear ridge for articulation with the tibia, and is intermediate in form
between the corresponding bone of the type species and that of
Megatherium.

The type skeleton indicates a smaller animal than the male of
S. leptocephalum, but the larger limb-bones provisionally referred to
the present species are fully as large as those of the type species.
The skeleton, of which the feet are figured by Burmeister in the
« Monatsb. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss.' 1881, plate facing p. 380, agrees
with the above-mentioned larger bones.

The structure of the facial region of the skull and of the astra-
galus indicates that this species departs much less widely from the
Megatherium type than is the case with S. leptocephalum.

Hab. South America (Argentine Republic and Brazil).

37626. The cranium, wanting part of the nasals and left maxillary
region and all the teeth ; from Ihe Pleistocene of the
Banks of the Rio Plata, Argentine Republic. This speci-
men, which together with the associated remains is the
type, is figured by Owen, under the name of S. Uptocepha-
lum, in the < Phil. Trans.' for 1857, pi. viii. fig. 2, and
(apparently) in a restored condition in pi. ix. fig. 1 ; it is
also described and figured by the present writer in the
' Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 494, pi. xlvii.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 404.

97

The following specimens, with the exception of No. 40674 a, were

found in association with the cranium.

37649. The mandible, wanting all the teeth. This specimen is
(Fig.) figured, under the name of S. leptoceplialum, by Owen
op. cit. pi. viii. figs. 4 (teeth restored) and 5, and ap-
parently in pi. ix. figs. 2, 3 (the teeth being restored in
fig. 21); it is also described and figured by the present
writer, op. cit. p. 494, pi. xlix. fig. 1. The difference
between this specimen and the mandible of S. leptocepli-
alum may be seen by comparing Owen's figure (pi. viii.
fig. 4) with the one given by P. Gervais in the ' Mam mi-
feres Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale,' pi. xi. fig. 1.

37630. The right scapula. This specimen is relatively wider than

the corresponding bone of S. leptocephalum.

40674 a. The right humerus. This bone is longer than the humerus
of the type species (No. 37438), and differs in several
details, especially the greater vertical depth of the inner
portion of the distal expansion, and the greater width of
the bar over the entepicondylar foramen.

37631. The right ulna.

37632. The right radius. This bone is smaller than the radius of

S. leptocephalum (No. 37439).

37633. The left radius.

37634-42. Several bones of the manus.

37643. The right calcaneum. This bone differs from the calcaneum

of the type species (No. 37483) by the deep concavity on
the plantar surface.

37644. The imperfect right astragalus. This specimen is readily

distinguished from the corresponding bone of the type
species by the great prominence of the external trochlear
ridge for the tibia, and agrees in this respect with the
larger specimen (No. 18620 &) noticed below under the
head of the present species.

37645. A metatarsal.
37646-7. Two sesamoids.

1 In the description of the plate this figure is referred to the upper jaw.
PART V. H

98 EDENTATA.

The following specimens are of larger size than the preceding, but are
provisionally regarded as belonging to the male of the same
species ; they are all from the caverns of Minus Geraes, Brazil,
and belong to the Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

18627. The left scapula. This bone differs from the scapula of
S. leptocephalum by its superior size and greater relative
width, as well as by the greater stoutness of the acromio-
coracoidal bar and the smaller size of the foramen. In
relative width it agrees with the type scapula of the
present species, but differs by the more convex anterior
border — a character which may be only sexual.

18627 a. The right scapula, belonging to the same individual as the
preceding.

18649 C. The left ulna, wanting the distal epiphysis.

18652 a. The left ulna. This bone is relatively longer than the ulna
of the type species.

18620 a14. The distal half of a right ulna, perhaps belonging to this
form. The distal extremity differs slightly from that of
No. 18652 a.

18620 a15. The proximal half of the left radius.
18979. The proximal half of the right radius.

18620. The right femur. This bone is longer than the type femur
of S. leptocephalum, its extreme length being 0,448 and
its distal width 0,216. The concavity on the anterior
border is relatively longer than in the type species.

18932. The right femur.

18932 a. A crushed specimen of the left femur.

18652 a25. The right patella. This specimen differs from the cor-
responding bone of S. leptocephalum (No. 37473) by its
greater length and flatness, as well as by the smaller pro-
portionate size of the articular facette. It agrees precisely
with the corresponding bone of the hind limb of the present
form, figured by Burmeister in the 'JVIonatsb. k. preuss.
Ak. Wiss.' 1881, plate facing p. 380, fig. 3, under the name
of S. leptocephalum.

18620 a18. The left fibula.

18621. The left tibia. This bone is longer than the tibia of S. lep-
tocephalum (No. 37472), and differs by the form of the
distal articular surface, the facette for the external trochlea
of the astragalus being in a higher plane than that for the
internal tuberosity, and the facette for the latter relatively
smaller ; the facette adjacent to the fibula is smaller and
placed at an obtuse angle to the other two facettes, instead
of being nearly in the same plane. There is a foramen on
the internal border below the head, which is wanting in
S. leptocephalum.

18744. The right tibia. The facettes for the astragalus are slightly
different from those of the preceding specimen, but the other
characters are similar.

18620 k. The left astragalus, belonging to the same individual as the
(Fig.) tibia, No. 18621 . This bone, which has lost the extremity
of the internal tibial tuberosity, is described and figured
by the present writer, op. cit. p. 495, pi. xlix. fig. 4 ; it
differs from the type astragalus of S. leptocephalum by the
great projection of the external trochlear ridge above the
level of the internal tuberosity, and is thereby intermediate
in character between that bone and the astragalus of
Megatherium, although wanting the navicular cup of the
latter. It agrees precisely with the corresponding bone of
the foot figured by Burmeister in the * Monatsb. k. preuss.
Ak. Wiss.' 1881, plate facing p. 380, fig. 2, under the
name of S. leptocephalum.

18935. The conjoint first and second phalangeals of the third digit
of the pes. This bone differs from the corresponding pha-
langeal of S. leptocephalum (No. 37492) by the absence of
the backward projection of one side of the superior sur-
face.

18620 x. The conjoint first and second phalangeals of the third digit
of the pes, imperfect on the palmar aspect.

Scelidotherium chiliense, Lydekker1.

This species is characterized by the extreme breadth and short-
ness of the nasals and maxillae, and the want of production of the
anterior part of the mandible. The length of the nasals does not

1 Pro?. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 496.

H2

100 EDENTATA.

exceed one third the total length of the cranium, the lachrymal is
prominent, the interdental portion of the palate very narrow, and
the premaxilla probably aborted. The length of the portion of the
mandible in advance of the teeth scarcely exceeds that of the whole
dental series, and the superior border of the symphysis is but slightly
curved upwards. The astragalus is intermediate between that of
S. leptocephalum and S. bravardi, but nearest to the latter. There
is an entepicondylar foramen to the humerus.

The cranium of this species comes very close to that of the smaller
S. bronyniarti, from Brazil, figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr.' vol. ix. pi. xxviii., under the name of Platyonyx, but is
distinguished by the much greater breadth of the facial portion.
In its extremely short nasals this species comes nearest of all to
Mylodon.

Hab. South America (Chili).

M. 2819. The cranium, incomplete anteriorly and posteriorly ; from
(^7.) the Pleistocene of Tamarugal, in the province of Tarapaca,
a district formerly belonging to Peru, but now annexed to
Chili1. This specimen is described and figured by the
present writer in the ' Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 496,
pi. xlviii., and, together with the associated remains,
forms the type of the species. The length of the superior
surface is 0,400, and that of the nasals 0,150.

Presented by Don Modesto, Basadre, 1886.

M. 2820. A less perfect cranium, wanting the nasals : from Tama-
rugal. Same history.

M. 2818. Fragment of the middle portion of the cranium ; from
Tamarugal. Same history.

M. 2821. The symphysis and portions of the rami of the mandible;

(Fig.) from Tamarugal. This specimen is described and figured
by the present writer, op. ait. p. 496, pi. xlix. fig. 2. The
length of the symphysis is 0,124, and the interval between
the latter and the first tooth 0,012. Same history.

The following bones were found in association with the preceding
specimens, and were presented at the same time.

M. 2827. The imperfect right scapula.

1 See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, pp. 395-6, where a map of the vicinitj is given.

MEGATHEEIID^E. 101

M. 2828. The right scapula of a young individual, wanting the

M. 2829. The left humerus. The entepicondylar foramen is well
ihown.

M. 2830. The slightly imperfect right humerus of a rather smaller
individual.

M. 2831. The left humerus of a considerably smaller individual.
M. 2832. The imperfect left ulna.

M. 2833. The right and left radius, probably belonging to a single
individual.

M. 2834. Three specimens of the acetabulum.

M. 2835. The left femur. This bone is of a long and narrow type ;
its extreme length being 0,40-3, and its distal width 0,196 ;
the concavity on the anterior border is very short.

M. 2836. The right and left femur, probably belonging to a single
individual.

M. 2837. The left tibia.

M. 2838. The right tibia, belonging to a rather smaller individual.

HL 2839. The imperfect right tibia.

M. 2840. The proximal epiphysis of the right tibia.

M. 2841. The right and left calcaneum.

M. 2842. The left astragalus. This bone is intermediate in struc-
ture between the astragalus of S. leptocephalum and that
of S. bravardi.

M. 2822. Ten dorsal vertebras.

M. 2823. Four more or less imperfect ribs.

M. 2824. The anterior two thirds of the sacrum, with the last lumbar
vertebra anchylosed to it.

BE. 2825. The posterior half of the sacrum.
M. 2826. The last two vertebrae of the sacrum.

102 EDENTATA.

Scelidotherium tarijense, H. Gervais and Ameghino1.

The symphysis and that portion of the mandible in advance of the
teeth is very short and the superior border much bent upwards,
so that nearly the whole of it is above the level of the dental alveoli ;
the descending process of the zygoma is not digitated, and the nasals
appear to have been of considerable length.

Hob. South America (Bolivia and Brazil).

18649 a. The nearly complete left ramus of a mandible, probably
belonging to a female of this species ; from a cavern in
Minas Geraes, Brazil. This specimen, in which all the
teeth are wanting, agrees very closely in contour with
the mandible of the type male skull from Bolivia, figured
by P. Gervais (without specific name) in the ' Mammiferes
Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale ' (Castelnau's Voyage),
pi. xi. fig. 2, but is of more slender type. In addition to
the difference in the structure of the symphysis, it differs
from the mandible of S. chilimse (No. M. 2821) by the
form of the dental alveoli. Noticed by the present writer
in the ' Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1886, p. 496, note 2.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

18933. A right femur, which may not improbably belong to the
present species; from a cavern in Minas Geraes. This
bone is longer and narrower than 'the femur of S. lepto-
cephalum ; its extreme length being 0,430, and its distal
width 0,185. Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

SPECIFICALLY UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

Unless otherwise stated, these specimens are from the caverns of Minas
Geraes, Brazil, and belong to the Claussen Collection. Pur-
chased, 1845.

M. 3600. Part of the cranium and left ramus of the mandible of a
young individual ; from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres,
Argentine Republic. The lower teeth are much wider at
the base than at the summit.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

M. 3603. Fragment of the right maxilla with the last three teeth,
apparently belonging to a young individual ; from the Pleis-
tocene of the La Plata, Argentine Republic. The teeth

1 ' Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amdrique Meridionale,' p. 148 (1880).

MEGATHERIID^;. 103

are slightly larger than those of the type maxilla of the
so-callod $. minutum, figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske
Vid. Selsk. Skr.' vol. viii. pi. iii. fig. 9.

Bravard Collection. PurcJutsed, 1854.

43252. The mandible of a young individual ; from the Pleistocene
of Buenos Ayres. The teeth agree very closely with those
of the preceding specimen, and are wider at the base than
at the summit. Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

18620 h. The second left metacarpal.

18620 a1-2-3. The three phalangeals associated with the preceding
specimen.

18620 a4. The third right metacarpal. This specimen differs very
markedly from the corresponding bone of S. leptocephalum.

18620 a5~7. The three phalangeals, associated with the preceding
specimen.

18652. The conjoint first and second phalangeals of the third digit
of the pes.

18652 x. The fifth metatarsal.
18620 a. The left scaphoid.
18620 b. The left lunar.
18620 c. The left cuneiform.
18620 e. The left trapezoid.
18620 f. The left magnum.
18620 g. The left unciform.
186201. The right cuneiform.
18620 j. The right pisiform.
186201. The left navicular.
18620 m. The left cuboid.
18620 n. The left ectocuneiform.
18620 z. The fifth left metatarsal.
18620 p. The third left metatarsal.
18620 q. The left mesocuneiform.
18620 r. The left entocuneiform.

104 EDENTATA.

18620 S. The right navicular.

18620t. Tho right cuboid.

18620 u. The right ectocuneiform.

18620v. The right mesocuneiform.

18620 w. The third right metatarsal.

18620 a-8. The first phalangeal of the fourth digit of the manus.

18620 a-20. A small cervical vertebra.

18638 a. A caudal vertebra.

186381). A third metatarsal.

1 8638 C. Various phalangeals.

18638 d, e. Ungual phalangeals.

18638 f. Fragment of a rib.

18629. Fifth metatarsal.

18630. Three metacarpals.

18631. The left cuboid.

18649 r. Three lumbar vertebrae.

18649 s. A caudal vertebra.

18633. Numerous vertebrae, mostly imperfect.

There are numerous other detached vertebrae and bones of the feet,
&c., which have not been catalogued.

Genus MYLODON, Owen1.
Syn. Glossotherium, Owen2.

Orycter other him, Harlan s.
Eubradys, Leidy4.

Including : — Grypotherium, Reinhardt5.
Lestodon, P. Gervais6.
Pseudolestodon, H. Gervais and Ameghino7.

Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle', pt, 1, p. 63 (1840).
Op. cit. p. 57.

Amer. Journ. ser. 1, vol. xliv. p. 69 (1843).
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. vi. p. 241 (1853, vol. dated 1854).
K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 353 (1879).
Mammiferee Fossiles de I'Amerique M6ridionale(Castelnau's Voyage) p 47
'V1855).
i Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Am^rique Me>idionale, p. 158(1880).

105

The forms ranged under Pseudolestodon connect the typical species
so closely with those of the so-called Lestodon that it seems advisable
to include the whole of them under one generic title ; an analogous
remark applies to the so-called Grypotherium1.

Teeth |- ; those of the upper jaw are usually subtriangular or oval
in section, the hinder ones'beiug grooved internally ; the first three
lower teeth are very similar in structure, but the fourth is elongated
and has an inner crochet. In the typical forms there is only a small
interval between the first and second teeth, and the plane of wear
of the first tooth in both jaws is horizontal ; in other species, how-
ever, the diastema is longer and the plane of wear of the first tooth
oblique, as in Cholcepus. The mandible has no inferior descending
plate. The humerus has no entepicondylar foramen. The tibia
is relatively short, and has a notch on the anterior aspect of the
distal extremity for the reception of the astragalus The astragalus,
which varies considerably in the different species, approaches that of
Megatherium, but has no navicular cup. The terminal phalangeals
of both limbs are narrow and straight, and there is no anchylosis of
any of the phalangeals ; the first, second, and third digits of the
manus, and the second and third of the pes are furnished with claws ;
the third digit of the manus being the longest. The scapula closely
resembles that of Scelidotherium. There are numerous small ossifi-
cations in the dermis.

The genus approaches the nearest of any member of the family to
the Bradypodidce, species like M. gracilis and M. armatus being
those in which this approximation is the most marked.

GROUP A.

The premaxillae elongated and united anteriorly by a bony arch
with the nasals ; the anterior portion of the mandible equally elon-
gated, and longer than the dental series.

Mylodon darwini, Owen2.

Syn. Grypotherium darwini, Keinhardt8.
Scelidotherium ankilosopum, Bravard4.

This is the only species of the present group, and is nearly equal
in size to M. armatus. The length of the nasals is 0,126, that of

1 See Burmeister, Descript. Phya. Eep. Argentine, vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 358
(1879).

* Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle', pt. 1, p. 08 (1840).
8 K. Danske Vid. Selsks. Skr. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 353 (1879).

* In P. Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Generates, s£r. 1, p. 132 (1867-69).

106 EDENTATA.

the lower series of cheek-teeth 0,125, and that of the portion of the
mandible in advance of the first tooth 0,152. The first tooth in each
jaw is extremely minute and wears horizontally ; it may be some-
times absent ; the palate is narrower than in any other species.
This species connects the members of the following group with
Scelidotherium.

Hab. South America (Patagonia and Argentine Republic).

M. 3591 a. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible, showing a
section of the four teeth. The original, together with the
opposite ramus, was obtained by Darwin from the Pleisto-
cene of Punta Alta, Bahia Blanca, Patagonia, and is pre-
served in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
(No. 3490). It is the type of the species, and is figured by
Owen in the ' Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle,' pt. 1,
p. 69, pis. xvii. fig. 5, xviii., and xix.
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons.

GROUP B.

The premaxillae short and separated from the nasals ; the ante-
rior portion of the mandible equally short, its length being much less
than that of the dental series.

Mylodon harlani, Owen1.

Syn. Orycterotherium missouriense, Harlan 2.
Xkibradys antiquus, Leidy3.

This is the type species. The first and second teeth in the lower
jaw are approximated, and the plane of wear of the former was
probably horizontal.

Hob. North America (Kentucky, Missouri, Mississippi, South
Carolina, and Georgia).

7375. Cast of a portion of the right ramus of the mandible, showing
the alveolus of the first tooth and the three posterior teeth.
The original, which is the type, was obtained from ' Big-
Bone-Lick,' Kentucky, and is preserved in the Museum of
the Lyceum of Natural History, New York ; it is described
and figured by Harlan in his ' Medical and Physical Re-
searches,' p. 334, pi. xv. figs. 1-4 (1835), under the name
of Megalonyx laqueatus ; by Owen in the ' Zoology of the

1 Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle,' pt, 1, p. 68 (1840).

2 Amer. Journ. ser. 1, vol. xliv. p. 69 (1843'i.

8 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. vi, p. 241 (1853; vol. dated 1854).

MEGATHERIIDJ5. 107

Voyage of the Beagle,' pt. 1, p. 68, pi. xvii. figs. 3, 4 .
and Leidy in the ' Smiths. Contrib. Kno\vl.' vii. art. 5. p.47,
pi. xiv. figs. 1,2, the teeth being figured in pi. xvi. fig. ]9
of the latter memoir.

Mantell Collection. Purchased, 1836.

40853. The terminal phalangeal of a lateral digit ; from the Pleis-
tocene of Skiddaway, near Savannah, Georgia.

Presented by 0. Falconer, Esq., 1867.

This species is about one third smaller than Megatherium ameri-
canum. The interval between the first and second teeth is com-
paratively small, and the plane of wear of these teeth horizontal ;
the length of the last lower tooth is moderate, and the palate of
great relative width.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic and Uruguay).

40483. The cranium, wanting both zygomatic arches, and with some
of the teeth imperfect ; from the Pleistocene of Gutierrez,
near Paysandu, Uruguay. This specimen agrees precisely
with the type cranium figured by Owen, op. cit. pis. ii.-iv.
The length inferiorly is 0,436.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

M. 3591 b. Cast of the right astragalus. ^The original (which is
figured in De Blainville's ' Osteographie,' Genus Mega-
therium, pi. iii. fig. 18) was obtained from the Argentine
Republic, and is in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons.
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The following specimens are provisionally referred to this species,
but some of them may belong to M. lettsomi.

40489. The left humerus, imperfect distally ; from Uruguay. This
specimen agrees very closely with the one figured by
Owen, op. cit. pis. xi. & xii.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

40154. The left femur ; from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres,
Argentine Republic. This specimen agrees very closely
with the one figured by Owen, op. cit. pis. xvii. & xviii.

Purchased, 1866.
1 Description of the Skeleton of an Extinct Gigantic Sloth (1842).

108 EDENTATA.

43250. The greater number of the bones of the two hind limbs of

one individual, comprising the femur (imperfect), patella,
tibia, fibula, calcaneum, astragalus, and the fifth right
metatarsal ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

40069. The right and left tibia, calcaneum, and astragalus ; from
Buenos Ayres. The length of the tibia is 0,240, or very
nearly the same as in the specimen figured by Owen, op.
cit. pi. xx. Purchased, 1866.

43251. The terminal phalangeal of a third digit ; from Buenos

Ayres. Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

40485. An imperfect middle cervical vertebra ; from Uruguay.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

43248. The centrum and part of the arch of a dorsal vertebra ; from
Buenos Ayres. Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

M. 3571. Numerous dermal ossifications, probably belonging either
to this or one of the other species of Mylodon ; from Buenos
Ayres. No history.

#*# The Museum also possesses a considerable series of
detached bones of the feet from Buenos Ayres, entered in
the Eegister under No. 43251, which have not been cata-
logued.

Mylodon lettsomi, Owen '.

Syn. Pseudolestodon lettsomi, Gervais and Ameghino *.

This hitherto unfigured species is intermediate in size between M.
robustus and M. armatus. It agrees in the position of the upper
dental alveoli with the former, but is distinguished by the narrower
and more convex palate, the excessive elevation of the inner wall of
the hinder dental alveoli, and the narrower interval between the
pterygoids.

Hob. South America (Uruguay and [?] Argentine Republic).

40486. The cranium (woodcut, fig. 20), wanting both zygomatic
(Fig.) arches and all the teeth ; from the Pleistocene of Santa

Lucia, Uruguay. This is the type specimen ; its length
inferiorly is 0,465.

Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

1 Quoted by H. Gervais and Ameghino in the ' Mammiferes Fossiles de
1'Amerique Meridionale,' p. 164 (1880). The name is misspelt,
9 Op. cit.

MEGATHEKIID^E.

109

39382. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the alveoli of the
three middle teeth ; from the Pleistocene of the Eio Negro,
Uruguay. The great elevation of the inner wall of the
alveoli is well shown.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

The following specimens may perhaps belong to this species.

19946. The associated right and left femur and the right tibia and
fibula ; from Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. The
femur is larger than the corresponding bone of M. robustus,
and the tibia shorter and thicker, its extreme length being
0,196. Purchased 1846.

Fig. 20.

Mylodon letisomi. — Palatal aspect of the cranium ; from the Pleistocene of
Uruguay. J.

19946 a. The right astragalus ; associated with the preceding.

Purchased, 1846.

19946 b. The right calcaneum ; associated with the preceding.

Purchased, 1846.

19946 c. Three terminal phalangeals ; associated with the preceding.

Purchased, 1846

110 EDENTATA.

Mylodon armatus (P. Gervais ').

Syn. Lestodon armatus, P. Gervais 2.
Mylodon giganteus, Burmeister 3.
Lestodon giganteus, H. Gervais and Ameghino4.

This species is nearly equal in size to Megatherium americanum ;
there is a long diastema between the first and second upper teeth ;
the plane of wear of the first tooth in either jaw is very oblique ;
the first upper tooth is triangular and large, and the corresponding
lower one nearly cylindrical and small.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic, Uruguay, and
Brazil).

39377. Fragment of the occipito-parietal region of the cranium ;
from the Pleistocene of Uruguay.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

The following specimens agree very closely with the limb-bones figured
by P. Gervais in the ' Mem. Soc. Geol. France,' ser. 2, vol. ix.
pi. xxvi., and are therefore provisionally referred to this species.

39386. The distal extremity of the right femur ; from Uruguay.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

39385. The left tibia ; from Uruguay. This bone is much larger
than the tibia of M. robustus, its extreme length being
0,326. Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

41619. The imperfect left tibia ; from Rio Grande do Sul, BrazD.

Presented by T. J. Tennent, Esq., 1869.

41620. The terminal phalangeal of a median (3rd) digit ; associated

with the preceding.

Presented by T. J. Tennent, Esq., 1869.

M. 1903. The associated left tibia, calcaneum, and astragalus; to-
gether with the rnetacarpal and phalangeals of the third
digit of the right manus : and the neural arch of a dorsal
and the centrum of a lumbar vertebra ; from the Pleisto-
cene of the Argentine Republic.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 18S3.

1 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale (Castelnau's Voyage), p. 47
(1855).— Lestodon.

2 Loc. tit.

3 An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. i. p. 162 (1864-69).

* Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 172 (1880).

MEGATHEEIID^E. Ill

Mylodon gracilis, Burmeister \

Syn. Lestodon myloides, P. Gervais 2

Pseudolestodon myloides, H. Gervais and Ameghino3.
Pseudolestodon gracilis, H. Gervais and Ameghino 4.
The identity of M. gracilis with L. myloides is on the authority
of Burmeister (loc. cit.) ; and although this is not accepted by Gervais
and Ameghino, there seems no doubt of its correctness. Burmeister's
specific name, although of later date than that given by Gervais, is
adopted on account of the inappropriateness of the latter in con-
junction with the term Mylodon.

The species is of rather more slender build than M . robustus, the
plane of the occiput is less oblique, the plane of wear of the anterior
teeth very oblique, and the fore and aft edges of the first lower tooth
bear a distinct ridge ; the last lower tooth is much elongated, and
has been compared to a figure of 8.

Hab. South America (Argentine Eepublic).

M. 2500. The nearly entire skeleton ; from the Pleistocene of
Buenos Ayres, Argentine Eepublic. The skull agrees
precisely with the type specimen figured in De Blainville's
' Osteographie,' Genus Megatherium, pi. i. figs. 8, 9, 18.

Purchased, 1885.

Genus MEG ALOW YX, Jefferson 5.

Including Meyalochnus, Leidy6 (= Myomorphus, Pornel).

In this genus, which is confined to North America, the teeth are
| ; the hinder teeth form suboval or triangular prisms, with an
angle directed outwards ; there is a long diastema between the first
and second teeth, the first Cupper tooth being curved and having an
oval section, with a horizontal plane of wear. There is an ente-
picondylar foramen to the humerus. The astragalus is very like
that of Mylodon ; the terminal phalangeals are strongly curved, and
there is no anchylosis of the phalangeals.

Megalonyx jeffersoni, Desmarest7.
Syn. Meyalonyx laqueatus, Harlan8.
This is the type species ; the identity of the so-called M. laqueatus

1 An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. i. p. 166 (1864-69).

2 Mamruiferes Possiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale(Castelnau's Voyage), p. 47
(1855).

3 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'^merique Meridionals, p. 160 (1880).

4 Ibid. p. 164. 5 Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. iv. p. 248 (1799).

6 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1868, p. 180.

7 Mammalogie, p. 366 (1822). 8 Med. Phys. Eesearch. p. 319 (1835).

112 EDENTATA.

is given on the authority of Leidy, ' Smiths. Contrib. Knowl.' vol. vii.
art. 5, p. 4 (1855).

Hob. North America (Tennessee, Mississippi, Virginia, and
Alabama).

41143. Cast of the cranium, wanting the zygomatic arches, and
showing the caniniform teeth of both sides, and the first
three molars on the right and the last three on tbe left
side. The original was obtained from the Pleistocene of
Henderson County, Kentucky ; it appears to be the speci-
men figured by Leidy in the ' Smiths. Contrib. Knowl.'
vol. vii. art. 5, pis. i.-iv. Purchased, 1868.

The originals of the following specimens were obtained from Big-
Bone Cave, White County \ Tennessee, and are preserved in
the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ;
they are described and figured by Harlan in his f Medical and
Physical Researches,' p. 319, pi. xiii. All the casts belong to the
Mantell Collection, purchased, 1836.

7376. Cast of a portion of a tooth, including the termination of the

pulp-cavity. This specimen appears to be the one figured
by Owen in the ' Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle,'
pt. 1, pi. xvii. fig. 2, under the name of M. laqueatus, and
agrees in contour with the one figured by Leidy in the
' Smiths. Contrib. Knowl.' vol. vii. art. 5, pi. vi. fig. 7, and
pi. xvi. fig. 5.

7368. Cast of the left humerus, imperfect distally. A less imperfect

specimen is figured by Leidy, op. cit. pi. ix. figs. 1-4.

7366. Cast of the immature right humerus, wanting the distal
epiphysis.

7369. Cast of the immature right radius, wanting the distal

epiphysis.

7374. Cast of the right ulna.

7371. Cast of the distal epiphysis of the right femur.

7377. Cast of the left tibia, wanting the distal epiphysis.
7364. Cast of the distal epiphysis of the right tibia.

7363. Cast of the right calcaneum. Figured by Harlan, op. cit.
pi. xvi., as the ilium.

1 This name has apparently given rise to the ' White Cave,' from which the
specimens have been said to have been obtained.

MEGATHERIID^!. 113

7373. Cast of the right calcancum of an immature individual.
7367. Cast of the terminal phalangeal of a third digit.

7372. Cast of the terminal phalangeal probably of an adjoining
digit.

7365. Cast of a lumbar vertebra.
7363. Cast of a rib.

Genus CGELODON, Lund '.

According to Reinhardt 2 this genus agrees in the structure of the
limbs with Megalonyx, although having teeth of the type of Mega-
therium, which are, however, only ^ in number 3. There is an entepi-
condylar foramen to the humerus ; and the terminal phalangeals
are curved and slender.

Coelodon maquinensis, Lund '.

This is the type species, and is distinguished from 0. escrivanensis,
Keinhardt 5, merely by the presence of a groove on the posterior
aspect of the last upper molar. The following specimens, as being
from Brazil, are provisionally referred to the type species.

Hcib. South America (Brazil).

18639. Two teeth; from a cavern in Minas Geraes, Brazil.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

The folloiviny were associated with the preceding specimens.

18638. The terminal phalangeal of the second digit of the manus.
This bone agrees with the specimen figured by Eeinhardt,
op. cit. pi. iv. figs. 8, 9.

18638 a. Several caudal vertebrae.
18638 b. A third metatarsal.

1 Ann Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 220 (1839).

2 K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 259 (1878).

3 A ruandibular ramus with four teeth has been described and figured by
Burmeister in the ' Sitz. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss.' 1885, pp. 567-573, pi. v., under
the name of Ccelodon. Ameghino (' Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova,' vol. viii. p. 394
[188(5]) identifies this jaw with his previously described Oracanthus burmeisteri,
which is more nearly allied to Megatherium than Cxlodon. See also Liitken,
' Overs. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.' 1886, pp. 78-84. The name Oracanthua
is preoccupied by a genus of fossil fishes.

4 Loc. cil. 5 Op. cit. pis. i.-iv.
PART V. I

114 EDENTATA.

18638 C. Several first and second phalangeals.

18638 d, e. Two specimens of the terminal phalangeal of the third
digit of the manus. These specimens agree with the
corresponding bone figured hy Eeinhardt, op. cit. pi. iii.
fig. 4.

18638 f. Part of a rib.

18640. The distal extremity of the right radius.

18641. The proximal extremity of a radius.

18642. Two fragments not improbably belonging to the humerus.

Family GLYPTODONTID^.

The teeth are f in number, and have two deep grooves on either
side, dividing them into three nearly distinct lobes. The facial
part of the cranium is extremely short, and there is a long descend-
ing maxillary process in the zygoma. The vertebral column is
almost entirely anchylosed into a long tube, but has a complex joint
at the base of the neck. The carapace has no movable bands, and
is composed of polygonal or quadrangular bony scutes, which are
usually united by suture into a solid buckler, but are occasionally
(Thoracophorus) separate ; there is usually a ventral buckler, or
plastron ; and the caudal region is enclosed in a complete bony sheath.
The scutes of the carapace may be either tuberculated, sculptured,
or plain : when sculptured the pattern is either simply radiate, or
in the form of a rosette consisting of a central elevated disk,
surrounded by several peripheral disks, the disks being separated
by grooves which vary in depth in the different genera : the disks
themselves may be either plain or sculptured. There is no third
trochanter to the femur ; and the feet are short and stout. The
csrebrum is relatively much smaller than in the Dasypodidce.

Genus GLYPTODON, Owen \
Including Schistopleurum, Nodot 2.

The scutes of the carapace are articulated, usually of great
thickness, polygonal in form, and in the larger species with from
five to seven peripheral disks 3 ; the anterior lateral scutes are not

1 In Parish's 'Buenos Ayres and La Plata,' p. 1786 (1838). Many copies
of this work belong to an issue dated 1839.

2 Comptes Rendus, vol. xli. p. 336 (1855).

3 Some of the scutes mentioned under the head of species a have from ten to
twelve peripheral disks.

GLYPTODOlfTID^:. 115

elongated. In the peripheral regions the central disks are larger
than in the dorsal region ; the grooves between the disks are deep,
and in the groove surrounding the central disk there are frequently
deep pits, which apparently contained hairs; the surface of the
disks is always more or less rugose. The antero-inferior angles of
the carapace are not produced in advance of the nuchal border ; and
the peripheral row of scutes form conical protuberances. At least
in those forms which have been generically separated under the
name of Schistopleuntm, the caudal sheath consists of a series of
movable rings ornamented with large conical tubercles, and has no
terminal tube. A ventral buckler is present. The fronto-nasal
region of the cranium has a straight profile. The humerus has no
entepicondylar foramen ; and there are five perfect digits in the
manus and four in the pes.

If Owen's reference of the caudal tube to G. clavipes be correct,
the genus Schistopleurum might be retained.

Glyptodon clavipes, Owen1.

The middle of the central disk of each scute of the carapace is
concave, with its rim raised above the level of the peripheral disks,
which are much smaller than the central one. The surfaces of the
disks are comparatively smooth, although pitted, and the intervening
grooves are wide and shallow. In the periphery of the carapace
the central disks of each scute become larger and elevated above
the peripheral disks. The scutes themselves are relatively larger
than in G. reticulatus, and the type specimen is of smaller size.

The terminal tube of a caudal sheath appended to the type
carapace (woodcut, fig. 21) in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons (No. 3584), and thus figured by Owen in pis. iv. and v. of
the Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in that Collection as the
complete caudal sheath, resembles that of Hoplophorus, to which
genus it is considered by Ameghino 2 that it belongs. The specimen
figured by Burmeister in the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii.
pi. xxxvi., under the present name has been referred by Gervais
and Ameghino to Hoplophorus 3.

Hab. South America (Argentine Republic).

1 In Parish's 'Buenos Ayres and La Plata,' p. 1786 (1838).

3 Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova, vol. v. pp. 4, 20, 24, 25 (1883) ; see also H. Gervais
and Ameghino, ' Marnmiferes Eossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale,' p. 203
(1880). Ameghino (op. cit. pp. 24-5) states that a carapace has been found
associated with a caudal sheath like that of G. reticulatus.

3 Vide infra, p. 133.

i2

116 EDENTATA.

M. 3611. Fragment of the dorsal region of the carapace ; probably
from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayrcs, Argentine Republic.
This specimen agrees precisely in characters with the cara-
pace of the type specimen . The depression of the middle
of each central disk and the elevation of its rim is well
shown. No history.

Fig. 21.

Glyptodon clavipes ; from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres. The caudal sheath
probably belongs to Hoplophorus. Much reduced. A. View of entire
animal. B. Front end of carapace, c. Back view of same. D and B.
Upper and under side of cranium. F. Section of tail, showing caudal
vertebrae inside the bony sheath.

M, 3612. Two scutes from the anterior portion of the carapace; from
Buenos Ayres. The central disks are of very large size.
Presented by B. Lydekker, Esq., 1886.

M. 3613. A scute from the peripheral region of the carapace ; from
Buenos Ayres. The elevation of the central disk is well
shown. Presented by R. LydeMcer, Esq., 1886.

39266. Fragment of the carapace ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Captain J. Parish, 1865.

M. 3609. Cast of a portion of the peripheral region of the carapace.

The original was obtained from Buenos Ayres, and is

believed to be in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons.

? Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons

GLYPTODONTID^. 117

M. 3614. A left femur, imperfect proximally, agreeing with
the specimen figured by Burmeister in the ' An. Mus.
Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xxxiv. fig. 1, and referred to the
present species ; from Buenos Ayres. This specimen is
equal in size to the corresponding bone of G. reticulatus
(No. 39481), but differs in the sharp angulation of the
border connecting the head with the great trochanter.
It apparently indicates a larger individual than the one
to which the type carapace belonged, and may be specifi-
cally distinct. No history.

M. 3610. Casts of the bones of the left pes and of the distal extremity
of the left tibia. The originals are said to have been
obtained in association with the type carapace, and are
preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons.

Glyptodon reticulatus, Owen *.

Syn. Schistopleurum typum, Nodot a.
Glyptodon asper, Burmeister 3.
Glyptodon spinicaudus, Burmeister 4.
Schistopleurum asperum, Burmeister 5.
Glyptodon typus, H. Gervais and Ameghino 6.

From a comparison of the type specimen of 0. reticulatus with
undoubted specimens of G. typus ( = G. asper), the writer has no
reasonable doubt of the identity of the two 7.

The species is of large size, and has the carapace of considerable
relative width ; the disks of the scutes are very rough, and the
intervening grooves wide and deep ; not unfrequently in the dorsal
region of the carapace the central disk of each scute is not larger
than the peripheral ones, and the rosettes are then very indistinctly
defined and the grooves form an irregular network. The central

Cat. Foss. Mamm. Aves Mus. E. Coll. Surg. p. 119 (1845).

Comptes Rendus, vol. xli. p. 336 (1855).

An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. i. p. 200 (1864-69).

Ibid. p. 75 (1864-69).

Descrip. Phys. Argentine Eepublic, vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 424 (1879).

Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 198 (1880).

The proposed identification by Ameghino in the Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova,
vol. v. p. 28 (1883), of G. reticulatus, Owen, with Panochthus tuberculatus,
Burmeister, and of G. tuberculatus, Owen, with G. typus (Nodot), is quite
untenable, see p. 125.

disk of each scute is not unfrequently surrounded by several deep
hair-pits. The specimen No. 3585 in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons apparently belongs to this species l.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic and Uruguay).
M. 3608. Cast of a portion of the dorsal region of the carapace. The
original, which is the type, is preserved in the Museum of
the Royal College of Surgeons (No. 3606), and was
obtained from the Pleistocene near Rio Metanza, 20 miles
south of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic ; it is now
somewhat smaller than the cast. A small portion of the
original is figured by Owen in the 'Catalogue of the
Fossil Mammalia and Aves in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons,' pi. v. figs. 1,2; in the figured portion
the rosettes are very indistinctly defined, but they are
well marked in a portion which is not figured.
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons.

M. 3604. The greater portion of the carapace ; from the Pleistocene of
Buenos Ayres. The dorsal scutes agree precisely with
those of the preceding specimen ; the rosettes being
frequently indistinct, and the central disks often not
larger than the peripheral ones. The periphery of the
carapace is wanting. This specimen is noticed by Ameghino
in the ' Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova/ vol. v. p. 8, where it is
identified with Burmeister's Q. asper.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

39479. Cast of the nearly complete carapace and caudal sheath.
The original was obtained from the Pleistocene of Monte
Video, Uruguay, and is preserved in the Museum at Dijon ;
it is figured by Nodot in the ' Mem. Ac. Sci. Dijon,' ser. 2,
vol. v. pi. i. (1857), under the name of Schistopleurum
typum (of which it is the type). The dorsal scutes agree
very closely with those of the preceding specimens ; in the
periphery the rosettes are always distinct. Both Bur-
meister and Ameghino agree in identifying this specimen
with the so-called 0. asper of the former writer, of which
a specimen is figured in the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,'
vol. ii. pi. xxxvii. With this carapace and caudal sheath
have been mounted casts of the skull and limb-bones
of specimens in the Paris Museum, and the cast of a
cephalic buckler (No. 37560) in the Museum Collection.

By exchange, 1865.
1 Provisionally referred by Gervais and Ameghino to G. gemmat-iis.

GLYPTODONTIDjE. 119

39478. Cast of the mandible belonging to the same individual as
No. 39479. The original is preserved in the Museum at
Dijon, and is figured by Nodot, loc. cit. ; it accords well
with the mandible of the skull figured by Burmeister in
the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xxiv., under the
name of G. asper. By exchange, 1865.

39481. Cast of the right femur belonging to the same individual as
the preceding specimen. The original is preserved at
Dijon. This specimen agrees very closely with the one
figured by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xxxiv. fig. 2, under the
name of G. asper. By exchange, 1865.

39481 a. Cast of the left tibia, fibula, and pes belonging to the
same individual as the preceding specimen. The originals
are preserved at Dijon, and are figured by Nodot, loc. cit.

By exchange, 1865.

Some of the following may belong to G. gemmatus (Nodot}.

39403. Fragment of the dorsal region of the carapace : from the

Pleistocene of the Eio Negro, Uruguay. The pits sur-
rounding the central disks are very numerous and of large
size. Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., ] 865.

39404. Fragment of the dorsal region of the carapace : from the

Kio Negro. Presented by D. A. Stodda.-t, Esq., 1865.

M. 3605. A considerable portion of the carapace in fragments ;
from Buenos Ayres.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

37559. Two fragments of the dorsal region of the carapace ; from

Buenos Ayres. The pits surrounding the central disks are
irregular. Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

40493. Fragment of the carapace ; from Uruguay. The rosettes
are well defined, and their surfaces of extreme rugosity.
Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

39403 a. Fragment of a water-worn carapace ; from the Rio Negro.
Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

Some of the following remains of large Glyptodonts may belong to
the present, and others to some of the allied forms.

37560. The nearly entire cephalic buckler : from Buenos Ayres.

This specimen differs from the corresponding buckler of
Panochthus figured by Burmeister. op. cit. pi. xiii. fig. 3.
Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

120 EDENTATA.

33241. An entire tooth ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by the Council of the Royal
College of Surgeons. About 1855.

42289. Two imperfect teeth ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Q. J. ffinde, Esq., 1870.

40067. The pelvis, sacrum, and anterior caudal vertebrae; from
Buenos Ayres. This specimen is smaller than the pelvis
and sacrum of Panochthus figured by Burmcister, op. cit.
pi. vi. figs. 1, 2, and may therefore very probably belong
to G. reticuJatus. Purchased, 1866.

40076. An imperfect sacrum ; from Buenos Ayres.

Purchased, 1866.

19947 a. The slightly imperfect left astragalus ; from Buenos Ayres.

Purchased, 1846.

19947. The imperfect right astragalus ; from Buenos Ayres.

Purchased, 1846.

40081. The slightly imperfect atlas vertebra ; from Buenos Ajres.

Purchased, 1866.

Glyptodon, sp. a.

The humerus of this form indicates an animal fully as large as
G. reticulatus, but the femur is somewhat smaller. The fragments
of carapace found in the Minas-Geraes caverns with the following
limb-bones, and therefore provisonally referred to the same species,
have much smaller scutes than those of any of the preceding species.

Hob. South America (Brazil). All the following specimens were
obtained from the caverns of Minas Geraes, and belong to the
Clausscn Collection, purchased 1845.

18963. The distal portion of the left humerus. There is no entepi-
condylar foramen.

18962. The distal extremity of the right humerus.
18962 a. Fragment of the sacrum.

18943. The acetabular region of the right innominate.
18750. The proximal half of the right femur.

18743. The proximal half of a somewhat smaller right femur.

18944. The distal two thirds of the right femur.

QLTPTODONTTD^. 121

18652m. A patella.

18620. An imperfect patella.

Some or all of the following may be specifically identical with the
preceding specimens, or they may belong to the next species.

18944 C. Portion of the dorsal region of the carapace. The scutes
are considerably smaller and thinner than those of G.
reticuJatits, but thicker than those of Hoplophorus ornatus.
The central disk of each scute is much larger than the disks
of the peripheral row, and the latter is frequently double.
The surface of the scutes is moderately rugose. This
and the following specimens are intermediate in structure
between the carapace of the preceding species and that
of Hoplophorus.

18944 d. Fragment of the anterior (?) part of a carapace. The scutes
have a double row of peripheral disks, but are smaller
than in the last specimen.

18944 e. Small fragments and detached scutes of carapaces, agreeing
in characters with the preceding specimens. The thick-
ness of these specimens averages 0,020.

Glyptodon euphractus (Lund ').
Syn. Hoplophorus euphractus Lund2.

This species was referred to the present genus by Reinhardt in
the ' Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kjobenhavn,' 1875, p. 165 et seq. ; it is
of considerably smaller size than the preceding, but somewhat
larger than Hoplophorus ornatus. Its characters are still very im-
perfectly known.

Hab. South America (Brazil).

18645. A right astragalus, agreeing in size with the corresponding
bone of the foot figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr.' vol. xii. pi. lii., under the name of Hoplophorus
euphractus ; from a cave in Miuas Geraes, Brazil.

Claussen Collection. Purchased^ 1845.

18941. The left half of the conjoint centra and part of the neural
arches of the axis and following cervical vertebra?, pro-

"' Ann. Sci. Nat, ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 218 (1839).— Hoplophorus. The name also
occurs in the Overs. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 1838, p. 11.
a Loc. cit.

122 EDENTATA.

visionally referred to this species; from Minas Geraes.
This specimen is larger than the corresponding elements
of Hoplophorus meyeri (No. 18941 a), and differs by the
direction of the longer diameter of the articular facette for
the atlas being longitudinal instead of vertical.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

The following specimens from the caverns of Minas Geraes agree very
closely with the fragment figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr.' vol. viii. pi. xi., under the name of Hoplophorus
euphractus ; they may perhaps belong either to the present species
or to G. dubius, Reinhardt, if the latter be really a distinct species.
All the specimens belong to the Claussen Collection.

18944 a. Several fragments from the anterior half of the carapace.
18944 b. Several fragments from the posterior half of the carapace-
Genus DJEDICURUS, Burmeister1.

According to Ameghino, the carapace is composed of very thick
articulated scutes without sculpture, but marked by vascular perfo-
rations, and is supposed to have been invested by a continuous
horny epidermis. The caudal sheath (on which the genus was
established) consists of several movable rings and a long tube with
its terminal extremity enlarged into a flattened club-like expansion.
This sheath is covered with coarse tubercles interspersed with large
rough disks, having a radiate sculpture, and to which horny spines
were probably attached. The fronto-nasal region of the cranium is
flat ; the humerus has an entepicondylar foramen ; and there are three
perfect digits in the manus and four in the pes. The genus attains
a larger size than any other.

Dsedicurus clavicaudatus (Owen2).

Syn. Glyptodon clavicaudatus, Owen3.
Hoplophorus clavicaudatus, Nodot4.
Glyptodon yiganteus, Serres5.
Panochthus yiganteus, Burmeister8.

An. Mus. Buenos Aires, voL ii. p. 393 (1870-74).

Bep. Brit. Assoc. for 1846, Trans, of Sections, p. 67 (1847).— Glyptodon.

Loc. cit.

Mem. Ac. Sci. Dijon, se'r. 2, vol. v. p. 101 (1867).

Coraptes Kendus, vol. Ixii. p. 207 (1866).

An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. ii. p. 91 (1870-74).

GLYPTODONTID.E. 123

Dadicurus yiganteus, Burmeister1.

Dcedicurm uruyuayensis, H. Gervais and Ameghino2.

Da-dicurus yiyas, Ameghino3 (ex Bravard, MS.).

This species was originally founded upon the tube of a caudal
sheath (No. 19955), and a precisely similar specimen was made the
type of D. uruquayensis. The so-called G. yiganteus was founded
upon a pelvis, which according to Burmeister belongs to the same
species as the caudal sheath ; this identification being made upon the
evidence of a skeleton in the museum at Buenos Ayres.

The total length of the animal is given by Burmeister as twelve
feet.

Hub. South America (Argentine Republic and Uruguay).

19955. The nearly complete terminal tube of the caudal sheath,

(Fig.) together with the enclosed vertebral column ; from the

Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. This

specimen is the type, and is figured by Mantell in his

' Petrifactions, &c.,' p. 359, fig. 75.

Purchased, 1846.

M. 3615. The extremity of the terminal tube of the caudal sheath ;
from Buenos Ayres. This specimen is of rather larger
size than the preceding, but presents no structural dif-
ference. No history.

39482. Cast of the greater portion of the terminal tube of the
caudal sheath. The original was brought by Villardebo
from the Pleistocene of Uruguay, and is preserved in the
Ecole Normale Superieure of Paris ; it is figured by De
Blainville in his ' Osteographie/ Genus Glyptodon, pi. i.
figs. 4, 5, and by Nodotinthe ' Mem. Ac. Nat. Sci. Dijon,'
ser. 2, vol. v. pi. viii. figs. 6-8. This specimen is the type
of D. uruyuayensis, but differs in no respects from the two
preceding specimens. By exchange, 1865.

Genus EURYURUS, H. Gervais and Ameghino4.
The carapace is thick and composed of articulated subquadran-
gular scutes, which have no sculpture, but are simply rugose.
The caudal sheath has several movable rings, and is terminated

1 An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. ii. p. 394 (1870-74).

2 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 182 (1880).

3 Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova, vol. v. p. 30 (1883).

4 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 184 (1880).

124 EDENTATA..

by along tube excessively compressed and ending in a point, the
smaller scutes being separated from one another, and the enlarged
lateral ones of great prominence. The skull and limbs are un-
known.

Euryurus rudis (P. Gervais1).
Syn. Glyptodon rudis, P. Gervais 8.

This is the type and only species, and is intermediate in si/.e
between Panochihus tuberculatus and Dcedicurus3.

Hub. South America (Argentine Eepublic and [?] Brazil).

M. 3616. Two scutes of the carapace; from the Pleistocene of Buenos
Ayres, Argentine Republic.

Presented by Senor Florentine Ameghino, 1879.

18651. Fragment of the terminal portion of a caudal sheath, which

in the extreme prominence of the large lateral tubercles

agrees with the description of the caudal sheath of the

present species ; from a cavern in Minas Geraes, Brazil.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

Genus PANOCHTHUS, Burmeister*.

The carapace is of great thickness, and composed of quadrangular
or pentagonal scutes, each of which in the dorsal region carries from
thirty to fifty small tubercles, varying in size from a pea to a nut,
the tubercles being separated by grooves. The caudal sheath con-
sists proximally of several movable rings, and is terminated by a
long, slightly compressed tube ornamented in the same manner as
the carapace, but also bearing on its lateral surfaces a few very large
tubercles ornamented with a radiate sculpture. The scutes of the
carapace are mostly articulated, but a certain amount of movement
exists at the peripheral extremities of some of the rows. There is
a ventral buckler. The profile of the fronto-nasal region is very
convex. There are four digits in each foot, and, according to Ameg-
hino, there is an entepicondylar foramen to the humerus. All the
species are of very large size.

1 Comptes Eendus, vol. Ixxxyi. p. 1361 (1878).— Glyptodon.

2 Loc. cit.

8 The scutes were regarded by Burmeister as belonging to this genus.

* An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. ii. p. 2 (1870-74).

GLYPTODONTIDJE. 125

Panochthus tuberculatus (Owen1).

Syn. Glyptodvn tuberculatus, Owen2.

Schistopletirum tuberculatum, Nodot3.

This is the type species, and is described as being nearly equal in
bulk to a Rhinoceros.

The specimen which may be taken as the type is the one figured
by Owen in the ' Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia and Aves in the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,' pi. v. figs. 3-5 (No.
3609 4), since it is probable that the unfigured specimen (No. 3007),
which, intended as the type, belongs to G. reticulatus.

Hob, South America (Argentine Republic and ? Uruguay').

M. 3606. Fragment of the peripheral portion of the carapace ; from
the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. This
specimen accords closely with the above-mentioned frag-
ment figured by Owen, and also with the corresponding
portion of the complete carapace figured by Burmeister in
the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xiii.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

39402. Fragment of a carapace, somewhat water-worn, provision-
ally referred to this species ; from the Pleistocene of the
Rio Negro, Uruguay.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

19954. The greater portion of the terminal tube of the caudal shield
from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres. This specimen
agrees precisely with the corresponding element figured
by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xvi. figs. 1, 2.

Purchased, 1846.

39401. A small fragment of a caudal sheath, doubtless belonging to
the same form as No. 39402 ; from the Rio Negro. This
specimen apparently agrees exactly with the preceding.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

1 Cat. Foss. Marnm. Aves Mus. R. Coll. Surg. p. 120 (l845).— Glyptodon.
The proposed identification of G. tuberculutus with G. typus (Nodot) is noticed
under the head of G. reticulatus.

* Loc. cit.

3 M6m. Ac. Sci. Dijon, ser. 2, vol. v. p. 81 (1857).

4 See Flower, Cat. Vert. Mus. R. Coll. Surg. pt. 2, p. 691 (1884).

5 The remains of a Panochthus from Uruguay have been named P. morenoi
by Ameghino, but the two fragments from that region iii the Museum do not
apparently differ from the type species.

126 EDENTATA.

43241. The left femur ; from Buenos Ayres. This specimen agrees
precisely with the one figured by Burmeister in the ' An.
Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. viii. ; the characteristic
deep pit on the anterior surface above the trochlea is well
shown. Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

19947 a. The right fourth metatarsal ; from Buenos Ayres. This
specimen agrees precisely with the corresponding bone of
the foot figured by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. x. fig. 1 ; the
metapodials of the present genus are readily distinguished
from those of Glyptodon by their more elongated form.

Purchased, 1846.

Genus HOPLOPHORUS, Lund '.

The carapace is usually thin and composed of articulated quad-
rangular or pentagonal scutes, in which the sculpture generally
consists either of a rosette composed of a large central disk, with
eight or more smaller peripheral disks separated by shallow grooves,
or simply of a central disk surrounded by radiations ; the surface of
the disks being comparatively smooth. The anterior lateral scutes,
at least in some species, are elongated antero-posteriorly and of
oblong shape. The peripheral scutes of the carapace, at least in
many species, are not elevated into conical protuberances, but its
antero-inferior angles are produced in advance of the nuchal border.
The caudal sheath has several movable rings, and terminates in a
long conical tube, ornamented with a number of large disks, sur-
rounded by a series of much smaller ones ; in the lateral region
of the extremity some of the disks become of very large size.
The fronto-nasal region of the cranium is somewhat less convex
than in Panochthus ; the humerus has an entepicondylar foramen ;
and there are four perfect digits in each foot 2. The majority of the
species are of moderate size, but certain specimens provisionally
referred to the genus indicate a very large form. The genus
comes nearer to the Dasypodidce than any other member of the
family, as is shown by the elongated form of the carapace, its
produced antero-inferior angles, and the presence of an entepi-
condylar foramen to the humerus.

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. se>. 2, vol. xi. p. 217 (1839). The name also occurs in the
Overs. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 1838, p. 11. The real authority for
the name must, however, be taken later, as the type species (H. euphractus)
has been shown to belong to Glyptodon.

These characters have been verified only in some of the species.

'127

Hoplophorus meyeri, Lund l.

Syn. Glyptodon gracilis, Nodot 2.

Hoplophorus gracilis, H. Gervais and Ameghino 3.

This may be regarded as the type species ; and it will be
advisable to take as the type specimen the imperfect cranium
figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. ' vol. xii. pi. li.,
under the name of H. euphractus, which is different from that of
H. ornatus, although of the same generic type. The teeth figured
by the same writer in vol. ix. pi. xxxv. figs. 2, 4, are also referred
by Reinhardt to this species, but the specimens figured in Lund's
earlier memoirs under the name of H. euphractus are referred by the
former writer to Glyptodon (Schistopleurum). The characters of the
species are too imperfectly known to admit of diagnosis.

Hob. South America (Brazil).

M. 3617. A small fragment of the terminal tube of a caudal sheath
provisionally referred to this species ; from a cavern in
Minas Geraes, Brazil. The central disk in each scute is
smaller and more rugose than in the caudal sheath of
H. ornatus. Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

M. 3618. Two fragments from the anterior lateral portion of the
carapace, not improbably belonging to the present species ;
from Minas Geraes. The central disk of each scute is
relatively smaller than in the corresponding portion of the
carapace of H. ornatus.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

The following specimens indicate the presence of two species of Hoplo-
phorus in the caves of Minas Geraes, and some of them may
probably be referred to the present form. All of them were
obtained from Minas Geraes, and belong to the Claussen
Collection.

18936 a. The nearly complete right humerus, showing the entepi-
condylar foramen. The proximal portion of this specimen
differs from the imperfect humerus from Brazil (No.
40675) provisionally referred to H. ornatus.

1 Overs. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. for 1843, p. 79 (1844)— test*
Liitken (MS.).

2 MǤm. Ac. Sci. Dijon, s&r. 2, vol. v. p. 97 (1857).

3 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionals, p. 186 (1880).

128 EDENTATA.

18936. The distal extremity of the right humerus of an equal-sized
but different species of Hoplophorus. This bone differs
considerably in form from the corresponding portion of
the last specimen, the entepicondylar foramen being oval
instead of nearly circular.

18648. The right astragalus. This specimen agrees in size with the
corresponding bone of H. ornatus.

18648 a. The left astragalus.

18941 a. The left half of the conjoint centra and part of the
neural arches of the axis and three following vertebra?.
This specimen agrees very closely with the corresponding
element figured by Lund in the ' K. Danske Vid. Selsk.
Skr.' vol. ix. pi. xxxv. fig. 1, under the name of H.
euphractus ; and from its resemblance to the vertebras of
H. ornatus figured by Burmeister in the ' An. Mus. Buenos
Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xix. fig. 6, may perhaps belong to the
present species.

Koplophorus ornatus (Owen ' ).

Syn. Qlyptodon ornatus, Owen 2.

Hoplophorus lurmeisteri, Ameghino 3.

Since there may possibly be a doubt as to the identity of the
complete carapace figured by Burmeister in the ' An. Mus. Buenos
Aires ' under the present name with the fragment to which the name
G. ornatus was applied, it will be advisable to regard the former as
the type.

The features distinguishing this species are the depression of the
central disks of the scutes of the carapace, and the smooth surface
of the disks. There are usually from eight to ten or twelve
peripheral disks in each scute, which are always separated from the
disks of the adjacent scutes by shallow grooves. In the middle of
the dorsal region the central disk of each scute is but slightly larger
than the peripheral ones, but in the lateral region the central disk
becomes very much larger. The carapace is elongated in form, its
total length being about four feet. The disks on the dorsal aspect
of the terminal tube of the caudal sheath are often oval, convex,
subequal in size, and regularly arranged ; the hinder lateral disks
being saddle-shaped.

Bab. South America (Argentine Republic).

1 Cat. Foss. Mamm. Avea Mus. R. Coll. Surg. p. 119 (1845).— Glyptodon.

• Loc. tit.

9 Quoted in the Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova, vol. v. p. 32 (1883).

GLYPTODONX1DJE. 129

M. 481. The carapace, imperfect dorsally ; from the Pleistocene of
Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. The missing portion
of the carapace, together with the caudal sheath, has been
restored in plaster from the figures given by Burmeister
in the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xvii.

Purchased, 1883.

37558. Part of the terminal tube of the caudal sheath (woodcut
(Fig.) fig. 22) ; from Buenos Ayres. Tlie four larger lateral

Fig. 22.

Hoplophorus ornatus. — Ventral aspect of the imperfect extremity of the terminal
tube of the caudal sheath ; from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres. §.

disks diminish gradually in size anteriorly, and the second
and third are saddle-shaped, with the axis of the con-
cavity directed transversely ; the disks on the dorsal
'surface are oval and subequal.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

37565. The imperfect occipital region of the cranium; from Buenos
Ayres. This and the two following specimens accord
very closely with the cranium figured by Burmeister, op.
cit. pis. xviii. & xix. The characteristic pitting of tht
parietal region is well known.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

37556. The greater portion of the right half of the cranium, wanting

the palate ; from Buenos Ayres.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

37557. Fragment of the right maxillary region of the cranium ;

from Buenos Ayres. The eversion of the anterior border
of the orbit and the deflection of the fronto-nasal region
is well shown. Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

PA.BT V. K

130 EDENTATA.

40066. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible ; from Buenos
Ayres. This specimen accords with the one figured by
r, op. tit. pi. xviii. Purchased, 1866.

Some of the following specimens may perhaps be specifically distinct.
All are from Buenos Ayres, and, unless otherwise indicated,
belong to the Bravard Collection.

40675. The left humerus, wanting the distal extremity. This bone-
apparently agrees very closely with the example figured
by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xxi. fig. 1.

43237. The left ulna, agreeing very closely with the specimen
figured by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xxi. fig. 3.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana. 1871.

32501. The imperfect sacrum and pelvis. This specimen agrees
very closely in size with the sacrum figured by Burmeister,
op. cit. pi. xx. fig. 1.

37307. The right femur. The distal half agrees very closely with
the imperfect specimen of the corresponding bone figured
by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xxi. fig. 2. In Burmeister's
restoration of the proximal half, the great trochanter is
represented as not extending above the level of the head,
but in the present specimen it does so to a considerable
extent.

43250. The right calcaneum of a smaller form.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

43412. The three phalangeals of the second digit of the left pes.
These specimens agree precisely with the corresponding
digit of the foot figured by Burmeister, op. cit. pi. xxii.
figs. 3, 4, 5.

Hoplophorus, sp. a.

The carapace is thin, larger than that of H. omatus, and with
the scutes smoother. In the dorsal region there are usually eight
peripheral disks to each scute, which are polygonal, and frequently
coalesce with the corresponding disks of the adjacent scutes. The
intervening grooves are well-marked, the rosettes very distinct, and
the peripheral disks of relatively large size ; the central disks of
the scutes are not depressed, and are polygonal in form. It is
possible that the caudal sheath referred by Owen to Olyptodon
clavipes may belong to this form.

Hab. South America (Argentine Republic).

GLYPTODOXTIPJE.

131

M. 3607. The imperfect hinder portion of the carapace ; from the
Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. The
form of the posterior peripheral scutes indicates that the
specimen belongs to Hoplophorus.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

M. 3619. A small fragment of a carapace, agreeing in the structure
of the scutes with the preceding specimen ; from Buenos
Ayres. Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

43243. Fragment of a similar carapace ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

M. 3620. Fragments of the peripheral region of the carapace belong-
ing to the same individual as No. M. 3607. The resem-
blance of these scutes to those of H. ornatus confirms the
reference of the present form to the same genus.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Hoplophorus (?), sp. 6;

The following specimens, which are provisionally regarded as
belonging to a single species, indicate a form agreeing approxi-
mately in size with the preceding, but distinguished by the rugosity
of the scutes and the depression of their central disk, which is
nearly circular in form. Not uufrequently there is an additional row
of peripheral disks between the normal peripheral rows of adjacent
scutes. The grooves are much more deeply marked in the posterior
than in the anterior scutes.

Hob. South America (Brazil).

The following specimens were obtained from the caverns of Minas
Geraes, and belong to the Claussen Collection, purchased,
1845.

M. 3621. Fragment of the dorsal region of the posterior part of the
carapace, showing twelve scutes, which are polygonal in
form. In one or two places an additional row of
peripheral disks may bo observed. The thickness of the
scutes is 0,011.

M. 3622. A smaller fragment from the posterior part of the carapace.

M. 3622 a. A still smaller fragment from the same half of the
carapace.

M. 3623. Small fragment from the anterior half of the carapace,
showing two complete scutes.

K2

132 EDENTATA.

The two following specimens (Claussen Collection, purcltased, 1845)
from the Caves of Minas Oera.es, appear specifically identical
with the preceding.

M. 3624. Fragment from the anterior half of the carapace.
M. 3625. Fragment from the anterior half of the carapace.

Hoplophorus, sp.

This form, which may be identical with one of the preceding, was
apparently somewhat larger than H. ornatus.
Hob. South America (Uruguay).

M. 76. The hinder portion of the terminal tube of a caudal sheath,

(Fig.) with the enclosed vertebral column ; from the Pleistocene

of Monte Video, Uruguay. This specimen (woodcut,

Fig. 23.

Hoplophorus, sp. — Dorsal aspect of the extremity of the terminal tube of the
caudal sheath ; from the Pleistocene of Uruguay. £.

fig. 23) is larger than the corresponding element of H.
ornatus ; the lateral enlarged disks are four in number,
arid mesially convex instead of saddle-shaped, while the
superior disks are more nearly circular. It differs from the
caudal sheath of the large form noticed on the next page,
not only by its inferior dimensions, Init by the equal size of
the disks on the dorsal surface, and the absence of a
row of small disks between the two enlarged terminal
ones. Presented by W. G. Lettsom, Esq., 1881.

Hoplophorus elegans, Burmeister '.
Syn. Hoplophorus radiatus, Gervais and Ameghino 2 (ex Bravard).
Each scute is of small size and subquadrangular ; the central
disk is sliehtlv rugose and concave, and the peripheral disks are

i AD. Mus. Buenos Aires. ™J. ii. p. 219 (1871).

a Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 194 (1880).

GLYPTODOirriD-S. 133

replaced by a rugose zone, ornamented by a number of fine lines
radiating from the border of the central disk.

Hob. South America (Buenos Ayres).

37559. Several associated fragments of the carapace ; from the
Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. These
specimens agree very closely with the fragment figured by
Burmeister in the ' An. Mus. Buenos Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xx.
fig. 7. Barvard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

43242. Several fragments of the carapace ; from Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1871.

37559 a. Fragment of the anterior portion of a carapace, probably
belonging to the present species ; from Buenos Ayres.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Hoplophorus (?), sp. c.

Syn. (?) Glyptodon clavipes, Burmeister ! (non Owen). .

The following specimens indicate a species apparently nearly or
quite as large as Glyptodon reticulatus. The large terminal disks
on the lateral surfaces of the tube of the caudal sheath are separated
from one another by a row of small disks, and are followed laterally
by a series of enlarged disks, which decrease gradually in size as
they recede from the tip. The disks on the dorsal aspect of the
tube are subcircular in shape, frequently concave, and present great
variation in size ; but those on the ventral surface are more regular
in this respect. The scutes of the fragment of carapace are oblong,
with the grooves very indistinctly marked, and with a series of hair-
pits in the groove surrounding the central disk.

The Glyptodont figured by Burmeister in the ' An. Mus. Buenos
Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xxxvi., under the name of Glyptodon clavipes,
differs from the type specimen of that species figured by Owen1
in the more elongated and less vaulted form of the carapace, and
the straight inferior border of the same, and also in the more elongated
scutes, in which the central disks are much less distinctly defined ;
in all of which respects it has a much closer resemblance to the
carapace of Hoplophorus ormitus, to which species it is referred by
Ameghino. The carapace and caudal sheath of that specimen
may very probably belong to the same species as the specimens
noticed below ; but the cranium, which is like that of Glyptodon,
may possibly belong to another form, and the margins of the
carapace are perhaps incorrectly restored 3.

1 An. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. ii. pi. xxxvi. (1874). 2 Vide supra, p. 115.

3 If this cranium really belongs to the same individual as the carapace, it
would apparently indicate that the species presents characters intermediate
between those of Hoplophorus ornatus and Glyptodon reticulatus.

134 EDENTATA.

Although the present form is apparently distinct from all described
species, with the exception of the so-called Glyptodon clavipcs of
Burmeister, the writer thinks it inexpedient at present to assign to
it a distinct specific name.

Hob. South America (Uruguay, and (?) Argentine Republic).

40661. The extremity of the terminal tube of the caudal sheath ;

(Fiy.) from the Pleistocene of Uruguay. This specimen, although
of considerable larger size, apparently agrees very closely
with the terminal tube figured by Burmeister, under the
name of Glyptodon davipes, in the ' An. Mus. Buenos
Aires,' vol. ii. pi. xl. figs. 7, 8, showing the irregular
arrangement of the disks on the ventral surface (fig. 7),
and the largo subcircular lateral ones (fig. 8), which
decrease regularly in size from the hindmost one. In the
terminal tube of a caudal sheath referred by Owen * to
G. clavipes, but which, as already mentioned, probably
belongs to Hoplopliorus, the lateral disks are oval, and the
two last are much larger than the others, while on the
ventral and dorsal aspects the disks are less numerous and
of a decidedly oval form. The upper surface of the present
specimen is represented in the accompanying woodcut (fig.
24), where the form of the disks is well shown. Its trans-
verse diameter is 0,144, against 0,075 in the corresponding
element of //. ornatus (supra, p. 129).

Presented by W. O. Lettsom, Esq., 1867.

Fig. 24.

Hoplophorus (?) sp.— Dorsal aspect of the extremity of the terminal tube of the
caudal sheath ; from the Pleistocene of Uruguay. ^.

39405. Fragment from the anterior region of a carapace, showing
nine scutes, which agrees in relative size with the pre-

1 Cat. Foss. Mnmm. Aves Mus. R. Coll. Surg. pi. i. (side view), and pi. ii.
figs. 5 and 6 (dorsal and ventral views).

DASYPODIM:. 135

ceding specimen ; from the Pleistocene of Uruguay. The
scutes are nearly smooth, their central disks being mainly
defined by a circle of hair-pits, and the peripheral ones
scarcely differentiated. The scutes form oblong hexagons,
and in this respect, as well as in the absence of rugosity,
agree with those of H. ornatus and differ from those of
Glyptodon. Their longer diameter is 0,052, and their
thickness 0,031.

Presented by D. A. Stoddart, Esq., 1865.

Family DASYPODID^E.

The teeth in the existing genera are simply conical ; the facial
portion of the skull is elongated, and there is no descending max-
illary process in the zygoma. The carapace always contains a certain
number of movable bands, and may be entirely made up of such ;
the scapular and pelvic bucklers, when present, consist of polygonal
articulated scutes, while the scutes of the movable bands overlap
and are quadrangular. There is a cephalic, but no ventral shield ;
the tail is either completely cased in bone, or bears a certain number
of bony tubercles. The cervical vertebrae have extremely short, broad,
and depressed centra ; the atlas is free, but the second, third, and fre-
quently some of the other vertebrae are anchylosed by their centra.
The humerus has an entepiconclylar foramen, the femur a third tro-
chanter, and the tibia is always anchylosed distally with the fibula ;
while the fore feet have long, curved claws. The cerebrum is of
relatively large size.

Genus CHLAMYDOTHERIUM, Lund *.
Syn. Patiipatherium, Ameghino 2.

This genus connects the Dasypodulce with the Glyptodontidce,
having the carapace of the former, while the dentition is stated to
approach that of the latter3.

There are nine lower teeth. The carapace has several movable
bands, composed of large quadrangular scutes ; the majority of the
fixed scutes being either pentagonal or hexagonal.

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 217 (1839).— The name also occurs in the
' Overs. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.' 1838, p. 11, but with insufficient
description, and misspelt Chlamytherium.

2 Quoted by Gervais and Ameghino in ' Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique
Meridionale,' p. 210 (1880).

3 Gervais and Ameghino, op. cit. p. 210. Ameghino, Bol. Ac. Nac. Cordova,
vol. ix. p. 205 (1886), says that the lower teeth have an elliptic cross-section.

136 EDENTATA.

Chlamydotherium giganteum, Lund '.

Syii. Chlaiwjdotherium yiyax, Lund2.
Chlamydotherium majus, Luud 3.

This species is described as being nearly equal in size to a Ilhi
noceros.

Hab. South America (Brazil).

18945 a. A scute belonging to the posterior row of the scapular
buckler ; from a cavern in Minas Geraes, Brazil. The
length of this specimen is 0,092, and its width 0,047.

Claussen Collection. PurcJiased, 1845.

18646. The right astragalus ; from Minas Geraes. This bone is
too large to have belonged to G. humloldti ; it agrees
very closely in general structure with the astragalus of
Dasypus sexcinctus, its transverse diameter being 0,065
against 0,010 in the latter.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845

18645. A navicular, agreeing in relative size with the preceding
specimen ; from Minas Geraes.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845

18951. The left patella ; from Minas Geraes. This specimen cannot
be structurally distinguished from the patella of Dasypus
sexcinctiis • its length being 0,082, against 0,014.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

Chlamydotherium humboldti, Lund 4.

This is the type species, and is described as being about equal in
size to Tapirus americanus.

Hal. South America (Brazil and Argentine Republic).

18945 b. Numerous scutes from the movable bands of the carapace ;
from the caverns of Minas Geraes, Brazil. These scutes
agree very closely in structure with those of Dasypus sex-
cinctus, but are nearly four times the size.

Claussen Collection. PurcJiased, 1845.

18945 c. Numerous scutes from the solid portions of the carapace
and the cranium ; from Minas Geraes.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 217 (1839).

8 K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 142 (1842). 3 Op. cit.

4 Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 217 (1839). The name occurs in the
passage cited under the bead of the generic title.

DASYPODIDiE. 137

18945. Several teeth, agreeing with those figured by Lund in the
' K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr.' vol. ix. pi. xxxiv. figs. 1-8.
Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

The following specimens are also from Minas Geraes, and
belong to the Claussen Collection.

18937. The distal portion of the left huraerus. In characters this
specimen agrees very closely with the corresponding bone
of Dasypus sexcinctus ; the transverse diameter of the
distal articular surface is 0,057, against 0,016 in the
latter species.

18943. An imperfect scapula. This specimen is apparently very
similar in structure to the corresponding bone of Dasypus.

18643. Several phalangeals.

18948. The nearly complete pelvis. In general structure this
specimen agrees very closely with the pelvis of Dasypus
sexcinctus ; but the sacral vacuity is less elongated, and the
ischial tuberosity produced laterally instead of vertically.
The diameter across the acetabula is 0,238 against 0,054
in the latter.

18941. The centrum of the conjoint axis and third cervical vertebrae.
This specimen closely agrees with the corresponding bone
of D. sexcinctus ; the transverse diameter across the
anterior articular surface being 0,063 against 0,020.

18941 a-42. Several imperfect vertebrae and ribs.

Genus TOLYPEUTES, Illiger '.

Teeth ^jp^. Carapace with large scapular and pelvic bucklers, and
only three movable bands, the sculpture consisting of subconcentricall}
arranged granulations ; tail covered with large bony tubercles. Five
complete digits in the manus, the third being much the largest ; in
the pes there are also the same number of digits, the three middle
ones having broad flat nails. In the structure of the carapace this
genus makes the nearest approach of any of the living forms to the
Glyptodontidce.

1 Prodroraus Syst. Mamm. et Avium, p. Ill (1811).

138 EDENTATA.

folnptutfS fonuvuS (I. Geoffrey1).

Syn. Dasypus conurus, I. Geoffrey *.
Dasypiis apareoides, Bravard 3.
Tolypeutes affinis-conurus, H. Gervais and Ameghino 4.

No difference of specific value has been indicated between the
fossil and recent forms 5.

Hub. South America (Argentine Republic).

M. 3626. Portion of the first row of scutes of the pelvic buckler ; from
the Pleistocene of La Plata, Argentine Republic. This
specimen, which belongs to Bravard's D. apareoides, cannot
be distinguished from the corresponding portion of the
covering of the existing race.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Genus DASYPUS, Linn.6
Syn. Euphractus, Wagler7.

Teeth ^^ the first upper one being usually planted in the pre-
maxilla. The carapace has six or seven movable bands, each scute
being marked by a regular ellipse, formed of widely separated punc-
tures ; the tail has several distinct rings near the base. There are five
digits in each foot ; in the manus the first is very slender and has
a long terminal phalangeal ; the second is also slender but rather
longer ; the third, fourth, and fifth gradually diminish in length,
and are armed with curved, compressed claws. In the pes all the
digits are short.

UaSDpuS btllojStlS, Desmarest 8.

Syn. Euphractus ajfinis-villosus, H. Gervais and Ameghino 9.

Since the fossil apparently presents no character by which it can
be distinguished from the existing form, it is regarded as specifically
the same 10.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic and North Patagonia).

1 Comptes Eendus, vol. xxiv. p. 575 (1847). — Dasypus. 2 Loc. cit.

3 In P. Gervais's Zool. et Pal. Generates, ser. 1, p. 132 (1867-69).

4 Mamroiferes Possiles de l'Am6rique Meridionale, p. 216 (1880).

5 See Burmeister, Descript. Phys. Republic Argentine, vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 443
(1879).

6 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 53 (1766). * Syst. d. Ampliibien, p. 36 (1830).

8 Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. ed. 2, vol. xxxii. p. 489 (1819).

9 Mammiferes Fossiles de 1'AmeVique Meridionale, p. 215 (1880).

10 See Burmeister, Descript. Phys. Eepublic Argentine, vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 440
(1879).

DASYPODID^E. 139

M. 3627. Three scutes from one of the movable bands of the carapace ;
from the Pleistocene of La Plata, Argentine Eepublic.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Genus XENURUS, Wagler1.

Teeth /|E^y Twelve or thirteen movable bands in the carapace,
the sculpture obscurely granular ; tail nearly naked, with a few bony
tubercles. In the manus the first and second digits are slender and
have small claws, the other three have but two phalangeals ; the
third has an immense claw, and the fourth and fifth smaller claws
of the same form. There are five short digits in the pes, of which
the third is the longest.

puuntS tummctuS (Linn.2).

Syn. Dasypus unicinctus, Linn.3

Dasypus tatouay, Desmarest 4.
Dasypus gymnurus, Illiger 5.
Xenurus affinis-nudicaudo, Lund 8.
Xenurus antiquus, Lund 7.

The fossil form cannot apparently be distinguished from the living
Broad-banded Armadillo.
flab. South America (Brazil).

18881. The left tibia and fibula; from a cavern in Minas Geraes,
Brazil. These bones agree precisely with those of the
living form ; the suboval notch at the anterior extremity
of the space between the two bones, so characteristic of
the genus, is well shown.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

Genus EUTATUS, P. Gervais8.

Teeth ^. The whole of the carapace is divided into movable
bands, which are 33 in number ; the free extremity of each scute

Syst. d. Amphibien, p. 36 (1830).

Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 53 (1766).— Dasypus.

Loc. cit.

Mammalogie, p. 369 (1822).

Maximilian, Beitr. Nat. Bras. vol. ii. p. 529 (1832).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 197 (1842).

Ibid. vol. viii. p. 227 (1841).

Comptes Kendus, vol. Ixr. p. 280 (1867).

140 EDENTATA.

has a straight row of from three to five pits ; the tail is cylin-
drical and covered by small flat scutes ; there are five digits to each
foot, of which the first is the most slender, while the third and
fourth are the stoutest.

Eutatus seguini, F. Gervais1.

This is the type and largest species, and is somewhat superior in
size to Priodon giyanteus. The skeleton is described and figured by
Gervais in the ' Mem. Soc. Geol. France/ ser. 2, vol. ix. pt. 5,
pis. xxviii., xxix., and the carapace and feet by Burmeister in the
' Sitz. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss.' 1883, vol. ii. p. 1045, pi. xiii.

Hob. South America (Argentine Republic).

It. 3628. Numerous scutes of the carapace, belonging to a single
individual ; from the Pleistocene of La Plata, Argentine Re-
public. These specimens agree precisely with the scutes
figured by Burmeister, op. cit. figs. 8, 9.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

M. 3629. Several scutes of another individual, from La Plata.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

M. 3630. A terminal lateral phalangeal, probably belonging to this
species ; from La Plata.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Genus TATUSIA, F. Cuvier2.
Syn. Praopus, Burmeister3.

Teeth ^=5 ; very small, cylindrical, and, with the exception of
the last, preceded by milk-teeth. Carapace with seven movable
bands, the sculpture consisting of pits arranged in a V-shape ;
caudal sheath composed of distinct rings resembling those of Glyp-
todon. The manus has four perfect digits, of which the third and
fourth are the longest ; while there are five in the pes, of which the
third is the longest.

1 Coraptes Eendus, vol. Ixv. p. 280 (1867).

2 Hist. Nat. d. Mammiferes (1822).— Tatusie.

3 Syst. Uebersicht Thier Brasiliens, p. 295 (1854).

] 41

CatuSta nobmtnntta (Linn.1).

Syn. Dasypus novemcinctus, Linn.2
Dasypus peba, Desmarest3.
Dasypus septemcinctus, Linn.4
Dasypus octocinctus, Schreber5.
Praopus longicaudatus, Burmeister6.
Dasypus affinis-octocincto, Lund 7.
Praopus affinis-longicaudatus, H. Gervais and Ameghino8.

There appears no reason for separating the fossil from the recent
race.

Hob. Central and South America.

18882. The right tibia and fibula, provisionally referred to this
species ; from a cave in Minas Geraes, Brazil. These
bones cannot be distinguished from those of the existing
form. Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

M. 3631. Several scutes of the movable bands of the carapace, pro-
visionally referred to this species ; probably from the
Pleistocene of La Plata, Argentine Eepublic.

(^Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

Tatusia punctata (Lund9).

Syn. Dasypus punctatus, Lund10.

Praopus punctatus, H. Gervais and Ameghino11,

This species is slightly larger than T. Tcappleri, Gray, of Dutch
Guiana, but was probably closely allied.
Hob. South America (Brazil).

18881 a. Numerous scutes belonging to the movable bands of the
carapace ; from the caverns of Minas Geraes, Brazil. Some
of these specimens are rather larger than the type scutes
figured by Lund, op. cit. pi. xiv. figs. 10, 11.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 54 (1766).— Dasypus. 2 Loc. cit.

Mammalogie, p. 368 (1822).

Amcenitat. Acad. 3rd ed. vol. i. p. 281 (1785).

Saugetkiere, vol. ii. pi. Ixxiii. (1775). 6 Op. cit. p. 298.

K. Danske Vicl. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 197 (1842).

Mammiferes Fossiles de l'Ame>ique Meridionale, p. 217 (1880).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. viii. p. 227 (1841).— Dasypus.

10 Loc. cit.

11 Maramiferes Fossiles de 1'Amerique Meridionale, p. 218 (1880).

142

Family MANID^.

Teeth are absent in all known forms. The limbs arc short :
there are five digits in each foot, the terminal phalangeals being
long (especially in the maims), curved, and bifid at tho extremity,
and the third digit the longest ; the proximal articular surface of
the proximal phalangeal is placed distally, so that the bone is not
bent back upon the metapodial, and there is no anchylosis of the
phalangeals. The humerus has an entepicondylar foramen, but there
is no third trochanter to the femur, and clavicles are absent. The
cranium is elongated and subconical, with an incomplete zygomatic
arch, and no distinct lachrymal ; the ramus of the mandible is
straight and very slender, and has neither coronoid nor angular
process. The superior surface of the animal is covered with im-
bricated horny scales, in the intervals between which scattered
hairs occur.

Genus MANIS, Linn.1
Including Smutsia, etc., Gray.

a, Illiger2.

This is the largest species, and attains a length of five feet.
Hab. "West Africa (recent), and Southern India (Pleistocene).

M. 2962. Cast of the terminal phalangeal of the third digit of the
right manus. The original, which is preserved in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta, was obtained from the Cathedral
cave, Billa Surgam, Karnul district, Madras ; and is de-
scribed and figured by the writer in the ' Pala3ontologia
Indica' (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 50,
pi. viii. figs. 8, 8 a. Presented by the Director of

the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

Family MACROTHERIIM1.

It is probable that teeth were present in some forms. The ter-
minal phalangeals, especially in Macrotherium sindiense, present a
considerable resemblance to those of Munis, but are shorter ; the
proximal phalangeals have their proximal articular surface directed

1 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 52 (176(5).

8 Abh. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1811, pp. 78, 84 (1815).

MACEOTHERIID^:. 143

dorsally, and are bont back upon the metapodials. The humerus has
no entcpicondylar foramen, and there is no third trochanter to the
femur. The cranium is unknown. In one genus (Ancylotherium)
the first and second phalangeals of the manus were anchylosed.

Genus MACROTHERIUM, Lartet1.

This is the type genus. In the type species, teeth were apparently
present. The terminal phalangeals form short, thick claws, which
were of enormous size in the manus.

Macrotherium sindiense, Lydekker2.
Syn. Manis sindiensis, Lydekker 3.

This species is smaller than M. giganteum, and, judging from the
one phalangeal, apparently presents characters intermediate between
Manis and the latter. It has been suggested that it may have been
the ancestor of Manis.

Hob. India.

M. 2962 a. Cast of the second phalangeal of the third (?) digit of
the manus. The original (fig. 25), which is the type

Fig. 25.

Macrotherium sindiense.— The second phalangeal of the third (?) digit of the
manus, viewed from the anterior and distal aspects ; from the Lower
Siwaliks of Sind. j.

and only known specimen, and is preserved in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta, was obtained from the Lower

1 Annuaire du Departement du Gers, 1839; teste Lartet 'Notice sur la
Colline de Sansan,' p. 22 (1851). The name does not occur in the 'Comptes
Eendus,' vol. iv. p. 90 (1837), which is the passage commonly quoted as the
authority.

2 Palseontologia Ind ica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. i. p. 82 (1876).—
Manis.

3 Loc. cit.

144 EDENTATA.

Siwaliks (Lower Pliocene or Upper Miocene) of Sind, and is
figured by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10,
vol. i. pi. viii. figs. 11-14, under the name of Manis, and
in vol. iv. p. 50, woodcut, fig. 4, of the same work, under
the present generic name. Presented by the Director

of the Geologiml Survey of India, 1886.

Macrotherium giganteum (Meyer1 [ex Cuv.]).

Syn. Pangolin gigantesque, Cuvier2.
Manis gigantea, Meyer3.
Macrotherium sansaniense, Lartet4.

Although the name Pangolin gigantesque or Manis gigantea (which
was applied to a phalangeal from Eppelsheim) was really preoccu
pied hy Illiger's term for the large existing Manis of West Africa.
yet it seems advisable to retain the specific name in conjunction
with Macrotherium, rather than to substitute Lartct's name of M.
sansaniense, which was applied to the apparently identical Sansan
form6. The species was apparently nearly as large as Mylodon
robustus.

Hob. Europe.

M. 418. Cast of the imperfect terminal phalangeal of the third (?)
digit of the (probably) pes. The original, which is rather
more incomplete than the cast, was obtained from the
bone-sand of Eppelsheim, Hessen-Darmstadt, and is the
type of the species ; it is figured by Cuvier in the ' Osse-
mens Fossiles,' 2nd ed. vol. v. pt. 1, pi. xvi. figs. 26, 27,
under the name of Pangolin gigantesque, and by Kaup in
the ' Oss. Foss. de Darmstadt,' pt. 4, pi. ii. bis, figs. 6, 7, 8,
as Dinofherium giganteum,

Egerton Collection. Purchased, 1882.

21492. The terminal phalangeal of the third (?) digit of the (pro-
bably) manus ; from Eppelsheim. This specimen is con-
siderably larger than the preceding ; and is therefore, in
accordance with Gaudry's provisional determination of the
homologous bones of Ancyloiherium pentelici, referred to
the fore limb. Purchased, 1847

Palseologica, p. 63 (1832).— Manis.

Ossemens Fossiles, 2nd ed. vol. v. pt. i. p. 193 1823).

Loc. cit.

Annuaire du Departement du Gers, 1839, teste Lartet ; see Note, p. 143.

In Gervais's Zool. et Pal. Francises, 1st ed. pt. 1, p. 136 (1848-52), tlie
name M. giganteum is applied to the Sansan form as a misquotation from
Lartet.

MACROTHERIIDJ3. 145

1751 a. Cast of the proximal phalangeal of the third (?) digit of the
(probably) pes. The original was obtained from Eppels-
heim, and is figured by Kaup, op. cit. pi. ii. bis, figs. 4, 5,
under the name of Dinotherium giganteum. It is also re-
presented in fig. 9 of the same plate in conjunction with
the terminal phalangeal, as if the two were adjacent
bones. Purchased, 1836.

Ma. 3. Cast of a metapodial ; the original of which was obtained
from Eppelsheim. Purchased, 1836.

21880. The imperfect proximal phalangeal of a digit, restored in

plaster; from the Middle Miocene of Sansan (Gers),
France. Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

21879. The second phalangeal of an equal-sized digit ; from Sansan.
Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

21881. A laterally crushed specimen of a similar second phalangeal ;

from Sansan. Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

SERIAL POSITION UNCERTAIN.

The affinity of the following specimens, which are entered in the
Museum Register under the name of Myopofherium bravardi l, has
not been determined.

43411-46. Numerous associated bones of the pes and two cervical
vertebrae ; from the Pleistocene of Buenos Ayres, Argen-
tine Republic. Presented by Senor L. J. Fontana, 1872.

The writer has been unable to find any published authority for this name.

PART V.

146 MA.BSUPIA.IIA.

Subclass METATHEE1A.
Order MARSUPIALIA.

The horaology of the cheek-teeth of the Marsupialia having been
recently worked out by 0. Thomas \ it will suffice to mention that
the tooth which is either preceded by a milk-molar, or which is
homologous with the one so preceded, corresponds with the fourth
premolar of the Eutheria; while the four teeth which usually
occur posteriorly to the latter are reckoned as true molars, and
numbered consecutively. The tooth immediately in advance of the
fourth premolar corresponds to the third premolar of the Eutherian
series ; but in the numerous existing members of the Polyprotodont
suborder in which there are three premolars, the first of these corre-
sponds with the first (and not with the second) of the Eutherian
series ; judging, however, from Plagiaulax, it is probable that the
same rule may not hold good for all those few members of the Dipro-
todont suborder in which three premolars are present. A peculiarity
in regard to the serial homology of the two premolars, which
occur in one genus of the Polyprotodont family Dasyuridce, will be
noticed under that head.

Suborder MARSUPIALIA DIPROTODONTIA.

Incisors (^~~3). The central pair of upper incisors and the one
pair of lower incisors large and cutting. Canines absent or small.
Molars with bluntly tuberculate, or transversely or longitudinally
ridged crowns. There are usually but two premolars in existing
forms, but four of these teeth are present in one species of the
Mesozoic Plagiaulax, The fourth premolar is frequently of a simply
secant structure, and may be considerably longer than the first true
molar.

Family PHASCOLOMYULE.

Dentition2 :— I. \, C. ?, Pm. \, M. \. All the teeth have persistent
pulps. The incisors are large and scalpriform, with enamel only on
the anterior surface. The cheek-teeth (woodcut, fig. 26) are curved,
the convexity being inwards in the upper and outwards in the lower
jaw ; the premolar, which has no milk predecessor, is usually single-

1 Abstract in Proc. R. Soc. vol. xlii. p. 310 (1887).

2 It may possibly prove that there were more than a single pair of upper
incisors in Phascolonus.

147

lobed, while the true molars consist of two lobes with a triangular
section. The masseteric fossa of the mandible has a perforation
and a deep pit, while the condyle is convex, prominent, and sepa-
rated by a deep notch from the coronoid process. The limbs are of

Fig. 26.

Phascolomys wombat. — Mandibular and palatal dentition, reduced, and single
molar of the natural size ; from Tasmania.

equal length ; the humerus is very stout, and has an entepicondylar
foramen; there is a well-developed olecranon to the ulna; the
manus has five complete digits, but the hallux of the pes is imper-
fect, and the second, third, and fourth digits are of nearly equal
size and partly syndactylous.

Genus PHASCOLOMYS, Geoffrey1.

The upper incisors are not greatly wider than the lower, are
either subquadrangular or oval in section, and their biting-surfaces
are not worn very obliquely; in the lower incisors the biting-
surfaces are comparatively short.

1 Ann. d. Museum, vol. ii. p. 365 (1803).

] 48 MARSUPIALIA.

A. Latifront Group.

In the existing species the fron to-nasal suture is straight ; the
nasals are narrow ; the enamelled surface of the upper incisors is
directed anteriorly ; the inferior border of the mandible is highly
convex ; the masseteric fossa is shallow : and pm. 4 has a quadran
gular cross-section.

Phascolomys magnus, Owen1.

The species is considerably smaller than Phascolonus gigas, and is
mainly known by portions of the cranium, the complete mandible
being unrepresented in the collection. The disposition of the upper
cheek-teeth and palate is after the type of P. latifrons ; but the
transverse concavity of the palate, which is most marked at the
diastemal region, is much greater. The length of the upper series of
cheek-teeth in the type specimen is 0,086.

Hal. Queensland and New South Wales.

39989. The palatal region of the cranium, showing all the cheek -
(Fig.) teeth ; from the Pleistocene of Gowrie, Drayton, Queens-
land. This specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen
in ^ie ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xxxv. figs. 1-5, and also in
pi. xl. figs. 1-5 of the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia.'

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

38607. Portion of the right maxilla, showing the last three true
molars ; from the Pleistocene of Eton Vale, Darling
Downs, Queensland. Described by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1872, p. 248.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

42613. Two upper true molars, one imperfect ; from a cavern in

(Fig.) the Wellington Valley, New South Wales. Figured by

Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' for 1872, pi. xxxv. fig. 6, and

in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ix. fig. 6.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

47850. A small fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, con-
taining one of the true molars ; from Darling Downs.
The tooth of this specimen, which is provisionally referred
to the present species, is smaller than i^Tl of Phascolonus
gigas. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

1 Phil. Trans. 1872, p. 246.

149

The following specimens may be provisionally referred to this species.

43959. The proximal extremity of the left humerus ; from Darling
Downs. The longest transverse diameter is 0,063.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43911. The proximal extremity of the right radius ; from a cave in
the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

46073. The first phalangeal of the second digit of the right manus ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

40062. Cast of the distal two thirds of the right femur. The
original is from Queensland, and is preserved in the
Museum at Sydney. It has the prominent inner ridge on
the tibial trochlea characteristic of P. platyrhinus and
P. latifrons.

the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

38781. The distal portion of a similar left femur; from Darling
Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

43924. Two first phalangeals; from the caves of the Wellington
Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

Phascolomys medius, Owen '.

This species is intermediate in size between the preceding and
following ones, with which it agrees in the structure of the molars
and palate ; the concavity of the latter being rather less than in
P. magnus, but greater than in P. latifrons. The length of the
space occupied by the first three upper cheek-teeth is 0,038, against
0,0255 in P. latifrons and 0,055 in P. magnus ; and that of the
upper diastema 0,063 against 0,044 in the existing species. The
inferior border of the mandible is strongly convex, the section of
pm. 4 quadrangular, and the masseteric fossa of the mandible
shallow.

Hal. Queensland and New South Wales. The following speci-
mens include the types.

1 Phil. Trans. 1872, p. 241.

150 MABSTJPIAUA.

32904. The anterior portion of the cranium, showing most of the

(Fig.) cheok-tecth in a broken condition ; from the Pleistocene

of the Condamine Biver, Queensland. Figured by Owen

in the « Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xxxiii. figs. 2-6, and in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Iviii. figs. 2-6.

Purchased. About 1854.

39991. The anterior portion of the cranium, showing the broken

(Fig.) bases of the incisors, and the first four cheek-teeth in a

broken condition ; from the Pleistocene of Gowrie, Drayton,

Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872,

pi. xxxii. figs. 2-7.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

47846. Part of the right maxilla, showing the four true molars and

the alveolus of pm- 4 ; from Darling Downs, Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

39990. The imperfect symphysis and right ramus of the mandible,

(Fig.) showing the broken bases of the incisors and the whole

of the cheek-teeth ; from Gowrie. Figured by Owen in

the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xxxiv. figs. 1, 2, and in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. lix. figs. 1, 2.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1865.

47847. The imperfect mandible, showing the whole of the cheek-

teeth ; from Darling Downs. The left condyle is preserved,
and the characteristic shallowness of the masseteric fossa
well shown. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

50069. The imperfect mandible, showing the four true molars on
the left side and the alveoli of the other teeth ; from
Darling Downs.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

The following specimens are provisionally referred to this species.

M. 3636. The proximal half of the left ulna ; from Queensland.

No history.

48839-40. The associated calcanea of both sides, the left fourth
and fifth metatarsals, the fifth right metatarsal, and a
terminal phalangeal ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.
38763. The seventh cervical vertebra ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

PHASCOLOMYID.E. 151

lattfronS, Owen ' .

The characters of this species are given under the head of the
group. The length of the space occupied by the upper cheek-teeth
in the specimen figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' is 0,049.

Hob. South Australia (Recent) and New South Wales (Pleis-
tocene).

42605. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.) four premolars and the broken base of pm. 4 ; from a

cavern in the Wellington Valley, New South Wales.

Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xxii.

fig. 5, and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Hi.

fig. 5.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42609. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.} first four cheek-teeth and the alveolus of ^74; from the

Wellington Valley. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' for 1872, pi. xix. fig. 4, pi. xxi. fig. 4, and pi. xxii.

fig. 4 ; and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. lii. fig. 7, and pi. Iv. fig. 2.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42614. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
four true molars ; from the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

Phascolomys kreffti, Owen 2.

This species is very closely allied to P. latifrons, from which it is
mainly distinguished by a difference in the direction of the sutures
between the nasals, maxillae, and parietals, and also by the more
backward extension of the mandibular symphysis, and a difference
in the contour of the inner surface of the ramus.

Hab. New South Wales.

42601. The anterior portion of the cranium, showing the broken
(Fig.) incisors ; from a cavern in the Wellington Valley, New
South Wales. This is the type specimen, and is figured by
Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xvii. figs. 2, 6, and in
the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. 1. figs. 2, 6.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870,

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, p. 82.

2 PhU. Trans. 1872, p. 178.

152 MABSUPIALIA.

42602. The anterior portion of the mandible, showing the bases of
(Fig.) the incisors and the first three cheek-teeth ; from a cavern

in the "Wellington Valley. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' 1872, pi. xx. fig. 7, and pi. xxiii. fig. 4 ; and in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. lii. fig. 7, and pi. Ivi.

fig. 4.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42610. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing two
(Fig.) true molars ; from the Wellington Valley. Figured by

Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xix. fig. 3, pi. xxii.

fig. 6, and pi. xxiii. fig. 5, and in the ' Extinct Mammals

of Australia,' pi. liii. fig. 3.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

B. Serial position uncertain.
Phascolomys curvirostris, Owen1.

This species, which was apparently somewhat larger than P.
medius, is known only by the type specimen. It is characterized by
the great downward deflection of the palatal border of the premaxillas.
The enamelled surface of the upper incisor is mainly directed
anteriorly, in which respect it agrees with the Latifront group.

Hob. New South Wales.

M. 2576. Cast of the premaxillaB and incisors. The original, which
is the type, was obtained from a cavern in the Wellington
Valley, New South Wales, and is preserved in the Austra-
lian Museum, Sydney ; it is described and figured by
Owen in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xlii. p. 1, pi. i.
Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1886.

C. Platyrhine Group.

The two existing members (P. platyrhinus and P. wombat) of this
group have the fronto-nasal suture convex posteriorly ; the nasals
wide ; pm. 4 small ; a tubercle on the lachrymal ; the enamelled
surface of the upper incisors directed mainly outwards, the inferior
border of the mandible slightly convex ; the masseteric fossa deep ;
and pm. 4 ellipsoidal in section.

Phascolomys mitchelli, Owen 2.
This species is very close to P. platyrhinus,. with which it is

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlii. p. 1 (1886).

3 In Mitchell's ' Three Expeditions into Eastern Australia,' 2nd ed. vol. ii.
p. 362 (1838).

PHASCOLOMYID^:. 153

identified by Murie in the « Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1865, p. 851 — an identifi-
cation which, if correct, should lead to the abolition of the latter name.
The distinctive characters of the present form, according to Owen,
are the still smaller connexion of the nasal with the maxilla, the
lesser protuberance of the lachrymal in advance of the tubercle, the
smaller size of the posterior palatal foramina, the greater depth of
the outer surface of the maxilla below the zygoma, and the less
extension backwards of the mandibular symphysis.
Hab. New South Wales and Queensland.

42598. The middle region of the cranium, showing the true molars,
(Fig.) and the alveoli of pm. 4 and of the incisors ; from a cave
in the Wellington Valley, New South Wales. Figured by
Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xvii. figs. 1, 3-5, and
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. 1. figs. 1, 3-5.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

32912. The palatal region of the cranium ; from the Pleistocene of
Australia. The whole of the cheek-dentition is shown.

Presented by Sir W. Me Arthur, Bart. About 1854.

43048. The palatal region of the cranium, showing the whole of the
(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland. Figured

by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xviii. figs. 1-4, and
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. li. figs. 1-4.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1863 .

43049. The imperfect palatal region of the cranium ; from Australia.
(Fig.) Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xviii. figs.

5-7, and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. li.
figs. 5-7. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1861.

42612. The imperfect left maxilla, without the teeth, from a cave
(Fig.) in the Wellington Valley. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' 1872, pi. xvii. figs. 7-8, and in the 'Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pi. 1. figs. 7, 8.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

46915. The imperfect palatal region of the cranium, showing all the
cheek-teeth ; from the Pleistocene of Kirban, near Men-
dor an, New South Wales.

Presented by W. L. R. Gipps, Esq., 1875.

47849. Fragment of the right maxilla, with two true molars ; from
the Pleistocene of Darling Downs, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

154 MARSTJPIALIA.

50070-1. The imperfect palate and mandible; from the Pleistocene
of Gowrie, Queensland. The left ramus of the mandible
is nearly entire. Presented by O. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

42604. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the five
{Fig.} cheek-teeth ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley.
Figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xix. fig. 5,
and pi. xxi. figs. 5, 6, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. liii. fig. 5, and pi. Iv. figs. 5, 6.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

45999. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible ; from a cave in
the Wellington Yalley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42603. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible ; from a cave in
the Wellington Yalley. Noticed by Owen in the « Phil.
Trans.' 1872, p. 192.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42608. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
first four cheek-teeth ; from a cave in the Wellington
Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42611. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
last three cheek-teeth ; from a cave in the Wellington
VaUey.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42616. A lower true molar ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

38749. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, with the four true

molars ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38750. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, with two

true molars ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

32892. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
broken bases of the true molars ; from the Pleistocene of
the Condamine River, Queensland. Purchased, 1857.

50072-3. The symphysis and part of the right ramus of the mandible,

(Fig.) showing the last three true molars and the left incisor ;

from Gowrie. The symphysis appears somewhat narrower

than in the recent mandible of P. platyrhinus. Figured

PHASCOLOMYID^I. 155

by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. liv.
fig. 1. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

42606. Several imperfect upper incisors, probably belonging either
to this species or to P. platyrliinus ; from the caves of the
Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42606 a. Two imperfect mandibular incisors agreeing in size with
the preceding ; from the same locality. Same history.

Some of the following limb-bones probably belong to the present species,
and others to some of the other smaller Wombats.

43951. The proximal half of the left humerus ; from the same
locality. Same history.

43951 a. The imperfect left humerus ; from the same locality.

Same history.

43951 b. The distal half of the right humerus ; from the same
locality. Same history.

40020. The associated left radius and ulna ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.
43908. The proximal portion of the left ulna; from a cave in the

Wellington Valley.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42617. The distal half of the left femur; from the same locality.

Same history.

32293. The distal extremity of the left femur ; from the same
locality. Purchased, 1857.

43939. Several specimens of the calcaneum ; from the same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43939 a. Two specimens of the astragalus ; from the same locality.

Same history.

43939 b. Several metapodials and phalangeals ; from the same
locality. Same history.

, Owen '.

The characters of this, the largest existing Wombat, are given
under the head of the group. The length of the space occupied by
the upper cheek-teeth is 0,053.

Hob. South Australia (Recent) and Queensland (Pleistocene).
1 Cat, Osteol. Series Mas. Koy. Coll. Surg. vol. i. p. 334 (1853).

156 MARSUPIALIA.

39272. The anterior portion of the mandible, showing all the cheok-

(Fig.) teeth and the broken bases of the incisors ; from the

Pleistocene of Queensland. Figured by Owen in the

' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xx. figs. 3-5, and in the ' Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pi. liv. figs. 3-5.

Presented by Edward Hill, Esq., 1863.

M. 3450. The symphysis and greater portion of the left ramus of
the mandible ; from Queensland.

Presented ~by Dr. George Bennett.

Phascolomys thomsoni, Owen '.

This species agrees in size with P. wombat ; the general mandi-
bular characters are those of P. platyrJiinus, but the symphysis is
less produced backwards ; the length of tho mandibular series of
cheek-teeth is 0,050. The cranium is unknown.

Hob. Queensland.

38608. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible ; from the Pleis-
(Fig.) tocene of Darling Downs, Queensland. This is the type
specimen, and is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872,
pi. xvii. figs. 8, 9, and pi. xxi. fig. 7, as well as in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. li. figs. 8, 9, and
pi. Iv. fig. 7. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

Phascolomys parvus, Owen2.

This is the smallest species, the length of the series of mandibular
cheek-teeth being 0,036 ; the mandibular characters are very
similar to those of the preceding species. The cranium is unknown.
This form may be merely a smaller race of P. thomsoni.

Hob. Queensland and New South Wales.

32893. The slightly imperfect left ramus of the mandible, showing
(Fig.) all the teeth; from the Pleistocene of the Condamine
River, Queensland. This is the type specimen, and is
figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xx. figs. 6-8,
and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. liv. figs.
6-8. Purchased, 1857.

32899. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing

(Fig.) all the teeth except mTi; from the Condamine lliver.

Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xix. figs.

1 Phil. Trans. 1872, p. 192.

2 Ibid. p. 193.

PHASCOLOMYIDJK. 157

6, 7 ; and iu the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. liii.
figs. 6, 7. Purchased, 1857.

32911 x. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
last three true molars ; from the Condamine River.
Noticed by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, p. 194.

Purchased, 1857.

43303 x. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing

(Fig.} the last three true molars ; from a cavern in the Wellington

Valley, New South Wales. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' 1872, pi. xxxviii. figs. 5, 6, and in the 'Extinct,

Mammals of Australia,' pi. Lxiii. figs. 5, 6.

Purchased. About 1852.

Genus PHASCOLONUS, Owen \
Syn. (?) Sceparnodon, Owen '2 (ex Ramsay, MS.).

There is every probability that the upper incisors on which Sceparn-
odon is founded belong to P. gig as, and it is on this provisional
reference that the latter is generically separated from Phascolomys.

The upper incisors are wider than the lower, are much compressed
antero-posteriorly, have a bevelled cutting-edge, a concave posterior
surface, and their enameHed surface directed anteriorly ; in the
lower incisors the biting-surface is much elongated.

The action of the upper upon the lower incisors must have been
analogous to that obtaining in Diprotodon.

Phascolonus gigas, Owen3.
Syn. Phascolomys gigas, Owen 4.

(?) Sceparnodon ramsayi, Owen '.

This is the type and only known species ; it was apparently about
equal in size to a Tapir, but of much stouter build. The inferior
border of the mandible has the great convexity characteristic of the
Latifront group of PJiascolomys, but the masseteric fossa is deeper,
and has a prominent inferior ridge ; pm. 4 has the ellipsoidal section
of the Platyrhine group, and pm- 4 the complexity characteristic of
the latter ; in the partially compressed upper incisors P. platyrhinus

1 Phil. Trans. 1872, p. 257 (as a subgenus).

* Ibid. 1884, p. 245.

3 ' Encylopsedia Britannica,' 8th ed. vol. xvii. p. 175 (1859).— Phascolomys,

* Loc. cit.

5 Phil. Trans. 1884, p. 247.

158 MARSUPIALIA.

makes an approach to the present form, but differs by the twisting
of the axis of these teeth. The enamel of both the incisors and
cheek-teeth is finely striated.

Hab. Queensland and South Australia.

The following specimens are the types of Sceparnodon.
M. 1917. Fragment of an upper incisor, of which one extremity has
(Fig.) been cut and polished ; from the Pleistocene of King's
Creek, Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1884, pi. xii. figs. 1-3 and 9."

Presented by G. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1883.

M. 1918. Cast of an upper incisor, agreeing in size with the preced-
ing. The original was obtained from the Pleistocene near
Lake Eyre, South Australia, and is preserved in the
Museum at Sydney ; it is figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xii.
figs. 4, 5.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1881.

M. 1919. Cast of a larger upper incisor. The history of the
original is the same as those of the preceding, and it IB
figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xii. figs. 6-8. Same history.

The following specimens include those figured by Owen as
Phascolonus gigas.

50075 a. An imperfect fourth upper premolar ; from (? King's
Creek) Queensland. The transverse diameter of this
tooth is 0,019 ; it has the complex character of pm. 4 of
Phascolomys platyrhinus ; and in the striations and reddish
stains of the enamel it agrees so exactly with No. M. 1917
that it is quite probable that it may have belonged to
the same individual.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

43044. The imperfect mandible, showing on the right side the four
(Fig.) true molars, and on the left all the cheek-teeth except ^~3 ;
from the Pleistocene of Eton Vale, Darling Downs,
Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872,
pis. xxxvi.-xxxviii., and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pis. Ixii., Ixiii. The length of the space occupied
by the cheek-teeth is 0,108.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart. About 1871.

35977. Cast of the greater portion of the right ramus of the man-
dible, showing part of the incisor and all the cheek-teeth.
The original was obtained from the Pleistocene of Gowrie,

PHA.SCOLOMYTD.aE. 159

Queensland, and is preserved in the Australian Museum,
Sydney ; it is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872,
pi. xl. fig. 1, and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. Ixv. fig. 1. The length of the space occupied by the
cheek-teeth is 1,118; in the figure the extremity of the
incisor has been restored.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

43045. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a very

large individual ; from the Pleistocene of the Condamine
Eiver, Queensland. Noticed by Owen in the ' Phil Trans.'
1872, p. 253. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1871.

38606. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the four

(Fig.) true molars ; from Eton Yale. Figured by Owen, op. tit.

pi. xl. fig. 6. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

43046. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.) alveoli of the last three true molars ; from the Pleistocene

of Clifton Plains, Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit.
pi. xxxviii. figs. 3, 4. Presented by Prof, ffarkness, 1871.

M. 3634. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, with the
four true molars (m~l imperfect) ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43088 a. Cast of a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, show-
ing the last three true molars (m. 4 imperfect). The original
was obtained from Queensland.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

M. 3635. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, contain-
ing the last three true molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

44124. The imperfect symphysial portion of the mandible, showing
the basal portion of the incisors ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

43088 b. Cast of the anterior part of the right lower incisor. The
original is from Queensland, and is preserved in the
Museum at Sydney. It is figured by Owen in the « Phil.
Trans.' 1872, pi. xl. figs. 2-4, and also in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixv. figs. 2-4. The length of
the abraded terminal surface is 0,034.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

160 MAK8TJPIAL1A.

At least the greater number of the following specimens may probably
be referred to this species.

39992. The proximal half of the right ulna ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1865.

50084. The third left metacarpal ; from Queensland.

Presented by O. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

46073 x. An imperfect homologous bone of the opposite side ; from
Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

38793. The first phalangeal of the third digit of the manus ; from
Darling Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

46839. The first phalangeal of the fifth digit of the left manus ;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

40381. The distal portion of the left femur ; from the Pleistocene
of the Condamine River, Queensland. This bone, which
agrees in relative size with the next specimen, in the pro-
minence of the inner ridge of the patellar trochlea re-
sembles the femur of P. platyrhinus rather than that of
P. wombat. The transverse diameter across the condyles
is 0,071. Presented by Dr. F. Campbell, 1867.

38782. The left tibia ; from Darling Downs. The length is 0,180,
and the width of the distal surface 0,090 ; the bone being
relatively shorter than in existing Wombats.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38790. The left calcaneum ; from Darling Downs. This bone,

which agrees in relative size with the preceding, differs

slightly in contour from the calcaneum of existing forms.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38793 a. The first phalangeal of the fourth digit of the pes ; from
Darling Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

43353. A terminal phalangeal of the pes ; from Queensland. This
bone is less flattened than in existing Wombats ; it differs
from the corresponding bone of Macropus by its greater
curvature, and the absence of angulation on the dorsal
aspect. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46839. A similar bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 n. A cervical vertebra; from Queensland. The transverse
diameter of the centrum is 0,062.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

NOTOTHERIIDJE. 161

Family NOTOTHEBIID^E.

Dentition :— I. \, C. ?, Pm. i, M. J. The cheek-teeth are rooted,
and the upper true molars carry two transverse ridges, which
are not connected by a longitudinal bridge ; the premolar is tri-
angular, small, and apparently had no predecessor. In the lower
true molars the unworn ridges are sometimes subcrescentoid, and
partially connected by an incomplete longitudinal bridge (No.
43523). The upper incisors of the two sides are widely separated
and are of moderate size ; while the lower incisor is procumbent
and of the same relative proportions. The preorbital part of the
cranium is very short; the extremities of the bones roofing the
nasal cavity are expanded laterally, and the zygomatic arches are
enormously wide. There are no palatal vacuities. The mandibular
symphysis is anchylosed; the inferior border of the ramus highly
convex, the condyle like that of Phascolomys, and the masseteric
fossa without pit or perforation. The limbs are of equal length ;
the humerus 1 has an entepicondylar foramen, and closely resembles
that of Phascolomys ; the olecranon is well developed, and the
other limb-bones and vertebrae are of the type of those of the
latter genus. The structure of the feet is not fully known, but it
apparently approximated to that of Phascolomys.

This family connects the Pliascolomyidce with the Diprotodontidce ;
the cranium, limb-bones, and vertebrae being nearest to those of
the former, the mandible showing characters common to the two,
while the cheek-teeth are of the type of the latter.

It is easy to see how the structure of the cheek-teeth could
pass into that of the Phascolomyidce ; and it is not improbable
that the two families may have diverged from a common ancestor.
The structure of the humerus apparently indicates fossorial habits.

Genus NOTOTHERIUM, Owen 2.

Since this is the only known genus, its characters are the same as
those of the family.

1 De Vis (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. viii. p. 404) has provisionally
referred another type of humerus to Nototherium. That bone probably, how-
ever, belonged to a small Diprotodon ; and there is every reason for regarding
Owen's determination as correct, since there is no dental evidence of the existence
of any other animal to which the bones referred by Owen to the present genus
could have belonged. The great difference between the skulls of Diprotodon
and Nototherium would of itself indicate that an equally well-marked difference
should occur in the limb-bones of the two genera.

2 Cat. Foss. Mamm. and Aves Mus. E. Coll. Surg. p. 314 (1845).
PAKX V. M

162 MAKSUPIALIA.

Nototherium mitchelli, Owon '.

Including: — Nototherium inerme, Owen'2.
Nototherium victories, Owen 3.

The form described as N. inerme is somewhat smaller than the
type of N. mitchelli, and differs slightly in the characters of the
cheek-teeth; a large series of specimens show, however, such a
gradation in these respects, that the writer has followed Flower in
provisionally including all the specimens under one name. N. victories
is apparently founded on characters which are merely individual.

Hob. Australia.

33259. Cast of the restored skull. The original was obtained from
the Pleistocene of the Condamine River, Queensland, and
is preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney. It is
figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pis. i.-iii.,
and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Austraali,' pis. xxxvi.-
xxxviii. ; the cheek-dentition being figured in pi. xliii.
fig. 4 of the same work.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

M. 3492. Fragments of a large cranium ; from Queensland.

[Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43212. Hinder portion of the palate, showing the well-worn m. 3
and m- 4, and a fragment of m. 2 ; from the Pleistocene of
the Albert River, Queensland.

Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

32850 x. Fragment of the right maxilla of a large individual, show-
(.Fttjr.) ing the last three molars in a half- worn condition ; from
the Condamine River. Figured by Owen in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xv. pi. ix. figs. 4, 5 ; in the
' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. ix. figs. 6, 7, and in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia/ pi. xliii. figs. 6, 7. Purchased

43087. Fragment of the right maxilla of a medium-sized individual,
showing m. 4, a fragment of m. 3, and the bases of the
remaining cheek-teeth; from the Pleistocene of Scone,
Australia. This specimen, which was referred by Owen
to N. inerme, is intermediate in size between No. 33259
and No. 43221, but has the large ptn. 4 characteristic of
the former.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

1 Cat, Foss. Mamin. and Ares Mus. E. Coll. Surg. p. 316 (1845).

2 Op. cit. p. 314. s Phil. Trans. 1872, p. 61.

NOTOTHERIIDA 163

43087 a. Part of the right zygomatic arch, together with the asso-
ciated nasal of the same side, belonging to the same indi-
vidual as the preceding specimen.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

43221. The palate of a small (? female) individual, showing all the

(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from the Albert River. Figured by Owen

in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. xix. fig. 5, and also in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xliii. fig. 5 (as N.

inerme} ; pm- 4 is of very small size.

Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

47840. Fragment of the left maxilla of a large individual, showing
the well-worn pm. 4 and m. 1 ; fr0m the Pleistocene of
Darling Downs, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 187 5

39979. Part of the left maxilla of a medium-sized individual, show-
ing m. 1, m. 2, and m. 3, the alveolus of pm. 4, and the broken
base of m. 4 • from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

42304. Cast of the left maxillary region of a small individual, show-
ing the five cheek-teeth. The original was obtained from
Darling Downs ; pm. 4 is of small size.

Presented by Prof. A. M. Thomson, 1870.

33260. Cast of the palatal region of a medium-sized individual.
The original was obtained from the Condamine River, and
is preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

43088. Cast of part of the right maxilla of a medium-sized indi-
vidual, showing the four true molars in a half -worn
condition. The original is from Queensland, and is pre-
served in the Australian Museum.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

43364. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the slightly-worn
m- '2 ; from Gowrie, Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

39981. Fragment of the right maxilla of a small individual, show-

(Fig.} ing the slightly-worn m. 2 and m. 3 ; from Gowrie. Figured

by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. ix. fig. 8.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M2

164 MABSTJPIALIA.

43336. Fragment of the right maxilla of a somewhat larger indi-
vidual, containing the half-worn m- 3 and m. 4 ; from
Warra-Warra Station, Condamine River.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

39982. The germ of the third right upper true molar of a small
individual ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 3643. Cast of the crown of the right upper premolar. The

original is from Darling Downs, and is preserved in the

Museum at Brisbane ; it indicates a small-sized individual.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

35958. A worn specimen of the first right upper incisor ; from
(Fig.) Gowrie. Figured by Owen in the 'Phil. Trans.' 1872,

pi. ix. figs. 1,2; and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. xliii. figs. 1, 2.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

43339. The crown oc a first right upper incisor of a large indi-
vidual ; from the Condamine River.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46057 a. A first upper incisor ; from Queensland.

Presented by W. L. E. Gipps, Esq., 1875.

43338, 46068. Two upper (?) incisors ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872-74.

32850. The imperfect mandible, showing the last three true molars ;

(Fig.) from the Condamine Eiver. Figured by Owen in the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xv. pi. ix. figs. 1, 2 ; in the
' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. iv., and pi. x. figs. 1,2; and also
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxxviii., and
pi. xliv. figs. 1, 2. Purchased.

43088. Cast of the symphysis and the greater part of the right
ramus of the mandible, showing the last three true molars
and the alveoli of the anterior teeth. The original was
obtained from Queensland, and is preserved in the Museum
at Sydney ; it is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1872, pi. v., and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. xxxix.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

NOTOTHERIID^E. 165

43577. The slightly imperfect mandible, showing the dentition in

a well- worn state ; from Darling Downs. The cingulum
of the molars is strongly developed.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

M. 3637. Cast of the slightly imperfect left ramus of the mandible,
showing the four true molars (m. i imperfect). The ori-
ginal was obtained from the Pleistocene near Lake Victoria,
South Australia, and is preserved in the Museum at
Adelaide ; it is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1872, pi. vii., and pi. x. figs. 4-6, as well as in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. xli., and pi. xliv. figs. 4-6,
under the name of N. victorias , of which it is the type.
One of the alleged specific characters is the posterior open-
ing of the dental canal being situated on the level of m. 4.
Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

43578. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing m. 4 ;

from Darling Downs. This specimen, which was referred
in MSS. by Owen to N. victorice, agrees very closely with
the preceding ; but the aperture of the dental canal is
placed higher up, being intermediate in position between
that specimen and No. 43577.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46834. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a large individual,
showing the four true molars in a well-worn condition ;
from Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

39980. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the first
three true molars in an imperfect condition ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39979. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a smaller
individual, showing m. 3 and m. 4 ; from Darling Downs.
Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

43523. Hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.} last three true molars in an early stage of wear ; from
Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1872, pi. xi., and also in the 'Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. xlv. The cingulum of the molars is strongly
developed.
Presented by H.K.H. The Duke of Edinburgh, K.G., 1872.

166 MAKSTJPIALIA.

M. 3638. Cast of the hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible
of a small individual, showing the last three true molars
in an imperfect condition. The original was obtained
from South Australia, and is preserved in the Museum at
Adelaide. Presented l>y the Trustees of the

Adelaide Museum of Natural History, 1871.

40377. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the
(Fig-) slightly- worn m. 3 ; from the Condamine Biver. Figured
by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. x. fig. 7, and in
the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xliv. fig. 7.

Presented by Dr. F. Campbell, 1807.

43088. Cast of a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, show-
ing m. 3. The original was obtained from Queensland,
and is preserved in the Museum at Sydney.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

46065. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a small individual,
containing the slightly-worn m. 3 and m. 4 ; from Aus-
tralia. The aperture of the dental canal opens on the
same level as in the type mandible of the so-called N.
victories. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43953. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a small indi-
(Fig.) vidual, showing the well-worn 5i7i and the hinder half of

m. 3 ; from Australia. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' 1872, pi. x. fig. 8, and in the 'Extinct Mammals

of Australia,' pi. xliv. fig. 8.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1871.

39988. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a small
individual, showing the much-worn 5^2 and HT~3, and the
hinder half of mTT ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

43952. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible of a
(Fig.) young individual ; from Darling Downs. Figured by
Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1872, pi. vi., and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xl. The incisor
and the first three cheek-teeth are protruded, the germ of
m. 3 is in alveolo, and there is also the alveolus of the germ
of 1^74. The outer wall of the ramus has been cut away
in order to exhibit the absence of any replacing tooth.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1872.

NOTOTHERIID^. 167

46066. The greater portion of the right ramus of the mandible of a
(Fly.) slightly older but smaller individual; from Queensland.
The first and second true molars are in use, and i^73 and
^74 in alveolo. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mam-
mals of Australia,' pi. cxxv.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 3639. Hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
the slightly worn m. 4 ; from Australia. Same history.

45871. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, with the crowns
of the teeth broken off; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46838. The condyle of a mandible, provisionally referred to this
genus : from Queensland. This specimen closely resembles
the corresponding element of Phascolomys and of Dipro-
todon, and is totally unlike that of Macropus.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

48424. A worn tooth, which is apparently a first lower true molar
of this species; from Queensland. LabeDed by Sir R.
Owen Palorchestes major.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1878.

46914. The right humenis ; from the Pleistocene of the Castlereagh
(Fig.) Eiver, Kirban, near Mendoran, New South Wales. Figured
by Owen in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxvii.
(reversed). In general structure this bone closely re-
sembles the humerus of Phascolomys, but the deltoid ridge
is double, and the entocondyle more flattened.

Presented by W. L. R. Gipps, Esq., 1875.

47828. The proximal extremity of the left ulna ; from Australia.
This specimen evidently belongs to the same species as the
preceding ; it is almost indistinguishable from the ulna of
PJiascolomys, but has the inner articular facette flat, in-
stead of slightly cupped ; it differs widely from the cor-
responding bone of Diprotodon, in which the latter surface
is very deeply cupped and the olecranal process absent.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877-

48419 a. The right radius ; from Queensland. This bone differs
from the radius of Diprotodon and Phalangista by thts
transverse elongation of the proximal articular cup, and

168 MARSUPIALIA.

thereby agrees with Phascolomys, although presenting
certain minor points of distinction.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

48418. The distal portion of the right femur; from Queensland.

(Fig.) This specimen agrees in structure with the femur of Phasco-
lomys and in relative size with the humerus, No. 46914 ;
it is figured by Owen in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.'
vol. xxxviii. pi. xvi.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

39983. The left tibia, imperfect proximally ; from Darling Downs.
This specimen differs from the corresponding bone of
Diprotodon by the more prominent inner malleolus, by the
less flattened distal surface, and the greater development
of the muscular ridges on the shaft; in all of which
respects it approximates to Phascolomys.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

38787. The right calcaneum; from Darling Downs. This bone,
which agrees in relative size with the preceding speci-
mens, comes very close to the calcaneum of Phascolomys,
but makes some approximation to that of Diprotodon.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 3640. The atlas vertebra ; from Australia. This bone agrees
closely with the atlas of Phascolomys, but is relatively
less expanded laterally than in Diprotodon. Figured by
Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxvi.
The anterior artery passed through a foramen.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

39986. The right half of the atlas vertebra ; from Darling Downs.

(Fig.) Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xliii.

fig. 2. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1886.

44007. An imperfect sacral vertebra of a small individual ; from
Australia. This bone agrees very closely with the sacral

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

46067- An anterior sacral vertebra of a large individual; from
Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

38618. An imperfect and water-worn sacral vertebra ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

169

The following probably belong either to the present or the
preceding family.

46841 1. Three imperfect metacarpals ; from Queensland. The
distal articular surfaces are more rounded and less later-
ally expanded than in existing species of Phascolomys.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 m. Numerous phalangeals of the manus, associated with the
preceding. The terminal phalangeals are compressed
laterally, instead of vertically as in Phascolomys, while
the distal articular trochlese of the second phalangeals
are much more developed than in that genus.

Same history.

M. 3641. Several metapodials (? metacarpals), agreeing in structure
with the preceding specimens ; from Queensland.

Same history.

M. 3642. Four terminal phalangeals, agreeing in structure with the
corresponding bones of No. 46841 m : from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

The following may perhaps belong either to the present
or the next family.

42705. Cast of an undetermined imperfect bone. The original was
probably obtained from Queensland. No history.

Family DIPROTODONTID^E.

Dentition :— I. ~, C. 5, Pm. ~, M. J. The general structure of the
cheek-teeth agrees with that of the Nototheriidce, but there is no
trace of a longitudinal bridge in the lower true molars. The upper
incisors decrease in size from the first to the third, and those of op-
posite sides are in contact in the median line of the palate ; the first
pair are scalpriform, coated with enamel only on the anterior sur-
face, and grow from persistent pulps. The lower incisors are very
large and proclivous. The cranium (fig. 27) is elongated, and has
no vacuities on the palate. The general structure of the mandible
resembles that of Nototherium, but the inferior border of the ramus
is much less elongated. The limbs are of approximately equal
length ; the scapula is long and falciform ; the humerus elongated
and slender, with a slight distal expansion, and no entepicondylar

170 MAB8TTPIALIA.

foramen ; and the ulna has no distinct olecranal process. The
proximal bones of the limbs were apparently placed nearly verti-
cally, and appear to have been adapted solely for walking. The
feet are only imperfectly known ; but it is probable they were
plantigrade and pentadactylate, that the covering of the terminal
phalangeals approximated more to the nature of hoofs than claws,
and that the phalangeals of the fifth digits were aborted.

The family apparently connects the Notoiheriidte with the Pha-
langistidiv. The absence of a pit and perforation in the masseteric
fossa of the mandible is a character common to the three families ;
the limb-bones (especially in the fore limb) are nearest to those of
the PJialangistidce (the absence of an entepicondylar foramen to the
humerus being a peculiar feature) ; while the first upper incisors
approximate to those of the Phascolomyidce, more especially to those
referred to Phascolonus. The calcaneum and astragalus also ap-
proximate to the corresponding bones of the same two families, and
are totally unlike those of the Macropodidce.

Genus DIPROTODON, Owen *.

Since this is the only known genus, its characters are the same
as those of the family.

Diprotodon australis, Owen2.

This is the type and only species. The largest individuals appear
of larger bulk than Rhinoceros unicornis ; but others were consider-
ably smaller, although not presenting any structural differences
which can be regarded as of specific value.

Hdb. Australia.

32851. The nearly entire cranium ; said to have been obtained
(Fig.) from the Pleistocene at Gowrie, near Drayton, Darling
Downs, Queensland. This specimen (woodcut, fig. 27) is
figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxv.
figs. 1—4, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
frontispiece and pi. xix. figs. 1-4. Purchased.

32869. Fragment of the occipital region, showing the foramen
magnum and condyles ; from Australia. Purchased.

50080. The palatal region of the cranium, showing all the teeth

1 In Mitchell's ' Three Expeditions into Eastern Australia,' 2nd ed. vol. ii.
p. 362 (1838). a Loc. cit.

DIPROTODONTIDJ?. 171

except the right i^j and 1^3 of both sides ; from Gowrie.
The cheek-teeth are in an early stage of wear.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

Fig. 27.

Dijjrotodun ausfralis. — The skull; from the Pleistocene of Australia. TV

M. 1. The palatal region of the cranium, showing the four true
molars in a much-worn condition, the right i. 2 and i-J of
both sides ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

47821. Fragment of the premaxillge, showing the three pairs of in-
cisors ; from the Pleistocene of Australia.

Presented ly Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

38601 x. Part of the premaxillae, transversely bisected, and show-
ing sections of i. 1 and of the alveoli of iJ2 and i._3 ; from
Eton Vale, Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in the
* Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxvi. fig. 5, and in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. xx. fig. 5.

Presented ly Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1869.

46008. Part of the left premaxilla, containing the three incisors,
together with a fragment of the maxilla of the same side
with the last three true molars ; from Queensland. These
specimens apparently belong to the same individual as
the mandible No. 46008 a (p. 175).

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

172 MAKSUPJAL1A.

46059. The extremity of the premaxillse, showing all the incisors
(mostly broken) except the right i-3; from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

36281. Fragment of the diastemal region of the palate, showing
the alveolus of pm. 4 on both sides ; from the Pleistocene
near Melbourne, Victoria.

Presented by F. M. Eaynal, Esq., 1862.

48065. The hinder portion of the palate, showing the cheek-teeth
of either side ; from Queensland. The fourth true molar
is not fully protruded, and only the summit of its anterior
ridge is abraded. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

32848. Part of the right maxilla, containing the four true molars ;

(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1870, pi. xxxviii. figs. 1, 2, and in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. xxi. figs. 1, 2. The last molar is but
slightly worn. Purchased, 185 7

39273. Part of the right maxilla, showing the four true molars ;

(Fig.) from the Pleistocene of the Condamine River, Queensland.
Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxvii.
figs. 1, 2, and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. xxii. figs. 1, 2; pm. 4 appears to have been shed.

Presented by Edward Hill, Esq., 1865.

47822. Fragment of the right maxilla of a small (? female) indi-

vidual ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

35913. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing m. 3 and m. 4;
from Gowrie. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

47823. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing m. 3 and m. 4,

which are rather more worn than in the preceding spe-
cimen ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

43955. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the well-worn
m. 3 and m. 4 ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1871.

48415. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing m. 2, m. 3, and the
first ridge of m. 4 ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

DIPROXODONTIDJB. 173

38609. Part of the right maxilla of a small (? female) individual,
showing the four true molars in a half-worn condition;
from Eton Vale. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

39274. Part of the left maxilla of a specimen agreeing in size with
(Fig.} the preceding ; from the Condamine Eiver. This specimen,
which contains the last three true molars, has been ver-
tically and longitudinally bisected; and is figured by
Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlii. fig. 1, and also
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxvii. fig. 1.

Presented by Edward Hill, Esq., 1865.

32845. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the broken m. 3

(Fig.) and m. 4 in an early stage of wear; from Queensland.

Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxix.

fig. 3, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. xxiii. fig. 3. Purchased.

44125. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the broken m. 2 and
m. 3 ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

43955 a. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the much-worn
m. 4 and a fragment of m. 3 ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1871.

M. 3639. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the well-worn
m. 3 ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.C.B.

45896. Cast of a fragment of the left maxilla, containing m. 4. The
original is from Australia, and is probably in the Museum
at Sydney. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

32849. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the much- worn
m. 3 ; from Queensland. Purchased.

40374. Small fragment of the left maxilla, showing the well-worn
m- 3 ; from St. Euth's Station on the Condamine Eiver.

Presented by Dr. Francis Campbell, 1867.

40378. Fragment of a left maxilla, probably belonging to the present
species, and showing the alveoli of pm. 4 and m. 1} and a
fragment of m- 2, of which the ridges have been totally
worn away ; from the same locality. Same history.

47824. Fragment of the right maxilla, showing the partially-worn
m. 4 ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

174 MARSTTPIALIA.

39969. The well-worn fourth right upper true molar ; from Darling
(Fig.) Downs. Figured by Owen in the 'Phil. Trans.' 1870,
pi. xxxvii. figs. 4-6, and pi. xxxix. fig. 2, as well as in
the « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxiii. fig. 2.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39985. The slightly-worn fourth right upper true molar of a small

(Fig.) (? female) individual ; from Darling Downs. Figured by

Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxviii. figs. 3, 4,

and pi. xxxix. fig. 1 ; and also in the ' Extinct Mammals

of Australia,' pi. xxii. figs. 3, 4, and pi. xxiii. fig. 1.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 1 a. The germ of the fourth right upper true molar ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1882.

47824 a. An upper premolar from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

M. 479. The left upper premolar, in an early condition of wear ;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

46074. The first left upper incisor, longitudinally and transversely
bisected; from Australia.

Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1878.

36209. Two specimens of the extremity of the first left upper incisor ;
(Fig.) from Australia. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'

1870, pi. xxxvi. figs. 1-4, and also in the ' Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pi. xx. figs. 1-4.

PresenUd by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35914-5. Two imperfect specimens of the first upper incisor ; from
(Fig.) Gowrie. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870,
pi. xxxvi. figs. 1, 2, 6.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

36212. Cast of the first right upper incisor ; the original was
obtained from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

43369. The first right upper incisor ; from Clifton, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

49656. Two specimens of the exposed portion of the first upper

incisor ; from the Pleistocene of Wirialpa, South Australia.

Presented by Rev. W. B. Clarice, 1878.

DIPROTODONTmE. 175

48067. The imperfect first left upper incisor of a smaller individual ;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

44088. The imperfect first left upper incisor of a still smaller indi-
vidual ; from Australia.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

48067 a. The imperfect first left upper incisor of a young individual ;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

32911. A well-worn second upper incisor ; from Australia. Figured

(Fig.) by Owen in the < Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxvi. fig. 7, and

pi. xxxix. figs. 7, 8, as well as in the ' Extinct Mammals

of Australia,' pi. xxiii. figs. 7, 8. Purchased.

46060. The left second upper incisor, in a less worn condition ; from
Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

50081. Four specimens of the second and third upper incisors; from
Queensland. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

32851. The symphysis and left ramus of the mandihle; from

(Fig.) Australia. This specimen (woodcut, fig. 27, p. 171) is

figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxv.

figs. 1-4, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. xix. figs. 1-4. Purchased.

47855. The nearly complete mandible ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

M. 3645. The entire mandible ; from Australia. The incisors are
broken and pm.~4 has been shed ; the true molars are in
a middle stage of wear. Same history.

46008 a. The anterior portion of the mandible ; showing the greater

part of the dentition ; from Queensland. This specimen

was apparently associated with the upper jave No. 46008

(p. 171). Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide

Museum of Natural History, 1871.

39968. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing

(Fig.) all the teeth except pm. 4 ; from Darling Downs. Figured

by Owen in the 'Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xl. figs. 4, 8, 11,

and pi. xlii. fig. 2, as well as in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. xxiv. figs. 4, 8, 11, and pi. xxvii. fig. 2.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

176 MAKSTJPIALIA.

43210. The hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible of a
very old individual, showing the much-worn ^4 ; from
Darling Downs. Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

42691. Cast of a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a
small immature individual, showing ^3 and the alveolus
of m. 4. The original is from Australia.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

43088 d. Cast of a fragment of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing m. 3 and m. 4. The original is from Australia.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

43088 e. Cast of a fragment of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing the broken bases of m. 3 and m. 4. The original
is from Australia.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

46056. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible ; from the Pleis-
tocene of Mundoman, New South Wales.

Presented by W. L. R. Gipps, Esq., 1874.

38745. Small fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing
m. 4 and the hinder ridge of m. 3, in a very much-worn
condition ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

43954. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
last three true molars in a middle condition of wear ; from
Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1871.

45874. The imperfect left half of the mandibular symphysis, con-
taining a fragment of the incisor ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

48066. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a small
(? female) individual, showing the greater part of the
incisor, and the first three true molars, which are in an
intermediate stage of wear ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

43088 C. Cast of part of the left ramus of the mandible of an indi-
vidual agreeing in size with the preceding, and showing
the last three true molars and a portion of the canine.
The original is from Australia.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

38744. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible; showing
(Fig.) mT3 and m^i ; from Darling Downs. Figured in Owen's
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxv.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

DIPROTODOXTIDJE. 177

39984. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of an immature
(Fig.) individual ; containing the first three true molars and the
incisor, the latter having been longitudinally bisected ;
from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1870, pi. xl. figs. 3, 7, 10, pi. xli. figs. 1, 2, and
pi. xlii. fig. 5 ; as well as in the ' Extinct Mammals of
Australia,' pi. xxiv. figs. 3, 7, 10, pi. xxvi. figs. 1, 2. and
pi. xxvii. fig. 5.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35912. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a very old

(Fig.) male, showing mT3 and m. -± in a very much-worn condition ;

from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in the 'Phil.

Trans.' 1870, pi. xl. figs. 17, 18, and in the ' Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxiv. figs. 17, 18.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 475. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
m. -2 and mT3 ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 1528. Cast of the symphysial extremity of the mandible, showing
the bases of the incisors. The original was obtained from
the Pleistocene of Gelgoine Station, Cannon-bar, and is
preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

M. 1529. Cast of the symphysial extremity of a rather smaller
mandible. The original was obtained from Gelgoine
Station . Same history.

50080 a. The imperfect mandibular symphysis, showing the incisive
alveoli ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

46841 g. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of an immature
(Fig.) individual, showing the first three cheek-teeth and the base
of the incisor ; from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in
the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxiv.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

43965. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of a smaller but
slightly older individual, containing mTl and mT^, and the
imperfect incisor ; from Clifton, Darling Downs.

Presented by F. Nicholson, Esq., 1872.

PAEI V. N

178

M. 474. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a young individual,
showing the first four cheek-teeth in an early stage of
wear, and the incisor : from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

46880. A condyle of the mandible ; from Queensland. Figured by
(Fig.) Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlii. figs. 3, 4, and

also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxvii.

figs. 3, 4. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

47844. An imperfect mandibular condyle ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

39970. The exposed portion of a lower incisor, of which the base
(Fig.) has been transversely cut ; from Gowrie. The section is

figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xxxix.

fig. 6. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

47843. The anterior portion of the right lower incisor ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

M. 3646. Two specimens of lower incisors of small individuals;
from Queensland. Same history.

43579. The anterior portion of a lower incisor of a small individual;
from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43347- The anterior portion of the left lower incisor of an immature
individual ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

47827. The middle portion of a small lower incisor ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

M. 3647. Fragment of a mandible with the incisor in its alveolus,

(Fig.) which has been longitudinally bisected ; from Australia.

This is part of the specimen figured in the ' Phil. Trans.'

1870, pi. xl. No liistory.

47827 a. Two fragments of lower incisors ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

32861. The right scapula ; from Australia. Figured by Owen in
(Fig.) the 'Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlv. figs. 1-3, and in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxx. In the narrow
blade, long coracoidal, and expanded acromial process, this
bone agrees very closely with the scapula of the Phalan-
gistidce, and differs widely from that of the Macropodidce.

Purchased, 1854.

DIPKOTODONTIDJG. 179

32860. The left scapula of a somewhat larger individual ; from
Australia. Purchased, 1854.

45876. The imperfect glenoidal two thirds of the right scapula ;

from Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

39971. The glenoidal region of the right scapula ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39275. Portion of the glenoidal and spinal region of the left scapula;
from the Condamine Eiver.

Presented by E. Hill, Esq., 1865.

43964. Fragment of the glenoidal region of the left scapula ; from
King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

35916. The glenoidal cavity of a scapula ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

45877. A clavicle ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

32866. The right humerus ; from Australia. Figured by Owen in
(Fig.) the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlvi. figs. 1-5, and in the
* Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxxi. figs. 1-5.
Agrees in general shape with the humerus of the Phalan-
gistidce, but differs by the absence of the entepicondylar
foramen. Purchased, 1857.

32868. The distal extremity of the left humerus ; from Australia.

Purchased, 1857.

44005. Proximal extremity of the left humerus ; from Australia.

This bone corresponds very closely with the humerus of

Phalangista. Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide

Museum of Natural History, 1871.

M. 3504. The head of the humerus of a very large individual ;
from Monaba, New South "Wales. Purchased, 1886.

47857. The left ulna, wanting the distal extremity ; from Queens-
land. There is no distinct olecranon, and the articular
facette for the entocondyle of the humerus is deeply
cupped and looks nearly vertically. The ulna of the
Phalangistidce comes near to this type, but there is a dis-
tinct olecranon, and the entocondylar cup is directed
anteriorly ; the limb of the fossil was evidently less flexed
during progression.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

N2

"180 MARSTTPIAilA.

42702. Cast of the proximal extremity of the left ulna. The

original is from Australia.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

35929. The proximal half of the left ulna of a small individual ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

43088 j. Cast of the imperfect proximal extremity of the right ulna
of a very large individual. The original is from Australia.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

47856. The proximal extremity of the right ulna ; from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

45897. Cast of the right ulna. The original is from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

35924. The imperfect proximal half of the right ulna of a small
individual ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861..

44207. The proximal extremity of the right ulna of a medium-sized
individual ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

40036. The proximal extremity of the left ulna of a very small
individual ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

48419. The left ulna of a small immature individual, wanting part
of the distal epiphysis, and with both the epiphyses still
ununited to the shaft; from Queensland. This bone
differs from the ulna of Nototherium by the absence of a
distinct olecranal process.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

42703. Cast of the distal portion of the ulna of a very large indi-

vidual. The original was obtained from Queensland, and
is preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

48417. The distal half of a somewhat smaller ulna ; from Queens-
land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

47858. The left radius of a full-sized individual ; from Queensland.
In its circular proximal extremity this bone agrees with
the radius of Phalangista, and differs from that of Noto-
therium and PJiascolomys, in which that surface is oval.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

DIPROTODONTIB^E. 181

46057. The left radius ; from the Pleistocene of Mundaman, New
South Wales. Presented by W. L. R. Gipps, Esq., 1874.

47859. The distal half of the right radius ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

45878. The shaft of the right radius; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46841 0. The left scaphoid ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen

(Fig.) in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxii. figs. 1-3

(as the scapho-lunar l). This bone agrees very closely

with the corresponding element in Phascolomys and

Phalangista. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 h. The left scaphoid ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

43376. The slightly imperfect right scaphoid ; from King's Creej^,
Clifton. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

46841 C. The outer half of the right scaphoid ; from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 j. The left cuneiform; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46062. The left magnum ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874-.

46062 a. The right magnum ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46841 e. The left fifth (?) metacarpal ; from Queensland. Figured

(Fig.) by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxii.

figs. 7-10. It is compared by Owen to Macropus, but its

resemblance appears much closer to the corresponding

bone of Phascolomys.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 i. A similar specimen, imperfect ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46841 f . The terminal phalangeal of (?the second digit of) the left
(Fig.) manus ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxiii. figs. 1-5.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.
M. 3453 a. A larger terminal phalangeal ; from Queensland.

Same history.
1 See Flower 'Osteology of Mammalia,' 1st ed. pp. 277-278 (1870).

182 MARSTTPIALIA.

M. 16. The proximal half of a similar bone ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

38604. The imperfect pelvis and sacrum ; from Darling Downs.

(Fig.) Figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlvii.,
and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia/ pi. xxxii.,
The pelvis is intermediate between that of Phascolomys
and Phalangista, the lateral anterior deflection of the ilia
being even greater than in the former ; it is totally unlike
the pelvis of Macropus. The specimen belongs to a small
individual. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

40373. Portion of the pelvis and sacrum of a somewhat larger
individual ; from St. Ruth's Station, Condamine River.

Presented by Dr. F. Campbell, 1867.

44195. The left acetabular region of a yery large individual ; from
King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

45879. Small fragment of the left acetabular region, belonging to
an individual of the same size as the last specimen ; from
Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 11. Part of a left innominate agreeing precisely in structure
with the preceding, but of much smaller size ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

32864. The right femur ; from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen
(Fig.) in the * Phil. Trans.' 1870, pis. xlviii. and xlix., and also
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxxiii. and
pi. xxxiv. fig. 1. This bone comes .nearest to the femur of
Phascolomys and Phalangista, but differs in the excessive
prominence of the inner border of the trochlea for the
patella, and in the head being the highest point of the
whole bone. The femur of Macropus differs widely in the
form of the distal extremity, as well as in the less perfectly
globular head. Purchased.

M. 3649. The imperfect right femur ; from Australia.

Presented by Surgeon B. Innis, R.N., 1873.

32864 *. The imperfect left femur, transversely bisected ; from

(Fig.) Australia. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870,

pi. xlviii. fig. 3, and in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. xxxiii. fig. 3. Purchased, 1857.

DIPROTODONTID.E. 183

M. 3650. The left femur, wanting the head ; from Australia.

No history.

44001. The imperfect left femur ; from Australia.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

44192. The left femur of an immature individual ; from King's
Creek, Clifton. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

45872. The imperfect left femur of an immature individual : from
Australia. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

44002. The distal extremity of the right femur of a very large

individual ; from Australia.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

42699. Cast of the distal extremity of the left femur of an individual

nearly equal in size to the preceding. No history.

38605. The right tibia ; from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in
C%.) the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xlix. figs. 2-5, and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxxiv. figs. 2-5.
This bone comes nearest to the femur of Phascolomys and
Phalangista ; agreeing with the former in its shortness
and stoutness, but differing in the deep concavity of the
facette for the inner condyle of the femur, and in the
absence of a prominent internal malleolus ; in Phalan-
gista there is a slight cupping of the inner femoral facette,
and the internal malleolus is less prominent than in
Phascolomys. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

M. 13. The right tibia ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

44003. The proximal extremity of the right tibia ; from Australia.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide

Museum of Natural History, 1871.

42700. Cast of the shaft of the right tibia. Same history.

39974. The proximal extremity of the left tibia ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

38748 a. The distal extremity of the right tibia ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

43217. The distal extremity of the right tibia ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

184 MARSUPIALIA.

38748. The distal portion of the right tibia of an immature indi-
vidual : from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

39977. The proximal half of the tibia or fibula of an immature
individual ; from Gowrie. This bone is almost indistin-
guishable from the fibula of Phalangista, and is widely
different from that of Macropus.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39975. The distal portion of a similar bone ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

11. 14. The distal half of another similar bone ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

47860. The left calcaneum ; from Queensland. In its general plan
of structure this bone agrees with the calcaneum of
Phascolomys and Phalangista, and differs widely from that
of Macropus ; the facette for the astragalus is, however,
more concave, and that for the unciform relatively smaller.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1 876.

36215. Cast of the articular half of the right calcaneum of a larger
individual. The original is from Australia, and is pre-
served in the Adelaide Museum.

Presented by the Trustees of Hie Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

47841. The middle portion of the left calcaneum of a young indi-
vidual ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

M. 15. The left astragalus ; from Australia. This bone comes
nearest to the astragalus of Phalangista, and is of a totally
different type from that of Macropus.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

M. 3648. The imperfect left astragalus ; from Australia.

No history.

5G083. The left astragalus of a small individual ; from Queensland.
Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

42711. Cast of the right astragalus of a medium- sized individual.
The original is from Australia, and is preserved in the
Adelaide Museum.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural 'History, 1871.

DIPROTODONTID^E. 185

46841 k. The right astragalus, agreeing in size with the preceding ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

42708. Cast of the right astragalus. The original is from Australia,

and is preserved in the Adelaide Museum.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

39987. The right astragalus of a small • individual ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

47842. The right astragalus of a small individual; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

42709. Cast of a navicular. The original is from Australia, and is

preserved in the Adelaide Museum.

Presented by the Trustees of the Adelaide
Museum of Natural History, 1871.

46837. The fifth left metatarsal ; from Queensland. This bone
agrees in general characters with the corresponding meta-
tarsal of Phascolomys and Phalangista, but in its small
distal condyle shows indications that the phalangeals (as
in the corresponding digit of the manus) were aborted.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

48416. The slightly imperfect atlas vertebra ; from Queensland.
In the great relative size of the vertical diameter this
bone comes nearer to Phalangista than to Phascolomys
or Macropus ; it differs from the latter in the greater
thickness of the transverse processes, and from that of
Phascolomys and Nototherium in the near approximation
to the middle line of the two portions of the inferior
arch ; in Phalangista these two portions unite.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

48416 a. The slightly imperfect atlas vertebra ; from King's Creek,
Clifton. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

M. 3. The complete atlas vertebra of a very large individual ; from
Australia. Presented by Sir G. Yerdon, 1877.

32870. The axis vertebra ; from Australia. Figured by Owen in

(Fig.) the ' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xliii. fig. 1, and pi. xliv.

figs. 1-3, as well as in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,

pi. xxviii. fig. 1, and pi. xxix. figs. 1-3. The relative

proportions of this bone agree very closely with those of

186 MARSTTPIAXIA.

the axis of Phalangista, in which the relative length of the
centrum is intermediate between that of Phascolomys on
the one hand and Macropus on the other. Purchased.

46061. The centrum of the axis vertebra ; from Queensland. The
posterior epiphysis, which is absent in the preceding
specimen, is present.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 4. The imperfect centrum of the axis vertebra ; from Australia.
Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

32852-4. The associated third, fourth, and fifth cervical vertebrae ;

(Fig.) from Queensland. The third vertebra is figured by Owen
in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xliv. fig. 4, and also in the
'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxix. fig. 4.

Purchased.

M. 6. The third cervical vertebra ; from Australia.

Presented by Sir O. Verdon, 1877.

45883. The fourth cervical vertebra ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

45884. The centrum of the fifth (?) cervical vertebra ; from Queens-

land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 5. The imperfect centrum of the sixth cervical vertebra ; from
Australia. Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

32856. An early dorsal vertebra ; from Australia. Figured by
(Fig.) Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xliv. figs. 7, 8, and

also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxix.
figs. 7, 8. Purchased, 1857.

32857. An early dorsal vertebra ; from Australia. Figured in
(Fig.) pi. xliv. figs. 5, 6, and pi. xxix. figs. 5, 6 of the above-
cited works. Purchased.

44196. An imperfect late dorsal vertebra; from King's Creek,
Clifton. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

43964. An imperfect late dorsal vertebra; from King's Creek,
Clifton. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

43214. An imperfect late dorsal vertebra ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir E. Daintree, 1873 .

DIPKOTODONTID^!. 187

32858. An imperfect lumbar vertebra ; from Australia. Figured
(Fig.} in pi. xliv. figs. 9-11 and pi. xxix. figs. 9-11 of the

- works cited. This and the following specimens are charac-
terized by the extreme shortness of their centra.

Purchased, 1857.

32859. Two associated imperfect lumbar vertebrae ; from Australia.

Purchased, 1857.

45881. Six imperfect dorso-lumbar vertebras; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

45882. An imperfect lumbar vertebra ; from Australia.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

38603. An imperfect lumbar vertebra ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

40375. An imperfect lumbar vertebra; from the Condamine River.
Presented by Dr. F. Campbell, 1867.

M 7. A complete late lumbar vertebra; from Australia. The
corresponding vertebra of Phalangista makes the nearest
approach to this specimen of any living Marsupial, but
differs by the longer centrum, and the deflection of the
transverse process, which is not carried entirely by the
arch. Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

43375. Part of the neural arch of a late sacral vertebra of a very
large individual ; from King's Creek, Clifton.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

32855. Two specimens of the anchylosed epiphyses of two adjacent
(Fig.') vertebra? ; from Australia. Figured by Owen in the
' Phil. Trans.' 1870, pi. xliv. figs. 12, 13, and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xxix. figs. 12, 13.

Purchased, 1857.

M. 480. Two segments of the sternum ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

188 MAKSTJPIALIA.

Family PHALANGISTID^.

Dentition (except in Tarsipes) :— I- f, C. (o~, Pm. g=?>, M. g=g.
The first upper incisor is strong, curved, and cutting, the other two
being usually smaller ; the lower incisor is cutting and generally more
or less proclivous. The upper canine is small and rounded, and the
lower either rudimentary or absent. The premolars are very variable,
and may either resemble the true molars or be trenchant. The true
molars may be either simply quadritubercular, or their tubercles
may either coalesce into incomplete transverse ridges, with subcres-
centoid summits when unworn (Phalangista), or may be laterally
compressed, and with a subselenodont structure (Pliascolarctos), or
may be simply conical (Thylacoleo). The cranium is always
short, and large in proportion to the body. The mandible has
the masseteric fossa without pit or large perforation, and its condyle
convex and transversely elongated, but not separated by a notch
from the coronoid process. The limbs are of equal length; the
scapula and humerus being elongated, and the latter furnished with
an entepicondylar foramen. The calcaneum and astragalus approxi-
mate to those of the Phascolomyidae, and differ widely from those of
the Macropodidae. In existing forms the manus has five subequal
digits, which are all furnished with claws ; while in the pes the
second and third digits are very slender and partly united by integu-
ment.

Thylacoleo agrees so essentially with the existing Phalangistince,
that there seems every reason for following the lead of Krefft ' in
regarding it as a highly specialized member of the same family.

Subfamily PHALANGISTIN^;.

The lower incisor is markedly proclivous, a tooth generally
regarded as a rudimental lower canine is usually present, and the
true molars are larger than the premolars ; pm. 4 is preceded by a
milk-tooth.

Genus PSEUDOCHIRUS, Ogilby2.

Dentition :— I. ?, C. \, Pm. |, M. J. The crowns of the upper
true molars are low and broad, and carry six cusps, which are
laterally compressed and have an imperfect selenodont structure ;
the upper row of incisors is angulated ; i. 1 is only slightly larger
than i. 2 or i. 3 ; and the auditory bulla is inflated.

1 'Mammals of Australia,' Introd., p. 3 (1871). — Diprotodon and Nototherium
are also included.

2 Proo. Zool. Soc. 183.6, p. 26.

PHALANGISTIDJS. 189

fteeu1)ocf)tru0 cautJtbotbuluS (Kerr1).
Syn. Didelphys caudivolvula, Kerr2.
Hob. New South Wales, and Queensland.

M. 3651. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing pm. 4 and m. 1 ;
from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New South Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

Subfamily THYLACOLEONTIN^;.

The lower incisor is but slightly proclivous, there is no lower
canine, the true molars and early premolars are small and almost or
quite functionless, while the last premolar is of enormous size,
laterally compressed, and trenchant ; it is not known whether this
tooth was preceded by a milk-molar.

Genus THYL ACOLEO, Owen 3.

Dentition :— I. f, C. J, Pm. |, M. \. This is the only genus of the
subfamily. The structure of the foot is unknown. Some of the
functionless teeth were deciduous, and perhaps sometimes altogether
wanting.

Kg. 28.

Thylacoleo carnifex.—The skull : from the Pleistocene of Australia. £.

Thylacoleo carnifex, Owen4.

This is the type and only species, and is much larger than any
existing member of the family.
Hab. Australia.

1 Linn. Anim. Kingd. p. 196 (1792).— Didelphys. 2 Loc. tit.

3 In Gervais's ' Zool. et Pal. Fra^aises," 1st ed. pt. i. p. 192 (1849-52).

4 Phil. Trans. 1859, p. 309.

190 MABSUPIALIA.

M. 3652. Cast of the imperfect cranium, showing pm. 4 and m. 1 of the
right side. The original, which is the type, was obtained
from the Pleistocene near Melbourne, Victoria, and is pre-
served in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
(No. 3853) ; it is described and figured by Owen in the
* Phil. Trans.' 1859, p. 309, pis. xi., xiii., xiv., xv., and
also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pis. xi., xiii.,
xiv., xv.
Presented by the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons.

39271. The slightly imperfect cranium, showing pm. 4 of both sides
(Fig.) and the right canine ; from the Pleistocene of the Conda-

mine River, Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pis. xvi.-xviii.

Presented by Edward Hill, Esq., 1865.

M. 1514. Cast of the cranium, showing nearly all the dentition. The
original, which was obtained from the Pleistocene of King's
Creek, Darling Downs, Queensland, is described and
figured by Owen in the ' Geol. Mag.' dec. ii. vol. x. p. 289,
pi. vii. (1883). Presented by C. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1884.

43209. The anterior portion of the cranium, in a broken and crushed
condition; from Darling Downs. Portions of the four
anterior teeth remain on both sides, while on the left side
is shown the entire pm- 4 and the alveolus of m-J.

Presented by Sir E. Daintree, 1871.

M. 3654. Fragment of the left maxillary region, containing m. 1
(Fig.) and the much-worn pm. 4 ; from Queensland. Figured

by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. vi.

figs. 9, 10. Presented by Prof. Sir R. Given, K.C.B.

M. 3653. Fragment of the right maxilla of the same individual,

(Fig.) containing the corresponding teeth. Figured by Owen,

op. cit. pi. vi. figs. 1, 3 bis. Same history.

39994. Part of the right half of the anterior portion of the cranium ;

(Fig.) from the Pleistocene of Gowrie, Queensland. Figured
by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1871, pi. xi. figs. 1-5, and
also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. vii. figs. 1-5.
The first incisor, canine, and the three premolars are in
situ, and the alveoli of i. 2 and i. 3 also remain.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

42299. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing pm. 4 and m. 1 ;
from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New South Wales.
Presented by Prof. A. M. Thomson, 1870.

PHALANGISTID^. 191

M. 1952. Cast of a fragment of the right half of the anterior region
of the cranium, showing the canine and the well-worn
pm. 4. The original is from a cave in the Wellington
Valley, and is preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1953. Cast of a fragment of the left maxilla, with pm. 4 and

m.l. The history of the original is the same as that of

the preceding specimen.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.
M. 1954. Cast of a fragment of the left maxilla, showing pm. 4 and

m. 1. History the same as that of the preceding.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1955. Cast of a fragment of the right maxilla, with pm. 4.

History the same as that of the preceding.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.
M. 1956. Cast of a fragment of the left premaxilla, showing the

first incisor. History the same as that of the preceding.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

42526. The left first upper incisor ; from a cave in the "Wellington
(Fig.) Valley. Figured by Owen in the 'Phil. Trans.' 1871,

pi. xi. figs. 6, 7, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. vii. figs. 6, 7.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.
42518-19-22. Three specimens of second and third upper incisors :
(Fig.) from the caverns of the "Wellington Valley. Figured by

Owen in pi. xi. figs. 9, 10, 12, and pi. vii. figs. 9, 10, 12,

of the two memoirs cited above.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

M. 1817. Cast of the nearly entire mandible, showing all the teeth
except m72. The original was obtained from a cave in the
Wellington Valley, and is preserved in the Australian
Museum.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

42305. Cast of a partially restored mandible, showing the incisor,
pm. 4, and m. I of both sides.

Presented by Prof. A. M. Thomson, 1870.

43088. Cast of the middle portion of the mandible, showing pm. 4
and m. 1 of both sides. History the same as that of No.
M. 1817.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

192 MARStfPIALTA.

46835. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, showing the
incisor, pm. 4, and mTl ; from Australia. There is no
trace of the alveolus of m72.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

M. 3570. The greater portion of the right ramus of the mandible,
with pm. 4 and mTT ; from King's Creek, Clifton, Queens-
land. Noticed by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1887, p. 3.
Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1887.

M. 1957. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
incisor, pm. 2, pm. 4, and m. 1, and the alveoli of pm. 3 and
m72. The original was obtained from a cave in the
Wellington Valley, and is preserved in the Australian
Museum ; it is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' l
1887, pi. i.
Presented by the Trustees of tlie Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1958. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible, wanting part of
the coronoid process, and showing iTT, pm. 4, and mTT,
and the alveoli of the other three teeth. History the
same as that of the preceding.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1959. Cast of the imperfect left ramus of the mandible, showing
p~m74 and mTT. History the same as that of the preceding.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1960. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
iTT, pmT4, and mTT. History the same as that of the
preceding.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1518. Casts of the two associated mandibular rami, in a some-
what crushed condition. History the same as that of the
preceding.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

43088. Cast of the imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing
the incisor, pm. 4, and m. 1. History the same as that of
the preceding. Figured in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1871, pi. xiii.
fig. 1.
Presented by tJie Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

M. 4. Cast of a fragment of the right ramus of the mandible. The
original is from Hodgson's Creek, Darling Downs, and is
figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1859, pi. xi. fig. 3,

1 Erroneously stated in the text to have been obtained in 1886.

PHALANGISTID^I. 193

and pi. xiii. figs. 4, 5 ; and also in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. xi. fig. 3, and pi. xiii. figs. 4, 5.

Made in tlie Museum.

39995. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, contain-
(Fiy.) ing pm. 4 and the root of the incisor ; from Gowrie, Queens-
land. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1871, pi. xii.
figs. 1-5, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. viii. figs. 1-5.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 39. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing pm. 4,
and the alveoli of pm. 2, pm. 3, m. 1, and m. 2 ; from Queens-
land. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq.

M. 3664. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
hinder half of pm. 4 and the alveoli of most of the other
teeth ; from Australia. Same history.

M. 2572. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing pm. 4
and m. 1, and the alveoli of the other teeth ; from Eton
Vale, Darling Downs.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., .1885.

43088. Cast of the anterior part of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing iTT, pm. 4, and m. 1. The original, which was
obtained from a cave in the Wellington Yalley, and is
preserved in the Museum at Sydney, is figured by Owen
in the * Phil. Trans.' 1871, pi. xiii. fig. 2.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871 .

40060. Cast of a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible,
showing the worn pm. 4. History the same as that of
the preceding.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1866.

50066. Small fragment of the right half of the mandibular
symphysis, showing the broken bases of the anterior teeth ;
from Gowrie. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 18 TO.

M. 3665. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of a young indi-
vidual, containing the broken and unworn pm. 4 ; from
Australia. Same history.

42516. The fourth right lower premolar; from a cavern in the
(Fi<j.) Wellington Valley. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'

1871, pi. xii. fig. 6, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. viii. fig. 6.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.
PAET Y. o

194 MAE8T7PIALIA.

50067. The well-worn fourth left lower premolar belonging to an
unusually large individual ; from Gowrie.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

47012 C. The right lower incisor ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

42536. The left lower incisor; from a cavern in the Wellington
Valley. The peculiar distribution of the enamel cap
characteristic of the genus is well displayed.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

50074. Two specimens of the left lower incisor ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 3663. Cast of the brain-cavity ; taken from the cranium No.
39271. Made in the Museum.

The following specimens probably belong to this species.

42617. The proximal half of the left humerus; from a cave in the
Wellington Valley. This bone comes nearest in contour
to the humerus of Phalangista, but has the head elongated
transversely.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42300. The proximal portion of a similar right humerus ; from the
same locality. Presented by Prof. A. M. Thomson, 1870.

M. 1526. Cast of the imperfect right ulna. The original is from
the same locality as the last, and is preserved in the
Museum at Sydney ; it is figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1883, pi. xl. fig. 4. It differs from the ulna of
Phascolomys by the superior ridge of the greater sigmoid
cavity extending more completely over the inner surface
of the humeral condyle, in which respect it agrees with
Phalangista.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

M. 1925. Cast of the proximal extremity of the left ulna. The
original, of which the history is the same as that of the
last specimen, is figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. xl. fig. 5.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

35933. The proximal half of a similar left ulna ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., I860.

. PLAGIAULACID^. 195

M. 1525. Cast of the right radius. The original, of which the
history is the same as that of No. M. 1526, is figured by
Owen, op. cit. pi. xl. figs. 1-3.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

M. 1523. Cast of the left innominate. The original, of which the
history is the same as the last, is figured by Owen, op. cit.
pi. xlvi. fig. 1 ; it closely resembles the corresponding
bone of Phalangista.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

M. 1526. Cast of an ungual phalangeal. The history of the original
is the same as that of the last. The bone was evidently
covered by a horny claw, like that of Plialanyista.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

M. 3666. A right calcaneum, perhaps belonging to a young indi-
vidual of this species ; from a cave in the Wellington
Valley.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

Family PLAGIAULACID^.

This and the three following families, forming the suborder Multi-
tuberculata of Cope \ are regarded as primitive Diprotodonts, pre-
senting, however, some very specialized characters, and are pro-
visionally placed here. They are characterized by the true molars
carrying longitudinal rows of tubercles, separated by one or more
grooves ; there being either two or three such rows in the upper
molars of those forms in which these teeth are known, while there
Pig. 29.

^^w fwMftr ^^^

Neoplagiaulax eoccenus, Lemoine. — Oral and lateral views of an upper true
molar ; from the Lower Eocene of JJheims. a. Nat. size. (From the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.')

are, at least usually, only two in those of the lower jaw. The
external surface of the masseteric fossa of the mandible has neither
pit nor perforation, as in the Phalanyistidce. In the present family,
the number of upper incisors was probably two or three 2 ; the lower
prcmolars have a highly convex cutting-edge, and are always large,
compressed, and usually either serrated, or obliquely grooved and

1 Ainer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 687 (1884).

2 Lemoine describes two incisors and a canine in Xeoplagiaulax,

o2

196 MAKSTTPIALIA.

ridged, although in the genus Liotomus, Cope1, they are smooth ;
their number varies from one (Neoplayiaulax) to four (Plagiaulax
minor and Ctenacodon) : the lower true molars are two in number,
of small size, and marked by one longitudinal groove. The upper
true molars of the European and North-American genus Neopla-

Fig. 30.

Ptilodus mcdi&vus, Cope. — The left ramus of the mandible, from the outer (a).
inner (b), and oral (c) aspect ; from the Puerco Eocene of New Mexico. }.
(From the ' Amer. Nat.')

yiaulax have three ridges 2 (fig. 29). The mandible of the closely
allied North-American Ptilodus is represented in fig. 30 ; in that
genus a minute pnTTs is present, and the other slight characters by
which it is distinguished from Neoplagiaulax are mentioned by
Lemoine 3.

Genus PLAGIAULAX, Falconer4.

Including Plioprion, Cope 3.

Dentition :— I. 1<H°*I>, C.^ , Pm. JL, M.|. The lower premolars
are obliquely grooved and ridged, and increase gradually in size from
the first to the last (woodcut, fig. 31). The condyle of the mandible
(as in Thylacoho} is placed below the level of the alveolar line of the
cheek-teeth.

1 Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 691 (1884), — Xeaplagiaulax marshi, Lemoine.

8 From its resemblance to Bolodon, and the difference of its premolars from
those referred by Lemoiiie to the upper jaw of Neoplagiaulax, the writer regards
the maxilla figured by Marsh (Amer. Journ. 1887, pi. viii. figs. 2, 3) as C'/cita-
codon as probably belonging to the Bolodontidce.

3 Hull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. xi. p. 271 (1883).

4 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 2fil (1857).
8 Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 691 (1884).

PLA.GUAULACTDJE. 197

Plagiaulax becklesi, Falconer l.

This is one of the two type species, and has three lower premolars ;
it is of relatively large size, and characterized by the great depth of
the mandibular ramus, and the stoutness of the incisor.

Hob. England.

Fig. 31.

\Plagiaulax becklesi. — The right ramus of the mandible ; from the Middle
Purbeck of Swanage. f .

47731. The right ramus of the mandible; from the Middle Purbeck
(Fig.) of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen

(woodcut fig. 31) is the type, and is described and figured
by Falconer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xiii.
p. 278, figs. 1-5, and by Owen in the ' British Hesozoic
Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iv. figs. 10, 10 a ; it is
also figured in ' Falconer's Palseontological Memoirs,' vol. ii.
pi. xxxviii. figs. 1-5. Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47732. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.) incisor and the three premolars (pm. 4 imperfect) ; from

Durdlestone Bay. Figured by Falconer, op. cit. p. 279,
figs. 11-13, and by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv. figs. 13, 14.

Same history.

47733. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, showing the two true
(Fig.) molars ; from Durdlestone Bay. Figured by Falconer,

op. cit. p. 279, figs. 7-10, and by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv.
fig. 12. Same history.

47734. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing th
(Fig.) incisor and premolars ; from Durdlestone Bay. Figured

by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv. fig. 15. Sams history,

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 262 (1857).

198 MAKBUriALIA.

Plagiaulax medius, Owen '.

This form is considerably smaller than the preceding, from which
it apparently differs by the contour of the coronoid process of the
mandible.

Hab. England.

47728. The left ramus of the mandible, showing the incisor and
(Fig.) premolars ; from the Middle Purbeck of Durdlestone Bay,

Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen, which is the type,
is described and figured by Owen in the ' British Mesozoic
Mammalia' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 85, fig. 7, and p. 90,
fig. 12 ; it is also figured by Falconer in the ' Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc.' vol. xiii. p. 280, fig. 14, under the name of
P. beclclesi. Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Plagiaulax falconer!, Owen 2.

Approximately equal in size to P. becJclesi, but distinguished by
the smaller depth of the mandibular ramus, the more slender incisor,
and the larger p~m72.

Hab. England.

47730. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing the

(Fig.) premolars and incisor ; from the Middle Purbeck near

Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type, and is

figured by Owen in -the ' British Mesozoic Mammalia '

(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iv. fig. 6.

Beclcles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Plagiaulax minor, Falconer 3.

Syn. Plioprion minor, Cope *.

This is the smallest species, and is distinguished by the presence
of four lower premolars, on which account it has been made the
type of a distinct genus by Cope.

Hab. England.

47729. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.) complete dentition ; from the Middle Purbeck near Swan-
age, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type, and is figured
by Falconer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xiii.
p. 28, fig. 15, and by Owen in the ' British Mesozoic
Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iv. fig. 9.

Bickles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

1 'British Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 85 (1871).

2 Op. cit. p. 8J.

8 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 264 (1857).
* Amer. Nat. rol. xviii. p. 691 (1884).

POL rJI A.STODOXTID.E.

199

The folio iv iny specimens are not specifically determined.
48399. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the
three premolars, and a detached fourth lower premolar ;
from the Middle Purbeck of Durdlestone Bay.

BecUes Collection. Purchased, 1876,

Family POLYMASTODONTID.E.

In the one known genus of this family the dentition is I. j,
The premolar is tubercular, and agrees in

Pm.

ILf

structure with the true molars, although somewhat simpler; the
true molars are elongated antero-posteriorly, those of the upper jaw
having three ridges, mTl being longer than m72 and having six
tubercles on each side. The angle of the mandible is inflected ; the
huinerus has no entepicondylar foramen, and the astragalus is
without a trochlea ; the caudal vertebrae indicate a large tail.

Fig. 32.

Polt/mastodon taoensis. — a, b, c, d. Right mandibular rainus ; from the Puerco Eocene of Ne\
Mexico, e. Fragment of a maxilla. |. (From the ' Amer. Nat.')

200 MARSUPIALIA.

Genus POLYMA.STODON, Cope1.

Syn. Catopsalis, Cope 2.
Tceniolabis, Cope 3.

As this is the only genus at present known, its characters are
those of the family ; five species have been named.

Polymastodon tabensis, Cope 4.

Syn. Catopsalis poUm; Cope 5.
Taniolabis aulcafus, Cope e.

This is the type and largest species, its limb-bones being described
as equal in size to those of Macropus yiganteus. The mandible and
dentition are represented in the accompanying woodcut (fig. 32).

Hab. North America.

M. 2568. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the three
cheek-teeth in an almost unworn condition ; from the
Puerco Eocene of New Mexico, U.S.A.

Presented by E. LydeJcJcer, Esq., 1885.

Family TRITYLODONTID^E.

The upper true molars have three antero-posterior ridges and
are elongated transversely ; while the premolars in the type genus
are of the same general structure, although somewhat smaller and
simpler. It seems probable that Stereognaihus should be included
in this family 7; but the close resemblance of the molars of the type
specimen of that genus to those of Ttitylodon suggests that the
specimen in question belongs to the upper rather than to the lower
jaw.

Cope 8 suggests that from the type genus may have been derived
both the Polymastodontidce and Plagiaulacida? ; while Thylacoleo
is directly descended from the latter, and the Macropodidce and Phas-
colomyidce are lateral branches from the same stock. It is, however,

1 Amer. Nat. vol. xvi. p. 684 (1882).

2 Ibid. p. 416. This name has the priority, but has apparently been with-
drawn by its author in favour of Polymastodon. See Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 688
(1884).

8 Ibid. p. 604. Founded on an incisor ; see Amer. Nat. yol. xix. p. 493 (1885)
« Ibid. p. 684. « Ibid. p. 685.

6 Ibid. p. 604. Subsequently quoted as T. scalper.

7 See Cope, Amer. Nat, vol. xviii. p. 688 (1884). Trihjlodon, although the
latest in date, is taken as the type of the family on account of the more satisfactory
evidence afforded by the type specimen.

8 Op. tit. p. 605.

pretty evident that Thylacoleo, with its three upper incisors, could
not have been derived from Trityhdon, in which there are only two
of these teeth ; the same remark being also applicable in the case of
the Macropodidce.

Genus TRITYLODON, Owen \

Syn. Triglyplms, Fraas 2.

Dentition:— I.?, 0. f, Pm.|, M. p The diastema is of great
length, the first upper incisor is large and scalpriform, and the
second small and functionless ; each ridge of the upper cheek-teeth
usually carries three subconical tubercles.

Fig. 33.

Trityhdon fraasi, n. sp. Lyd. — Upper molar ; from the Triassic bone-bed near
Strasbourg. The central figures are of the natural size, the others f . (From
the ' Neues Jahrb.')

The upper molar from the Triassie bone-bed near Strasbourg (fig.
33), figured by Fraas under the name of Triylyplms, presents no
characters by which it can be generically distinguished 3 from Trity-
lodon, and may therefore be at least provisionally referred to that
genus ; but as its smaller size 4 indicates its specific distiuction, it
may be named T. fraasi.

Tritylodon longsevus, Owen 5.

This is the type species, and appears to have been somewhat
smaller than a Uadger.
Hob. South Africa.

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vox. xl. p. 146 (1884).

2 ' Vor der Sundfluth,' p. 215 (Stuttgart, 18(56). The name is preoccupied for
a genus of Diptera.

3 The character mentioned by Neuinayr, Neues Jahrb. 1884, vol. i. p. 279,
cannot be regarded as of more than specific value.

4 It is of too large dimensions to have been the tipper molar of Microlestes,
which was probably two-ridged. Loc. cit.

202 MARBTTPIALIA.

M. 1951. The imperfect, cranium ; from the Karoo series of Basuto-
(%.) land, South Africa. This is the type and only known
specimen, and is described and figured by Owen in the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xl. p. 146, pi. vi. figs. 1-7,
and also by Cope in the ' Amer. Nat.' vol. xviii. p. 688,
fig. 2 ; the latter figure being reproduced in the accom-
panying woodcut.
By exchange with the Bloemfontein Museum, South Africa, 1884.

Fig. 34.

Tritylodon longeevus. — Oral (a) and frontal (b), aspects of the cranium ; from
the Karoo series of of Basuto-land. §. (From the ' Ainer. Nat.')

Family BOLODONTID^.

Upper true molars numerous and antero-posteriorly elongated,
with a deep median groove, bordered by two antero-posterior ridges
surmounted by blunt tubercles ; the upper premolars with tricuspid
non-secant crowns. The serial position of the family is provisional,
but it is probably allied to the three preceding ones \

Genus MICROLESTES, Plieninger 2.
Syn. Hypsiprymnopsis, Dawkina 8.

Owen recognizes three equally minute species, viz. M. antiquus,
Plieninger, from the Upper Trias (Keuper) of Stuttgart ; M . rhceticus,

1 Marsh (Amer. Journ. 1887, p. 329) places Bolodon in the Plagiaulacida, in
which Osborn (MS.) includes Microkstes. The former, as the best-known genus,
is made the type of the family.

» Jahrcsh. Ver. Nat. Wiirtt. vol. iii. p. 164 (1847).

8 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 406 (1864).

BOLODONTmS. 203

Dawkins, from the Upper Trias (Rhaotic) of Somerset ; and the
following form. There are, however, no characters by which the
two latter can be distinguished from the former, and their claim to
specific separation must therefore be regarded as provisional. The
structure of the teeth so closely resembles that of Bolodon, that
there can be but little hesitation in placing both in the same family.

Microlestes moorei, Owen ' .
Hob. England.

M. 2401. Three teeth ; from the Upper Triassic (Rhaetic) bone-bed
of Frome, Somersetshire. These specimens agree with
those figured by Owen in the memoir cited ; but the refer-
ence of the latter to upper and lower jaws is doubtful.

By exchange with the Bath Institute, 1884.

Genus BOLODON, Owen 2.

Dentition :— I. ^ C. ?, Pm. |, M. £. In the allied or identical
American Allodon, Marsh 3 regards the check-formula as Pm.|, M.-| ;
but from No. 47735 a and the analogy of Tritylodon the above
formula is provisionally adopted. The upper premolars are conical
and have three cusps on their summit.

Bolodon crassidens, Owen 4.
This is the type species.
Hab. England.

The folloiviny specimens are from the Middle Purbeck group of Dur-
dlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire ; and belong to the Beckles
Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47735. Part of the right maxilla, showing the second and third
(Fig.) incisors, premolars, and one true molar. This specimen

is the type, and is figured by Owen in his ' British Meso-
zoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iii. fig. 5. There is
a crack behind the second tooth which appears coincident
with the suture.

47735 a. Part of the right maxilla, showing the three premolars and
four true molars. This specimen, which was not seen
by Owen, has afforded important evidence in determining
the homology of the teeth.

47736. Fragment of the palate, showing two cheek-teeth on either
(Fig.} side. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. fig. 6.

1 'British Mesozoic Mammalia' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 6 (1871).

a Ibid. p. 54 (1871).

8 Aiuer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 329 (1887). * loc- cit.

204 MARSUTIALIA.

Family MACROPODID^E.

Dentition :— I. ?, C. (~}, Pm. f, H. J. The upper incisors are
secant, and arranged in a continuous arched series, distinctly sepa-
rated in the median line ; the first being often larger than either of
the others ; the lower incisor is secant and proclivous, and the
teeth of opposite sides frequently bite against one another. The
upper canine, when present, is often deciduous, and generally small.
The diastema is long. The premolars are either secant or triangular,
and in the former case are generally more or less distinctly marked
by nearly vertical grooves and ridges ; pm. 3 is always, and pm. 4
occasionally deciduous, the latter tooth being preceded by a milk-
molar. The true molars are either quadritubercular or transversely
ridged ; and m. 1 is occasionally deciduous. The mandible has a
deep pit and perforation in the masseteric fossa, and its condyle is
flat, transversely shortened, and not separated by a deep notch from
the coronoid process. The fore limbs are always shorter than the
hind ones, although their relative proportion varies much in the
different forms ; the scapula and humerus are frequently broad, and

Fig. 35.

Bettomgia grayi (Gould). Lateral view of skull ; from Australia. \.
(From the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.')

the latter nearly always has an entepicondylar foramen. The olecra-
non is well developed ; the calcaneum and astragalus are of a peculiar
type, the former being characterized by the truncation of its distal
articular surface. The manus has five subequal digits ; but the
hind foot has the second and third digits much smaller than the
others, and enclosed in a common integument, the hallux being
absent in all recent forms except Hypsiprymnodon, and the fourth
digit always larger than either of the others. The femur is charac-
terized by a projection for muscular attachments at the outer side of
the external distal coudyle.

MACROPODID.E. 205

Subfamily POTOROIN^E.

The first upper incisor is narrow, curved, and much longer than
either of the two following teeth (fig. 35) ; an upper canine is
present ; the fourth premolar is secant and much elongated, with a
nearly straight or slightly concave cutting-edge, usually with the
vertical grooves and ridges very distinct, and that of the upper jaw
without any inner basal ridge ; the true molars are quadri-tuber-
cular, the fourth being always smaller than the third.

. Genus JEPYPRYMNUS, Garrod l.

The ridges on the fourth premolar are few in number and nearly
vertical ; the auditory bulla is not inflated ; and there are no palatal
vacuities. The entepicondylar foramen of the humerus is frequently
absent in both the recent and fossil races of the one species.

2Upj>prjjmnu$ rufetfceng (Gray 2).

Syn. Bettongia rufescens, Gray 3.
? Bettongia cuneata, Owen 4.

The fossil mandible figured under the name of E. cuneata appa-
rently agrees precisely with the following specimens.
Hob. New South Wales.

42618-27. Several imperfect specimens of the cranium and mandible ;
from the caves of the Wellington Valley, New South Wales.
Several of these and the following specimens belong to
immature individuals, and show the fourth premolar in its
alveolus.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43868-70. Numerous fragments of the maxilla, imperfect mandibular
rami, and detached teeth ; from the same locality.

Same history.

32316. The anterior portion of the right ramus of the mandible of
an immature individual, showing the incisor, pra. 3, mm. 4,
mTT, m. 2, and pm. 4 in alveolo ; from the same locality.

Same history.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 59.

2 Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist, vol. i. p. 584 (\98l}.— Bettongia.

3 Loc. cit.

4 ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' p. 107, pi. v. fig. 15 (1877).

206 MARSUPIALTA.

42632-3. Two specimens of the right humerus, in one of which tho
entepicondylar foramen is wanting ; from the same locality.

Same history.

42668. Three specimens of the humerus ; from the same locality.

One specimen has no entepicondylar foramen.

Same history,

42669. Three specimens of the ulna (two imperfect) ; from the

locality. Same history.

42630-1. Two imperfect specimens of tho femur ; from the same
locality. Same history.

43928, 43939. Numerous specimens of the calcaneum ; from the
same locality.

42662. The right fourth metatarsal ; from the same locality.

Same history.

43920. Two specimens of the right fourth metatarsal ; from the
same locality. Same history.

43927. Numerous specimens of the fourth metatarsal ; from the
same locality. Same history.

43829. Numerous specimens of the phalangeals of the fourth digit
of the pes ; from the same locality. Same history.

Subfamily MACROPODIN^E.

The cutting-edges of the upper incisors are situated in nearly the
same horizontal plane ; the canines are generally absent or rudi-
mentary ; the true molars are bilophodont, the fourth being larger
than either of the others ; and the fourth upper prcmolar has either
an inner basal ridge, or a complete inner lobe.

Genus MACROPUS, Shaw1.

Syn. Kangurus, LacSpede2.
Leptosiayon, Owen3.
Fachysiagon, Owen 4.

1 Naturalists' Miscellany, vol. i. pi. xxxiii. (1790).

2 In Desmarest's Mammnlogie, p. 271 (1820).

3 Extinct Mammals of Australia, p. 450 (1877).

4 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 784.

MACKOPODLD.B. 207

Including: — Halmaturus, Illiger *.
Petrogak, Gray 2.
Lagorchestes, Gould 3.
Osphranter, Gould 4.
Onychogale, Gray '.
Phascolagus, Owen 6.
Protemnodon, Owen7 (inparte).
Sthenurus, Owen 8 (in parte).

The mandibular symphysis is not anchylosed, the diastema is long,
and the ramus not excessively deep. The fourth upper premolar
has a secant edge, and an inner basal ridge or tubercle, the corre-
sponding lower tooth being simply secant : and these teeth may bo
either longer or shorter than the first true molar. The true molars
do not show a number of vertical ridges. The lower incisors arc
spatulate, and those of opposite sides can frequently be moved
against one another. Palatal vacuities are present in some of the
smaller forms. The fore limbs are much shorter than the hinder
ones.

The writer follows Flower in including all the above-mentioned
living forms in the type genus. Other writers on recent zoology
retain, however, Petrogale, Onychogale, and Lagorchestes as generic
terms, but such a classification is often inapplicable to the fossil forms.

It will be shown in the sequel, that all the upper jaws described
by Owen under the name of Sthenurus, and the lower ones as Pro-
temnodon, indicate large Wallabies belonging to the present genus ;
although the genus Sthenurus, as defined below, is a valid one.

Macropus brehus (Owen)9.

Syn. Sthenurus brehus, Owen 10.
Protemnodon mimas, Owen ".
Macropus mimas, Flower 12.

Owing to the confusion with regard to the upper dentition of
Sthenurus atlas (q. «.), the upper jaws of the present form were referred
by Owen to that genus, while the mandibles were made the types of
the so-called Protemnodon mimas. A comparison of the mandible

Prodr. Syst. Mamin. et Avium, p. 80 (1811).
Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 583 (1837).
Monograph of Macropodidae, pt, i. (1841). * Op. cit.

In Grey's Australia, vol. ii. App. p. 402 (1841).
Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 261.

Ibid. p. 274. 8 Ibid. p. 2G-J.

Ibid. p. yi'J.—Samurus. 10 ioc. cit.

Ibid. p. 278.
s Cat. Vert, Anim. Mu3. E. Coll. Surg. pt. 2, p. 720 (1884).

208 MARSUPIALIA.

associated with the cranium No. 47832 shows, however, an absolute
identity with those described under the latter name l.

The estimated length of the entire cranium is about one foot ; the
length of the upper series of cheek-teeth usually varying from 0,083
to 0,087, and that of the lower jaw from 0,080 to 0,083 ; but a
larger series of specimens would probably show a more extensive
variation in this respect. In this and the following three species,
the upper true molars have no bridge connecting their anterior talon
with the first ridge; the molars of both jaws are comparatively
wide, and have a low longitudinal bridge between the ridges. In
the present and largest species, the length of the last premolar con-
siderably exceeds that of the first true molar ; the lower true molars
of the typo form have a distinct hind talon ; and the first upper
incisor is much larger than either of the others.

There is considerable variation in the length of pm. 4 in the speci-
mens referred by Owen 2 to this species, and it is probable that some
of the examples in which that tooth is unusually elongated are iden-
tical with the next form.

The species appears allied to existing Wallabies like M. ualabatus,
in which the last premolar is relatively long. The present form and
its allies were regarded by Garrod 3 as showing affinity to Dorcopsis ;
but they differ by the shorter pm. 4, the distinct longitudinal bridge
between the ridges of the true molars, the large i- 1, and the absence
of the upper canine.

Hcib. New South "Wales and Queensland.

44121. The imperfect palatal region of the cranium, showing all the
( Fig.) dentition except the last three true molars of the left side ;
from the Pleistocene of Clifton, Queensland. Figured by
Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxviii. figs. 1-3, and
also in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cviii.
figs. 1-3. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1873.

47832. The imperfect palatal region of the cranium and the asso-
(Fig.) ciated anterior extremity of the mandible ; from Clifton.
These specimens, which are in a somewhat crushed con-
dition, and belonged to an old and probably male individual,

1 The imperfect cranium figured from a photograph by Owen in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxvii. figs. 1-4, under the name of Protemnodon
mimas presents no characters by which it can be distinguished from that of
M. brehw ; the allege:! simpler structure of pm. 4 being due either to the im-
perfection of the specimen or t > want of clearness in the photograph. .

a « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cix.

8 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 27F.

MACROPOBID-E. 209

are figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. cix. figs. 4-8. In the palate the whole of the
dentition is shown, while the mandible exhibits the incisors
and the first three cheek-teeth.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1873.

47833. The anterior part of the palate of an old individual, showing
(Fig.) the incisors and pm- 4 and m. 1 of the right side; from
Clifton. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cix. figs. 1, 9, 10.
Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1873.

43303 a. The middle portion of the palate, showing the true molars
(Fig.) and the broken base of the left pm. 4 ; from a cave in the
Wellington Valley, New South Wales. This specimen is
the type, and is figured by Owen in the * Phil. Trans.'
1874, pi. xxvii. figs. 5, 6, and also in the ' Extinct Mam-
mals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxvii. figs. 5, 6.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

M. 2259. Part of the right maxilla, showing all the cheek-teeth except
(Fig.) m- 4 ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland. Figured by

Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxviii.

figs. 5_7. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 3667. Fragment of the left maxilla of an immature individual,
showing the last three true molars ; from the Pleistocene
of King's Creek, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 2264. Fragment of the right maxilla of an old individual, show-
ing the last three true molars ; from Queensland.

Same history.

M. 2265. A similar fragment of the right maxilla of a younger
individual ; from Queensland. Same history.

50064 C. Fragment of the left maxilla showing the last three true
molars in an early stage of wear ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

43580. Fragment of the left maxiUa, showing the four true molars ;

from the Pleistocene of the Condamine lliver, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

PART V. p

210 MARSTJPIALIA.

38614. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the last three true
molars, in an imperfect condition ; from the Pleistocene
of Darling Downs, Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864

32894. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the first three true
molars, in an imperfect condition ; from the same locality.

Purchased, 1857.

M. 40. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing pm. 4, m. 1, and
m. 2, in a well-worn condition ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

50058. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing pm. 4 and m. 1 ;
from Queensland. The premolar is shorter than in No.
43853. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 3668. Cast of part of the right maxilla, showing the five cheek-
teeth ; the exact locality whence the original was obtained
is not known. Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B.

M. 45. Fragment of the right maxilla with the last three true
molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

32301. A right upper true molar ; from a cave in the Wellington
Valley. Purchased, 1857.

43853. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing pm. 4 and m. 1 ;
(Fig.} from the same locality, Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvii. figs. 7-9, and also in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxvii. figs. 7-9.

Presented by the Commissioners for New South Wales
of ihz Paris Exhibition of 1867.

47834. The left lower incisor in a fragment of the mandible ; from
(Fig.) the Pleistocene of Clifton, Queensland. Figured by Owen
in the * Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxviii. fig. 5.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1873.

M. 35. The left half of the mandibular symphysis, containing the
incisor; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

38796. Crown of the right lower incisor ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

MACROPODIDJ3. 211

The following specimens include the types of Protemnodon mimas of
Owen, under which name the figured specimens are described by
him.

M. 2256. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible of an old male ;
from Queensland. Described by Owen in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' p. 447. The five cheek-teeth and
part of the symphysis are shown ; and the specimen
presents no characters by which it can be distinguished
from the mandible of No. 47832.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

48068. The imperfect mandible, showing the cheek-teeth of both
sides; from Darling Downs. This specimen, although
belonging to a younger individual, agrees precisely in
characters with the preceding.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

43351. The left ramus of the mandible, showing the five cheek-
(Fuj.) teeth in an early stage of wear ; from Gowrie, Queensland.
Figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvi.
figs. 1-3, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. Ixxxvi. figs. 1-3. Allowing for the difference in age,
no dissimilarity can be detected between this specimen and
the mandible of No. 47832.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

M. 2257. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing the
four true molars ; from Queensland. Described by Owen
in the « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' p. 447.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

48423. The imperfect right mandibular ramus of a small immature
individual, referred by Owen to the present lorm ; from
Queensland. The whole of the dentition is shown, but the
crown of pm. 4 is broken off.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

32882. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible of a young indi-

(Fiy.) vidual, showing mmT4, niTl, and m. 2, in use, and pm. 4 in

alveolo ; from the Condamine River. Figured by Owen in

the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvi. figs. 1-4, and also in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxvi. figs. 4-6.

Purchased, 1857.

212 MA.KSUPIALIA.

40007. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a slightly younger

(Fig.) individual, showing the homologous teeth (except mm. 4).

Figured in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxiv. figs. 13-16,

and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxiv.

figs. 13-16. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35962. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing all the
cheek-teeth ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

38758. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the last
three true molars ; from the Pleistocene of Darling Downs,
Queensland. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 51. The imperfect hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing the four true molars and the hinder half of pm. 4 :
from Queensland.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

Macropus reechus (Owen l).

Syn. Protemnodon rcechus, Owen 2.
Protemnodon ant&us, Owen 3.

The difference in the length of the lower dental series of the two
forms to which the above names have been applied not being relatively
greater than that occurring in M. giganteus, both are regarded as
specifically identical.

The mandible of this form agrees in its limits of size with that of
M. brehus, but is distinguished by the longer pm. 4 and the absence
of a distinct hind talon to mT^t. Since, however, as already mentioned,
a similar variation occurs in pm. 4 of the upper jaws included under
M. brehus, and the case of M. analc shows that a talon may be
present or absent in the lower molars of a single species, there is
every probability that the present form is merely a variety of the
former species.

Hab. Queensland.

35968. The anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible,
containing the first four cheek-teeth ; from the Pleistocene
of Gowrie, Queensland. This specimen is the type, and is

' Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 281.— Protemnodon. a Loc. cit.

3 Extinct1 Mammals of Australia, p. 448 (1877).

MACEOPODID^E. 213

figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvii.
figs. 10-13, and also in the 'Extinct Mammals of
Australia,' pi. Ixxxvii. figs. 10-13. The length of the
space occupied by the four teeth is 0,071.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39999. The imperfect hinder half of the left ramus of the mandible,
containing the last three true molars ; from Queensland.

Same history.

38613. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
the last two true molars ; from the Pleistocene of Eton
Yale, Queensland,

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

40002. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible of an
immature individual, showing j^7~2 and mTs ; from Queens-
land. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

The following specimens include the types of the smaller
form described as Protemnodon antasus.

M. 2258. The slightly imperfect left ramus of the mandible, showing

(Fig.} all the cheek-teeth and the alveolus of the incisor ; from

Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals

of Australia,' pi. ex. figs. 1-3. The length of the first four

teeth is 0,061, and that of the entire series 0,080.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43581. The imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing the
(Fig.} first three true molars in a broken condition ; from the
Pleistocene of the Condamine lliver, Queensland. Figured
by Owen, op. cit. pi. ex. figs. 6-9.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43379. The hinder half of the right ramus of the mandible, con-
taining the four true molars ; from the Pleistocene of
Clifton, Queensland. Noticed by Owen, op. cit. p. 449.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

38757. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
the last two true molars ; from the same locality.

Presented by P. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

48422. The slightly imperfect right ramus of the mandible, showing
the four true molars and the alveolus of the incisor ; from
the Pleistocene of Gowrie, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

214 MABSTJPIALIA.

50051. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing
the four true molars ; from the same locality.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

Macropus anak, Owen '.

Syu. Protemnodon anak, Owen 2 (in parte).
Protemnodon og, Owen 3.
Sthenurm atlas, Owen 4 (in parte).

This species was founded upon a mandibular ramus, agreeing
very closely in structure with the mandible of M. brehus, but of
inferior size, and having no hind talon to m. 4. Other specimens
have, however, a small talon, and thus connect the typical form with
the slightly larger one described by Owen as Protemnodon og, which
may apparently be regarded merely as a variety. The confusion
noticed under the head of Sthenurus atlas in regard to the proper
upper dentition of that species led Owen to figure the upper jaws of
the present species under that name, while the proper upper jaws
of S. atlas were referred to the present species (*).

In the two complete maxilla? the length of the cheek-series is
0,070 and 0,072 ; the length of the last three molars being 0,045 ;
but since other specimens show that the latter dimension varies
from 0,043 to 0,046, it is evident that a larger variation would be
found in the length of the complete series, if we had more complete
specimens. In the mandible the length of the cheek-series varies
from 0,057 to 0,071.

This species is apparently very closely allied to M. brehus, there
being only a slight difference in size between the largest individuals
of the former and the smallest of the latter.

Hub. Queensland, South Australia, and New South Wales.

TJie following specimens include those referred by Owen
to Sthenurus atlas.

45934. Part of the right maxillary region, showing the five cheek-
(Fiij.) teeth ; from the Pleistocene of South 'Australia. Figured

1 Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 185 (1859). 2 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 275.

•' Ibid. p. 277. 4 jf>icj p 965.

Ap;irt from all other evidence it is quite certain that tlie upper premolars
of the under-mentioned specimens could not have been opposed to j^l of
Sfhevurus atlas, while they agree precisely with the corresponding tooth of the
so-called Profemnodon anak.

MACEOPODID^E. 215

by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxiv. figs. 4-6,
and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxiv!
figs. 4-6. The length of the cheek-series is 0,072, and
that of the three true molars 0,045.

Presented by Prof. Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1874.

46070. The left maxillary region, showing all the cheek-teeth
except m. 4 ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 43. Part of the right maxilla of a somewhat smaller individual,
(Fig.} containing all the cheek-teeth ; from the Pleistocene of

Fig. 36.

Macropus anak. — The right upper cheek-dentition ; from the Pleistocene of
Queensland. \.

Queensland. In this specimen (woodcut fig. 36) the length
of the cheek-series is 0,070, and that of the last three true
molars 0,043. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq.

M. 2262. The imperfect anterior portion of the palate, showing the
(Fig.) left pm. 4 and m. 1, and the incisive alveoli of both sides ;
from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxviii. figs. 1-4.

Presented by Dr. Georae Bennett.

47838. The crushed anterior portion of the cranium of an immature

(Fig.) individual, showing i. 1, i. "2, pm. 3, mm. 4, luuj, and m. 2,

in use, and pm. 4 in alveola ; from Queensland. Figured by

Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxv. fig. 2, and pi. xxvi.

fig. 4. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

38751. Fragment of the left maxilla of a large individual, showing
the last three true molars : from the Pleistocene of Darling
Downs, Queensland. The length of the three teeth is
0,046. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

216 MA.ESUPIALIA.

50064 b. Two fragments of the maxillse of opposite sides, each con-
taining the last three true molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879

M. 2263. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the last three
true molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 2261. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing pm. 4 and m. 1 ;
(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxviii. figs. 2, 3.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

50064 a. Fragment of the right maxilla of a small individual con-
taining the four true molars, of which the first is much
worn ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

The following specimens include those referred by Owen
to Protemnodon anak.

38753. The left ramus of the mandible, imperfect posteriorly, but
(Fig.) showing the entire dentition ; from Queensland. Figured
by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxv. figs. 7-10,
and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxv.
figs. 7-10. The length of the cheek-series is 0,066, and
that of the last three true molars 0,0425. There is no
distinct hind talon to ^Tl.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

35964. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
the four true molars and the hinder half of pmTl ; from
Gowrie. The true molars are more worn than those of
the last specimen. Figured by Owen in the 'Phil. Trans.'
1874, pi. xxv. figs. 3, 4, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. Ixxxv. figs. 3-5.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

50060. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
the five cheek-teeth ; from Gowrie. This specimen
agrees almost precisely with No. 38753, with the excep-
tion that m. 4 has a distinct hind talon. It also agrees so
closely with the maxilla No. 46078, that it might well
have belonged to the same individual.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

MACROPODIDJ3. 217

50959. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
four true molars and the base of pm. 4 ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 1895. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the five
(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in

the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxv. figs. 1, 2. There is a

slight talon to m. 4.

Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

50061. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the four
true molars and the hinder half of pm. 4 ; from Gowrie.
There is a small talon to m. 4.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

50054. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible of an old
individual, showing the last three true molars, and the
alveolus of pm. 4 ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

35965. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing pm. 4 and
m7~3 ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

43349 x. A detached fourth lower premolar ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

38615. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a young
individual, provisionally referred to this species ; from
Queensland. The last milk- and first true molars are in
use, and pm. 4 is seen in alveolo.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

The types of Protemnodon og are included among the following.

35963. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible, showing all the
(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from Gowrie. The first true molar is con-
siderably worn ; the length of the series of cheek-teeth is
0,071, and that of the last three true molars 0,046 ; there
is a distinct hind talon to m74. Figured by Owen in the
1 Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxv. figs. 5, 6, and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxv. figs. 5, 6.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 3451. The nearly entire left ramus of the mandible of a large

(Fifj.) individual, showing the incisor, pm. 4, the hinder half of

5T~2, and ^Ts ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in

218 MAK8UPIALIA.

the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxv. fig. 6.
The slightly worn condition of the cheek-teeth makes the
length of the series relatively longer than in the preceding
specimen. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1886.

35967. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) the last three true molars (S72 imperfect) ; from Gowrie.
Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxv.
figs. 11-13, and also in the 'Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. Ixxxv. figs. 11-13. The talon to mTl is very
slight. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 48. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the
last three true molars ; from Queensland. The talon to
^~4 is scarcely perceptible.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

40003. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing SiTs
and rn~4 ; from Queensland. The talon of m. 4 is almost
imperceptible. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 42. The anterior part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
pm~4 and the alveolus of the incisor ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

M. 41. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of an immature
individual, showing pm. 3, mm. 4, mTT, and m. 2, and pm. 4
in alveolo ; from Queensland. Same history.

50063. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of a young indivi-
dual, showing p"^T"3 (imperfect), mm."*, mil, and i^~2 in
use, and pm. 4 in alveolo ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

Macropus minor (Owen ').
Syn.- Sthenurus minor, Owen 2.

Although the name M. minor is preoccupied by a synonym of
Potorous tridactylus (Hypsiprymnus murinus) it seems inadvisable to
apply a new one to the present form.

This species is of smaller size than the last, and is distinguished
by the proportionately shorter pm. 4, and the relatively narrower
upper true molars.

Hab. New South Wales and Queensland.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 353.— Sthenurus. 2 Loc. cit.

MACP.OPODID^;. 219

48409. The imperfect palatal region of the cranium of an immature
(Fig.} individual ; from the Pleistocene of County Phillip, New
South Wales. This specimen is the type, and is figured
by Owen in the ' Proc. Zool. Soc.' 1877, pi. xxxvii., and
pi. xxxviii. figs. 1-3. The four true molars are shown on
both sides, but while on the left side pm. 4 is in position,
on the right it is still in alveolo, pm. 3 and mm. 4 being in
use. Presented by Eev. W. B. Clarke, 1877.

M. 47. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the first three cheek-
teeth ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

M. 47 a. Fragment of the right maxilla of an immature individual,
showing mm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 in use, and pm. 4 in alveolo ;
from Queensland. Same history.

40380. The imperfect left ramus of a mandible, with the four true
molars and the base of pm. 4, probably belonging to this
species; from the Condamine River.

Presented by Dr. F. Campbell, 1867.

50063 a. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a young indivi-
. dual, probably belonging to this species ; from Queensland.
The first three true molars and pm. 4 are shown.

Presented by G. F. Bennett. Esq., 1879.

ifHacropug ualabatuS (Lesson and Garaot1).

Syn. Kangurus ualabatus, Lesson and Garnot 2.
Halmaturus lessoni, Gray 3.
Halmaturus nemoralis, Wagner 4.
Halmaturus uulabatus, auct.

This species is smaller than any of the preceding ones, but appears
to .be their nearest living ally, having the fourth upper premolar
usually equal in length to one and a half times that of the first true
molar, and the upper true molar of a similar structure; the^third
upper incisor is vertically grooved, and somewhat larger than the first;
there are large pnlatal vacuities. The lower true molars are of a
short and simple type, like those of the preceding extinct forms.
The length of the upper series of cheek-teeth averages 0,039, and
that of the lower jaw 0,0395.
Hob. New South Wales.

1 Voyage de la Coquillc, Zool. vol. i. p. 161 (1826).— Kaiiffurus.

2 Loc. cit.

3 Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 583 (1837).

* In Schreber's • Siiugethiere,' Suppl. vol. iii. p. 114 (1843).

220 MARSTTPIALIA.

43854. Tho imperfect right ramus of the mandible, containing the
five cheek-teeth ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley,
New South Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42591. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of a young indivi-
dual, showing p~nT3, nnnTl, and nTl in use, and pm. 4 and
nT2 in alveola, together with the basal half of the incisor ;
from the same locality. Same history.

42668. The right humerus ; from the same locality. This specimen
shows the ill-defined distal trochleao so characteristic of
the species, whereby it differs widely from the corre-
sponding bone of the M. bennetti type (No. 42068, page 240).

Same history.

42643 a. The left calcaneum ; from the same locality.

Same history.

illlacroptuf parrot, Bennett J.

Syii. Halmaturus parryi, Gould 2.
? Osphranter gouldi, Owen 3.
? Macroptis youldi, Flower 4.

Of somewhat larger size than M. ualabatus, with the fourth pre-
molar decidedly shorter than the first true molar ; and the true
molars (especially those of the lower jaw) more elongated and rather
more complex than in that species.

Hob. New South Wales (recent) and Queensland (Pleistocene).

43345. The greater part of the right maxilla of a nearly adult indivi-
dual, showing the four true molars ; from the Pleistocene of
Darling Downs, Queensland. This specimen presents no
characters by which it can be distinguished from the
corresponding part of the cranium of a recent example.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43345 a. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
four true molars ; from the same locality. This specimen
cannot be distinguished from the type of the so-called
Osphranter gouldi figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1874, pi. xxiii. figs. 15, 16. The latter is indeed stated

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, p. 151.

1 Monograph of Macropoclidse, pi. xix. (1842).

3 Pha. Trans. 1874, p. 261.

4 Oat. Vert. Anim. Mus. B. Coll. Surg. pt. 2, p. 719 (1884).

MACKOPODID^;. 221

to belong to an immature animal, but tbere is no evidence
that such is the case, and it might well have belonged to
an individual slightly older than the present specimen.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

pemctUatuS, Gray1.

Syn. Petrogale penicillata, Gray 2.
Heteropus penicillatus, auct.

Of rather smaller size than the preceding, with true molars of the
same structure, but with the fourth premolar longer than the first
true molar. Since no molar characters generically distinguish this,
the type species of Petrogale, from the preceding and other forms,
it is advisable that in a palseontological classification it should be
included in the same genus.

Hob. New South Wales.

42658. The imperfect palate, showing all the cheek-teeth of the left
side ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New South
Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42661 a. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the first and
second true molars ; from the same locality.

Same history.

42591. The greater portion of the right ramus of the mandible,
containing the five cheek-teeth ; from the same locality.

Same

32316. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing a portion
of the incisor and the first four cheek-teeth ; from the
same locality. Purchased, 1857.

32316 a. Two imperfect mandibular rami of young individuals,
showing pm. 3, mm. 4, mTT, and m. 2 ; from the same
locality. The outer wall of one specimen has been cut
away in order to exhibit pm. 4 in its alveolus.

Same history.

42660 b. Six imperfect mandibular rami of young individuals, show-
ing the same teeth as the preceding specimens ; from the
same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42663. Anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible of a

1 In Griffith's ' Animal Kingdom,' vol. T. p. 204 (1827).

2 Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 583 (1837).

222 MARSUPIALIA.

young individual, showing the incisor, pm. 3, mm. 4, and
^71 in use, and pm7"4 in alveola ; from the same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1876.

42664. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a young in-
dividual, showing the incisor and pin. 3 ; from the same
locality. Same history.

42660 a. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing
the first three cheek-teeth ; from the same locality.

Same history.

Some or all of the following specimens probably belong to this
species ; all are from the Wellington Valley.

42668. The imperfect right humerus. Same history.

42669. The proximal half of the left ulna. Same history.
42595. The imperfect right innominate. Same history.
32321. Two specimens of the femur. Purchased, 1857.

43939. Eight specimens of the calcaneum.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43927. Three specimens of the fourth metatarsal. Same history.

JHatropuS rofcuStug, Gould \

Syn. Petrogale robusta, Gould 2.
Osphrantcr robustus, Gray 3.

In this species, which is one of the largest existing Kangaroos,
the upper true molars (as in all the preceding species) have no
longitudinal bridge between the anterior ridge and talon ; pm. 4 is
shorter than m. 1 ; pm. 4, which has a simple secant crown, is fre-
quently shed in old individuals ; the alveolar border of the mandibular
diastema descends rapidly in advance of the last-named tooth ; and
i-J* is of moderate length. M. erubescens, Sclater, cannot be palffion-
tologically separated from this species. The molars in this and the
following species are more elongated and somewhat more complex
than in all the preceding forms.

Hab. New South "Wales and Queensland.

50065. The palatal region of a nearly adult individual; from the Pleis-
tocene of Gowrie, Queensland. All the cheek-teeth are

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 92.

a Monograph of Macropodidje, pi. v. (1841).

3 List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 91 (1843).

MACROPODID2E. 223

. shown, except the right m. 4 ; and the specimen presents
no characters by which it can be distinguished from a
recent male cranium ; it has a somewhat more recent
appearance than most of the other Gowrie fossils.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

35972. The anterior portion of the right ramus of the mandible of
a nearly adult individual, probably belonging to the present
species, and containing m72 and mT3 ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

Macropus altus (Owen l).

Syn. Phascolayus altus, Owen 2.

This species is a larger form, closely allied to the preceding, to
which it apparently presents the same relation as is borne by M.
titan to M. gisjanteus ; it is, however, distinguished by pm. 4 being
longer than m. 1.

Hob. New South Wales and Queensland.

32296. The imperfect palate of a nearly adult individual, showing all

the cheek-teeth except the right m. 4 ; from a cave in the
Wellington Valley, New South Wales. Described by
Owen in the < Phil. Trans.' 1874, p. 264.

Purchased, 1857.

32317. Fragment of the right maxilla, showing the first three true
molars ; from the same locality. Described by Owen, op.
cit. p. 263. Purchased, 1857.

38610. Part of the left maxilla, containing the four true molars and
the alveolus of pm. 4 ; from the Pleistocene of Eton Vale,
Queensland. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

32297. Part of the right maxilla, showing the last three true molars ;

from the Wellington Valley. Purchased, 1857.

50064 d. Part of the left maxilla, containing the last three true
molars ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

43224. The extremity of the premaxillae, showing the first and
second incisors, of a Kangaroo not improbably belonging to
the present species ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871
1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 261.— Phascolagus. 2 Loc. cit.

224 MAKSUPIAL1A.

46918. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible o£ a nearly
adult individual; from the Pleistocene of Kerban, near Hen-
doran, New South Wales. All the teeth are shown with the
exception of pl^Ti, which has been shed, but ^m is not
fully protruded. The specimen agrees very closely in
structure with the mandible of M. robustus, but accords in
relative size with the maxilla of the present form.

Presented by W. L. R. Gipps, Esq., 1875.

32302. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the last
three true molars ; from a cave in the "Wellington Valley.

Purchased, 1857.

32299. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the first
three true molars ; from the same locality.

Same history.

40010. The anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible,
containing the incisor, pm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 ; from Queens-
land. This specimen agrees precisely with No. 46918 ;
the premolar resembles in structure the corresponding
tooth of M. robustus, but is longer than m. 1.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

32887. The greater part of the right ramus of a mandible probably
belonging either to a small individual of the present form,
or to a large one of M. robustus ; from the Pleistocene of
the Condamine River, Queensland. Purchased, 1857.

Macropus cooperi (Owen 1).
Syn. Osphranter cooperi, Owen '2.

This imperfectly known form is apparently allied to M. robustus,
but is distinguished both from that species and M. altus by the
much slighter downward inclination of the alveolar border of the
mandibular diastema in advance of the premolars.

Hob. Queensland.

32886. The anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible of
(Fig.} an old individual, containing the first three cheek-teeth ;
from the Pleistocene of the Condamine River, Queensland.
This specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen in the
* Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxiv. figs. 17, 18, and also in the
« Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxiv. figs. 17, 18.

Purchased, 1857
1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. Wl.— Osphranter. a Loc. cit.

MACROPODID.E. 225

gtgantntS (Zimmermann 1).
Syn. Yerboa gigantea, Zimmermann 2.
Macropus major, Shaw 3.

This is one of the largest existing species. The fourth premolar
is shorter than the first true molar ; the upper true molars have a
longitudinal bridge connecting the anterior talon with the first
ridge; the third upper incisor is much larger than either of the
others ; the mandibular diastema is long, the ramus being very
shallow at this part. The fourth premolar is always shed before the
last true molar comes into use, and soon after the first true molar
is also frequently lost. The crown of the fourth lower premolar is
divided by a vertical groove. The length of the upper true molar
series in an individual in which m- 4 is just coming into use is
0,048.

Hob. Australia and Tasmania.

42642. Fragment of the right maxilla of an immature individual,
showing the first four cheek-teeth (pm. 4 broken) in use,
and m- 4 partially protruded from its alveolus; from a
cave in the Wellington Yalley, New South Wales. Since
this specimen agrees precisely in dimensions with existing
examples, it is referred to the present species.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

The following specimens not improbably belong to this species.

BL 1515 a. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, with
the last three true molars; from King's Creek, Clifton,
Queensland. Presented by 0. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1884.

42591. Two fragments of right mandibular rami of immature indi-
viduals, one with the last two, and the other with the
last three true molars; from a cave in the Wellington
Valley, New South Wales.
Presented by the Trustee* of the Australian Museum, 1870.

Macropus titan, Owen4.

This species is closely allied to M. yiganteus, but is distinguished
by its superior size, and the very general occurrence of one or more
vertical grooves on the hinder surfaces of the lower true molars ; it

1 Spec. Zool. Geogr. p. 526 (1777).— Yerboa. 2 Loc. tit.

3 Gen. Zoology, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 505 (1800).

4 In Mitchell's ' Three Expeditions into Australia,' 2nd ed. vol. ii. p. 360
(1838).

PAET V. Q

226 MARST/PIALIA.

is, however, probable that the two forms pass imperceptibly iuto
one another. The inner tubercle of pm. 4 is comparatively large.

Hob. Australia.

44118. The imperfect cranium, showing the four true molars (the
(Fig.) left m. 1 absent) in a middle stage of wear ; from the
Pleistocene of King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland. Fig-
ured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pis. Ixxvi.-lxxix.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

35959-60. The imperfect palatal region, with the four true molars

(Fig.) (m. 4 being just touched by wear) on the right side, and
m. 3 and m. 4 on the left ; from the Pleistocene of Gowrie,
Queensland. The length of the space occupied by the
four teeth is 0,061. The right half is figured by Owen
in the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxi. figs. 15-17, and also
in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxi. figs. 15—
17. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

48421. Part of the right maxilla, showing the four true molars in
a slightly earlier stage of wear ; from Queensland. The
length of the molar series is 0,056.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

50064 C. Part of the right maxilla, showing the last three true
molars ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 44. Part of the left maxilla, showing the four true molars ;
from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

M. 46. The right half of the posterior portion of the palate, showing
the four true molars and the alveolus of pm. 4 ; from
Queensland. Same history.

38609. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the last three true
molars ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

M. 2266. Part of the right maxilla of a small individual, showing
m- 3 and m. 4 ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1884.

39997. Part of the right maxilla, showing the last three true

molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

39998. Fragment of the left maxilla, with m^J and m^f ; from

Queensland. Sanie Mstor^

MACEOPODID^!. 227

35961. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing m. 3 and m. 4 j
from Gowrie. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861

32294. The left half of the posterior portion of the palate of a nearly
(Fi</.) adult individual, containing the four true molars ; from a

cave in the Wellington Yalley, New South Wales. Figured
by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxi. fig. 10, and
also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxi.
fig- 10. Purchased, 1857.

M. 3669. Fragment of the left maxilla of an immature individual,
containing pm. 4 and the first three true molars; from
the Pleistocene of South Australia. No history.

32295. The middle portion of the cranium of a young individual,

showing pm._3, mm. 4, and m. 1 in use, and pm. 4 in alveolo ;
from a cave in the Wellington Yalley. Purchased, 1857.

45935. Part of the left maxilla of a young individual, showing

(Fig.) pm. 3, mm. 4, and the first three true molars in use, and

pm. 4 in alveolo ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in

the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxi. figs. 6-9, and also in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxi. figs. 6-9.

Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1874.

50064 f. Part of the right maxilla of a young individual, showing
mm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 in use and pm. 4 in alveolo ; from
Queensland. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

38752. Part of the right maxilla of a young individual, having
pm. 3, mm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 in use, and pm. 4 in alveolo ;
from Queensland. Described by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1874, p. 263, and referred to M. altus.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1861.

50064 g. Part of the right maxilla of a young individual, showing
the first three true molars protruded, and pm. 4 in its
alveolus ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 1894. The imperfect mandible, showing the four true molars of
(Fig.) either side j from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the

'Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxi. figs. 12-14, and pi. xxvi.

fig. 9. Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

32298. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible of an
immature individual, showing the first three true molars

Q2

228 MARSTTPIALIA.

in use, and m. 4 in alveolo ; from a cave in the Wellington

Valley, New South Wales. Purchased, 1857.

38611. The greater portion of the right and the anterior extremity

Fig.) of the left ramus of the mandible ; from Darling Downs.

Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvi.

figs. 11,12, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. Ixxxvi. figs. 11, 12. All the teeth except pm. 4 are

shown on the right side.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1864.

48421 a. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing the last three true molars; from Queensland.
Associated with the maxilla No. 48421.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 3670. Cast of the greater portion of the right ramus of the
mandible, showing the incisor and the four true molars.
The original, of which the locality is unknown, is preserved
in the Museum at Oxford, and is figured by Owen in the
• Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxii. figs. 13-16.

Presented by Prof. J. Phillips, 1872.

50055. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible of a

fully adult individual, showing the last three true molars ;
from Gowrie. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

50056. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing

the last three true molars ; from Gowrie. Same history.

32884. Middle portion of the left ramus of the mandible, showing

(Fig.) the four true molars ; from the Condamine River.

Figured by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxvi.

figs. 13-15, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'

pi. Ixxxvi. figs. 13-15. Purchased, 1857.

43581 a. Middle portion of the left ramus of the mandible of an

(Fig.) old individual, showing the last three true molars ; from

the Condamine River. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.

Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvi. figs. 3, 5, 6, and also in the

* Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxix. figs. 3, 5, 6.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43344. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of an old individual,

(Fig.) with m. 4; from Darling Downs. Figured by Owen in

the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvi. figs. 2, 4, and also in

the « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxix. figs. 2, 4.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

MACROPODID^:. 229

40000. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
four true molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35966. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, with ^73 ; from
Gowrie. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

43958. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the four
true molars ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

50057. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the four
true molars ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

50053. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible of a
small individual, showing the four true molars; from
Gowrie. Same history.

46071. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, with m. 3 and
m. 4; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 2267. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, with the
last three true molars ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

32300. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a small
individual, with the last three true molars ; from a cave
in the Wellington Valley. The last molar is slightly
larger than in the mandible (No. M. 1515) provisionally
referred to M. giganteus. Purchased, 1857.

M. 3671. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a large individual,
showing STs and ^~i ; from Australia. No history.

M. 3672. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a small indi-
vidual, containing the last three true molars; from
Queensland. No history.

M. 36. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, with i^TI, mT2,
and m. 3; from Darling Downs.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

38754. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of an immature
individual, showing mT2 and inT3, and the broken bases
of the preceding teeth ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861

230 MAKSTJPIA.L1A.

50062. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible of a
young individual, showing pm. 3, mm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 in
use, and plnTl in alveola ; from Gowrie.

Presented by Q. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

38755. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a young indi-
vidual, showing mTl and Tn72 in use, and mT3 emerging
from its alveolus ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 3454. The greater part of the mandible of a young individual,
showing pm. 3, mm. 4, and mTT in use, and m. 2 in its
alveolus; from Queensland. This specimen was named
Macropus elatus, Owen, MS.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.G.B., 1883.

32889. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a young
individual, showing mm. 4 ; from Queensland.

Purchased, 1857.

32901. A lower incisor, probably belonging to this species; from
Queensland. Purchased, 1857.

47854. Two similar specimens ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

Macropus ferragus, Owen '.
Syn. Pachysiagon ferragus, Owen 2.

Leptosiayon greeiKa, Owen 3.

This species, which was originally founded upon a portion of the
mandible, appears allied to M. titan, but is of rather larger size, and
has the upper true molars with their ridges placed somewhat more
obliquely, the hind talon of m. 4 of different form, and the crowns of
both upper and true molars of slightly more complex structure.
Hob. Queensland and New South Wales.

32895. The hinder portion of the palate, showing the last three
true molars of either side : from the Pleistocene of the
Condamine River, Queensland. The resemblance between
the teeth of this specimen and those of No. 32903 is such
as to leave little, if any, doubt as to their specific identity.
The length of the space occupied by the three teeth is
0,052, against 0,049 in M. titan No. 35959.

Purchased, 1857.

1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 784.

8 Extinct Mammals of Australia, p. 449 (1877).

3 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 785.

MACBOPODID^!. 231

32896. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the last three true
molars ; from the same locality. Purchased, 1857.

32903. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) the last two true molars ; from the same locality. This
specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxxi. fig. 4, and pi. Ixxxii. figs. 3, 4, and
also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xcvi. fig. 4,
and pi. xcvii. figs. 3, 4. Same history.

40005. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
m. 2 and m7~3 ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland. This
specimen is the type of Leptosiagon gradlis of Owen, and
is figured by him in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvi.
figs. 11-15, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. Ixxxix. figs. 11-15. Allowing for the differ-
ence in their wear, the third molar of this specimen
presents no characters by which it can be distinguished
from the corresponding tooth of No. 32903.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

46917. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
imperfect m72 and m73 in use and m. 4 in dlveolo ; from
the Pleistocene of Kirban, Mendoran, New South Wales.
The teeth of this specimen agree precisely with those of
the last. Presented by W. L. E. Gibbs, Esq., 1875.

46916. Fragment of a left maxilla, from the same locality as the
preceding specimen, containing the last three true molars
in an imperfect condition, and not improbably belonging
to the same species. Same history.

Genus STHENURUS, Owen '.

Syn. Protemnodon, Owen 2 (in parte).

The fourth upper premolar develops a complete inner and the
lower one a corresponding outer lobe, so that the worn crowns
of these teeth present oval, flat surfaces, and have no secant edge.
The true molars have no vertical enamel-folds, and are short and

1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 264.

2 Ibid. p. 274. In describing the immature maxillae (Phil. Trans. 1874,
pi. xxiii. figs. 4-9) on which Protemnodon was founded, Owen mistook the inner
lobe of pm. 4 (which was the only part he saw) for the inner surface of the
outer lobe, and consequently concluded that there was no inner ridge or tubercle
to this tooth. He therefore regarded the tooth as being of a more secant type
than pm. 4 Of Macropus, and consequently associated it with the secant lower

MAESTJPIALIA.

wide; the longitudinal bridge connecting the ridges being very
imperfect, and the anterior talon of the upper molars unconnected
by such a bridge with the first ridge. The mandibular symphysis
is not anchylosed, and the lower incisors are of the macropine
type.

The genus connects Macropus with Procoptodon.

Sthenurus atlas, Owen \

Syn. Macropus atlas, Owen 2.

Protemnodon anak, Owen 3 (in par e).

This is the type and only species 4, and is nearly of the size of
Macropus anak. The type mandible is figured in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1874, pi. xxii. figs. 3, 4, and in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. Ixxxii. figs. 3, 4.

Hob. Queensland and New South Wales.

42592. Part of the left maxilla of a young individual, showing

(Fig.) pm. 3, mm. 4, and m. 1 in use, and the germ of m- 2 in

alveolo; from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New

Fig. 37.

Sthenurus atlas. — Part of left maxilla of a young individual ; from a cave

in the Wellington Valley. \.

South Wales. This specimen (fig. 37) agrees with the
examples figured in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxiii.
figs. 4-9 ('Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxiii.
figs. 4-9), under the name of Protemnodon anak. The
third premolar, although relatively shorter, agrees in

tooth of M. anak, instead of with the present form, to which he referred the
upper jaw of M. anak. In his earlier ' Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia in the
Museum of the College of Surgeons,' the above-mentioned maxillae were correctly
referred to M. atlas. Owing to this confusion the upper jaws of several species
of Macropus were referred to Sthenurus, and their lower jaws to the so-called
Protemnodon, which was really founded upon the upper jaw of Sthenurus atlas.
1 In Mitchell's ' Three Expeditions into Australia,' 2nd ed. vol. ii. p. 359
(1838).— Macropus. 2 LoC. cit.

3 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 275.

4 The other species referred by Owen to this genus belong to Macropus.

233

character with pm. 4 of the following mandibles, with
the corresponding teeth of which the true molars also agree
in size and structure.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42663. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the four true
molars (the first and fourth imperfect) ; from the same
locality. Same history.

40001. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing all the
(Fig.) cheek-teeth except ^^ ; from the Pleistocene of Gowrie,
Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874,
pi. xxii. fig. 9, and pi. xxiv. figs. 7, 8, and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxii. fig. 9, and
pi. Ixxxiv. figs. 7, 8.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 3673. Cast of the slightly imperfect left ramus of the mandible
of a nearly adult individual, showing all the teeth ; pm. 4
being only partially protruded. The original, which is
preserved in the Museum at Oxford, was obtained from the
Pleistocene of Queensland, and is figured by Owen in the
' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. xxii. figs. 5-8, and also in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. Ixxxii. figs. 5-8.

Presented by Prof. J. Phillips, 1872.

42663. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of an immature
individual, showing m7 3 fully protruded and m. 4 in alveolo ;
from a cave in the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

Genus PROCOPTODON, Owen1.

The mandibular symphysis is anchylosed in the adult, and the
ramus of the mandible short and deep, the diastema being also
short. The premolars resemble those of Sthenurus in structure ;
but the true molars are elongated, and usually have their enamel
thrown into a series of vertical folds. There are large palatal
vacuities ; and the lower incisors are subcylindrical.

The metatarsals referred by Owen to this genus (infra, p. 248) are
of a shorter type than those of the existing species of Macropus, and,
if rightly associated, indicate that the disproportion between the
anterior and posterior limbs was less marked than in the latter.
1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 788.

234

MAR8TJPIA.LIA.

Procoptodon goliah, Owen '.
Syn. Macropus goliah, Owen 2.

This is the type and largest species. The vertical folds in the
enamel of the true molars are strongly marked.

Hob. Queensland and New South Wales.

46311 Part of the left maxilla, showing the five cheek-teeth in an

(Fia ) imperfect condition ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland.

Fibred by Owen in the « Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. hoax.

fi-s 2-4 and also in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,

pl° xciv figs. 2-4. The length of the space occupied by

the five cheek-teeth is 0,100, and that by th6 four true

molars 0,082. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M 1896 Part of the right maxilla, containing the last three true

(Fig ) molars ; from Queensland. This specimen is the type, and

is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxix.

fig. 1, and also in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,

L' Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.O.B., 1884".

46312. Part of the left maxilla, containing the imperfect 5^J and

(Fig.) the first three true molars ; from Queensland. Figured by

Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxix. figs. 5, 6, 7, 9,

and also in the « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xciv.

figs. 5, 6, 7, 9. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 3674. Cast of the hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible,

showing m73 and m7 4. The original, the precise locality of

which is unknown, is preserved in the Australian Museum,

Sydney, and is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'

1874, pi. Ixxix. fig. 8, and pi. Ixxx. figs. 3, 4.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.G.B., 1884.

M. 1897. Part of the right ramus of the mandible of a nearly adult

(Fig.) individual, showing the four true molars in an early stage

of wear. Figured by Owen in the < Phil. Trans.' 1874,

pi. Ixxx. figs. 1, 2, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. xcv. figs. 1, 2.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

M. 3675. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing por-
tions of mTi and m72, and the entire rn73 and m. 4 ; from
Queensland. The premolar has been shed and its alveolus
obliterated. Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

1 In Waterhouse's Mammalia, vol. i. p. 59 (1846).— Macropus.

2 Loc. tit.

3 Said to have been received from Sir T. Mitchell in 1844.

MACROPODID^. 235

32902. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the hinder
molars in a broken condition ; from Queensland.

Purchased, 1857.
32902 a. The second left lower true molar ; from Queensland.

Purchased, 1857.

Procoptodon rapha, Owen l.
Syn. Macropus rapha, Flower 2.

Procoptodon pusio, Owen 3 (in parte).

This form is mainly, if not entirely, distinguished from the pre-
ceding species by its inferior dimensions, and since there is a con-
siderable amount of variation in the size of the following specimens,
it is not improbable that it will eventually prove merely a small
race of that species.

Hob. Queensland and New South Wales.

39996. The imperfect palate of a small immature individual appa-
(Fiy.) rently belonging to this species ; from the Pleistocene of
Queensland. Shows the first three true molars in use,
with pm. 4 in alveolo. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvii. figs. 2-6, and ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. xc. figs. 2—6, as P.pusio, of which it is the
type ; it cannot, however, be specifically distinguished from
No. M. 1519. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

46836. The nearly entire mandible, showing the left incisor, and
(Fig.) the entire series of cheek-teeth on both sides; from the
Pleistocene of Queensland. Figured by Owen in the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxviii. The length
of the series of cheek-teeth is 0,092, and that of the four
true molars 0,078.

Presented by Dr. George Benmtt, 1875.

48420. The symphysis and nearly entire left ramus of the mandible,
showing the five cheek-teeth, and the alveolus of the
incisor ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

M. 3676. Cast of the nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, sh<5w-
ing the five cheek-teeth (pmT4 imperfect). The original, of
which the exact locality is unknown, is preserved in the
Australian Museum, Sydney, and is figured by Owen in
the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxviii. figs. 1-3.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.C.B.

1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 788.

2 Cat. Vert. Annn. HUB. R. Coll. Surg. pt. ii. p. 721 (1884).

3 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 788.

236 MARSUPIALIA.

M. 38. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible, con-
taining the five cheek-teeth; from Queensland. This
specimen shows the prcmolar in an early stage of wear.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1880.

M. 1519. Cast of part of the left ramus of the mandible of a small
individual, showing the four true molars. The original
was obtained from a cave in the Wellington Yalley, New
South Wales, and is preserved in the Australian Museum.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1883.

47012. Two portions of the mandibular rami of a single individual ;
from Queensland. The left ramus shows m7 3 and m. 4,
while the right ramus contains all the cheek-teeth except
m73. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

32885. The anterior extremity of the left ramus of the mandible
(Fiy.) of an immature individual, showing a portion of the
incisor, and pm. 4 in its alveolus ; from the Pleistocene of
the Condamine River, Queensland. Figured by Owen in
the ' Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvii. figs. 8-12, and also in
the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xc. figs. 8-12.

Purchased, 1857.

50052. Part of the left ramus of a mandible, apparently belonging
to a small individual of this species ; from Gowrie, Queens-
land. This specimen (which was referred by Owen to
P.pusio)is so slightly smaller than No. M. 1519, with
which it agrees in dental characters, that there appears no
good reason for referring it to a different species.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

Procoptodon otuel (Owen ').

Syn. Pachysiagon otuel, Owen 2.

Proc&ptodon pusio, Owen 3 (in parte).

The type specimen of this species was identified by its describer
with P. pusio, but the structure of the teeth differs widely from the
type specimen of the latter, which is here referred to P. rapha.

The species is of generally smaller size than P. rapha, from which
it is distinguished by the almost entire absence of enamel-folds on
the cheek-teeth.

Hab. Queensland.

1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 784.— Pachysiagon. 2 LOG. cit.

3 Extinct Mammals of Australia, p. 455 (1877).

MACROPODID.E. 237

46310. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) the last three true molars and a fragment of nTl ; from
the Pleistocene of King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland.
This specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen in the
« Phil. Trans.' 1874, pi. Ixxvi. figs. 7-10, under the name
of Pachysiagon otuel, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' pi. Ixxxix., as Procoptodon pusio.

Presented by G. B. King, Esq., 1874.

46310 a. The greater part of the symphysis and right ramus of the
(Fiy.) mandible, showing portions of m. 2 and in73 and the entire
rnTI ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. xci. figs. 2, 3, as P. pusio.

Same history.

38759. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
(Fig.} five cheek-teeth ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen,

op. cit. pi. xci. fig. 5, as P. pusio.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38760. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing ^73

and u774, in which the enamel-folds are more strongly
marked than in the preceding specimens ; from Darling
Downs, Queensland.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

Genus PALORCHESTES. Owen,1.

The mandibular symphysis is anchylosed, and both this and the
ramus are elongated ; the diastema is long. The premolars are like
those of Sthenurus : the true molars are without corrugations of the
enamel, and have no distinct anterior talon ; in the lower molars
the median longitudinal bridge is tall, and forms the continuation
of the curved outer extremity of the hinder ridge. There are no
palatal vacuities ; and the lower incisors are spatulate.

In the absence of an anterior talon the upper true molars resemble
those of the existing Macropus magnus, Owen ; while the lower
ones approximate to those of some specimens of Nototherium.

Palorchestes azael, Owen .

Syn. Palorchestes crassus, Owen 3.

This is the type and only species, and is the largest known member

1 Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 797. 2 Ibid. p. 798.

3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. p. 7 (1880).

238 MARSUPIALIA.

of the family, the length of the entire cranium being estimated at
sixteen inches.

Hob. Victoria, Queensland, and New South "Wales,

46316. The anterior portion of the cranium, showing the alveoli of
(Fig.) the incisors and the five cheek-teeth in an imperfect con-
dition ; from the Pleistocene of Victoria. This specimen
is the type, and is figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1874, pis. Ixxxi., Ixxxii., Ixxxiii., and 1876, pi. xx. ; as
well as in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. xcvii.
fig. 1. It was discovered in 1851 by Dr. L. Becker, by
whom it was sent to Dr. Kaup.

Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.G.B.

M. 2573. Cast of the palatal region of the cranium, showing the
five cheek-teeth of either side. The original was obtained
from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New South Wales,
and is preserved in the Australian Museum, Sydney. The
specimen, which is labelled Macropus ajax in Sir R.
Owen's writing, presents no characters by which it can be
distinguished from the type.

Presented by Prof. Ramsay, 1885.

40034. Two portions of the mandibular rami of one individual ;

(Fig.) from the Pleistocene of Darling Downs, Queensland. The
right ramus, which shows the entire first three true molars
and the anterior lobe of the fourth, is figured by Owen in
the ' Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xix. figs. 1-4, and the left
ramus, in which m. 2 remains, in figs. 5—8 of the same
plate ; all the figures being reproduced in pi. cvi. of the
' Extinct Mammals of Australia.'

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 34. The greater portion of the mandible of a large individual ;

(Fig.) from Queensland. On the left side the four true molars,
and on the right side the last three teeth of that series are
shown. This specimen is the type of P. crasstis, the
right ramus being figured by Owen in the ' Trans. Zool.
Soc.' vol. xi. pi. x. under that name. In the left ramus
the four teeth are in their normal position ; but in the
right it appears that 5T~3 and IZ~4 have changed places,
and it was from considering the teeth occupying the places
of mT3 and S74 as really being these teeth, that Owen
was mainly led to specifically distinguish the specimen
from P. azael. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1879.

239

GENEEICALLY UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

A considerable number of the following specimens of limb-bones
and vertebrae belong in all probability to Macropus, but others
doubtless to the three preceding genera. With the exception of
some of the bones of the hind foot there appears in the majority of
cases no evidence for referring individual specimens to one genus or
species rather than to another, although the very large size of the
skull of Palorchestes indicates that the largest limb-bones probably
belong to that genus.

The following series comprises merely a selection of the less im-
perfect specimens, from the very large collection preserved in the
Museum.

44198. The glenoidal extremity of the right scapula of a large

species ; from King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

44198 a. The corresponding portion of a similar left scapula ; from
the same locality. Same history.

43378. The corresponding portion of a slightly smaller right scapula ;
from the same locality. Same history.

43384. The corresponding portion of a rather smaller left scapula;
from the Condamine River. Same history.

43964. The corresponding portion of a still smaller right scapula ;
from King's Creek. Same history.

38775. The proximal half of the right humerus of a very large
form ; from Queensland. This specimen agrees in relative
size with the femur No. 38619*, which is referred by
Owen to Palorchestes.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

43370. The entire right humerus of a slightly smaller animal ; from
(Fig.) Clifton, Queensland. Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxii., and referred to Macropus
titan • it agrees, however, much more nearly in relative
size with the femora referred by the same writer to Palor-
chestes, and could not possibly have belonged to the same
species as the femur No. 47830, which Owen refers to the
former. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

44199. The proximal extremity of a similar right humerus ; from
(Fig.) Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cxiii. figs. 1-3.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

240 MARSUPIALIA.

M. 3677. The distal extremity of a left humerus, of larger size than
(Fig.) No. 43370, and therefore probably agreeing with No.

38775; from Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. cxii. figs. 4-6, as M. titan.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

35932. A rather smaller left humerus, wanting the proximal ex-
tremity ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 3678. A left humerus (wanting the proximal extremity), agree-
ing in size with the last specimen, but belonging to a
different species ; from Queensland. The dorsal aspect of
the distal articular surface differs markedly from that of
No. 35932. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43585. The distal portion of a left humerus of the same type as the
preceding specimen ; from the Condamine River.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

46301. A left humerus, imperfect distally, of rather smaller size
than No. 43370 ; from Queensland. This specimen would
apparently accord in size with Macropus brehus.

No history.

40020. A left humerus (wanting the distal extremity) agreeing in
size with the preceding, but apparently specifically distinct ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35939. The entire left humerus of a considerably smaller form ;
(Fig.) from King's Creek, Queensland. Figured by Owen in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxi., and referred to
Macropus altus ; it agrees in proportionate size with the
femur (No. 47830) referred by Owen to M. titan.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

35940. The distal extremity of a left humerus agreeing in size with

the preceding, but belonging to a different species ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1.861.

32320. The proximal half of the right humerus of a form rather
smaller than M. bennetti ; from a cave in the Wellington
Valley. Purchased, 1857.

42068. The distal two thirds of a rather smaller left humerus,
agreeing in structure with the corresponding bone of M.
bennetti ; from the same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

MACROPODID^;. 241

43940. A left humerus, agreeing in size and general structure with
that of M. ualabatus {supra, p. 220, No. 42668), but
belonging to a different Species ; from the same locality.

Same history.

M. 3687. The proximal portion of the left ulna of a very large
species ; from Queensland. No history.

20684. The proximal half of the right ulna of an equally large
species ; from the Pleistocene of Torres Straits.

Presented by Prof . J. B. Juices, 1847.

45893. The olecranal process of the left ulna of a large species ;
from Queensland. ' Presented by Dr. G. Bennett, 1874.

43587. The proximal portion of a right ulna, agreeing in size with
the preceding ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

32873. The proximal portion of ^he right ulna of a smaller species;
from Queensland. Agrees in relative size with the humerus
No. 35989. Purchased, 1857.

43908. The imperfect proximal extremity of a similar left ulna;
from a cave in the Wellington Yalley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42665. The proximal portions of the right and left ulnae of a smaller
form ; from the same locality. These specimens are
considerably larger than the ulna of M. bennetti.

Same history.

42669. Two imperfect right ulnae, nearly of the size of the corre-
sponding bone of M. bennetti; from the same locality.

Purchased, 1853.

40022. The left radius, imperfect distally, of a very large species ;

from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

40023. The proximal half of a similar radius ; from Queensland.

Same history.

35930. The imperfect right innominate of a very large species ;

(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxx.; and referred to Palor-
chestes. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 186] .

242 MARSUPIALS.

44205. The acetabular portion of a similar right innominate ; from

(Fig ) Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit., under the above

name. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

M. 2574. Cast of the left innominate of a rather smaller form. The
original is from a cave in the "Wellington Valley, and is
preserved in the Museum at Sydney.

Presented by Prof. Ramsay, 1885.

38770. An imperfect right innominate, agreeing very closely with
the last specimen ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 3688. The acetabular portion of a right innominate, agreeing in
size with the preceding, but differing somewhat in struc-
ture ; from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 3689. The acetabular portion of an apparently similar right
innominate ; from Queensland. Same history.

44206. A slightly imperfect smaller left innominate, agreeing in
relative size with the femur No. 47830 ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

36078. The acetabular portion of a right innominate agreeing in
size with the last specimen ; from the Condamine Eiver.
Presented by J. H. Hood, Esq., 1861.

38619*. The proximal portion of the right femur of a very large
(Fig.) species; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the
4 Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxiii. fig. 1, and also in the « Ex-
tinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxv. fig. 1, under the
name of Palorchestes.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 3690. The imperfect proximal extremity of a similar right femur ;

from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

40013. The distal extremity of a left femur, agreeing in size with

(Fig.) the preceding ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the

* Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxiii. fig. 2, and in the ' Extinct

Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxv. fig. 2, and referred to

Palorchestes. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 3691. The distal portion of a similar left femur : from Queens-
land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

36078. The imperfect distal extremity of a similar left femur ; from
Queensland. Presented by J. H. Hood, Esq., 1861.

M. 2260. The slightly imperfect distal extremity of a left femur,

MACROPODHXE. 243

agreeing in size with the preceding; from Queensland.
Provisionally referred by Owen, in the < Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' p. 494, to Macropus brenus.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43216. The distal portion of a rather smaller left femur; from
Maryvale Creek, Queensland. Referred by Owen, op. cit.
p. 494, to Procoptodon goliah.

Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

43589. The distal portion of a similar right femur ; from the Con-
damine River. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

35931. The imperfect distal extremity of a similar right femur ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

40015. The distal extremity of a rather smaller right femur ; from

(Fifj.) Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1876,

pi. xxiii. fig. 3, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. cxv. fig. 3, under the name of Procoptodon

goliah. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

45887. The left femur, wanting the distal extremity, of an animal
agreeing approximately in size with the preceding ; from
Queensland. Referred by Owen, in the ' Extinct Mammals
of Australia,' p. 495, to Macropus brehus [Protemnodon
mimas~\. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43588. Portions of the proximal extremities of two femora, agreeing
nearly in size with the preceding.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1872.

M. 3692. The imperfect distal extremity of a right femur, agreeing
nearly in size with No. 40015, but with the inner ridge
of the anterior trochlear surface much more prominent;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

45388. The proximal portion of a left femur, rather smaller than
No. 43588 ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43383. The shaft of a very similar right femur ; from King's Creek,
Clifton. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43959. Part of the shaft of a similar right femur ; from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

K2

244 MABSUPIALIA.

47830. Cast of the entire right femur of a somewhat smaller animal.
The original was obtained from Queensland, and is figured
by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxiv.,
where it is referred to Macropus titan.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

40016. The distal portion of a slightly larger right femur ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

36275. The imperfect distal portion of a very similar femur ; from
the Pleistocene of Melbourne.

Presented by F. M. Raynall, Esq., 1862.

38780. The distal portion of a right femur, somewhat smaller than
No. 47830 ; from Queensland.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

42665*. The distal portion of the right femur of an animal equal in
size to a small individual of Macropus giganteus ; from a
cave in the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1871.

32322. The distal portion of a smaller left femur ; from the same
locality. Purchased, 1857.

43220. The distal portion of a still smaller right femur, agreeing
in size with the corresponding bone of M. bennetti ; from
Maryvale Creek. Presented by Sir R. Daintree, 1871.

44128. The proximal portion of the left tibia of a very large species ;

(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.'
1876, pi. xxiv., and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Aus-
tralia,' pi. cxxxi., where it is referred to Palorchestes.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

M. 3693. Part of the middle of the shaft of a left tibia agreeing
approximately in size with the last specimen ; from Queens-
land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

M. 3694. The distal portion of the left tibia of a large species ; from
Queensland. Same history.

38619. The distal portion of a similar right tibia ; from Eton Vale.
Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

38783. The proximal epiphysis of a left tibia, of rather smaller size
than No. 44128 ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

MACKOPODIDJ5. 245

43597. The middle portion of the shaft of a right tihia, agreeing
approximately in size with the preceding ; from Queens-
land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

45934. The greater portion of the shaft of the left tihia of an
animal of rather larger size than full-grown males of M.
giganteus. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

M. 3695. The middle portion of the shaft of a left tibia, agreeing in
diameter with the last specimen, hut evidently of a much
shorter type ; from Queensland. This specimen may have
belonged to Procoptodon. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43590. The left calcaneum of a very large species : from Queensland.

(Fig.) Figured by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxiii.
fig. 5, and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. cxv. fig. 5, where it is referred to Palorchestes. This
bone is of the elongated type characteristic of the large
existing species of Macropus.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

50078. The right calcaneum of an equally large but distinct species ;
from Queensland. This bone is of a shorter type, and
approximates to the calcaneum (No. 47829) provisionally
referred by Owen to Procoptodon.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

50077. The imperfect right calcaneum of a very similar type ; from
Queensland. Same history.

47829. The right calcaneum of a rather smaller form and of a very

(Fig.) short type ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the

' Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxiii. fig. 4, and also in the

' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxv. fig. 4, where it is

referred to Procoptodon goliah.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

47851. The imperfect left calcaneum of a very similar type ; from
Darling Downs. Same history.

38789. A left calcaneum of similar type, but belonging to a smaller
species ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 1515. The imperfect right calcaneum of the same type, but belong-
ing to a smaller and perhaps immature animal ; from
Queensland. Presented by G. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1884.

246 MARSTJPIALIA.

32879. The right calcaneum, approximately equal in size with the

preceding, but of the elongated type of the corresponding

bone of Macropus giganteus and M. robustus ; from the

Condamine Kiver. This bone agrees approximately in

size with the tibia No. 45934. Purchased, 1857.

42665. A very similar imperfect left calcaneum ; from a cave in the

Wellington Valley. Presented by the Trustees

of the Australian Museum, 1871.

42665 a. The right calcaneum, wanting the epiphysis, of a species
about the size of M. antilopinus, and of a shorter type than
the preceding specimen ; from the same locality.

Same history.

50085. A left calcaneum (without the epiphysis) of a very similar
type ; from Gowrie.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

32331. Three calcanea of rather smaller animals, agreeing approxi-
mately in size with the corresponding bone of M. bennetti ;
from the caves of the "Wellington Valley.

Purchased, 1857.

32331 a. Two calcanea, of rather larger size than the corresponding
bone of M. ualabatus ; from the same locality.

Same history.

38785. The right astragalus of a very large species, agreeing approxi-

mately in size with the calcaneum No. 50078 ; from Darling
Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38786. The right astragalus of a considerably smaller species ; from

Darling Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.
M. 1515 a. An imperfect right astragalus, agreeing in size with the

preceding ; from Queensland.

Presented by C. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1884.
M. 3696. A smaller right astragalus, characterized by the great

prominence of the ridges on the tibial surface ; from

Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

43920. A smaller left astragalus, agreeing approximately in size

with the astragalus of M. antilopinus ; from a cave in the

Wellington Valley. Presented by the Trustees

of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43920 a. A right astragalus, rather larger than that of M. ualabatus j

from the same locality. Same history.

43920 b. A considerably smaller right astragalus ; from the same

loca%- Same history.

MACKOPODID^!. 247

The following metatarsals are of the elongated type of
those of existing species of Macropus.

35942. The left fourth metatarsal of a very large species ; from

Queensland. The extreme length is 0,220.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35943. A slightly smaller right fourth metatarsal; from Gowrie.
(Fig.) Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct Mammals of Australia,.

pi. cxviii. figs. 1-5, and referred to Macropus titan.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35944. A rather smaller right fourth metatarsal ; from Gowrie.
(Fig.) Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cxviii. figs. 1-7, and referred

to M. altus. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35942 a. The left metatarsus of a species equal in size to that to

(Fig.) which No. 35942 belonged, but with the fourth metatarsal

of a rather shorter type ; from Queensland. Figured by

Owen, op. cit. pi. cxvi. figs. 1-3, and referred to Palor-

chestes. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart.

45889. A right fourth metatarsal, of rather smaller size than
(Fig.) No. 35944 ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit.
pi. cxx. figs. 1-6, under the name of Protemnodon analc.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43964. A right fourth metatarsal, imperfect distally, but apparently
agreeing precisely with the preceding ; from Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

35945. The proximal portion of a similar right fourth metatarsal ;
(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cxvii.

figs. 7-9, under the name of M. affinis 1.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

40030. The proximal two thirds of a similar left fourth metatarsal ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

43592. The proximal half of a slightly larger left fourth metatarsal ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

1 Owen, Cat. FOBS. Mamm. and Aves, Mus. R. Coll. Surg. p. 328 (184fi)

248 MAK8UPIALIA.

40028. A fourth loft metatarsal of a large form, but relatively
shorter than any of the preceding, and intermediate in this
respect between the preceding and the metatarsals referred
by Owen to Procoptodon ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

40026. A left fifth metatarsal, agreeing approximately in size with

No. 35942, and wanting the proximal extremity ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

40027. A rather smaller left fifth metatarsal, agreeing in size with
(Fig.) No. 35943 ; from Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. cxviii. figs. 6, 7, and referred to M. titan.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

The following metatarsals are of a shorter type, and are referred
by Owen to Procoptodon.

35946. The fourth right metatarsal of a large species; from
(Fig.) Gowrie. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. cxxi. figs. 6, 7, 8, 11, as P. goliah.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35947. A slightly smaller fourth left metatarsal; from Gowrie.

Same history.

43371. A similar fourth left metatarsal ; from Clifton, Queensland.
Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

38792. A similar fourth right metatarsal ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

40029. A similar specimen, wanting the distal extremity ; from
Queensland. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35942 b. The associated fourth and fifth left metatarsals of a

(Fig.) somewhat smaller animal ; from Queensland. Figured

by Owen in the ' Phil. Trans.' 1876, pi. xxxi. figs. 1-3,

and also in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxix.

figs. 1-3, as P. rapha.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

35942 C. The fourth left metatarsal of a slightly smaller animal ;
(Fig.) from Queensland. Figured by Owen in the 'Extinct
Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxix. figs. 10-12, as P. pusio.

Same Tiistory.

43355. A similar fourth right metatarsal ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

MACROPODID^. 249

36078. The fifth left metatarsal of a large species ; from the
Condamine River, Queensland.

Presented by J. H. Hood, Esq., 1861.

40025. The fifth right metatarsal of a rather smaller form ; from
(Fig.) Queensland. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cxviii. figs.
8-11, as P. goliah.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

35948. A nearly similar fifth left metatarsal ; from Queensland.
(Fig.) Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. cxix. fig. 7.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 2499. A very similar fourth right metatarsal ; from Queensland.
Presented by Sir R. Owen, K.C.B., 1884.

43374. A fifth right metatarsal, agreeing with the corresponding
bones of No. IT. 35942 b.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

32324. A similar fifth right metatarsal j from a cave in the Wel-
lington Yalley. Purchased, 1853.

The following phalangeals of the hind foot are of the elongated type
characteristic of the existing species of Macropus.

50084. The first phalangeal of the fourth digit of a very large
species, characterized by the excessive lateral expansion
of the two extremities ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

M. 3697. The homologous bone of an equally large species, with
the extremities less expanded; from Queensland. The
extreme length is 0,071. Same history.

M. 3698. A rather smaller bone of similar type ; from Queensland.

Same history.

47852. A first phalangeal of the fourth digit, agreeing in size with
(Fig.) the preceding, but with less lateral expansion of the

proximal articular surface ; from Queensland. Figured

by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pL cxvii.

fig. 10. This specimen agrees approximately in size with

the fourth metatarsal No. 35943.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1876.

32880. A very similar bone ; from Queensland. Purchased, 1857.

M. 1515 b. A rather smaller homologous bone ; from Queensland.
Presented by C. H. Hartmann, Esq., 1884.

250 MARSTTPIALIA.

50084 a. An homologous bone of equal length, but of much more
slender proportions ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

38793. A slightly shorter and wider homologous bone ; from
Queensland. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

46073. A rather shorter first phalangeal of the fourth digit ; from
Queensland. This specimen agrees approximately in size
with the fourth metatarsal No. 45889 ; its length being
0,056. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46073 a. A similar bone ; from Queensland. Same history.

50084 b. A very similar homologous bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by 0. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

50084 C. A similar specimen ; from Queensland. Same history,

42597. A very similar homologous bone ; from a cave in the Wel-
lington Valley. Presented by the Trustees
of the Australian Museum, 1870.

46073 b. A rather smaller and more slender homologous bone,
agreeing in shape with No. 50084 a ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46073 C. A considerably smaller first phalangeal of the fourth digit ;
from Queensland. Length 0,049. Same history.

50084 d. A similar bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

32293. A very similar bone ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley.

Purchased, 1857.

42554. An imperfect first phalangeal of the fourth digit, agreeing
approximately in length with the preceding, but with a
much wider distal extremity ; from the same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42597 a. A smaller homologous bone ; from the same locality.
Length 0,038. Same history.

46839. An homologous bone of a slightly shorter and thicker type ;
from Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46073 d. A right first phalangeal of the fifth digit of a large species ;
from Queensland. This bone agrees approximately in size
with the first phalaugeal of the fourth digit No. 47852.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

251

46073 h. The homologous bone of the opposite side belonging to a
considerably smaller species ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

43335. A slightly smaller homologous bone of the right side ; from
Queensland. Same history.

43596. The second phalangeal of the fourth digit of a very large
form ; from the Condamine River. This bone agrees in
relative size with the first phalangeal No. M. 3697.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46073 e. Two similar bones ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

46839 a. A rather smaller homologous bone agreeing approximately
with the first phalangeal No. 47852.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

46073 f. An homologous bone of a rather shorter and wider type ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

M. 3701. A rather smaller homologous bone ; from the same region.

Same history.

M. 3702. A still smaller homologous bone ; from the same region.

Same history.
43925 a. The homologous bone of a considerably smaller species ;

from the Wellington Yalley.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43924. A slightly smaller homologous bone ; from the same locality.

Same history.

40040. The imperfect terminal phalangeal of the fourth digit of a
very large species ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

46839 h. The homologous bone of a smaller species ; from Queens-
land. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

40024. A smaller homologous bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

43346. A slightly larger but imperfect homologous bone; from
Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46073 g. A smaller homologous bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

50084. A still smaller homologous bone; from Queensland.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

252 MARSUPIALIA.

The following phalangeals of the pes are of a shorter type, and corre-
spond in this respect with the metatarsals referred by Owen to
Procoptodon.

M. 3699. The first phalangeal of the fourth digit of a very large
species ; from Queensland. Length 0,050, width proxi-
mally 0,036. No history.

42597 b. A very similar homologous bone ; from a cave in the
Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

35949. The homologous bone of a slightly smaller form ; from
Gowrie. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

42597 C. The homologous bone of a still smaller form ; from
the Wellington Valley.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

46839 C. A rather smaller homologous bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

32881. The second phalangeal of the fourth digit of a very large
species ; from the Condamine River. Purchased, 1857.

43331. A similar specimen ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

46839 d. The terminal phalangeal of the fourth digit of a large
species, from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1875.

35951. A similar bone ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 3700. Three imperfect specimens of the homologous bone, which
are of a still shorter type ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

The following specimens are from the vertebral column.

50079. The imperfect atlas vertebra of a very large species ; from
Queensland. The transverse diameter across the occipital
articular cups is 0,095.

Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

35952. A dorsal vertebra of a large species ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

MACBOPODIB^:. 253

M. 3703. A very similar dorsal vertebra ; from Queensland.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

35955. A dorsal vertebra of a species of the size of Macropus
bennetti ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 18. A lumbar vertebra of a large species ; from Queensland.

Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

43382. The sacrum and first caudal vertebra of a very large species ;
(Fig.) from King's Creek, Clifton, Queensland. Figured by

Owen in the « Extinct Mammals of Australia,' pi. cxxix.,

and referred to Palorcliestes.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

43582. The sacrum of an equal-sized species ; from the Condamine
River. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1872.

44204. The sacrum of a smaller species ; from Darling Downs.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1873.

38617. The sacrum and first caudal vertebra of a slightly smaller
form ; from Eton Vale, Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

M. 20. A first caudal vertebra, agreeing in size with the preceding ;
from Queensland. Presented by Sir G. Verdon, 1877.

38616. Six associated early caudal vertebrae of a very large species ;
from Queensland.

Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

38766. An early caudal vertebra of a very large species ; from

Darling Downs. Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

38767. An imperfect early caudal vertebra of an equally large

species ; from the same locality. Same history.

50076. An early caudal vertebra of a medium-sized species ; from
Queensland. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

45892. An early caudal vertebra of a very large species ; from
Queensland. Length 0,100.

Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1874.

45892 a. A slightly smaller late caudal vertebra ; from Queensland.

Same history.

254 MAR8TTPIALIA.

35957. A late caudal vertebra of a slightly smaller species ; from
Gowrie. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1861.

38768. A shorter late caudal vertebra of an equally large species ;
from Darling Downs.

Presented by F. N. Isaac, Esq., 1861.

M. 3704. An imperfect late caudal vertebra of a large form ; from
Queensland. Presented by Dr. George Bennett.

40170. The centrum of a rather smaller late caudal vertebra ; from
Darling Downs. Presented by Sir D. Cooper, Bart., 1866.

36079 *. An imperfect late caudal vertebra of a smaller form ; from
the Condamine Eiver.

Presented by J. H. Hood, Esq., 1861.

32330. A late caudal vertebra, with a shorter centrum than any of
the preceding ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley.

Purchased,\857.

42667. A late caudal vertebra of similar proportions ; from the
same locality.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42667 a. A late caudal vertebra of a smaller form ; from the same
locality. Same history.

Suborder MARSUPIALIA POLYPROTODONTIA.

Incisors (in existing genera) ^|y, small, and subequal ; canines
larger ; molars usually with sharp cusps. In existing genera the pre-
molars are normally three, and correspond to the first, third, and
fourth of the typical Eutherian series ; but in the Mesozoic Trico-
nodon and Amblotherium there are four. Five upper and usually
six lower true molars are present in Myrmecobius, at least six in
Amphitherium, and seven in Amblotherium. The fourth premolar
is smaller than the first true molar, and is never simply secant.

Family PERAMELID^E.

Dentition :— I. (±p, C. \, Pm. f , M. \. Upper incisors small, with
short broad crowns ; lower moderate, narrow and proclivous. Pre-
molars compressed and pointed ; the fourth preceded by a milk-
tooth. First three upper true molars with squared crowns, usually

PERAMELTJ)^. 255

consisting of a pair of V-shaped outer columns and a long conjoint
inner column ; first three lower true molars composed of two lohes,
of which the first carries three cusps arranged in a triangle ; last
molar in hoth jaws simpler. Hind feet syndactylous, as in the
Macropodidce ; terminal phalangeals cleft ; an entepicondylar fora-
men to the humerus ; canines sometimes with grooved or double roots.

Genus PER AMELES, Geoffrey l.

Limbs subequal in length ; crowns of molars short and nearly
straight ; auditory bulla single.

fhranutaf nasuta, Geoffrey 2.
Syn. Perameles tenuirostris, Owen 3.
A large species with elongated muzzle.
Hob. New South Wales.

The following specimens are from the caves of the Wellington Valley,
New South Wales, and were presented by the Trustees of the
Australian Museum, 1870.

42639. Part of the middle of the cranium, showing the last six
cheek-teeth of the left side, in a damaged condition.

42671. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the unworn m. 3

and m 4.

42670. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the canine
and cheek-teeth. This specimen, which cannot be distin-
guished from the mandible of the existing form, agrees
precisely with the fossil ramus from the Wellington Caves,
figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,'
pi. v. figs. 10, 11, under the name of P. tenuirostris.

42670 a. Four fragments of mandibular rami with teeth.
43884. Three fragments of mandibular rami without teeth.

42675. Five specimens of the humerus. The length of this bone is
0,042.

42672. The right tibia, wanting the distal epiphysis.

42672 a. Three imperfect specimens of the tibia.

1 Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, TO!, iii. No. 80, p. 249— errorim 149— (1803).

1 Ann. d. Museum, vol. iv. p. 62 (1804).

3 Extinct Mammals of Australia, p. 107, pi. v. figs. 10, 11 (1877).

256 MAKStTPIAlIA.

•Peraiwlcs oucsiula (Shaw 1).
Syn. Didelphis obesula, Shaw 2.

llather smaller than the preceding, and with a shorter muzzle.
Hab. Australia and Tasmania.

42675 a. Five specimens of the humerus, agreeing in size with those
of the present species ; from the caves of the Wellington
Valley, New South Wales. Their length is 0,0365.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

, Quoy & Gaimard 3.
Including Perameles fasciata, Gray4.
Considerably smaller than the preceding.
Hab. South and West Australia and New South Wales.

42675 b. A left humerus, agreeing in size with the corresponding
bone of a skeleton of the West-Australian variety in the
Museum ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New
South Wales. Length 0,028.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42668. A slightly larger left humerus ; from the same locality.

Same history.

Perameles, sp.

The lower molars equal in size to those of P. nasuta, but with an
external cingulum.

Hab. New South Wales.

42607 b. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
two true molars ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley,
New South Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

Genus PERAGALE Gray 5.
Syn. Macrotis, Reid e.

Anterior limbs considerably shorter than the posterior ; crowns of
molars short, or elongated and curved ; auditory bulk double.

1 Naturalist's Miscellany, vol. viii. pi. 298 (circa 1793).— Didelphis.

3 Loe- eit. 3 Voyage d'Uranie, Zool. p. 56 (1824).

4 Appendix to Grey's Journal of Two Expeditions in Australia, yol. ii. p. 407
(1841).

6 Ibid. p. 401.— Amended.

6 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 131.— Preoccupied by a genus of Coleoptera.

257

^tragale fagotfe (Reid i).
Sju. Perameles (Macrotis) lagotis, Reid 2.

Of large size, with the crowns of the molars elongated and curved.
Hob. Western Australia (recent), and New South Wales (Pleis-
tocene).

42663. Part of the right maxilla, containing the last three true
molars ; from a cave in the Wellington Valley, New
South Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43884. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible ; showing
the last two molars ; from the same locality.

Same history.

Family TRICONODONT1M] 3.

Dentition :— I. *-, C. ?r, Pm. J, M. ^. The lower true molars
are without an inner cingulum or cusp, and consist of three subequal
secant cusps or cones, of which the first two correspond to the blade
of the homologous teeth of the Dasyurince, and the third to the
talon of the same ; the upper true molars resemble the lower, and
have no inner tubercle ; the premolars are much simpler than the
true molars, pm. 4 being taller than m. 1 ; and the lower incisors
are in contact. The last premolar was preceded by a milk-tooth ;
the cheek-teeth are of large relative size, and the mandibular ramus
is deep. The inflection of the angle of the mandible is strongly
marked ; and the canines have grooved or double roots.

The one English genus of the present family appears to be a
highly specialized primitive form, of which the lower true molars
come nearest to those of Thylacinus, and bear the same relation to
the lower molars of Dasyurus as is presented by the inferior car-
nassial tooth of Icticyon to that of Canis. The specialization of the
dentition of this early form is parallelled by the case of Playiaulax
among the Diprotodontia.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 129.— Perameles.

2 Loc. cit.

3 The division into families of the Mesozoic members of the Suborder, as
well as the serial arrangement of such families, must be regarded as provisional.

258 MABST7PIAL1A.

Genus TRICONODON, Owen l.
Including Triacanthodon, Owen 2.

The characters of the genus are those of the family. The discovery
of specimens of Triconodon mordax with four true molars has
shown that the so-called Triacanthodon is not separable.

In the American Upper Jurassic a species of this genus is recorded
by Marsh 3, the genus Priacodon being made for an allied form.

Triconodon mordax, Owen 4.

Syn. (?) Triacanthodon serrula, Owen 5.

This is the type species ; the length of the space occupied by m71 +
m72 in the type specimen is 0,095, and that by mTT + m72 + in73
0,008. At least in many adult specimens there were four lower true
molars, but it is not improbable that in other examples n7T4 was
never developed.

Hob. Europe (England).

The following specimens (or their originals} were obtained from the
Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorset-
shire.

47766. The nearly entire left ramus of the mandible of a subadult

(Fig.) individual, containing the anterior teeth and the first three

true molars. This specimen (woodcut, fig. 38) is the type,

Fig. 38.

Tricatwdon tnordax.- The left ramus of the mandible (reversed) : from the
Purbeck of Swanage. \.

and is figured by Owen in the • Encyclopaedia Britannica,'
8th cd. vol. xvii. p. 161, fig. 86, and in his ' Mesozoic
Mammalia,' pi. iii. figs. 7, 7a.

BecJcles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th ed. vol. xvii. p. 161 (1859).
Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 72 (1871).
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 343 (1887).
Encyclopedia Britannica, loc. cit.
Mesozoic Mammalia, loc. cit.

TRICOXODONTIB^. 259

47764. Portion of the left ramus of the mandible, showing pm72 and

(Fig.) the first three true molars. Figured by Owen in the

' Mesozoic Mammalia,' pi. iii. figs. 9, 9 a ; there is no trace

of m. 4. Same history.

47767. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing pm~4
(Fig.) and m. l . Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs. 10, 10 a.

Same history.

M. 19. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible, showing j^ra7~3, pm. 4,
and the four true molars. The original (woodcut, fig. 39)
is preserved in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn
Street, and is described and figured by Willett in the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xxxvii. p. 378 (woodcut) :

Fig. 39.

Triconodon mordax. — The rigiit ramus of the mandible ; from the
Purbeck of Swanage. \.

it was suggested in the description that the first of the
four trilobed teeth might be mm. 4 ; this is, however, dis-
proved by the large size of the two preceding teeth, which
must be pm. 3 and pm. 4, since pm. 2 is shown by other
specimens to be a much smaller tooth ; the length of iiI7T
+ ^72 is 0,006, and that of mTT -f m72 + mTs 0,009.

Presented by H. Willett, Esq., 1881.

M. 3750. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible, showing the
homologous teeth to those of the preceding specimen. The
original is in the collection of Mr. Willett.

Made in the Museum.

TJie following specimens are referred by Owen to Triacanthodon serrula

(47763 being the type), but apparently present no characters by

which they can be distinguished from the present species.

M. 47763. A slab of Purbeck limestone, containing the left ramus

(Fig.) of the mandible and some other imperfect bones. The

mandible has been figured by Owen in the ' Mesozoic Mam-

s2

260 MARSTJPIALIA.

malia,' pi. iv. figs. 7, 8 ; it shows the third incisor, the
canine, the first three premolars, mm. 4, m. 1 and m. 2, the
impress of m73 on the limestone, and mTl on the inner
side of the coronoid process. Since the specimen was
figured, the outer lamina of the ramus- has been cut away
to exhibit the germ of pm. 4 in alveolo. The length of m. 1
+ ^T~2 is 0,005, and that of mTT + mT2 + m73 0,008. The
position of m. 4 on the inner side of the coronoid indicates
that this tooth may be present in No. 47766.

Beetles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

48395. The imperfect mandible of an immature individual, appar-
ently showing pm. 2, pm. 3, mm. 4, m. 1, and m72.

Same history.

The following specimens not improbably belong to this species.

47771. Part of a right mandibular ramus, containing three true

(Fig.) molars. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv. fig. 6 (as T. (?)

minor). Same history.

47784. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the last true
(Fiy.) molar. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv. fig. 5.

Same history.

47768. Fragment of the right mandibular ramus of an immature
(Fig.) individual, showing p"m74 half protruded from its alveolus

and the imperfect mTl and m72. Figured by Ow.en, op.

cit. pi. iii. fig. 15. Same history.

Triconodon ferox, Owen \

Syn. (?) Triconodon occisor, Owen 2.

Distinguished from the preceding species by its superior size and
the contour of the angle of the mandible. None of the specimens
show any trace of mTl. The length of mTl + m?2 in the type
specimen is 0,008, and that of mTl + mT2 + mT3 0,013.

ffab. Europe (England).

The following specimens ivere obtained from the Middle Purbeck

group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire.
47775. The nearly entire left ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fiy.) the canine, the broken base of £m77, the remaining three

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 64 (1871)
7 Rid. p. 69.

XKICONODONTHXE. 261

premolars, and the three anterior true molars of the typical
series. This specimen is the type, and is figured by Owen
in his 'Mesozoic Mammalia' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iii.
figs. 11, 11«. There is no trace of ^74 on the'exposed
inner surface of the coronoid.

Buckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47776. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the three
(Fig.) true molars (mTs imperfect). Figured by Owen, op. tit.

pi. iii. figs. 12, 12 a. * Same history.

47777. Hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) pm. 4, part of 5Tl, and the entire 5T~2 and 5T3. Figured

by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs. 13, 13 a. Same history.

47780. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
(Fig.) third true molar. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii.

figs. 19, 10 a. Same history.

47778. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing pm. 3, pm. 4, m. 1, and
(Fig.) m. 2. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs.l^ iWa.

Same history.

47779. Part of the right maxilla, containing pm. 3, pm. 4, m. 1, and
(Fig.) part of m. 2. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs. 17, 17 a.

Same history.

47781. Portions of the cranium, the mandibular rami, and other
(Fig.) bones. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv. fig. 1.

Same history.

47765. Part of the left mandibular ramus of a subadult individual,

(Fig.) showing the three true molars. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. iii. fig. 8, under the name of T. mordax- the teeth

agree, however, in size with those of the present species,

the length of m. 1 + mT2 being 0,008. Same history.

47791. The hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, contain-
ing mT2 and ST~3. The anterior lobe of ^7~2 is imperfectly
developed. Same history.

262 MAE8T7PIA.LIA.

The following specimen is the type of T. occisor, Owen, but apparently
presents no characters by which it can be distinguished specifically
from the preceding specimens.

47782. The imperfect mandible of a subadult individual, showing
(Fig.) nearly all the teeth. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv.
figs. 2, 2 « ; pm. 4 is not fully protruded from its alveolus,
and the anterior lobe of the left iZl is aborted.

Same history.

The following specimens not improbably belong to this species.

47772. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing pm. 4
(Fig.) and m. 1. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. fig. 21.

Same history.

47773. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible with
(Fig.) one imperfect cheek-tooth. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iv.

fig. 4. Same history.

47774. Part of a mandibular ramus of an old individual, containing
(Fig.) an entire premolar and a worn true molar. Figured by

Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs. 14, 14 a. Same history.

47774 a. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible, with
the teeth in a crushed coudition. Same history.

47788. Fragment of a maxilla, showing the canine, two premolars,
and what is apparently part of m. 1. Same history.

48404 a. A fourth premolar. Same history.

Triconodon major, Owen1.

This species is estimated to have been fully one-third larger than
T. ferox, and about equal in size to the existing Dasyurm viverrinus.
Hab. Europe (England).

40722. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
(Fig.) slightly imperfect i7T~2 and portions of the anterior cheek-
teeth ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone
Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen, which is the
type and only known example, is figured by Owen in his
' Mesozoic Mammalia,' pi. iv. fig. 3.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 70 (1871).

263
SPECIFICALLY UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

The following specimens from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdle-
stone Bay, Sivanaye, are referred by Owen to the present genus.

47770. The two terminal extremities and the impression of the
(Fig.) middle portion of a mandibular ramus of a small form.

Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. fig. 20.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.
47797. Fragments of a mandible, showing the bases of some of the

teeth. Same history.

48396. Small fragment of a mandibular ramus, showing one true

molar. Same history.

47769. The greater portion of a mandibular ramus of a very small

(Fig.) form, showing some broken cheek-teeth. Figured by

Owen, op. cit. pi. iii. figs. 16, 16 a. Same history.

Family DASYURID^E.

Dentition : — I. |, C. \, Pm. + M. various. There are never more
than three premolars in each jaw ; the lower true molars are with-
out an inner cingulum, and are either multicuspidate or differentiated
into a blade and talon, the latter being never simply secant in all the
teeth of the series and always smaller than the hinder lobe of the
blade ; the upper true molars are cusped and either subquadrangular,
or triangular with an inner tubercle. The hind feet have the
hallux without a claw, and generally either rudimentary or absent,
while the four outer digits are well developed.

Subfamily PASTURING.

Dentition : — Pm. + M. not exceeding ^, and of relatively large
size; the premolars are differentiated- from the true molars; the
lower incisors are in contact ; the lower true molars are differentiated
into a bilobed blade, which frequently has an inner cusp, and a
talon which is usually tubercular, but may be secant *in one tooth
of the series, in which case it is always smaller than the hinder
outer cusp of the blade ; the upper true molars are triangular with
a well-marked inner tubercle ; and the fourth premolar when well-
developed is preceded by a milk-tooth.

The upper true molars are simpler than in the PerameUdce, the
elongated inner column of the latter forming a rounded tubercle,

264 MAKSUPIALIA.

and the two outer V-shaped columns either in contact (Dasyurvs)
or fused together (Rarcophilus) ; the hinder lohe of the lower true
molars of the Peramelidce. is represented by the talon 1.

Genus THYLACINUS, Temminck 2.

' Dentition :— 1. 1, C. {, Pm. |, M. \. The cheek-teeth resemble
those of Sarcophilus, but with total absence of the external cusp in
the upper, and of the internal cusp in the blade of the lower true
molars, and with the talons of the latter well developed. Axis ver-
tebra long ; and an entepicondylar foramen to the humerus.

Thylacinus spelseus, Owen 3.
Syn. Thylacinus major, Owen4 (in parte).

This species apparently presents the same relation to the existing
Tasmanian T. cynocephalus as is borne by Sarcophihis laniari.us to
S. ursinus, but in this case the excess in size of the fossil form
seems to have been still more marked. The smaller specimens in-
cluded under the present head cannot be distinguished from large
male individuals of T. cynocephalus, but it is probable that they
belong to the female of T. spelceus, since the existing species exhibits
a great difference in the size of the two sexes ; these smaller speci-
mens are, however, referred by Owen 5 to the existing species.

Hab. New South Wales and Queensland.

The following specimens may be referred to male individuals.

32306. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a subadult
individual, containing the last true molar ; from a cave in
the Wellington Valley, New South Wales. The length of
the tooth is 0,019, against 0,016 in the corresponding
tooth of a large male of the existing species ; it agrees
in relative size with the tooth of the present species

1 The type of lower true molar obtaining in Dasyurus agrees precisely with
those of the Proviverridce (v>de Supplement), and also with the lower carnassial
of the Viverrida.

2 Monographies de Mammalogie, vol. i. p. 60 (1827).

:1 Cat. Foss. Mamm. et Aves Mus. B. Coll. Surg. p. 335 (1845).

4 ' Extinct Mammals of Australia,' p. 106 (1877). This name is apparently
given by inadvertence for T. spelaus ; the mandible represented in pi. v. fig. 8 is
apparently drawn from the last three true molars of Sarcophilus laniarius added
to the hinder part of a mandible of Thylacinus cynocephalus,

5 Ibid. p. 106.

265

figured in vol. ii. pi. xxxii. fig. 7 of Mitchell's ' Three
Expeditions into Australia ' (see Owen, op. cit. p. 335).

Purchased, 1854.

32874. The proximal portion of the right ulna ; from the Pleistocene
of Queensland. Purchased, 1853.

43938. Two specimens of the right calcaneum ; from the caves of
the Wellington "V alley. The length of the larger specimen
is 0,048.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

The following smaller specimens are provisionally regarded as
belonging to the female.

43887. A left upper true molar ; from the Wellington Valley.

Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42596. The distal portion of the left humerus; from the same
locality. Same history.

M. 3706. The axis vertebra; from Queensland. No history.

Genus SARCOPHILUS, F. Cuvier1.

The number and homology of the teeth the same as in Dasyurus,
but the outer columns of the upper true molars fused together, not
forming distinct V's, and with only a rudiment of the antero- external
cusp of the posterior column ; inner cusp of blade of lower true
molars rudimentary, and talon very small. Axis vertebra short ;
no entepicondylar foramen to the humerus.

Sarcophilus laniarius, Owen 2.

Syn. Dasyurus laniarius, Owen 3.

This species presents a considerable excess in size over the existing
Tasmanian S. ursinus, but may probably be regarded merely as the
ancestral form of the latter, which, from inhabiting a continental
area, attained superior dimensions. The interdental pits in the
maxilla are slightly deeper in the fossil form, and Owen notes a
small variation in the contour of the palatal vacuities and the
mandible. The smaller specimens identified by Owen4 with S.
ursimis probably belong to the female of the present form.

Hob. New South Wales and Queensland.

1 Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, pi. 70 (1838).

2 In Mitchell's ' Three Expeditions into Australia,' 2nd ed. vol. ii. p. 3(>3

(1838).— Dasyurus. 3 Loc. cit.

4 Extinct Mammals of Australia, p. 105 (1877).

266 MAKSUPIALIA.

Unless otherwise stated, the following specimens are from the caves of
the Wellington Valley, New South Wales, and were presented
by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

42555. The anterior portion of the cranium, showing the greater

numher of the teeth in a damaged condition. The length
of the series of cheek-teeth is 0,056, against 0,049 in a
large male of 8. ursinus.

42556. Part of the brain-case.

42543. The middle portion of the cranium, showing the alveoli of
the last three true molars.

42559. Part of the right maxilla, showing the first three true
(Fig.) molars. Figured by Owen in the ' Extinct Mammals of

Australia,' pi. v. fig. 3. The length of the space occupied
by the three teeth is 0,0395, the corresponding dimension
in a large male of the existing species being 0,036.

42560. Part of the left maxilla, containing the four true molars.

42584. A similar specimen.

42557. Fragment of the left maxilla, with the last three true molars.
42583. A similar specimen. -

42561. Fragment of the right maxilla, with m. 3 and m. 4.

43303. Fragment of the left maxilla of a very large individual,
containing m. 2 and m. 3. The length of the space occu-
pied by the two teeth is 0,029, against 0,0246 in the
above-mentioned specimen of S. ursinus.

43303 a. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing m. 2 and m. 3.

42585. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing m. 1 and m. 2.

42586. Fragment of the left maxilla of a small (? female) individual,

containing m. 1.

43951. Part of the right maxilla, show ing the two premolars and
the basal half of the canine.

50068. Part of the left maxilla, containing the cheek-teeth in a
broken condition : from the Pleistocene of Gowrie, Queens-
land. Presented by O. F. Bennett, Esq., 1879.

DASYtTKIDjE. 267

42549. Three canines.

42582. The symphysis of the mandible, showing the cutting-teeth
(Fig.) and the right premolars. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. v.
figs. 5, 6.

42564. The symphysis and part of the right ramus of the mandible,

showing pm. 4 and the first three true molars.

42562. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the
last three true molars.

42565. The corresponding portion of the left ramus of the mandible.

42566. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing m72 and

m73.

42568. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, showing pm. 4,

STl, and ^2.

42569. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, with Ei73

and ^~4.

42571. Part of the right ramus of the mandible", containing the four

true molars.

42572. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the last

three true molars.

42574. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing the

two premolars and m. l.

42575. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing

m72 and m7~3.

42576. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a small individual,

showing the six cheek-teeth.

42581. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing pm. 4,
mTl, and m. 2.

43387. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, with m. 2 and
m. 3.

48425. Part of the loft ramus of the mandible, containing the last
three true molars ; from the Pleistocene of Queensland.
The length of the space occupied by the three teeth is
0,036, against 0,0325 in the above-mentioned specimen of
S. ur sinus. The specimen is labelled by Owen Thylacinus
major 1. Presented by Dr. George Bennett, 1877.

1 See page 264, note 4.

268 MARST7PIALIA.

42596. The distal portion of the left humerus.
42596 a. Two specimens of the right calcaneum.

Genus DASYURUS, E. Geoffroy '.

Dentition : — 1. 1, C. \, Pm. |, M. |. The two premolars have heen
shown by Thomas to correspond to the first and third of the typical
series. The upper true molars have the two outer V-shaped
columns distinct, and with an antero-external cusp on the hinder
one ; the blade (anterior lobe) of the lower true molars with three
cusps arranged in a triangle, and the talon of the same well marked
and cusped. The axis vertebra is elongated ; and there is an
entepicondylar foramen to the humerus.

I3a0guru* btbmtmui (Shaw 2).
Syn. Didelphis viverrina, Shaw 3.
Hob. Australia and Tasmania.

The following specimens, with the exception of No. M. 1906, are from
the caves of the Wellington Valley, New South Wales, and ivere
presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43880. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the last three true
molars.

43880 a. Fragment of the left maxilla, with m. 2 and m. 3.

43880 b. The symphysis and part of the left ramus of the mandible.

43880 C. Several fragments of mandibular rami with teeth.

M. 1906. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, showing
many of the teeth; from the Pleistocene of Gowrie,
Queensland. Presented by G. F. Bennett, Esq.

42641. The right humerus of a large individual.

42668. The left humerus of a much smaller (? female) individual.

42669. The left ulna of an individual agreeing in size with the

preceding specimen.

1 Bull. Soc. Philorn. Paris, ser. 1, vol. i. p. 106 (1796).

2 General Zoology, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 491 (I800').—I>idelphis.

3 IMC. cit. .

AMPHITHEKIIDJE. 269

Subfamily MYRMECOBIIN^E.

(Although unrepresented in a fossil state, it is important that this
group should be mentioned here.)

Dentition: — Pm. + H. g, and of small size; the three premolars are
not well differentiated from the true molars ; the lower incisors are
spaced; the true molars are subquadrangular and multicuspidate,
the lower ones not being differentiated into a blade and talon ; the
mandibular ramus is shallow, with a mylohyoid groove. There is
no evidence of the existence of a milk-molar preceding the last
premolar.

Family AMPHITHERIID^E *.

The genera provisionally included in this family comprise a
number of small primitive mammals, apparently connected on the
one hand with the Myrmecobiine branch of the Dasyuridce, and on
the other with the Didelpliyidce. It may be eventually necessary
to divide the family ; and it is difficult with the present imperfect
evidence to give a distinctive diagnosis which will embrace all the
forms. They all, however, have a mylohyoid groove in the
mandible ; their lower true molars, which (with the possible excep-
tion of Phascolotherium) exceed four, are either multicuspidate,
tricuspidate, or differentiated into a blade and talon ; the premolars
may be reduced to three or perhaps two, but are frequently four,
and have been thought in some instances to exceed that number ;
the lower incisors are either three or four ; and the canines have
grooved or double roots. It is not known whether the last pre-
molar had a milk predecessor.

The difference in the characters of the lower molars in the various
genera is not greater than obtaining in the Dasyurklw. If the
number of premolars in some members of the first section exceed
four, it is a unique feature among heterodont mammals.

SECTION A. — The lower true molars multicuspidate, or tricuspidate

and cingulated ; the lower incisors spaced, and either three or

four in number ; and the premolars in some instances reduced

below the latter number.

The American Triassic Dromatherium 2 may not improbably be

included in this section; the dental formula being I.|, C.j, PmJ,

1 Owen, British Fossil Mammals and Birds, p. 29 (1846).

2 See Osborn, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 109 (1887).

270

MARStTPIALIA.

Genus PHASCOLOTHERIUM, Owen \

Dentition:— I. -, C. \, Pm.+M. ^. Molars and prcmolars very
similar in structure; a diastema between lower canine and pre-
molars ; true molars tricuspidate, with inner cingulum, which has no
cusp on the inner side of the crown, but develops a distinct accessory
cusp at each extremity of the crown ; mandibular ramus deep.

Owen considered that there were probably only three lower
incisors, but the writer is convinced, from an examination of the type
specimen, that there were four of these teeth.

Phascolotherium bucklandi (Broderip2).
Syn. Didelphis bucklandi, Broderip 3.

Thylacoiherium bucklandi, Valenciennes 4.

This is the type and only named species ; and was about equal in
size to Phascogale penicillata ; the length of the lower series of
cheek-teeth being 0,012.

Hob. Europe (England).

112. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) all the teeth except 174 ; from the Lower Jurassic Slate of

Fig. 40

Phascolotherium bucklandi. — Inner view of the right ramus of the mandible ;
from the Stonesfield Slate, f. The outline figure is nat. size. (From
Owen's ' Palaeontology.')

Stonesfield, Oxfordshire. This specimen (woodcut, fig. 40)
is the type, and is figured by Broderip in the ' Zool. Journ.'
vol. iii. pi. xl. ; by Buckland in his ' Bridgewater Treatise,'

1 Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. vi. pt. 1, p. 58 (1841).

a Zool. Journ. vol. iii. p. 411 (1828).— Didelphis. * Loc. erf.

* Oomptes Rendus, vol. vii. p. 580 (1838).

271

pl. ii. (under the name of Didelphis) ; and also by Owen
in the ' Trans. Geol. Soc.' ser. 2, vol. vi. pl. vi. fig. 2, in
his ' Odontography,' pl. xcix. fig. 4, and also in his
' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pl. i. figs. 26, 26«.
Presented by W. J. Broderip, Esq.

Genus AMPHILESTES, Owen '.

Distinguished from Phascolofherium by the larger number of
lower cheek-teeth, and by at least some of the premolars being
simpler than the true molars; in the type species (fig. 41) the
cingulum of the tricuspidate true molars encircles the crown, and
has minute fore-and-aft cusps ; the mandibular condyle is
apparently sessile and placed on the level of the molars. In the
type specimen 2 (fig. 41) there are nine teeth remaining (the crown

Fig. 41.

Amphilestes brodcripi, Owen. — Be versed inner view of the left ramus of the
mandible; from the Stonesfield Slate. ?. The restoration of the anterior
teeth is conjectural ; and the condyle is placed too high. (From Owen's
' Palaeontology ' 3.)

of the sixth from the posterior end broken off), of which the first two
are clearly premolars ; the third tooth may possibly be a milk-molar,
and it is not certain that there may not be an additional molar in
its alveolus behind the ninth tooth.

1 Encyclopaedia Britannica, 8th ed. vol. xvii. p. 157 (1859). In his ' Meso-
zoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.) Owen provisionally included the type species
in Amphitherium, but the observations of Osborn (kindly communicated in MS.
to the writer) apparently indicate its right to distinction.

2 Compare Owen's ' Odoutography,' pl. xcix. fig. 3. Owen regarded the
lower dental formula as I. ry 0. j, Pm. -, M. - ; but it is quite probable that
there may have been four incisors, which would reduce the premolars to five ;
while, if the specimen be adult, the seventh tooth from the end might be a true
molar, in which case there would be only four premolars ; and there may have
been a diastema behind the canine.

3 Wrongly given in that work (fig. 112) and in the ' Encyclopaedia Britannica,'
op. cit., as Amphitherium prevosti, and so reproduced in several later works;
it is really reduced from pl. vi. of the ' Trans. Geol. Soc.' ser. 2, vol. vi. pl. vi.
fig. 1, and pl. xcix. fig. 3 of Owen's ' Odontography.'

272 MARSTTPIALIA.

Amphilestes (?) sp.

This form is of larger size than A. broderipi ; the length of the
space occupied by the last four lower true molars being 0,0085,
against 0,006 in the latter.

Hab. Europe (England).

M. 2300. Cast of a left mandibular ramus, showing the last four
true molars. The original was obtained from the Lower
Jurassic Slate of Stonesfield, Oxfordshire, and is preserved
in the Museum at Oxford. It is figured by Phillips in his
'Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames,'
p. 235, diagram 81, under the name of PhascolotJierium
buMandi ; but the true molars differ from those of that
species in the small development of the accessory fore-and-
aft cusps, and come nearer in this respect to those of
Amphilestes, although the contour of the ramus is more
like that of Phascolotherium.

Presented by Prof. Prestwich, 1885.

GENUS non. det.

It. 2299. Cast of a mandibular ramus showing all the teeth, with
the exception of the fourth, in a worn or damaged condition.
The original was obtained from the Lower Jurassic Slate
of StonesMeld, Oxfordshire, and is preserved in the Museum
at Oxford. It is figured (under the name of Amphitherium
prevosti) by Owen in his ' Odoutography,' pi. xcix. fig. 1,
in his ' British Fossil Mammals and Birds,' p. 29, fig. 15,
and in his 'British Mesozoic Mammals' (Mon. Pal.
Soc.), pi. i. figs. 23, 23 a. It is, however, regarded by
Osborn * as decidedly distinct from that form, with molars
approximating to those of Amphilestes, but with the
cingulum confined to the inner side, and with the condyle
pedunculate and placed above the molar level. Owen gives
the lower dental formula as I. -, C. -v Pm. ^, M. g, but
there appears equal reason for rendering it as I. ^, C. ^
Pm. -, M. -, or the same as in AmblotJierium2.

Presented by Prof. Prestwich, 1885.

1 See note 1, preceding page.

2 The superiority in the size of the fourth over the fifth remaining tooth would
seem to indicate the probability of the former being a canine rather than a pre-
molar ; and that the canine was inserted by two roots is probable from the
observations of Marsh, Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 335 (1887).

273

M. 2297. Cast of a mandibular ramus with seven cheek-teeth of a
species belonging to the present section. The original,
which is from the Stonesfield Slate, is preserved in the
Museum at Oxford, and is figured by Phillips (with an
added molar) in his ' Geology of Oxford and the Valley
of the Thames,' p. 234, diagram No. 79, under the name
of Amphiiherium prevosti. There are three premolars and
a diastema behind the canine ; the fourth cheek-tooth may
be mm. 4. Same history.

SECTION B. — The true molars usually differentiated into a bilobed
blade (which may have a small inner cusp) and a hind talon ;
four premolars present in all the English genera of which the
entire lower dentition is known ; and generally four lower
incisors.

Those forms which have an inner cusp to the blade of the lower
true molars approximate to the Didelphyidce. It is probable that
several of the American genera included by Marsh ' in his Dryolestidce
belong to the present section ; Dryolestes* itself being apparently
very close to Amblotherium. In Astlienodon 3, which Marsh regards
as connecting Dryolestes with Stylodon, the lower true molars have
no distinct hind talon.

Genus AMPHITHERIUM, Blainville *.

Syn. Amphigonus, Agassiz 8.

Thylacotherium, Valenciennes 6 (in parte).

It is uncertain, owing to the imperfect nature of the type specimen,
whether this genus (as restricted by Osborn 7) should be referred to
the present or the preceding section ; if, however, No. 36822 be
rightly referred to it, it undoubtedly belongs to the present one.

Amphitherium prevosti, Blainville s (ex Cuv. MS.).

Syn. Didelphis prevosti, Blainville 9.

Thylacotherium prevosti, Valenciennes 10.

This is now taken as the type species of the genus, and is of minute
size u.

Hob. Europe (England).

Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 334 (1887).
Ibid. pi. ix. fig. 2. 3 Ibid. pi. ix. fig. 7.

Comptes Eendus, Vol. vii. p. 417 (1838).
Neues Jahrb. 1835, p. 185.

Comptes Eendus, vol. vii. p. 580 (1838). 7 See note 1, p. 271.

Comptes Rendus, vol. vii. p. 403 (1838).— Didelphys. * Loc. cif.

1 Comptes Renclus, vol. vii. p. 580 (1838).
Originally Phascolotheriiim was included.
PAKT v. *

274 MAEStTPIALIA.

M. 2298. Cast of the hinder portion of a mandibular ramus. The
original is from the Lower Jurassic Slate of Stonesfield,
Oxfordshire, and is preserved in the Museum at Oxford.
It is the type specimen, and is figured by Prevost in the
'Ann. Sci. Nat.' vol. iv. p. 389, pi. xviii. fig. 2; by
Buckland in his ' Bridge-water Treatise,' pi. ii. (as
Didelphys) ; by Owen in the ' Trans. Geol. Soc.' ser. 2,
vol. vi. pi. v. fig. 3, in his ' British Fossil Mammals and
Birds,' p. 44, fig. 16, in his ' Odontography,' pi. xcix. fig. 2,
and in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. i.
fig. 21 ; and by Phillips in his ' Geology of Oxford and
the Valley of the Thames,' p. 233, diagram no. 77. The
jaw contains four premolars and six true molars.

Presented ly Prof. Prestwich, 1884.

36822. Part of a left mandibular ramus, containing the last premolar
and five true molars, provisionally referred to this species.
The true molars are of the type of those of Amllotherium •
the length of the space occupied by the five teeth of this
series being 0,005. Morris Collection. Purchased, 1862.

Genus AMBLOTHERIUM, Owen l.

Including : — Peraspalax, Owen 2.

Peralestes (Phascolestes), Owen3 (in parte).

Dentition : — I. ?, C. ?, Pm. J, M. ~^. The lower incisors are
spaced, the lower true molars may have a small inner cusp to the
blade 4, the anterior lobe of the blade of the latter is of moderate
height, and pm. 3 and pm. 4 are slender.

Amblotherium soricinum, Owen \

This is the type species ; the hinder lower true molars have a minute
inner cusp to the blade, and that series of teeth did not apparently
exceed seven in number ; the length of the space occupied by the
first six of these teeth is 0,005.

Hob. Europe (England).

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 29 (1871).

2 Ibid. p. 40. 3 fad. p. 35.

4 Owen regarded the presence of this cusp as distinguishing Peraspalax from
Amblotherium; it is, however, distinctly present in the hinder molars of
A. soricinum.

8 Op tit. p. 29.

275

47752. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible ; containing
(Fig.) all the anterior teeth and the first six true molars ; from

the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage,
Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type, and is figured by
Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii.
fig. 1. Owen considers that, there should be a seventh
tooth behind the sixth true molar.

Becldes Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Amblotherium talpoides (Owen T).

Syn. Peraspalax talpoides, Owen2.

Apparently agreeing in the structure of the teeth with the
preceding species, but of larger size.
Hob. Europe (England).

47738. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containg pm. 4 and
(Fig.} six true molars ; from the Middle Purbeck group of
Durdlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen
is the type, and is figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic
Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii. fig. 9, under the generic
name of Peraspalax, of which it is the type.

JBeckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Amblotherium mustelula, Owen 3.

Syn. Peralestes (Phascolestes) longirostris, Owen 4 (in parte) .

Of considerably larger size than A. soncinum, and furnished
with eight lower true molars, which apparently had no inner cusp.
There appears no characters by which the mandible figured by Owen
under the name of Peralestes (Phascolestes) longirostris can be dis-
tinguished from the type specimen of the present species.

Hob. .Europe (England).

47753. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, showing
(Fig.} most of the cheek-teeth in a mutilated condition ; from

the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage,
Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type, and is figured by
Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii.
fig. 2. Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47808. The greater part of a slightly deeper left mandibular ramus,
which appears specifically identical with the preceding ;

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 40 (1871).— Peraspalax.

2 Loc. cit.

8 Ibid. p. 31.
* Ibid. p. 35.

276 MARSUPIALIA.

from the same locality. Most of the anterior teeth and
the eight true molars (except the 6th) are shown ; the
true molars are less worn than in the preceding specimen,
and thereby show a taller anterior lobe of the blade, which
approaches that of Achyrodon ; the length of the space
occupied by the eight true molars is 0,008.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47741. The greater part of the left ramus of a very similar mandible,
(Fig.) containing the incisors, canine, the four premolars, and
the first five true molars ; from the same locality.
Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 4, under the name of
Peralestes (Phascolestcs) longirostris, but apparently pre-
senting no characters by which it can be distinguished
from the type specimen of the present form. The three
impressions in the matrix behind the sixth molar men-
tioned by Owen as being made by teeth appear to be of an
entirely different origin. Same history.

Genus ACHYRODON, Owen ».

This genus appears closely allied to the preceding, but is distin-
guished by the greater height and more oblique direction of the
anterior lobe of the blade of the lower true molars, and the stouter
pm. 3 and pm. 4.

Achyrodon nanus, Owen - .

This (the type) species is rather smaller than Amblotheriwn sori-
cinum.

Nab. Europe (England).

47745. The middle portion of the right ramus of the mandible,
(Fig.} containing pmT3, pm. 4, and the eight true molars ; from

the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage,
Dorsetshire. This specimen, which is the type, is figured
by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia,' pi. ii. fig. 5.

Beclcles Collection. Purcliased, 1876.

47746. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing p^TT,
(Fig-) pm. 4, and the first five true molars; from the same

locality. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 6.

Same history.

47783. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, con-
taining four true molars ; from the same locality. Figured
by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 7. Same history.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 37 (1871).
a Loc. cit

AMPHITHERIIB^!. 277

47785. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, showing
five true molars ; from the same locality.

Eeckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Achyrodon pusillus, Owen \

Distinguished from the preceding species by the structure of the
mandible and teeth.

Hal. Europe (England).

47747. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing one
(Fig.) tooth ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone
Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type,
and is figured by Owen in his « Mesozoic Mammalia'
(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii. fig. 8 : at that time there were four
cheek-teeth preserved.

BecUes Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Specifically undetermined specimen.

48401. Fragment of a mandibular ramus with four true molars,
probably belonging to a small species of the present genus ;
from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay,
Swanage, Dorsetshire.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Genus PERAMUS, Owen 2.

The lower true molars are relatively stouter, and their blade
proportionally wider than in either of the preceding genera ; the
complete dental formula is unknown.

Peramus tenuirostris, Owen 3.

This is the type species.
Hob. Europe (England).

47742. The left ramus of the mandible, containing the last four

(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdle-

stone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the

type, and is figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia '

(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii. fig. 10.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 39 (1871).
3 Ibid. p. 41 (1871).
3 Loc. cit.

278 MAKSUPIALIA.

47744. Tart of a left mandibular ramus, containing four cheek-
(Fig.) teeth, provisionally referred to this species; from the
same locality. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 12.

Becldes Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47754. A left mandibular ramus with one cheek-tooth, which is

(Fig.) provisionally referred to this species; from the same

locality. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 13. If

eventually proved distinct, the name P. minor is proposed

by Owen for this specimen. Same history.

The following specimen was provisionally referred by Owen
to this species, but is probably generically distinct.

47743. Part of the symphysis and left ramus of a mandible con-

(Fig.) taining the anterior teeth. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. ii. fig. 11. Same history.

Family DIDELPHYID^E.

Dentition : — I. j, C. \, Pm. |, M. ^. Incisors very small and
sharp : canines large ; premolars compressed, the fourth being pre-
ceded by a milk-tooth which persists till a late period ; true molars
formed on the general type of those of Dasyurus, the lower ones
being differentiated into blade and talon. Five complete digits to
each foot ; an entepicondylar foramen to the humerus.

Genus DIDELPHYS, Linn.1

Including : —Peratherium, Ayrnard 2.

Amphiperatherium, Filhol 3.

The characters of this genus usually available in the case of fossils
are identical with those of the family 4. In existing forms the
lower true molars may either decrease 5 or increase 6 in size from
the first to the last, and the fourth lower premolar may be either
lower than or equal to each of the preceding ones. In the Tertiary

1 SyBt. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 71 (1766).— Amended from Didelphis.

2 Ann. Soc. Agrie. Sci. Le Puy, vol. xii. p. 248 (1848), teste Filhol.

3 Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. x. art. 3, p. 201 (1879).

4 Chironectes, except in the case of the existing species, could not be dis-
tinguished in a fossil state from Didelphys.

8 D. lanigera, D. philander.

6 D. pusilla, D. crassicaudafa, D. turncri, Chironectes.

DIDELPHYID^E. 279

forms 1 similar variations occur in the size of the true molars, and
pm. 4 may be either equal to or taller than either of the two pre-
ceding teeth. The talon of the last lower true molar may be either
bi- or tricuspid. The resemblance between lower jaws of existing
species from the Brazilian caves and those of certain Tertiary forms
is so close as apparently to leave little or no doubt as to their generic
identity. From the White- River group of North America certain
forms (fig. 42) have been referred to Peratherium, but are said to

Fig. 42.

d

(^)fugax (Cope) ; from the White-Biver Miocene of Colorado, a, b,
inferior and lateral views of skull; o, d, superior and lateral views of
right mandibular ramus. f . (From the ' Amer. Nat.')

differ from Didelphys by the non-inflection of the angle of the man-
dible 2, although this feature is well marked in the European Tertiary
species. The figured American specimens do not, however, show
the angle ; but if the alleged absence of inflection be eventually
proved correct, it will indicate a very remarkable deviation from the
ordinary type. It should be observed that the number of incisors
in the European Tertiary forms is not known, but it was doubtless
the same as in existing species 3.

1 Peratherium was proposed on the grounds that the lower true molars
increased in size from the first to the last, which has a biscuspid talon, and that
pm. 4 was larger than either of the others ; while Amphiperatherium (see Filhol,
' Ann. Sci. Geol.' vol. xii. art. 3, pp. 67-68) was made to include those forms
in which the lower true molars decreased in size, and pm. 4 was not the tallest
of the series. The latter forms are therefore identical in these respects with
species like D. lanigera. Another group is proposed by Filhol (see p. 54 of
memoir cited) for species intermediate in these characters between Peratherium
and Amphiperatherium. Graudry ('Les Enchainements, etc. — Mamm. Tert.'
p. 11) regards Peratherium as undistinguishable from Didelphys.

2 See Cope, Amer. Nat, vol. xviii. p. 687 (1881) ; it is there stated that the
inflection is also absent in the European forms.

3 It is almost certain that the number of named Tertiary species will have to
be reduced, but the specimens in the Museum are not sufficiently numerous or
perfect to admit of this work being undertaken. In several instances a pro-
visional element enters into the following specific determinations.

280 MA118TJPIA.LIA.

A. SOUTH-AMERICAN PLEISTOCENE SPECIES.

The following specimens are from the Caverns of Minas Geraes,
Brazil; and belong to the Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

As was pointed out by Waterhouse \ they apparently all belong
to existing species ; but the large number of the latter inhabiting
Brazil renders it extremely difficult in many instances to make
precise specific determinations on the evidence of fossil lower jaws.
The following references must therefore be regarded in many
instances as provisional, and can only be taken as indicating that
the specimens cannot be distinguished from the species tinder which
they are placed ; and it is highly probable that the fossils really
belong to a larger number of species than those under which they
are provisionally arranged. Lund in all cases distinguished the
fossil forms by the prefix affinis, and in cases where there has been
doubt to which species a particular fossil should be referred, the species
which Lund records in a fossil state has been generally adopted.

r, Temminck 2.

Syn. Didelphys aurita, Maximilian 3.
Didelphys affinis-aurita;, Lund 4.
Didelphys albiventris, Lund s.
Didelphys affinis-albiventri, Lund 8.

It is probable that this form cannot be specifically distinguished
from the widely spread D. marsupiaHs, Linn. (D. cancrivora and
D. virginiana). In a recent specimen in the Museum the length
of the lower series of cheek-teeth is 0,035, and that of the true
molars 0,021.

Hab. Brazil, Paraguay, Bolivia, &c.

18889. The cranium.

18890. Three portions of mandibular rami.

cragjfuauTJata, Desmarest7.

Length of lower series of cheek-teeth in a recent specimen 0,024,
and of the true molars 0,014; pm. 4 is much lower than pm. 3, and
m74 longer than ^T3 ; talon of mTI bicuspid.

Hab. Brazil and Paraguay.

Mammalia, vol. i. p. 529.

Monogr. de Mammalogie, vol. i. p. 30 (1827).

Beitrage z. Naturgesch. v. Brasil, vol. ii. p. 395 (1832).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. viii. p. 293 (1841).

Ibid. p. 236 (1841).

tiM. p. 293 (1841).

Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. vol. ix. p. 425 (1817).

18890 a. Fragment of die left ramus of a mandible, apparently
belonging to this species. All the cheek-teeth except p^TT
are preserved; die lengdi of die space occupied by die
true molars being 0,0135.

©rtklpfaj* nttcartaU, Geoflroy i.
Syn. Eideipkyt myatMn, Temmmck2.

Length of lower series of cheekteeth in two recent
0,023-0,022, and of the true molars 0,013; pi^and p^3 are
sabeqaal in height, and m_ 4 is shorter than m_ 3.

It would be very difficult to distinguish this form in the fossil
state from D. qmica and D. opouxat, which inhabit the cave area ;
the undermentioned fossil is referred pnmsJonafly to D. *mKe*mdatm
on account of Lund's reference of other specimens to that type

Hob. Brazil and Guiana.

18890 b. The nearly entire fcft ramus of the mandible, showing afl
the teeth except the incisors. The length of die cheek-
series k 0,0215, and diat of the true molars 0,013.

Length of series of lower cheek-teeth in a recent specimen 0,017,
and of die true molars 0,010; p«_3 is
Hab. BrazD.

18890 e- The greater part of die right ramus of die

showing all die teeth except die incisors. The lengdi of
die series of cheek-teedi k 0,017, and thai of die true
molars 0,0105.

Somewhat smaller dian D. eimena, die lengdi of die lower

Four. Diet, rfffist. HaL vnL ix. pu -1*1 GSIT).
Moaogr. d. If ••••togir. reL L p, 38 (lftg>.
K. Dwb ¥id. Sett. Skr. roL TfiL p,
M«*ogr de Mmm— tigir. woL L p. J6
Diet So. IfaLioL^lriL p. 398(18^)-
K. Duufo Tid. SddL Str ToL vtiL p. ±57
3(180).

282 MARStJPIALIA.

series of cheek-teeth being 0,0145, and that of the true molars
0,008. It would apparently be difficult to distinguish D. hunteri in
a fossil state.
Hob. Brazil.

18890 d. Nine mandibular rami, probably belonging to this species.
These specimens appear identical with those to which Lund
applied the name D. afftnis-incance, the living form called
D. incana being described from Minas Geraes.

18890 e. A slightly larger left mandibular ramus.

murtna, Linn.1

Syn. Didelphyi qffinis-murines, Lund -.

In two recent examples of this species (with which D. dorsigera
is apparently identical) the lengths of the lower series of cheek-teeth
are respectively 0,014 aud 0,0125, while that of the true molars
is 0,008 in both.

Hob. Brazil, Guiana, Peru, and Mexico.

18890 f. Three mandibular rami, probably belonging to this species.
In one specimen the length of the four true molars is

0,0082.

elegant, Waterhouse 3.

Syn. Didelphys qffinis-eleganti, Lund 4.

Length of the lower series of cheek-teeth in a recent specimen
0,011, and of the true molars 0,007. It may be doubtful whether
some of the following specimens do not belong to the short-tailed
D. brasiliensis (tristriata) of Brazil, which is said to agree in size
with D. elega ns.

Hab. Chili, Bolivia (Recent), and (?) Brazil (Pleistocene).

18890 g. Four mandibular rami, agreeing in size with the present
species. The length of the four true molars in one
specimen is 0,007.

pugtlla, Desmarest 5.
Syn. Didelphys affinis-pusillce, Lund 6.
The length of the lower cheek-series in a recent example is 0,01 1,

Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 72 (1766).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. viii. p. 298 (1841).

Zoology of the Voyage of the ' Beagle,' pt. 2, p. 95 (1840).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 133 (1842).

Nouv. Diet. d'Hist, Nat. vol. ix. p. 430 (1817).

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. viii. p, 293 (1841).

DIDELPHTID^. 283

and that of the true molars 0,007 ; the mandibular ranms is more
slender, and the crowns of the molars are lower than in D. elegans.
Hob. Paraguay and South Brazil.

18890 h. Three mandibular rami, probably belonging to this species.
The length of the cheek-series in the perfect specimen is
0,0105, and that of the true molars 0,0069.

Didelphys, sp. a.

Of still smaller size than the preceding, the length of the four
lower true molars being 0,006.

18890 i. Six mandibular rami.

OF UNCERTAIN SPECIES.

18890 k. Five fragments of maxillae with teeth.

B. EUROPEAN TERTIARY SPECIES.'
Didelphys affinis, Gervais \
Syn. Peratherium affine, Gervais 2.

The length of the space occupied by the seven lower cheek-teeth
is 0,014, that by the last five cheek-teeth 0,010, and that by the
four true molars 0,007-75. The third and fourth premolars are
subequal ; the true molars increase in size from the first to the last,
and have bicuspid talons. Gervais doubts if this form is distinct
from D. cuvieri, Fischer 3, of the Paris gypsum, but has given the
length of the lower cheek-series of the latter as 0,016, which appa-
rently comes nearer to D. antiqua.

Hob. Europe (France).

26792. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the last
five cheek-teeth ; from the Upper Eocene (Lower Oli-
gocene) of Debruge, near Apt (Vaucluse), France. This
specimen apparently agrees precisely with the type man-
dible figured by Gervais in the ' Zool. et Pal. Franchises,'
pi. xlv. fig. 4. Pomel Collection. Purchased, 1851.

Didelphys antiqua, Gervais *.
Syn. Peratherium antiquum, Gervais 5.

Closely allied to the preceding, but of rather larger size, the length
of the space occupied by the last five lower cheek-teeth being 0,012.
Hob. Europe (France).

1 Zool. et Pal. Francises, 1st ed. vol. i. Exp. no. 45 (1848-52).

2 Ibid. 2nd ed. p. 265 (1859).

3 Synopsis Mammalium, p. 268 (1829).

4 Zool. et Pal. Fransaises, 1st ed. Tol. i. Exp. no. 45 (1848-52).
s Ibid. 2nd ed. p. 266(1859).

284 MARSUPIALIA.

28134. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
two true molars ; from the Upper Eocene (Lower Oli-
gocene) of Debruge near Apt (Vaucluse), France.

Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1852.

28131. Anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible, showing
the outermost incisor, the canine, and the three premolars,
pm> 4 being not protruded from its alveolus ; from the
locality. Same history.

Didelphys arvernensis, Croizet l.

Syn. Peratlierium arvernense, Gervais 2.

About the size of D. affinis, from which it is stated to differ by
the talons in the lower true molars being tricuspid. Gervais gives
the length of the lower series of cheek-teeth as 0,0135 ; the maridi-
bular ramus is slender ; pm. 1 is small and in contact with pm. 3,
the latter being nearly as tall as pm. 4.

Hob. Europe (France).

27700. The nearly entire right ramus of a mandible containing the
canine and most of the cheek-teeth, apparently belonging
to this species ; from the Lower Miocene (Upper Oligocene)
of Sauvetat (Puy-de-D6me), France. The talon of in73 is
tricuspid, and the length of the series of cheek-teeth
0,0128. Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

27810. Part of a left mandibular ramus with the canine, p~m~3, p~rn74,
(Fig.) and m. 1, apparently belonging to the same species as the
preceding ; from the Lower Miocene of Cournon (Puy-de-
Dome). Figured by Gervais in the ' Zool. et Pal. Fran-
gaises,' 2nd ed. p. 264, fig. 33, and referred to D. exilis ;
it differs from the type specimen of the latter (No. 27806)
by the much more slender ramus. Same history.

Didelphys blainvillei, Croizet '.

Syn. Peratherlum blainvillei, Gervais *.

Of somewhat larger size than D. arvernensis, but with the molars
apparently rather taller (pm. 4 is not shown in the type) and plnTl
relatively larger. The length of the space occupied by the four true
molars in the type is 0,009, and that by the last three 0,007.

Hab. Europe (France).

1 In Gervais's Zool. et Pal. Frai^aises, 1st ed. vol. i. p. 134 (1848-52).

2 Ibid. 2nd ed. p. 263 (1859).

3 Ibid. 1st ed. vol. i. p. 134 (1848-52).

4 Ibid. 2nd ed. p. 263 (1859).

285

27823. Hinder part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
the three true molars ; from the Lower Miocene (Upper
Oligocene) of Cournon (Puy-de-D6me), France. The
length of the space occupied by the three teeth is 0,007,
and the specimen apparently agrees precisely with the
type mandible figured by Gervais in the ' Zool. et Pal.
Franchises,' pi. xlv. fig. 2.

Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

Didelphys exilis, Gervais l.

Syn. (?) Didelphys lematiensis, Pome! 2.
Peratherium exile, Gervais 3.

Considerable confusion has existed in regard to this species owing
to the figure of the type specimen (No. 27806) given by Gervais
being stated to be enlarged, whereas it is really almost of the natural
size.

The species is nearly of the size of D. affiuis and D. arvernensis ;
iu the type mandible (No. 27806) the length of the series of cheek-
teeth is 0,013 (not 0,009 as stated by Gervais), plnTl is of consider-
able size and separated by an interval from pmT3, which is longer
than pm. 4. The lower canine is directed nearly vertically ; the
lower true molars increase in length from the first to the fourth,
and have their anterior cusp equal in height to the hinder outer
cusp ; and the mandibular ramus is deep.

Hob. Europe (France).

27806. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, containing
(.PYr/.) the canine and cheek-teeth ; from the Lower Miocene
(Upper Oligocene) of Cournon (Puy-de-D6me), France.
This specimen is the type, and is figured by Gervais in
the ' Zool. et Pal. Franchises,' 2nd ed. p. 264, fig. 34, the
figure being very slightly above the natural size.

Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

Didelphys lemanensis (Filhol ' ).
Syn. Amphiperatherium lemanense, Filhol 5.

The length of the lower series of cheek-teeth is 0,012, and that of
the four true molars 0,007 : p~m7T is small, pln73 and pm. 4 are

1 Zool. et Pal. Frangaises, 2nd ed. p. 264 (1859).— Peratherium.

2 Catalogue Methodique, p. 118 (1853). 3 Loc. cit.

* Ann. Sci. Q-eol. vol. x. art. 3, p. 201 (ISIS}. —Amphiperatherium. The
specific name is preoccupied by D. lemanensis, Pomel ; but as the latter appears
to be a synonym of D. exilis it seems unadvisable to make a change.

6 Loc. cit.

286 MAKSTJPTALIA.

subequal and have concave posterior borders ; the true molars have
tall talons, so that in an inner profile view they appear trilohed ;
^n74 is shorter than 5T~3. The types are from St. Gerand-le-Puy
(Allier).

Hob. Europe (France).

26706. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible, con-
taining Jn73 and in7I ; from the Lower Miocene (Upper
Oligocene) of Allier, Prance. This specimen agrees very
closely with the one figured by Filhol in the 'Ann. Sci.
Geol.' vol. xi. pi. xix. figs. 1, 2.

Pomel Collection. Purchased, 1851.

Didelphys, sp. b (? nov.).

Apparently allied to the preceding, but of smaller size, and with
niTi longer than nTU ; premolars of similar structure, but not in
contact ; length of lower cheek-series 0,010, and of the true molars
0,0062. These dimensions equally distinguish it from D. ronzoni
and D. ambigua (Filhol !).

Hob. Europe (France).

27811. The greater part of the mandible, showing the canine and
cheek-teeth of both sides ; from the Lower Miocene (Upper
Oligocene) of the Auvergne (Puy -de-Dome), France. The
specimen is broken in two, one fragment being shown on
one face of the block and the other on the opposite.

Croizet Collection. Purchased, 1848.

Didelphys, sp. c.

Of rather larger size than the next species.
Hdb. Europe (England).

30350. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
the last three true molars ; from the Upper Eocene
(Lower Oligocene) of Hordwell, Hampshire. The length
of the space occupied by the three teeth is 0,006.

Eastings Collection. Purchased, 1855.

Didelphys lamandini, Filhol \
Syn. Peratherium lamandini, Filhol 3.
A very small species in which the length of the lower cheek-

1 See Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. rii. art. 3, p. 68 ; where both species are referred
to Amphiperatherium.

a Comptes Rendus, vol. Ixxxii. p. 289 (1876).

8 Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. viii. art. 1, p. 256 (1877). The reference to the figure
is given as 387 in place of 385.

DIDELPHYID^. 287

series is 0,011, and that of the true molars 0,006 ; the molars increase
in size posteriorly, and their talons are tricuspid. It is not easy to
see how this form 1 differs from D. laurillardi of the Paris gypsum,
or D. parva of Vaucluse ; in the latter of which the length of the
last three true molars is 0,005.
Uab. Europe (France).

M. 2388 d. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible ; from the
Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne), France. The
last three true molars remain, and have a united length of
0,005. Purchased, 1885.

Didelphys aymardi (Filhol2).

Syn. Peratlierium aymardi, Filhol 3.

About the size of D. nntiqua. Lower molars increasing in size
from first to fourth.; pm. 1 very minute, separated by intervals from
canine and pm. 3 ; pin. 4 taller than pm. 3 ; talon of m. 4 tricuspid.
In the specimens described by Filhol * the length of the series of
lower cheek-teeth is 0,014, and that of the true molars 0,008 ; but
in the one figured by Gaudry in ' Les Enchainements, etc. — Mamm.
Tert.' p. 11, fig. 1, these dimensions are rather larger.

Hob. Europe (France).

M. 2388. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, showing
all the teeth except the incisors ; from the Phosphorites of
Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne), France. This specimen agrees
precisely with one figured by Gaudry, loc. cit. ; the length
of the space occupied by the seven cheek-teeth is 0,015,
and that by the true molars 0,009. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2388 a. Hinder part of a similar right ramus, showing the last
three true molars ; from the same deposits.

Purchased, 1885.

BI. 2388 b. Two rather smaller mandibular rami, in which the length
of the four molars is 0,008 ; from the same deposits.

PurcJiased, 1885.

M. 1489-90. Two similar mandibular rami : from the same deposits.

Purchased, 1884.

1 Owing to Gervais's error in regard to the dimensions of D. exilis, Filhol
compares the present species to that form.

2 Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, se"r. 6, vol. x. p. 89 (1874).—Peratherium.

3 Loc. cit.

4 Ann. Sci. G&il. vol. viii. art. 1, p. 251 (1877). The reference to the figure
is given as 388 instead of 387.

288 MARSUPIALIA.

Didelphys cadurcensis (Filhol1).

Syn. Perathwium cadurcense, Filhol 2.

Rather larger than the preceding, and distinguished by the longer
interval between nT4 and the ascending ramus ; in the type specimen
the length of the space occupied by the series of lower cheek-teeth
is 0,018.

Hab. Europe (France).

M. 2388 C. Three mandibular rami, provisionally referred to this
species ; from the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et-Gar-
onne), France. Purchased, 1885.

OF UNCERTAIN SPECIES.

a. From the Lower Miocene( Upper Oligocene} ofSauvetat and Cotirnon,

Auvergne ; all belonging to the Croizet Collection. Purchased,
1848.

27809. The imperfect right half of the palatal region of the cranium,
showing the hinder true molars and the alveoli of the
anterior teeth. Nearly all the species being founded upon
the evidence of the mandible, it is at present impossible to
make any specific determinations in the case of upper jaws.

27807. Part of the right maxilla, showing the four true molars.

27699. The anterior portion of the right ramus of the mandible,

showing the canine, premolars, and m. 1. The premolars

. agree in structure with those of species a, and of D. leman-

ensis of St. Gerand-le-Puy, but the specimen is larger than

the former, and does not apparently agree with the latter.

27699 a. Fragment of a mandibular ramus with the teeth broken.

b. From the Upper Eocene (Lower Oligocene) of Hordwell, Hampshire.

36801. Part of a left mandibular ramns, containing the four true
molars and pm. 3. Presented by IS. Laing, Esq., 1862.

c. From the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et- Garonne), France.
M. 2388 d. Four fragments of maxillae, with teeth.

Purchased, 1885.

M. 2388 e. Thirteen imperfect mandibular rami. Purchased, 1885.

1 Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. viii. art. 1, p. 258 (1878).— Peratherium. The
reference to the figure is given as 391 instead of 390. 2 Loc. tit.

STYLODONTID-E. 289

Genus CHIRONECTES, Illiger 1.
Mainly distinguished from DidelpJiys by the structure of the feet.

Cfjirontcttd minimus (Zimmermann2).
Syn. Lutra minima, Zimmermann 3.
Chirontes variegatus, Illiger 4.

In two recent examples the length of the lower series of cheek-
teeth is 0,030 and 0,027, and that of the true molars 0,0185 and
0,016.

Hob. Central and South America.

18890 1. The left ramus of the mandible of a subadulfc individual,
showing the canine, pm. 3, m. 1, and m72 in use, and pra7~4
and m. 4 in alveolo, the crowns of the other teeth being
broken off; from a cave in Minas Geraes, Brazil.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

GKNTTS non det.

41995. The hinder half of the skeleton of a small Mammal, perhaps
belonging to the Didelphyidce, embedded in a slab of the
Montmartre gypsum.' The limb-bones are rather larger
than those of the type of Didelphys cuvieri.

The affinities of the two following families require further elucidation.

Family STYLODONTID^E.

The following characters are found in the English genera : —
Dentition (in the type genus) :— I. J, C. | , Pm. \ , M. ? . The
hinder lower true molars form single cingulated cones ; the lower
premolars are laterally compressed; and the lower incisors are in
contact. In the upper dentition referred by Owen to the type genus
the true molars have narrow, triangular crowns8. The American
Jurassic form described by Marsh 6 under the name of Stylacodon,
and referred, with Stylodon, to his family Dryolestidce, appears to be
closely allied to, if not identical, with the latter ; Asthenodon (see
p. 273) is probably related.

1 Prod. Syst. Mamm. et Avium, p. 76 (1811).

3 Geogr. Qeschicht, vol. ii. p. 317 (1780).— Lutra. 3 Loc. cit.

* Abh. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1811, p. 107.

5 There is considerable doubt as to the correctness of this reference and
the specimens may belong to another family.

6 See Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 334 (1837).

PAKT V. U

290 MAE8UPIALIA.

Genus STYLODON, Owen \

All the lower true molars are simply conical, have tall crowns, and
are separated from one another by short intervals ; while pmTi is
taller than mTT.

Stylodon pusillus, Owen '-'.

This is the type species.
Hob. Europe (England).

All the following specimens are from the Middle Purbeck group of
Durdlestone Bay, Sivanage, Dorsetshire.

47756. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, containing five true
(Fig.} molars. Figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia '

(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. ii. fig. 16.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47757. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, contain-
(Fig.) ing most of the teeth. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii.

fig. 17. Same history.

47758. The nearly entire mandible, with portions of the crushed
(Fig.) cranium. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 18.

Same history.

47759. Part of the left ramus of the mandible containing several
(Fig.} cheek-teeth. Figured by Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 19.

Same history.

47760. Hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) the last eight cheek-teeth. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. iii. fig. 2. Same history.

47761. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing j^T! and
(Fig.) the first six true molars. Figured by Owen, op. cit.

pi. iii. fig. 3. Same history.

Stylodon robustus, Owen".

Distinguished from the preceding species by the deeper man-
dibular ramus, and a difference in the relative height of the lower
true molars.

Hob. Europe (England).

1 Geol. Mag. dec. i. vol. i. p. 199 (1866).
a Loc. cit.
• Meoozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 52 (1871).

291

47762. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing all the
(Fig.) cheek-teeth ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone
Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. Figured by Owen, in his
' Mesozoic Mammalia' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. iii. fig. 1.

BecTcles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

GENUS non det. (Incertce sedis.)

The following specimens were referred by Owen to Stylodon pusillus.
All are from the Middle Purbeck, Durdlestone Bay.

47786. A small block of Purbeck limestone, containing a fragment

of a mandibular ramus with teeth, together with part of a
right maxilla, with the last nine cheek-teeth. The asso-
ciation of these specimens is very strong evidence as to
their speci6c identity ; the teeth of the maxilla apparently
agree in structure with those of No. 47755, but seem of
rather smaller size.

BecUes Collection. Purchased, 1876.

48403. A right maxilla, with the cheek-teeth agreeing in size with
No. 47786. Same history.

47755. Part of a rather larger right maxilla, containing two

(Fig.) incisors, the canine, and the cheek-teeth. Figured by

Owen, op. cit. pi. ii. fig. 14. Same history.

48402. Part of a similar right maxilla, containing pm. 4 and five
true molars. Same history.

47787. Part of a jaw with teeth, perhaps generically identical with

the preceding.

Genus LEPTOCLADUS, Owen1.

The hinder lower true molars are simply conical, but the most
anterior one 2 has antero-posterior cusps ; the cheek-teeth are sepa-
rated from one another by long intervals ; and pin. 4 is not taller
than m. 1.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 53 (1871). The name was applied
merely as a provisional one ; but its right to distinction is confirmed by the
(MS.) observations of Osborn.

2 Beckoned by Owen as a fifth preraolar.

TJ2

292 MARSUPIALIA.

Leptocladus dubius, Owen l.

This is the type species.
Hob. Europe (England).

47739. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing eight
(Fig.) cheek-teeth, of which the four first are probably premolars ;
from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone Bay,
Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type, and is
figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal.
Soc.), pi. iii. fig. 4. Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Family SPALACOTHERIID^l.

Dentition (in type genus) :— 1. \, C. \, Pm. + M. ^. The lower
true molars of the type genus closely resemble in structure those of
Chrysochloris, consisting of a single column surmounted by three
cusps arranged in a V. The upper true molars described under the
name of Peralestes likewise agree with those of the same genus.
The lower true molars decrease in size posteriorly. Marsh 2 refers
the American Jurassic genus Menacodon to this family.

Genus SPALACOTHERIUM, Owen 3.

The characters of this genus are the same as those of the family.
The so-called Peralestes (in which there are six upper true molars)
is probably founded upon the upper jaw of the present genus.

Spalacotherium tricuspidens, Owen '.
This is the type species.
Hob. Europe (England).

46019. Fragment of the hinder part of the left ramus of the man-
dible, showing the last four true molars, together with
the impress in the matrix of the anterior portion of the
ramus ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone
Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen (woodcut
fig. 43) is the type, and is figured by Owen in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. x. p. 426, fig. 1, and also in his
' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. i. fig. 32.

Purchased, 1874.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 53 (1871).

2 Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. xxxiii. p. 340 (1887).

3 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 426 (1854). 4 Loc. cit.

SPALACOTHEEIID^E. 293

47748. The anterior portion of the left ramus of the mandible,
(Fig,) showing the alveoli of three incisors and the canine,'
together with three imperfect premolars, the impression
of the hinder part of the ramus being shown on the
matrix ; from the same locality. Figured by Owen in the
' Mesozoic Mammalia/ pi. i. fig. 35.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

Spalacotherium tricuspidens. — a, b, the imperfect left ramus of the mandible,
\ (the outline nat. size) ; c, d, lateral and upper views of a molar tooth, f ;
from the Middle Purbeek of Swanage. (From the ' Quart. Journ. Q-eol.
Soc.')

47749 b. Fragment of the right mandibular ramus containing three

(Fig.) teeth, together with the impression of adjacent portions of

the mandible ; from the same locality. Figured by Owen,

op. cit. pi. i. fig. 36. Same history.

47749 a. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible containing

(Fig.) two true molars, and the impression of the anterior part of

the ramus ; from the same locality. Figured by Owen,

op. cit. pi. i. fig. 37. Same history.

47750. Hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing

(Fig.) the last five true molars ; from the same locality. Figured

by Owen, op. cit. pi. i. fig. 38. Same history.

Spalacotherium minus, Owen '.

Of smaller size than the preceding ; from which it is also distin-
guished by the form of the mandibular ramus.
Nab. Europe (England).

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. Soc.), p. 28 (1871).

294 MAKSUPIALIA.

47751. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing
(Fig.) three true molars; from the Middle Purbeck group of
Durdlestone Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen
is the type, and is figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mam-
malia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. i. fig. 39.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

47799. Fragment of a maxillary ramus with the last two true molars,
perhaps belonging to this species ; from the same locality.

Same history.

Genus PERALESTES, Owen '.

This genus was founded upon a maxilla, of which the true molars
(6 in number) agree so closely in structure with those of Chryso-
chloris that there is every probability that the specimen belongs to
Spalacotherium tricuspidens. The fourth upper premolar is of a
Dasyurine type.

Owen regarded Peralestes as allied to Amblotherium, and associated
with it a mandible which, as mentioned above (p. 275), cannot
apparently be distinguished from A. mustelula.

Peralestes longirostris, Owen 2.
Hob. Europe (England).

47740. Part of the right maxilla, showing pm. 4 and the six true

(Fig.) molars ; from the Middle Purbeck group of Durdlestone

Bay, Swanage, Dorsetshire. This specimen is the type,

and is figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mammalia ' (Mon.

Pal. Soc.), pi. ii. fig. 3.

Beckles Collection. Purchased, 1876.

SPECIMENS OF WHICH THE FAMILIES AEE UNDETERMINED.

A. From the Middle Purleclf group of Durdlestone Bay, Swanage,

Dorsetshire.

All the following specimens belong to the Beckles Collection.
Purchased, 1876.

47737. Fragment of a left mandibular ramus containing two (? pre-
(Fig.) molar) teeth. Figured by Owen in his ' Mesozoic Mam-
malia ' (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pi. i. fig. 41, and provisionally
named Phascolestes (?) dulius.

1 Mesozoic Mammalia (Mon. Pal. SOP.), j,. 33 (1871). 2 loo. cit.

MONOTREMATA. 295

47795. The left half of a mandibular symphysis, with the anterio

teeth.

48404. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, with five cheek-teeth.
48406. Part of a mandibular ramus, showing three or four teeth.

48248. Part of a mandibular ramus, with one cheek-tooth.

48389. Part of a left mandibular ramus, with worn teeth (? Amblo-
therium or Achyrodon).

47796. Part of a mandibular ramus, with the cheek-teeth in a broken

condition. The teeth have comparatively broad crowns,
and the specimen may possibly belong to Bolodon (supra
p. 203).

48361, An imperfect humerus.

48249. A smaller humerus.

48250. Two femora, agreeing in relative size with the preceding.

B. From the Lower Jurassic Slate of Stonesfield, Oxfordshire.

32752. The femur and humerus of a small mammal. Figured by

(Fig.) Seeley in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xxxv. p. 456,

figs. 1, 2. Presented by 8. P. Pratt, Esq., 1857.

Subclass PEOTOTHEEIA.
Order MONOTKEMATA.

Family ECHIDNID^E.
Genus ECHIDNA, Cuvier l.

Syn. Tacky glossus, Illiger2.

Proechidna (Acanthoglossus), Gervais, is included for palseontolo-
gical purposes in the type genus.

Echidna oweni, Krefft8.
Syn. Echidna ramsayi, Owen 4.

Considerably exceeding in size the existing E. bruijnii of New
Guinea.

Hab. New South Wales.

1 Tabl. element. d'Hist. Nat. p. 143 (1798).

2 Prod. Syst. Mainm. et Avium, p. 114 (1811).

3 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. i. p. 113 (1868).

4 PhiL Trans. 1884, p. 273.

296 MONOTREMATA.

The originals of the following casts were obtained from the Pleistocene
breccia of the caves of the Wellington Valley, New South Wales ;
they are preserved in the Museum at Sydney. The casts were
presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1884.

M. 1908. Cast of process of the huinerus.

M. 1909. Cast of the left humerus. Figured by Owen in the ' Phil.
Trans,' 1884, pi. xiv. figs. 1-3.

M. 1910. Cast of a scapula.

M. 1911. Cast of an imperfect femur.

M. 1531. Cast of an imperfect femur.

SUPPLEMENT.

[In the case of families and genera already mentioned in this work
the references are given to the pages where they occur.']

Order PRIMATES.
Suborder ANTHROPOIDS A.
Family SIMIID^E (pt. i. p. 1).

Genus TROGLODYTES, E. Geoffrey \
Syn. Palceopithecus, Lydekker 2.

Troglodytes sivalensis, Lydekker3.
Syn. Paleeopithecus sivalensis, Lydekker 4.

Distinguished from T. niger by the anterior convergence of the
two series of the upper cheek-teeth, and by the antero-posterior
diameter of the premolars being less than is frequently the case in
that species.

Hob. India.

M. 2014. Cast of the incomplete palate of a male. The original,
which is the type and only known specimen, was obtained
from the Pliocene Siwaliks of the Punjab, and is preserved
in the Indian Museum, Calcutta (No. D. 1). It is de-
scribed and figured by the present writer in the ' Eec.
Geol. Surv. Ind.' vol. xii. p. 33, pi. facing p. 52, figs. 1, 5
(under the name of Palceopithecus), and also in the
' Paiaeontologia Indica ' (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10,
vol. iv. p. 2, pi. i. figs. 1, 1 a. Presented by

the Director of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

1 Ann. du Museum, vol. xix. p. 87 (1812).

8 Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. xii. p. 33 (1879).

3 Loc. cit—FalcBOpithecus. 4 Loc. cit.

298 SUPPLEMENT.

Genus HYLOBATES (pt. i. p. 2).

Hylobates, sp.
Hob. Borneo.

M. 1971. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing pm. 4,
inTT, and mT2, and the broken base of mT3; from an
alluvial deposit at Sarawak, Borneo.

Presented by P. L. Sclater, Esq., 1884.

Family CERCOPITHECID^ (pt. i. p. 2).
Genus SEMNOPITHECUS (pt. i. p. 2).

j&cmnoptthmig mtflluS (Dufresne 1).
Syn. Simla entellus, Dufresne 2.
Hob. India.

M. 2963. Several canines and molars, provisionally referred to this
species ; from the caves of Billa-Surgam, Karnul district,
Madras. Remains belonging to this form are described
and figured by the present writer in the ' Palffiontologia
Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 28, pi. vii. Presented by

the Director of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

Genus CYNOCEPHALUS (pt. i. p. 4).
Cynocephalus falconer!, Lydekker 3.

This name is applied to the specimen No. 15709 described in
pt. i. p. 6, which indicates a small species ; it is figured in pi. i,
fig. 4 of the memoir cited above.

Cynocephalus, sp.
Hob. India.

M. 2959. Cast of the second left lower true molar. The original is
from a cave at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras ;
and is preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. It is
described and figured by the present writer in the
' Palseontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 28, pi. vii.
figs. 5, 5 a. Presented by

the Director of tlie Geological Survey of India, 1886.

1 Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1797, p. 49.— Simia. 2 Loc. cit.

3 Palasontologia Indica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 7 (1886).

SUPPLEMENT. 299

Suborder LEMUROIDEA.

Family LEMURID^E (pt. i. p. 8).

Genus ADAPTS (pt. i. p. 8).

Adapis magna (pt. i. p. 262).

M. 3572. The greater part of the left maxilla ; from the Hordwell
beds of Hampshire. In this specimen all the cheek-teeth
except pm. 1 are preserved.

Presented by Sir E. Owen, K.G.B., 1884.

Genus CJENOPITHECUS, Riitimeyer '.

There is considerable doubt if this form is really distinct from
Adapis, with which it was provisionally identified by Gervais 2.
Gaudry 3 compares the teeth of Ccenopithecus to those of Lemur and
Hapalemur, while those of Adapis are regarded as nearer to Indris
and Galago ; but the dentition of A. magna, figured by Gaudry 4,
closely resembles Eiitimeyer's figure of Ccenopithecus.

Caenopithecus lemuroid.es, Eiitimeyer \

This is the type species.
Hab. Switzerland.

M. 2175. Cast of a fragment of the right maxilla, probably belonging
to this species, and containing five cheek-teeth. The
original is from the Upper Eocene (Oligocene) of Eger-
kingen, near Soleure, Switzerland ; the true molars
apparently resemble those of the type specimen, figured
by Riitimeyer in the •' Denkschr. schw. Ges. Nat.' vol. xix.
art. 3, pi. v. figs. 87-88 ; the specimen is not sufficiently
perfect to admit of exact comparison with Adapis.

Presented by Dr. Kwualevsky.

1 Denkschr. schw. Ges. Nat. vol. xix. art. 3, p. 88 (1862).

2 Zool. et Pal. Generates, seT. 2, p. 35.

3 Les Enchainements, etc. — Mammiferes Tertiaires, p. 226.

4 Op. tit. p. 226, fig. 229. 6 Loc. tit.

300 SUPPLEMENT.

Order CHIROPTERA.

Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA.

Family KHINOLOPHID^l (pt. i. p. 11).

Genus PHYLLORHINA (pt. i. p. 13).

$f)j>norf)ina fctattema (E. Geoffrey l).
Syn. Khinolophus diadema, E. Geoffroy 2.
Hob. India and Malay Peninsula.

M. 2965. Fragments of the cranium and mandibular rami ; from the
caves of Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras. Other
specimens are described and figured by the writer in the
' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 34, pi. viii.
figs. 10, 10«. Presented by

the Director of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

Family EMBALLONURID^E.
Genus TAPHOZOUS, E. Geoffroy 3.
Dentition:— I. \, C. {, Pm. ?, M. |.

!, Temminck 4.
Hdb. India, Malay Peninsula, Burma, Borneo, and Sumatra.

M. 2964. Two imperfect specimens of the cranium ; from the caves
of Billa-Surgam, "Karnul district, Madras. Other speci-
mens are described and figured by the present writer in
the ' Palseontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 34, pi. viii.
figs. 11, 12. Presented by

the Director of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

Order INSECTIVOKA.

Family TALPID^E (pt. i. p. 15).

Genus TALPA (pt. i. p. 15).

Talpa tyrrhenaica, Forsyth-Major 8.
Hdb. Sardinia.

1 Ann. du Museum, vol. xx. p. 263 (1818).— Ekinolophus. 2 Loc. cit.
3 Descript. de 1'Egypte, vol. ii. p. 126 (1812).
* Monograpbies de Mamuialogie, vol. ii. p. 285 (1835-41).
5 The specimens were sent to the Museum with this unpublished name
attached to them.

SUPPLEMENT. 301

M. 3489. Several specimens of mandibular rami, of the humenis,
radius, ulna, femur, and tibia ; from the Pleistocene breccia
of Mont San Giovanni, Sardinia. Purchased, 1886.

Genus PROTALPA, Filhol \
Distinguished from Talpa by the characters of the humerus.

Protalpa cadurcensis, Filhol 2.

This is the type and only described species.

Hob. France.

The specimens of the humerus from Caylux (No. M. 413),
mentioned in part i. p. 15, belong to this species. The type specimen
is figured by Filhol in the 'Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse,'
1884, pi. i. figs. 2, 6, 8 3.

Family SOEICID^E (pt. i. p. 16).
Genus SOREX (pt. i. p. 16).

Sorex similis, Hensel*.

This is a small species, slightly larger than Crossopus fodiens.
Hob. Sardinia.

M. 3491. An imperfect cranium, two maxillae, and six mandibular
rami ; from the Pleistocene breccia of Mont San Giovanni,
Sardinia. Purchased, 1886.

M. 3491 a. Several specimens of the humerus and femur ; from the
same deposits. Purchased, 1886.

Family ERINACEID^E (pt. i. p. 17).
Genus ERINACEUS (pt. i. p. 17).
Erinaceus ceningensis, Lydekker5.

In its size and the number of roots to the teeth, this species
agrees with the existing African E. alyirus, but is distinguished by
the relative proportions of the upper incisors and true molars.
Hab. Switzerland.

1 Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, ser. 7, vol. i. p. 52 (1877). a Loo. cit.

3 There is an error in the description of the plate.

4 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. yol. vii. p. 459 (1855).

5 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlii. p. 25 (1886).

302 SUPPLEMENT.

42824. The palatal half of the cranium, exhibiting the whole of the
(Fig.) dentition ; from the Upper Miocene of (Eningen, Switzer-
land. The type specimen ; figured by the writer in the
' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xlii. pi. ii. figs. 3, 4.

Van Breda Collection. Purchased, 1871.

Genus NEUROGYMNURUS, FilhoP.
Dentition:— 1. 1 C. \, Pm. J, M. f.

This genus, with which Cayluxotherium, Filhol2, is probably
identical, is allied to Gymnura, but has no cingulum in the lower
true molars, while the premolars differ, and in the cranium (Cayluxo-
therium) palatal vacuities are present.

Neurogymnurus minor, Filhol 3.

This species is somewhat smaller than the typical N. cayluxi,
the length of the lower true molars being 0,006.
Hob. Europe (France, and (?) England).

M. 2388 g. The nearly entire right ramus of the mandible, showing
^n74 and the alveoli of the other cheek-teeth and canine ;
from the Phosphorites of Caylux(Tarn-et-Garonne), France.
Type mandibles figured by Filhol in the ' Ann. Soc. Sci.
Phys. Nat. Toulouse,' 1884, pi. i. figs. 13, 15.

Purchased, 1885.

M. 2813. An upper true molar, provisionally referred to this species ;
from the Upper Eocene (Lower Oligocene) of Headon Hill,
Isle of Wight. This tooth agrees with the upper molars
of Cayluxotherium elegans figured by Filhol, op. cit. pi. i.
figs. 9-12, but is of smaller size.

Presented by J. E. Lee, Esq., 1885.

Neurogymnurus major, Lydekker (n. sp.).

Larger than N. cayluxi, the length of the lower true molars being
0,0115 (against 0,009), and the depth of the mandible behind inTs
0,0095 (against 0,004). The molars are relatively shorter than in
Gymnura.

Hob. Europe (England).

29718. Two imperfect mandibular rami ; from the Upper Eocene of
Hordwell, Hants. The types ; one shows ^74 and the true
molars. Hastings Collection. Purchased, 1855.

1 Bull. Soo. Philom. Paris, sdr. 7, vol. i. p. 52 (1877).
1 Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse, 1884, p. 1. » Ibid. p. 10.

SUPPLEMENT. 303

36802, 3, 7. Three imperfect mandibular rami ; from Hordwell.

Presented by S. Laing, Esq., 1862-

Family MICROCHCERID^E.

This family is apparently allied to the Erinaceidce, with which it
agrees in the squared crowns of the true molars ; but is distinguished
by the arrangement of the tubercles or cusps on the crowns of the
hinder cheek-teeth, and by pm- 3 being as complex as pm. 4.

The genus Hyopsodus (woodcut, fig. 44), which is regarded by

Fig. 44.

Hyopsodus vicarius, Cope. — The left upper (a) and lower (6) cheek-dentition ;
from the (? Bridger) Eocene of Wyoming, U.S.A. } . (From the • Amer. Nat.')

some writers as closely allied to the Lemuroidea, should probably be
included in the present family ' ; it is stated to have four premolars.

Genus MICROCHCERUS, Wood \
Dentition :— I. |, C. \, Pm. ?, M. f, or I. f, C. \, Pm. ?, M. J. The

first pair of upper incisors are separated from one another by an
interval (as in Erinaceus), but there is no other diastema ; the
first four upper teeth are compressed and trenchant, while the
last five are quadrangular and tuberculated ; the true molars have
four main tubercles with an intervening pair of smaller ones, and a
single one on the outer side : pm. 3 and pm- 4 have two tubercles.

Microchcerus erinaceus, Wood .

This is the type species and is about equal in size to Erinaceus
europceus.

Hab. England.

1 See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 529. In that paper the present
writer regarded Hyopsodus as probably identical with Microchcerus ; he is,
however, informed by Mr. Osborn, of Princeton, New Jersey (who when in
England carefully examined the type specimen of Microchoerus), that the two
appear distinct.

3 London Geological Journal, no. 1, p. 5 (1846). 3 Loc. cit.

304 SUPPLEMENT.

25229. The cranium and the imperfect left ramus of the mandible ;

(Fig.) from the Upper Eocene (Lower Oligocene) of Hordwell,
Hampshire. These are the type specimens, and are
figured by Wood in the 'London Geological Journal,'
no. 1, pi. ii. figs. 1-3, as belonging to a Perissodactyle ;
and also by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soo.' vol. xli. p. 529 (1835), the latter figure being
reproduced in the accompanying woodcut (fig. 45).

Presented by S. V. Wood, Esq., 1847.

Fig. 45.

Microchxrus erinaceus. — The right upper dentition ; from the Hordwell
beds, f (From the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.')

30346 b. Several fragments of the maxilla and mandible ; from
Hordwoll. In one specimen the upper true molars are
unworn, while one mandibular ramus exhibits the last
five cheek-teeth. Hastings Collection. Purchased, 1855.

Family TUPAIID^E (pt. i. p. 19).

Genus PARASOREX, Meyer1.

The identification of this genus by Fraas (' Fauna von Steinheim,'
p. 4) with Plesiosorex, followed in part i. p. 15, has been found
erroneous2, the latter genus being allied to Myogale. The pre-
molars [|J of Parasorex are more complex than those of Tupcda.

Parasorex socialis, Meyer3.
ffab. Europe.

The specimens noticed in part i. p. 19 under the name of Plesio-
sorex soricinoides belong to this species.

1 Neues Jahrb. 1865, p. 845.

2 See Introduction.
8 Loc. cit.

SUPPLEMENT. 305

Order CARNIVORA.
Suborder CARNIVORA PRIMIGENIA.

It appears advisable to notice the chief characters of the Suborder '.

Homology and number of the teeth following the Eutherian type
(i. e. there are usually four premolars, and neither the true molars
nor the incisors exceed three in number); pm. 4 and mTl not
differentiated into distinct carnassials ; true molars often structurally
like those of the Polyprotodont Marsupialia; a complete milk-
dentition ; no palatal vacuities or inflection of the angle of the
mandible ; brain-cavity small ; a third trochanter frequently present
in the femur ; scaphoid and lunar generally separate 2 ; absence of
a distinct groove ou the tibial facette of the astragalus 3.

Family HY^NODONTID^ (pt. i. p. 20).
The scaphoid and lunar were apparently united in at least one
genus (? Hycenodon) *.

Genus HYJENODON3 (pt. i. p. 21).
Hysenodon leptorhynchus (pt. i. p. 26).

M. 2346. The greater part of the associated cranium and mandible;
(Fiy.) from the Phosphorites of Cay lux (Tarn-et- Garonne), France.

1 For an amended arangement see Schlosser, ' Morphol. Jahrb.' vol. lii.
pp. 287-294 (1886). This writer regards the group as of equivalent value with
both Oarnivora and Insectivora ; but the view adopted in pt. i. is to use the
term Carnivora in a wider sense, and to regard its three Suborders as ap-
proximately of equal value with the Suborders of the Ungulata. It may be ques-
tioned if, on this view, the Insectivora can be distinguished from the Oarnivora,
although they apparently pass in the other direction into the Lemuroidea.

2 See note 4. 3 Grooved in Mesonyx.

4 See pt. i. No. 26752 ; No. 27583 on the same page also has a scapho-lunar.
There are no other Carnivora from the Vaticluse beds to which these specimens
could have belonged, and they were evidently associated with the hind feet
showing the ungrooved astragalus characteristic of the Suborder. From its
specialized dentition it is probable that these bones belonged to Hycenodon
rather than to Pterodon. On account of Gervais's reference of a scapho-lunar to
Hycenodoji, Schlosser (op. cit.) refers that genus to the Carnivora Vera, but its
dentition is too like that of Pterodon to admit of this view. According to Scott
(see Cope, ' Amer. Nat.' vol. xx. p. 966 [1886]), the scaphoid and lunar are distinct
in the American species of Hyanodon, but there is no reason why they should not
have united in the European forms ; since an analogous instance occurs in the
case of the N.- American Anchitherium bairdi, where the meso- and entocunei-
form remain distinct, although they have united in the French A. aurelianense.

5 In reference to the note in pt. i. p. 21, as to the number of upper cheek-
teeth in this genus, the writer finds that Filhol has recorded in the 'Ann. Soc.
Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse,' 1882, p. 18, the absence of m. 3. See also ' Ann.
Sci. Gt-ol.' vol. viii. art. 1, p. 16.

PAKT V. *

306 SUPPLEMENT.

This specimen is described and figured (reversed) by Filhol
in the ' Ann. Sci. Geol.' vol. vii. art. 7, p. 180, pi. xxix.
fig. 143, and pi. xxx. figs. 144-146. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2347. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a smaller speci-
men, showing the last four cheek-teeth; from Caylux.
This specimen agrees with No. M. 1530, and is inter-
mediate in size between the mandible of the last specimen
and the larger examples of H. vulpinus. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2353. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a young
individual ; from Caylux. In this specimen pm. l, mm. 3,
mm. 4, and m. 1 are in use ; the alveoli of the milk-canine
and mm. 12, as well as the germs of the incisors of the per-
manent canine and of pmT2, are also displayed ; the cavities
for pm. 3 and pm. 4 are developed, but the germs of these
teeth do not seem to have been calcified. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2353 a. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of a slightly
older individual ; from Caylux. The last two milk-molars
are in use, and the germs of pm. 2 and pm. 3 are seen in
alveola. Purchased, 1885.

Hysenodon vulpinus (pt. i. p. 28).

M. 2352. Three fragments of mandibular rami of young individuals ;
from the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne),
France. The least imperfect of the three specimens shows
mm. 4 and mTl in use, and the germs of pm73 and m72 in
alveolo. Purchased, 1885.

Specifically undetermined.

M. 2352 a. Small fragment of the right ramus of the mandible of a
young individual of a species larger than H. leptorhynchus ;
from the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne),
France. The second milk- molar is in use, while the
germs of the canine, p^Tl, and ^2 are seen in alveolo ;
pm. 1 is unusually late in appearing. Purchased, 1885.

Genus PTERODON * (pt. i. p. 33).

Pterodon dasyuroides (pt. i. p. 33).

M. 2354. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing pm. 4, m. 1, and

1 In reference to the observation in pt. i. p. 35, it should be mentioned that
Oxyama differs from Pterodon by its elongated mandibular symphysis, which
is a good generic character.

SUPPLEMENT. 307

m- 2 ; from the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et Garonne),
France. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2355. Fragment of a smaller left maxilla, provisionally referred
to this species l ; from Caylux. The specimen shows
pm. 3 and pm. 4. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2356. Fragment of the left maxilla of an immature individual,
provisionally referred to this species ; from Caylux. The
alveoli of the milk-teeth and the germs of pm. 3 and pm. 4
are shown. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2357. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the
last five cheek-teeth ; from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2358. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing p~m73,
pm. 4, and m. 1 ; from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2359. Hinder portion of the right ramus of a smaller mandible,
provisionally referred to this species ; from Caylux. The
last true molar is shown. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2359 a. The imperfect left ramus of the mandible, exhibiting the
from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

Family PROVIVERRID^E '.

Distinguished from the Hycenodontidce by the greater development
of the inner tubercle of the upper true molars, and the presence
of an inner cusp to the blade of the lower true molars (fig. 46) 3.
The latter resemble the corresponding teeth of Dasyurus, and
also m. 1 of the Viverridce and Gynodictis ; and it is thus not im-
probable that the present group is derived from early marsupials
which had four premolars ; and that the Viverridoe and Cynodictis
are themselves descended from forms allied to the present. In the
one instance the chief dental modification would be the reduction in
the number of incisors and true molars ; and in the other the dif-
ferentiation of pm. 4 and m. 1 into carnassials, and the assumption of
a more or less completely tubercular character by the cheek-teeth
behind the two mentioned.

1 The cheek-teeth of smaller individuals of this species cannot apparently be
distinguished from those of P. biincisivus, Filhol.

2 Formed by Schlosser in the 'Morphol. Jahrb.' vol. xii. p. 293 (1886), to su-
persede the Leptictidce of Cope (Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 347 [1884]), of which
the type genus is referred to the Insectivora.

3 The instances of the Canin<e and Dasyurida suggest that this character
need not be of more than generic value.

308

SUPPLEMENT.

Genus PROVIVERRA, Kutimeyer1.

Including:— Stypolophus, Cope2.

Cynohyanodon, Filhol3.

Dentition:-!. 3-, C. \, Pm. J, M. |. The upper cheek-teeth are
termed on the general plan of those of Pterodon, hut pm. 4 frequently
Fig. 46.

Proviverra whiti<g (Cope *).— The skull and tarsus ; from the Wasatch Eocene
of Wyoming, U.S.A. f. a, lateral view of skull; b, palatal view of
cranium ; c, inner view of right ramus of mandible ; d, proximal part of
left tarsus. (From the ' Arner. Nat.')

1 Denkschr. schw. Ges. Nat. vol. xix. art. 3, p. 80 (1862).
3 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. voL xii. p. 4G6 (1873— read 1872).
» Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, ser. 6, vol. x. p. 87 (1873).
1 Syn. Stypolophus whitia, Cope.

SUPPLEMENT. 305)

develops an anterior basal cusp. The cranium (fig. 46) is elongated ;
and the talon of the lower true molars comparatively small.

Gaudry (' Les Enchainements, etc. — Mamm. Tert.' p. 20) identifies
Cynohycenodon with Proviverra ; while Cope (Amer. Nat. vol. xviii.
p. 351), who retains the latter, regards the former as a synonym of
Stypolophus.

Proviverra cayluxi (Filhol J).

Syn. Cynohycenodon cayluxi, Filhol 2.
Stypolophus cayluxi, Cope 3.

Hob. Europe (France).

M. 2384. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandihle ;
from the Quercy Phosphorites. Similar to the specimen
figured by Gaudry, op. cit. fig. 14. Purchased, 1885.

Genus DELTATHERIUM, Cope 4.
Syn. Lipodectes^QTpQ5.

Dentition : — I. ?, C. j, Pm. jj, M. |. The upper true molars are
wider internally, more equal in size, and differ less from pm. 3 and
pm. 4 than in Proviverra ; the cranium is shorter, and the talon of
the lower true molars larger.

Deltatherium fundaminis, Cope e.

Syn. Lipodectes penetrans, Cope 7.

This is the type species.
Hob. North America.

M. 2571. Fragment of the right maxilla, showing portions of three
hinder cheek-teeth ; from the Puerco Eocene of New
Mexico. This and the next specimen agree precisely
with the corresponding portions of the skull figured by
Cope in the ' Amer. Nat.' vol. xviii. p. 352, fig. 20.

Presented by R. Lydekker, Esq., 1885.

M. 2571 a. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing m. 2 ;
from New Mexico. Presented by E. Lydekker, Esq., 1885.

Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, s6r. 6, vol. x. p. 87 (1873)— Cynohyamodon.

Loc. cit.

Amer. Nat. vol. xviii. p. 351 (1884 J.

Ibid. vol. xv. p. 337 (1881).

Ibid. vol. xv. p. 1019 (1881).

Ibid. vol. xv. p. 337 (1881).

Ibid. vol. xv. p. 1019 (1881).

310 SUPPLEMENT.

Suborder CAENIVOEA VERA.
Family FELID^ (pt. i. p. 41).

Genus MACHJERODUS (pt. i. p. 41).
Machserodus cultridens (pt. i. p. 42).

The upper canines are long and somewhat narrow ; and, if the
following specimen be correctly referred, pm. 3 is absent, and the
mandible short, with a comparatively small diastema.

M. 3458. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible of a very old
individual, provisionally referred to this species. The
original is from the Forest-bed of Kessingland. Suffolk ;
and is described and figured by Backhouse and the present
writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xlii. p. 309,
pi. x. Made in the Museum, 1886.

Machserodus aphanistus (Kaup *).

Syn. Felis aphanista, Kaup 2.

Machcerodus leoninus, Roth and Wagner 3.
Meganthweon aphanistus, Poniel *.
Drepanodon aphanistus, Cope 6.

If the preceding specimen be rightly referred, the Pikermi and
Eppelsheim Machcerodus will be distinct from M, cultridens. The
upper canines are relatively broad, the diastema in the mandible of
the male is long, and ^mT3 present. Both this species and M. cul-
tridens are of large size.

All the specimens from Pikermi and Eppelsheim entered in pt. i.
p. 43 belong to this form.

Genus EUSMILUS, Gervais 6.

Dentition :— I. £ C. \, Pm. ?, M. \. This genus agrees with Ma-
charodus iu the general structure of the mandible and the large size
of the upper canines ; but differs in the excessive depth of the
descending portion of the mandibular symphysis, in the presence of

Oss. Foss. d. Darmstadt, pt. ii. p. 18 (1833).— Felts.

Loc cit.

Abb. nmtb.-phys. Cl. k.-bay. Ak. Wiss. vol. vii. p. 400(1854).

Catalogue Methodique, p. 56 (1853).

Ainer. N;it, vol. xiv. p. 853 (1880).

Zool. et Pal. Generates, ser. 2, p. 53 (1876).

SUPPLEMENT. 311

only two lower incisors, in the small size of the anterior lobe of
pm. 4, and the presence of a talon to ^71 ; the two latter cha-
racters indicating affinity with the less specialized felines. The
inner tubercle of pm. 4 ia almost wanting.

Eusmilus bidentatus (Filhol 1).

Syn. Machcerodus bidentatus, Filhol 2.

Macheerodus perarmatus, Gervais 3.
Eusmilus perarmatus, Gervais 4.
Drepanodon bidentatus^ Filhol 5.

This is the only species, and is somewhat inferior in size to
Machasrodus meganthereon (pt. i. p. 42).
Hob. France.

M. 2369 a. Small fragment of the left maxillary region, showing

(Fig.) pm. 4 and the alveolus of m. 1 ; from the Phosphorites of

Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne), France. The length of the

carnassial (woodcut, fig. 47) is 0,022, which accords with

Eusaalu* biclentatus. -Outer aspect of the left upper carnassial;
from the Phosphorites of Caylux. J-.

that of the corresponding lower tooth figured by Filhol in
the « Ann. Sci. Ueol.' vol. vii. pi. xxviii. figs. 140-

PurcJiased, 1886.

Bull. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse, vol. i. p. 208 (1873).-

Lac. cit.

Journ. Zool. vol. iv. p. 420 (1875).

Zool. et Pal. Generales, ser. 2, p. .^3 (1876).

Ann. Sci. GeoL vol. vii. art. 7, pi. xxviii. (1876)

312 SUPPLEMENT.

M. 23691). Fragment of a left maxilla with in. 1, provisionally re-
ferred to this species; from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

Genus PSEUD-ffiLURUS (pt. i. p. 64).
Pseudaelurus quadridentatus (Blainville ')

Syn. Felis quadridentata, Blainville 2.
Felis tetraodon, Blainville 3.
Felis hy&noides, Lartet 4.
Meganthereon hycenoides, Pomel 5.

This is the type species, and was nearly as large as Felis pardus ;
three lower premolars are present, m. 1 has a very minute talon,
and mT2 is wanting in all described specimens.

Hub. Europe (France).

M. 2378. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible of an imma-
ture individual, showing the hinder milk- and permanent
cheek-teeth ; from the Middle Miocene of Sansan (Gers),
France. Purchased, 1885.

Pseudaelurus edwardsi, Filhol '"'.

This species, which is considerably larger than P. intermedius
(pt. i. p. 64), usually agrees approximately in size with Felis chaus,
although some specimens are larger ; some mandibles 7 show a small
pmTl, while in others Ju72 is developed ; niTl has a distinct talon.

Hob. Europe (France).

M. 2376. Part of the left ramus of the mandible, showing pln73,
pmT4, and mTl ; from the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-
et-Garoune), France. This specimen agrees very closely
with the one figured by Filhol in the Ann. Sci. Geol. vol.
vii. pi. xxvii. fig. 128 ; nTT^ is absent. Purchased, 1 885.

M. 2377. Fragment of the right ramus of a slightly larger mandible,
showing the carnassial ; from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

Osteographie : Genus Felis, p. 155 (1843).— Felis.

Loc. cit. 3 Ibid. pi. xvi.

Notice sur la Colline du Sansah, p. 18 (1851).

Catalogue Methodique, p. 57 (1853).

Con.ptes Itendus, vol. IXXT. p. 93 (1872).

See Filhol, Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse, 1882, p. 85,

SUPPLEMENT. 313

Genus PROJELURUS (pt. i. p. 65).

Proselurus lemanensis (pt. i. p. 65).

M. 2379. The nearly complete right ramus of the mandible, showing
the broken canine, and all the cheek-teeth except pm. i and
n772 ; from the Lower Miocene of St. Gerand-le-Puy
(Allier), France. Purchased, 1885.

Genus JELUROGALE (pt. i. p. 65).

The American feline termed Nimravus (woodcut, fig. 48) by Cope
apparently only differs from JElurogale l by the absence of p~m72,

Nimravus gomphodus, Cope. — Skull and yertebrae ; from the Miocene
of Oregon, U.S.A. f . (From the Amer. Nat.)

which scarcely seems a generic character, when the variations in
the number of these teeth in a single species of many of the primi-
tive Cats is considered.

.ffilurogale intermedia, Filhol -.
This is the type species, and is usually about equal in size to

1 See ' Palaeontologia Indiea,' ser. 10, vol. ii. p. 314.

2 Ann. Sci. Geol. vol. iii. art. 7, p. 14 (1872).

314 SUPPLEMENT.

Felis onca, although some specimens are considerably larger ; pm. 1
and m72 may be either present or absent l.
Hob. Europe (France).

M. 2374. The left upper carnassial of a very large individual ; from
the Phosphorites of Caylux (Tarn-et-Garonne), France.
The length of this tooth is 0,032. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2369 a. Fragment of the left maxilla of a small individual, con-
taining pm^3, pm. 4, and m. 1 ; from Caylux. This speci-
men agrees verv closely with the one figured by Filhol in
the ' Ann. Sci. Geol.' vol. viii. pi. iii. figs. 209, 210 ; the
length of pm. 4 being 0,0218. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2369. Two specimens of the imperfect left maxilla of young in-
dividuals, showing mm. 3 and the germs of pm. 3 and pm. 4
in alveolo ; from Caylux. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2370. Fragment of the left ramtis of the mandible of an indivi-
dual agreeing in size with No. M. 2374, and showing
m. i and the alveoli of pm. 4 and m. 2 ; from Caylux. This
specimen is slightly larger than the one figured by Filhol,
op. cit. pi. iii. fig. 212 ; the length of the carnassial being
0,025. Purcliased, 1885.

M. 2371. The greater part of the left ramus of the mandible of a
rather smaller individual, showing the alveoli of the in-
cisors, pm. 3 (broken), pm. 4, and m. l (broken) ; from
Caylux. There is no trace of any tooth between the
canine and pmT3. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2372. The greater part of the left ramus of a mandible of the
same size as the last, showing the alveoli of the canine
and of three premolars, and the first true molar ; from
Caylux. The alveolus of pm. 2 is single.

Purchased, 1885.

M. 2373. Part of the right ramus of a smaller mandible, containing
the canine, pm. 3 (broken), and the alveolus of p^i74, with
twosmall alveoli between the canine and p^T3 ; from Caylux.
This specimen is rather smaller than the one figured by
Filhol, op. cit. pi. iii. fig. 211, and agrees in relative size
with No. M. 2367 ; the two small alveoli between the
canine and pm. 3 may have contained the small p^nTi and
pm. 2 ; the length of the carnassial is 0,022.

Purchased, 1885.
1 Filhol, Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse, 1882, p. 89.

SUPPLEMENT.

315

Family HY,ENID,E (pt. i. p. 68).

Genus HYJENA (pt. i. p. 69).

3^»aena crocuta (pfc. i. p. 69).

This species is probably descended from the Siwalik H. colvini
(pt. i. p. 84).

Hob. Africa (recent), Europe and India (Pleistocene).

M, 2960. Cast of the left lower carnassial. The original was

obtained from a cavern at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district,

Madras, and is preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

It is described and figured by the writer in the ' Palaeon-

tologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 30, pi. vii. figs. 13, 13 a,

Presented by the Director of the Geological

Survey of India, 1886.

Hyaena felina (pt. i. p. 80).

M. 3563. Cast of the skull figured in pt. i. p. 81.

Presented by the Dublin Museum of Science and Art, 1887.

l^gama gtrtata (pt. i. p. 87).

Including : — Hyana arvernensis, Croizet and Jobert 1.
Hyeena antiqua (pt. i. p. 87).

M. 3431. Cast of the right upper carnassial. The original (fig. 49)
was obtained from the Eed Crag at Trimley-St.-Mary,

Fig. 49.

Hyeena stfaita.—The right upper carnassial, from the outer (A) and oral (B)
aspects ; from the Red Crag at Trimley-St.-Mary. j. (From the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.')

Oss. Foss. du Puy-de-D6me, pt. i. p. 180 (1828).

316 SUPPLEMENT.

Suffolk, and is preserved in tho Museum at Ipswich ; it is
described and figured by tho present writer in the ' Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xlii. p. 365, fig. 1. The reasons for
the foregoing synonymy are given in that paper.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Family VIVERRID^E (pt. i. p. 93).

Genus VTVERRA (pt. i. p. 98).
Viverra karnuliensis, Lydekker *.

This species is about the same size as V. zibetha, from which it is
distinguished by the more elongated premolars, in which respects it
agrees with the Siwalik V. bakeri (pt. i. p. 99) and approaches Icti-
therium. The species may have been the descendant of V. bakeri
and the progenitor of V. zibetha.

Hab. India.

M. 2961. Cast of a portion of the left ramus of the mandible,
showing the carnassial and the alveoli of the last three
premolars. The original, which is the type and only
specimen, was obtained from a cavern at Billa-Surgam,
Karnul district, Madras, and is preserved in the Indian
Museum, Calcutta ; it is described and figured by the
writer in the ' Paleeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.
p. 31, pi. vii. figs. 6, 6 a.

Presented by the Director of the Geological
Survey of India, 1886.

Genus HERPESTES (pt. i. p. 104).

f^trprSteS jjrfeeuS, Desmarest 2.
Hob. India.

M. 2966. Four imperfect specimens of the humerus ; from a cave
at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras. Other speci-
mens are described and figured by the writer in the
1 Palseontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 32, pi. vii.
figs. 7-9. Presented by the Director of the' Geological

Survey of India, 1886.

1 Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. xix. p. 120 (188«).
a Mammalogie, p. 212 (1820).

SUPPLEMENT. 317

Herpestes lemanensis, Fomel ' .
Syn. (?) Herpestes primcevus, Pomel 2.

The specimens referred to this species vary considerably in size,
the larger ones indicating an animal fully equal in size to Viverra
zibeiha. The general structure of the mandible and teeth agrees
very closely with that of H. griseus, but the ramus is somewhat
deeper and more convex inferiorly ; the cranium is unknown. The
species may have been allied to some of the larger African forms.

Hob. Europe.

M. 2380. Hinder portion of the right ramus of the mandible,
showing niTl and m. 2«; from the Lower Miocene (Upper
Oligocene) of St. Gerand-le-Puy (Allier), France. Similar
specimens are figured by Filhol in the ' Ann. Sci. Geol.'
vol. x. pi. xxiii. ; m. 2 has one root. Purchased, 1885.

M. 2381. The greater part of the right ramus of the mandible of a
smaller individual, showing all the cheek-teeth or their
alveoli ; from St. Gerand-le-Puy. The alveolus of mT2 is
double. Purchased, 1885.

Family URSID^E (pt. i. p. 106).

Subfamily CANINE (pt. i. p. 107).

Genus CYNODICTIS (pt. i. p. 107).

Cynodictis leptorhyncha (pt. i. p.* 117).

M. 2360. The anterior portion of the cranium together with the
mandible in apposition ; from the Phosphorites of Caylux.
The cranium of this specimen agrees exactly with the one
figured by Filhol in the ' Ann. Sci. Geol.' vol. vii. pi. xxiv.
fig. 1063. Purchased, 1885.

Genus CANIS (pt, i. p. 123).

Cams tJtngo, Blumenbach *.
Hob. Australia.

The following specimens apparently indicate the existence of this
species contemporaneously with Thylacoleo and other extinct Mar-
supials.

1 Catalogue Methodique, p. 65 (1853).

2 Loc. cit. See Filhol, Ann. Sci. G4ol. vol. x. art. 3, p. 171.

3 For an error in the description of this, plate, see pt. i. p. 115, note 2.

4 Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, 1st French ed. vol. i. p. 103 (1803).

318 SUPPLEMENT.

43951 a. An upper canine aud four cheek-teeth ; from a cave in the
Wellington Valley, New South Wales.
Presented by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, 1870.

43951 b. The left astragalus ; from the same locality.

Same history.

Genus AMPHICYON (pt. i. p. 136).
Amphicyon ambiguus (pt. i. p. 141).

M. 1362. Fragment of the left ranaus of the mandible, containing
the last three premolars and the alveoli of pm. 1 and of the
canine ; from the Phosphorites of Caylux. The teeth are
somewhat smaller than those of the specimen figured by
Filhol in the « Ann. Sci. Geol.' vol. vii. pi. xii. figs. 25,
26, and the anterior basal cusp of pu>. 4 is less conspicuous.
^ Purchased, 1884.

Family PROCYONID^E.

Genus NASUA, Storr ».
Dentition :— I. |, C. -J, Pm. *, M. \.

rufa, Desmarest 2.

Syn. Viverra nasua, Linn.3

Nasua qffinis-sociali, Lund *.

Hob. South America.

18891. The calvarium of an immature individual; from a cave
in Minas Geraes, Brazil.

Claussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

18886, 18931, 18929. Several detached molars, and immature man-
dibular rami ; from the same locality. Same history.

1 ProdroniUB Meth. Mamm. p. 35 (1780).

2 Mammalogie, p. 170 (1820).

3 Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 64 (1766).

4 K. Danske Vid. Selskr. Skr. vol. xii. p. 76 (1845). The name 2V. socialis
is a synonym of 2V. rufa.

SUPPLEMENT. 319

Suborder CARNIVORA PINNIPEDIA.

Family PHOCID^E (pt. i. p. 205).

The incisive dental formula for the family is I. ^|| ; the one
given in Part i. being that of the subfamily Phocince.

Genus PHOCA (pt. i. p. 205).
Phoca rugosidens, Owen \

The reference of this small undescribed species to the type genus
must be regarded as provisional. The teeth are characterized by
their rugose enamel.

Hob. Maltese Islands.

37971. Three cheek-teeth ; from the Miocene of the Island of Gozo,
(Fig,} near Malta. These specimens are the types, and are

noticed and figured by Leith-Adams in the ' Quart. Journ .

Geol. Soc.' vol. xxxv. p. 524, pi. xxv. figs. 2 a, 2b, 2 c.

Presented by Prof. Leith-Adams, 1863.

M. 3574. A considerable portion of the skeleton of a small Seal, not
improbably from the Miocene of the Maltese Islands, and
if so perhaps belonging to the present species. The femur
agrees very closely with that of Phoca. No history.

Generically undetermined.

33243. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of a large Seal ; from
the Miocene of Malta. This specimen is noticed by Leith-
Adams in the 'Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xxxv. p. 525,
where it is provisionally referred to Phoca rugosidens, but
it apparently indicates a considerably larger form.

Presented by the Earl of Dude, 1858.

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. TO!, xxxv. p. 524 (1879).

320 SUPPLEMENT.

Order RODENTIA.
Suborder RODENTIA SIMPLICIDENTATA.

Section MYOMORPHA.
Family MURID^E (pt. i. p. 225).
Genus GERBXLLTJS, Desmarest l.

The incisors narrow, and grooved in the upper jaw ; molars lami-
nated, the first having three ridges, the second two, and the third
one ridge.

ffinMluS mtrtcua (Hardwicke 2).

Syn. Dipus indicus, Hardwicke 3.

Hub. India.

M. 3497. Two specimens of the leftramus of the mandible ; from a
cave at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras. Other
specimens are described and figured by the writer in
the ' Palseontologia Indica.' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 35, woodcut

Fig. 50.

Gerbillus indicus. — The leftramus of the mandible (|) and grinding-sur faces of
the lower molars (g); from a cave in the Karnul district. (From the
' Palitontologia Indica.')

fig. 1 ; one of the figures being reproduced in the accom-
panying woodcut. Presented by the Director of the
Geological Survey of India, 1886.

1 Nouv. Dict.jl'Hist. Nat. vol. xxiv. p. 22 (1804).

2 Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. viii. p. 279 (1804-7).— Dipus.

3 Loc. cit.

SUPPLEMENT. 321

Genus NESOKIA (pt. i. p. 226).
f^eSokta fcantltaiia (Bechstein1).

Syn. Mus bandicota, Bechstei na.
Mus giganteus, Hardwicke 3.
Nesokia gigantea, auct.

Hob. India.

M. 2967. The left ramus of the mandible ; from a cave at Billa-
Surgam, Karnul district, Madras. Other specimens are
described and figured by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia
Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 35, pi. viii. figs. 15, 15 a.

Presented by the Director of the Geological
Survey of India, 1886.

feofc, Gray 4.

Syn. Mus kok, Gray 5.

Arvicola indica, Gray 6.
Nesokia indica, auct.

Probably a variety of N. bengalensis.
Hob. India.

M. 2968. Several mandibular rami ; from the caves of Billa-Surgam,
Karnul district, Madras. Other specimens are described
and figured by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,'
ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 35, pi. viii. figs. 13, 14.

Presented by the Director of the Geological
Survey of India, 1886.

M. 2970. Specimens of the humerus and femur; from the same
locality. Same- history.

Genus MUS (pt. i. p. 226).

Mus orthodon, Hensel7.

A Rat apparently allied to the group comprising M. jerdom of
India and M. coxinga of Formosa.
Hab. Sardinia.

1 Allgem. Uebers. vierfiissige Thiere, vol. ii. p. 713 (1800).

2 Loo. tit.

a Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. rii. p. 306 (1804).

4 Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 585 (1837).— Mus.

• Loc. cit.

6 Illustrations of Indian Zoology, vol. i. pi. xi. (1830-32).

7 Not found.

PAEl V. T

322 SUPPLEMENT.

M. 3487. An imperfect cranium and several specimens of the
maxilla ; from the Pleistocene breccia of Mont San Gio-
vanni, Sardinia. Purchased, 1886.

M. 3487 a. Several mandibular rami ; from the same locality.

Purchased, 1886.

M. 3487 b. Specimens of the humerus, radius, ulna, femur, tibia,
and astragalus ; from the same locality. Purchased, 1886.

Genus EUMYS, Leidy \

This genus, according to Cope ", is distinguished from Hesperomys
(pt. i. p. 299) by the upward extension of the orbital fossae to form
an interorbital crest ; but some species of the latter show the same
feature. Schlosser3 considers that it is probably identical with
Cricetodon (pt. i. p. 228), which appears the common ancestral type.

Eumys elegans, Leidy4.

This is the type and only described species ; the series of cheek-
teeth is as long as in Mus decumanus, but the muzzle is shorter.
Hdb. North America.

M. 2563. Two imperfect mandibular rami, showing the molars ;
from the Miocene of the White River, Colorado, U.S.A.
Similar specimens are figured by Cope, op. cit. pi. Ixv.
figs. 9-13. Presented by 11. LydeJcJcer, Esq., 1885.

Genus ARVICOLA (pt. i. p. 230).
Arvicola henseli, Forsyth-Major 5.

Apparently allied to A. nivalis and A. brecciensis.
Hob. Sardinia.

M. 3488. Several specimens of the imperfect cranium and mandible ;
from the Pleistocene breccia of Mont San Giovanni, Sar-
dinia. Purchased, 1886.

M. 3488 a. Specimens of the humerus, ulna, femur, and tibia ; from
the same locality. These specimens were determined by
the founder of the species. Purchased, 1886.

1 Proc. Ac. Nat,. Sci. Philad. vol. viii. p. 90 (1856, vol. dated 1857).

» Vertebrate of the Tertiary Formations of the West (Eep. U.S. Geol. Surv
Terr. vol. hi.), Book i. p. 848 (1884).

8 Palaeontographica, vol. xxxi. p. 137 (1884). « Loc. cit.

6 The specimens were sent to the Museum with this unpublished name
attached.

SUPPLEMENT. 32<}

Genus MYODES, Pallas '.
Including Cuniculus, Wagler 2.
Molars as in Arvicola, but sole of feet hairy.

totquatu*, PaUas 3.

Syn. Mus torquatus, Pallas 4.

Arvicola amUgum (pt. i. p. 231).
Arvicola gulielmi (pt. i. p. 231).
Lemmus torquatus, Sanford 5.
Cuniculus torquatus, auct.

Hob. Europe.

The specimens entered in pt. i. p. 232 under the name of Arvi-
cola ambiyum belong to this species ; see Alston, ' Proc. Zool. Soc.'
1874, p. 460.

Family GEOMYID^l.

Dentition :— I. {, C. J, Pm. \, M. |. The molars may he either
rooted or rootless. All the genera are American.

Genus ENTOPTYCHUS, Cope6.

Crowns of the cheek-teeth prismatic, and in the young presenting
a deep enamel-fold, which eventually wears into an islet ; no roots to
the teeth ; the cranium has no vacuities ; and the limb-bones resemble
those of the existing Thomomys. Five species have been recorded.

Entoptychus crassiramis, Cope7.

The length of the cranium is 0,046. The superciliary ridges are
thickened, and the premolar is widened at the base.
Nab. North America.

M. 2567. Middle portion of the cranium, showing the three true
molars of the left side; from the Miocene of the White lliver,
Colorado, U.S.A. A similar specimen is figured by Cope in
the ' Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West '

1 Zoogr. Kosso-Asiatica, yol. i. p. 173 (1811).

2 Isis, 1832, p. 1220.

3 Nov. Spec. Glirium, p. 77 (1778).— MM. * Loo. tit.

5 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxvi. p. 125 (1870).

6 Proc. Anier. Phil. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 64 (1879, vol. dated 1880).
•> Ibid. p. 65.

T 2

324 SUPPLEMENT.

(Kep, U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. iii.), Book i. pi. Ixiv.
fig. 5 (1884). Presented by R. LydeTcTcer, Esq., 1885.

M. 2567 a. Fragment of tho mandible with the cheek-teeth ; from
the White Kiver. Presented by R. Lydekker, Esq., 3885.

Section HYSTRICOMOKPHA.

Family HYSTRICID^E (pt. i. p. 246).

Genus HYSTRIX (pt. i. p. 247).

Hystrix crassidens, Lydekker l.

Considerably larger than H. hirsutirostris, from which it is dis-
tinguished by the upper incisors being wider than the lower.
Hob. India.

M. 3448. Several cheek-teeth and imperfect mandibular rami ;

from the caverns of Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras.

Other specimens are described and figured by the writer in

the ' Palseontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 37, pi. viii.

Presented by the Director of the Geological

Survey of India, 1886.

M. 3448 a. Several imperfect specimens of the humerus and ulna ;
from the same locality. Same history.

Genus ATHERUR A, Cuvier 2.

Cheek-teeth as in Hystrix, but spines flattened, and tail long and
scaly.

Atherura karnuliensis, Lydekker3.

Somewhat larger than A. fasciculata, and distinguished by the
greater bevelling of the lateral borders of the anterior surface of the
upper incisors. The skull is unknown.

Hab. India.

M. 3444. A lower incisor ; from a cavern at Billa-Surgam, Karnul

district, Madras. Other specimens are described and

figured by the writer in the < Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10,

vol. iv. p. 38, pi. viii. Presented by the Director of the

Geological Survey of India, 1886.

1 Palseoutologia Indica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol.iv. p. 37 (1886).

2 Regne Animal, 2nd ed. vol. i. p. 215 (1829),— Atherure

3 Palaeontologia Indica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 38 (1886).

SUPPLEMENT. 325

Suborder RODENTIA DUPLICIDENTATA.

Family LAGOMYID^E (pt. i. p. 255).

Genus LAGOMYS (pt. i. p. 255).

Lagomys sardus (pt. i. p. 256).

M. 3459, 3481. Several crania, mostly imperfect ; from the Pleisto-
cene breccia of Mont San Giovanni, Sardinia.

Purchased, 1886.
M. 3460-1. Several imperfect maxilla) ; from the same locality.

Purchased, 1886.

M. 3462, 3468, 3482. Numerous mandibular rami ; from the same
locality. Purchased, 1886.

M. 3466-7. Numerous incisors ; from the same locality.

Purchased, 1886.

M. 3471-86. A large series of limb-bones and vertebras ; from the
same locality. Purchased, 1886.

Family LEPORID^E (pt. i. p. 259).
Genus LEPUS (pt. i. p. 258).
ntgncollte, F. Cuvier1.

Hob. India.

M. 2969. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, and several vertebra?
and imperfect limb-bones, provisionally referred to this
species ; from the caves at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district,
Madras. Other specimens are described and figured by
the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.
p. 38, pi. viii. Presented by the Director of the Geological

Survey of India, 1886.

Genus PALflEOLAGUS, Leidy 2.

This genus is distinguished from Lepus by the simpler pm. 3 and
the absence of a postf rontal process. ( Vide Cope, ' Vertebrata of
the Tertiary Formations of the West,' [Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.
vol. iii.], Book i. p. 870 [1884].)

' Diet. Sci. Nat. vol. xxvi. p. 307 (1823).

2 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. viii. p. 89 (1856, vol. dated 1857).

326 SUPPLEMENT.

Palseolagus haydeni, Lcidy '.

This is the type species ; m- 3 is cylindrical, not grooved, and
smaller than pm. 2. This species is regarded as the progenitor of
the existing Lepus sylvaticus.

Hob. N. America.

M. 2565. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the six cheek-teeth;
from the Miocene of the White River, Colorado, U.S.A.

Presented by R. Lydekker, Esq., 1885.

M. 2565 a. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, with the five
cheek-teeth ; from the White River.

Presented by R. LydeJcJcer, Esq., 1885.

Palseolagus turgidus, Cope 2.

This species is considerably larger than the preceding ; and differs
in the structure of the upper molars.
Hob. N. America.

M. 2564. Fragment of a mandibular ramus, with three teeth ; from
the Miocene of the White River, Colorado, U.S.A.

Presented by R. LydeTcTcer, Esq., 1885.

Order UNGULATA.

Suborder ART1ODACTYLA.

Family BOVID^E (pt. ii. p. 1).

Genus BOS (pt. ii. p. 1).
fttrt taurutf, var. primigenius (pt. ii. p. 2).

M. 3686. Cast of the calvarium and horn-cores. The original from
the Pleistocene of Italy.

Presented by J. B. Pentland, Esq., 1852.

Genus COBUS (pt. ii. p. 53).
Cobus (?) palaeindicus (pt. ii. p. 53).

M. 487. The imperfect cranium ; from the Siwalik Hills. Noticed
by the writer in the ' Palacontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.
P- 13* Cautley Collection. Presented, 1842.

' Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. viii. p. 89 (1856, vol. dated 1857).
Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (Hayden) for 1873, p. 479 (1874).

SUPPLEMENT. 327

39569 (pt. ii. p. 58). This female cranium may probably be referred
either to this species or to C. (?) patuUcornis ; it is noticed
by the writer, op. cit. p. 13. This reference confirms the
generic determination of the present species, since the
females of the existing species of Cobus are hornless.

Cobus (?), sp.
Hob. India.

M. 3683. The calvarium of a small female, either belonging to this
or a closely allied genus; from the Siwaliks of Perim
Island, Gulf of Cambay, India. The specimen approxi-
mates in structure to that of the larger so-called Eltotragus
arundinaceus, but has the supraorbital foramina much
larger. Presented by Col. J. W. Watson, 1887.

Genus TETRACEROS, Leach '.

The upper true molars are relatively broad, and have no inner
accessory column ; the premolars are relatively long, and the inner
crescents incomplete ; in the lower molars there may be a minute

Fig. 51.

Tetraceros quadricornis (Blainv.).— The first four right upper cheek-teeth of a
female, from the grinding and outer aspects. Eecent, Madras. \.
British Museum (No. 884a). (From the ' Palseontologia Indica.')

accessory column. The lachrymal depression is well marked, but
there is no vacuity. Horns are absent in the female. Part of the
upper dentition of the existing species is represented in woodcut
fig. 51.

1 Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xiv. p. b24 (1823).

328

SUPPLEMENT.

Tetraceros daviesi, Lydckker '.

This species is somewhat smaller than T. quadricornis, and dis-
tinguished by the narrower anterior upper premolars.
Hob, India.

M. 3492. The middle portion of the cranium ; from the Pliocene of
(Fig.) the Siwalik Hills. This specimen (fig. 52) is the type,
and is described and figured by the writer in the ' Paleeon-
tologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 19, woodcut fig. 3.

Cautley Collection. Presented, 1842.

Fig. 52.

Tetraceros daviesi. — The right half of the middle portion of the cranium and
of the palate; from the Siwalik Hills. \. (From the ' Palseontologia
Indica.')

16535. Fragment of a right mandibular ramus (fig. 53), provisionally
(Fig.) referred to this species ; from the Siwalik Hills. Described
* and figured by the writer, op. cit. p. 20, woodcut fig. 4.

Cautley Collection. Presented, 1842.

Fig. 53.

(?) Tetraceros daviesi.— Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible ; from
the Siwalik Hills, f (From the ' Pateontologia Indica.')

1 PaliEontologia Indica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 19 (1886.)

STJPPLEMEin'. 329

GENTTS non (let.

The following specimen indicates a small Antelope, perhaps
belonging to CephalopTius.
Nab. India.

M. 3493. Fragment of the right maxilla, showing the three true
molars ; from the Pliocene of the Siwalik Hills. Noticed
by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.
p. 21. Cautley Collection. Presented 1842.

Family GIRAFFID^l (pt. ii. p. 58).
Genus HYDASPITHERIUM, Lydekker1.

The antlers arise from a common base directly above the occiput ;
and there is a large lachrymal vacuity in the facial region.

Hydaspitherium megacephalum, Lydekker 2.

This is the type species.
Hab. India (Punjab).

M. 3723. Cast of the imperfect cranium. The original, which is the
type, was obtained from the Pliocene Siwaliks of Asnot,
Punjab, and is preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta
(No. B. 150) ; it is described and figured by the present
writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. i. p. 159,
pis. xxvi., xxvii. ; a supplemental description being also
given in vol. ii. p. 118 of the same work.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Family CERVID^E (pt. ii. p. 73).
Genus CARIACUS (pt. ii. p. 74).

A. Cariacine group.
CartacuS palirtJoSu3 (Desmarest 8).
Syn. Cervus j)aludosus, Desmarest 4.
Cervm affinis-paludoso, Lund '.
Cervus magnus, Bravard 8.
Blastoceros paludosus, Gray 7.
Hah. S. America (Brazil and Paraguay).

Eec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. ix. p. 154 (1876).—HydaspidotAeriitm.

Loc. cit.

Mainmalogie, p. 443 (1822).— Cervus. * Loc. cit.

K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. vol. ix. p. 198 (1842).

In Gervais' Zool. et Pal. Generates, ser. 1, p. 133 (1867-69).

Cat. Kuininaut Mammalia Brit. Mus. p. 87 (1872).

330 SUPPLEMENT.

The following specimens probably belong to this species.

37682. Fragment of the calvarium, showing the bases of the pedicles
of the antlers; from the Pleistocene of the Argentine
Republic. Bravard Collection. Purchased, 1854.

37678. Fragment of the left maxilla of a young individual, con-

taining mm- 3, mm. 4, and m. 1 ; from the same region.

Same history.

37679. Fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, belonging to

the same individual as the last specimen. Same history.

B. Coassine group.

The following specimens from the caves of Minas Geraes, Brazil,
belong to the group1 with simple antlers, comprising G. rufus,
C. simplicicornis, G. rufinus, and G. nemorivagus ; it is improbable
that they belong to the third species (confined to Ecuador and
Guatemala) ; but it is most likely that they represented at least two
of the other three, although it would be almost impossible to dis-
tinguish between the first and second by the skull alone. The
fossils may be divided into three groups on the ground of size. All
the specimens belong to the Glaussen Collection. Purchased, 1845.

Species a.

The specimens under this head come nearest in point of size to
C. rufus (F. Cuv.2) and C. simplicicornis (H. Smith 3), in which
the lengths of the upper series of cheek-teeth 4 in the females are
respectively 0,068 and 0,058.

18694. The imperfect calvarium of a male, showing the pedicles
the horn-cores.

18959. Part of the frontal region of a male.
18699. The imperfect calvarium of a female s.

18694 a. The right maxillary region, containing the six cheek-teeth.
The length of the dental series is 0,066.

1 Brooke, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 925. 2 Part ii. p. 74.

3 In Griffith's ' Animal Kingdom,' vol. v. p. 318 (1827).— Cervus.
* Brooke, op. cit.

" The calvarium of a female (No. 18701) entered in pt. ii. p. 74 as C. rufus is
intermediate in size between this specimen and No. 18699 a (species b).

SUPPLEMENT. 331

18695. The left maxillary region of an immature individual, showing

the three milk-molars and the first true molar.

18706. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the three premolars.

18696. The left ramus of the mandible of an immature individual.
18705 a. Part of the left ramus of a similar mandible.

18705 b. Part of the right ramus of a similar mandible.

Species b.

The following smaller specimens agree approximately in size with
C. nemorivagus (F. Cuv. x), in which the length of the upper cheek-
series of the female 2 is 0,050.

18705. The occipital segment of the cranium.
18699 a. The calvarium of a female.

18706 d. Two fragments of left maxilla, one showing the last three

and the other the last four cheek-teeth.

18706 a. Fragment of the left maxilla, containing the three true
molars, of which the length is 0,0315.

18695 a. Part of the left maxillary region of a young individual,

showing the three milk-molars and the first true molar.

18699 b. A similar specimen of the right maxilla.

18705 c. Part of the right ramus of the mandible, containing the

three true molars.

18699 C. Part of the left ramus of the mandible of an immature
individual, showing the milk-teeth.

18696 a. Part of the right ramus of a similar mandible.

Species c.

The following specimen indicates a still smaller form, which does
not appear larger than Pudua.

18706 b. Fragment of the right maxilla, containing the three true

molars, of which the united length is 0,029.

1 Diet. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 485 (1817). 2 Brooke, op. cif.

332 SUPPLEMENT.

Genus CERVUS (pt. ii. p. 82).
Cer&uS arfctotelfc (pt. ii. p. 113).

M. 3447. Four upper true molars ; from the caves of Billa-Surgam,

Karnul district, Madras. Similar specimens are figured

by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.

pi. xi. figs. 5, 6. Presented by the Director

of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

Family POEBROTHERIID^E (pt. ii. p. 149).

Poebrotherium wilsoni (pt. ii. p. 149).

M. 2561 a. Portions of the maxilla and mandible ; from the Miocene
of the White River, Colorado, U.S.A.

Presented by B. Lydekker, Esq., 1885.

M. 2561 b. An astragalus ; from the same formation. Same history.

Family TRAGULID^E (pt. ii. p. 150).

Genus LEPTOMERYX, Leidy '.

The cheek-dentition is almost or quite. indistinguishable from that
of Prodrefnotherium (pk. ii. p. 150), on which grounds Cope 2 has pro-
posed to unite the two genera. Leptomeryx is, however, distin-
guised by having four distinct metacarpals, although the two meta-
tarsals are fused into a " cannon-bone," and the navicular and cuboid
are united 3.

Schlosser 4, who places this genus in the Tragulidce, refers 8 Pro-
dremotherium and Bachitherium (pt. ii. p. 155) to the Cervidce & ;
but the resemblance between the dentition of Leptomeryx and Pro-
dremotherium appears too close to admit of their being classed in
distinct families ; and the reference of the former to the present
family therefore supports the view of Riitimeyer 7, who includes the

1 Proe. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. vi. p. 394 (1853, vol. dated 1854).

2 Tertiary Vertebrata of the West (Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. iii.),
Book i. p. 37 (1884). 3 Schlosser, inf. cit.

4 Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. p. 75 (1886). 5 Ibid. p. 65.

8 The Cervidce, together with the other Pecora, are regarded by this writer
as subfamilies of the Gelocida.

7 Vcrh. nat. Ges. Basel, vol. vii. art. 2, p. 43 (1883), and 'Natiirliche Geschichte
der Hirschfamilie ' (Abh. Schw. pal. Ges.), pt. 2, p. 68 : this view id adopted in
part ii. of the present work.

SUPPLEMENT. 333

latter in the same family. The connection shown between the
Dichodontidce (Gelocus) and the Cervidce (Palceomeryx) by means of
the three above-mentioned genera is so close as to leave little doubt
as to the descent of the one family, through the Tragulidce, from the
other ; the existing genera of Tragulidce being lateral offshoots
from the same early stock.

Leptomeryx evansi, Leidy *.
Syn. Trimerodus cedrensis, Cope2.

This is the type and only species, and is about the size of Tragulus
meminna.

Hab. North America.

M. 2562. A fragment of the left maxilla, showing the last two
premolars and the first two true molars ; from the Miocene
of the White Eiver, Colorado, U.S.A. Less imperfect spe-
cimens are figured by Leidy in the ' Ancient Fauna of
Nebraska,' pi. xiv.

Presented by R. LydeJcker, Esq., 1885.

M. 2562 a. Four fragments of mandibular rami with teeth ; from
the same deposits. Same history.

Genus DORCATHERIUM (pt. ii. p. 153).
Dorcatheriiim naui (pt. ii. p. 153).

M. 3714. Cast of the right ramus of the mandible. Original (type)
from Eppelsheim : figured by Kaup in ' Oss. Foss. d.
Darmstadt,' pt. 5, pi. xxiii. fig. 1.

Egerton Collection. Purchased, 1882.

Family DICHODONTLILE (pt. ii. p. 159).

Genus DICHODON (pt. ii. p. 164).

Dichodon cuspidatus (pt. ii. p. 164).

M, 3679. Part of the right ramus of the mandible with the three

1 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. vi. p. 394 (1853, TO!, dated 1854).

2 Palseontological Bulletin, No. 16, p. 8 ; see Cope, Kep. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Terr. p. 503 (1874), 8vo.

334 SUPPLEMENT.

true molars; from Hordwell. Described by "Wright in
the ' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.' ser. 2, vol. x. p. 87 (1852).

Wright Collection. Purchased, 1887.

Family ANOPLOTHERIID^E (pt. ii. p. 182).

Genus XIPHODON (pt. ii. p. 182).
Xiphodon cayluxensis, Lydekker (n. sp.).

This specific name is applied to the small Xiphodon of which the
immature mandibular ramus is figured in pt. ii. p. 186, under the
provisional name of X. gelyensis. That species according to Schlosser *
is not a Xiphodon at all, but is allied to Gelocus, and is made the
type of the new genus Phaneromeryoc. A. very large species of
Xiphodon from the Quercy Phosphorites has been described by Filhol2
under the name of X. magnus.

Family OREODONTID^ (pt. ii. p. 207) .

Genus EPOREODON (pt. ii. p. 209).
Eporeodon jacksoni (Leidy 3).

Syn. Eucrotaphus jacksoni, Leidy4.
Oreodon bullatus, Leidy 5.
Oreodon occidentalis, Marsh6.
Eporeodon occidentalis, Marsh 7.
Eucrotaphus occidentalis, Cope s.

The synonymy is given on the authority of Cope B, who includes
under this specific name three forms to which he has applied distinct
varietal names, with the suggestion that they may be of specific
value ; the length of the upper series of cheek-teeth varies from
0,099 to 0,086 ; the largest form being superior in size to E. major
(pt. ii. p. 209), while the smallest agrees in this respect with
Oreodon culbertsoni (pt. ii. p. 207). The species is distinguished
from E. triyonocephalus (Cope) by the palato-narial border being in

Morphol. Jahrb. vol. xii. p. 95 (1886) ; see also p. 29G of the same volume.
Ann. Soo. Sci. Phys. Nat. Toulouse, 1884, p. 40.

Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. v. p. 92 (1850, vol. dated 1852).— Eucro-
taphiis. * Loo. cit.

Quoted in Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. i. p. 318 (1873).
Amer. Journ. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 409 (1873).
Ibid. vol. ix. p. 250 (1875).
Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. v. p. 59 (1879).
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 517 (1884).

STJPPLEJTENT. 335

line with the posterior edges of the maxillae, and hy the infraorbital
foramen being situated above the posterior part of pm. 3 ; and from
E. major by the paroccipital process being placed behind the auditory
bulla. The following specimen belongs to the variety named paci-
ficus by Cope ', which is intermediate between the other two.
Hob. North America.

M. 2558. The cranium, with the dentition in an early stage of wear ;
from the Miocene of the John Day Eiver, Oregon, U.S.A.
The length of the series of cheek-teeth is 0,091.

Presented by E. Lydtkker, Esq., 1885.

Family SUID^E (pt. ii. p. 250).

Genus HYOTHERIUM (pt. ii. p. 254).

The writer has come to the conclusion that this genus may pro-
bably be regarded as the ancestor both of Dicotyles and Sus 2.

Hy otherium perimense, Lydekker 3.

This species may be defined as similar in size to H. waterhousei
(supra, pt. ii. p. 256), but distinguished by its wider molars, in which
respect it approaches E. scemmerringi (supra, pt. ii. p. 257) and the
Indian H. sindiense, although differing from the former by the greater

Fig. 54.

m. I. in. 2. m. 3.

Hyoiherium perimense. — Part of the left maxilla ; from the Pliocene
of Perim Island, India. \.

width of the lower molars, and from the latter either by its inferior
size, or by its wider lower molars, or by both these two characters.
Hob. India (Perim Island).

1 Ibid. p. 519.

2 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 22 (1887).

3 Ibid. p. 19.

336 SUPPLEMENT.

M. 3501. Fragment of the left maxilla, showing the three true
(Fig.) molars in an early stage of wear ; from the Siwaliks of
Perim Island, Gulf of Cambay, India. This specimen
(fig. 54) is the type, and is described and figured by the
writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 19,
woodcut. Presented by Col. J. W. Watson, 1886.

Genus SUS (pt. ii. p. 259).
, Wagner l.

This species, in which the talons of the last true molars (woodcut,
fig. 55) are usually more complex than in S. scrofa, is probably
descended from the larger Siwalik £. falconeri (pt. ii. p. 263) through
a form allied to the following species. The specimens from the

Fig. 55.

Sus cristatus.—Tho third right lower true molar of a male. Eecent. }.
(From the 'Palseontologia Indica.') a, d, the middle columns of the talon.

Narbada Valley (Nos. 36843, 36725), mentioned in pt. ii. p. 266,
have been referred by the writer, in the « Palseontologia Indica/
ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 48, to the present species.
Hob. India.

M. 3445. Ten specimens of premolars and molars and one lower
incisor ; from the caves of Billa-Surgam, Karnul district,
Madras. Other specimens are described and figured by
the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,' ser. 10, vol. iv.
p. 47, pi. ix. ; in the last lower molar of the fossil race the
complexity of the talon exceeds the average of recent ex-
amples (woodcut, fig. 55). Presented by
the Director of the Geological Survey of India, 1886.

1 Munch, gelehrt. Auzeiger, vol. ix. p. 435, errorim 535 (1839).

SUPPLEMENT. 337

Sus karnuliensis, Lydekker *.

This provisional species agrees in size with the Siwalik 8. falconeri
(pt. ii. p. 263), but in the general structure of the molars with S.
cristatus, although some specimens of these teeth approach the more
complicated structure obtaining in the molars of the former species.
It may be the descendant of the hypothetical form connecting the
Siwalik species with S. cristatus.

Hob. India.

M. 3503. Cast of the almost unworn third left upper true molar.
The original, which is one of the types, was obtained from
a cave at Billa-Surgam, Karnul district, Madras, and is
preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta ; it is described
and figured by the writer in the ' Palaeontologia Indica,'
ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 49, pi. ix. fig. 9.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

M. 3502. Cast of the much-worn third left lower true molar. The
history of the original (figured op. cit. pi. ix. fig. 3) is
the same as that of the preceding specimen.

Same history.

Sus, sp. c (pt. ii. p. 268).

M. 3430. Cast of an unworn but rolled third left upper true molar.
The original was obtained from the Red Crag of Suffolk,
and is preserved in the Museum at Ipswich ; it is noticed
by the present writer in the ' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol.
xlii. p. 366, and considered to belong probably either to
$. erymanthius or S. antiquus.

Made in the Museum, 1886.

Sus hysudricus (pt. ii. p. 271).

M. 3438. The hinder part of the palate, showing the last four teeth
of either side ; from the Siwaliks of Perim Island.

Presented by Col J. W. Watson, 1886.

M. 3681. The middle portion of the cranium of a nearly adult indi-
vidual, showing pm. 3, pm. 4, m. 1, and m. 2 in use and m. 3
in alveolo ; from Perim Island.

Presented by Col. J. W. Watson, 1887.

1 Palajontologia Indica (Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind.), ser. 10, vol. iv. p. 49 (1886).

PABT V. Z

338 SUPPLEMENT.

Sus palaeochcerus (pt. ii. p. 273).

M. 3711. Cast of part of right ramus of the mandible, with last

five cheek-teeth. Original (type) from Eppelsheim ; figured

by Kaup in ' Oss. Foss. d. Darmstadt,' pt. 2, pi. ix. fig. 1.

Egerton Collection. Purchased, 1882.

Suborder PERISSODACTYLA.

Family EQUID^E (pt. iii. p. 49).

Genus EQUUS (pt. iii. p. 65).

Equus, sp.

The following specimen indicates a Horse closely allied to, if not
identical with, Equus sivalensis (pt. iii. p. 66). It may be observed
that in the upper true molars of that species the elongation of the
grinding surface of the antero-internal pillar is somewhat greater
than in E. stenonis (pt. iii. p. 69).

Hob. Nubia.

M. 3595. A right upper cheek-tooth (? m. 1), in a comparatively

(Fig.} early stage of wear ; from the Upper Pliocene (?) of Wady

Haifa, near the second cataract of the Nile, Nubia. This

specimen is described and figured by the writer in the

' Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.' vol. xliii. p. 161 (woodcut).

Presented by Brigade-Surgeon Archer, A.M.D., 1886.

Family RHINOCEROTID^ (pt. iii. p. 90).

Genus RHINOCEROS (pt. iii. p. 91).
Rhinoceros perimensis (pt. iii. p. 155).

M. 3682. Fragment of the right ramus of the mandible, containing
an imperfect (? third) true molar ; from the Siwaliks of
Perim Island. The tooth is remarkable for the extreme
flatness of its outer surface, and has a length of 0,079.

Presented by Col. J. W. Watson, 1887.

SUPPLEMENT. 339

Suborder PROBOSCIDEA.

Family ELEPHANTID^E (pt. iv. p. 13).

Genus MASTODON (pt. iv. p. 14).

Mastodon pandionis (pt. iv. p. 37).

M. 3680. The imperfect crown of the third right upper true molar ;
from the Siwaliks of Perim Island. This specimen agrees
very closely with No. M. 2490.

Presented by Col. J. W. Watson, 1887.

Genus ELEPHAS (pt. iv. p. 78).

Elephas antiquus (pt. iv. p. 122).

M. 3598. The four ultimate molars of a single individual about one-
third worn ; from the Pleistocene of Barnstaple, Devon-
shire. Wright Collection. Purchased, 1887.

M. 3599. The two fourth lower milk-molars of one individual ; from
the same locality. Same history.

Order EDENTATA.
Family MEGATHERIUM (pt. v. p. 85).
Genus SCELIDOTHERIUM (pt. v. p. 91).

The following specimens not improbably belong to S. leptocephalum
(pt. v. p. 92).

37583. The pelvis and sacrum ; from Buenos Ayres.

Bravard Collection.

37561-3. Three trunk vertebrae ; from Buenos Ayres.

Same history.

Family GLYPTODONTTD^ (pt. v. p. 114).
Genus HOPLOPHORTJS (pt. v. p. 126).

Hoplophorus (?), sp.
Hob. South America.

M. 3684. Cast of the terminal tube of the caudal sheath. The
original was obtained from the Pleistocene of Rio Carca-
rana, near Villa Jesu Maria, Santa Fe ; it differs from the
specimens figured on pp. 129, 132.

Made by permission of Mr. E. Hunter, the owner of
the original, 1887.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

GENERA AND SPECIES, INCLUDING SYNONYMS.

Acanthoglossus, 295.

Balaena, 16.

Bolodon, 203.

Achyrodon, 276.

affinis, 17.

crassidens, 203.

nanus, 276.

balasnopsis, 23.

Bos, 326.

pusillus, 277.

biscayensis, 19.

taurus, 326.

Adapis, 299.

definita, 34.

Bradypus, 86.

magna, 299.

emarginata, 40.

giganteus, 86.

.ffilurogale, 313.
intermedia, 313.

gibbosa, 40.
insignis, 26.

Burtinopsis, 31.

minutus, 33.

•3?pyprymims, 205.

mysticetus, 17.

si mills, 33.

rufescens, 205.

primigenia, 20.

Allodon, 203.

rostrata, 63.

Caenopithecus, 299.

Amblotherium, 274.

Balasncdon, 58.

lemuroides, 299.

mustelula, 275.

afBnis, 17.

Canis, 317.

soricinum, 274.

definita, 34.

dingo, 317.

talpoides, 275.

emarginata, 40.

Cariacus, 329.

Amphicetus, 42.

gibbosa, 40.

paludosus, 329.

Amphicyon, 318.

physaloides, 58.

sp. a, 330.

ambiguus, 318.

Balaenoptera, 34.

sp. b, 331.

Amphigonus, 273.

borealina, 39.

sp. c, 331.

Amphilestes, 271.
broderipi, 271.

borealis, 38.
definita, 34.

Catopsalis, 200.
pollux, 200.

(?) sp., 272.

emarginata, 40.

Cayluxctherium,302.

Amphiperatherium,

goropi, 36.
juddi, 41.

elegans, 302.
Cervus, 332.

lemanense, 285.

musculoides, 36.

affinis-paludoso, 329.

Amphitherium, 273.

musculus, 35.

aristotelis, 332.

prevosti, 273.

rostratella, 40.

magnus, 329.

Amphitylus, xv.

sibbaldina, 34.

nemori vagus, 331.

Anchippodus, 1.

sp., 41.

paludosus, 329.

minor, 2.

Balsenotus, 16.

rufinus, 330.

riparius, 2.

insignis, 26.

rufus,330.

Ancylotherium,

Balaenula, 16.

simplicicornis, 330.

143.

balasnopsis, 23.

Cetotheriophanes,42.

pentelici, 144.

Basilosaurus, 50.

Cetotherium, 42.

Aporctus, 64.

cetoides, 50.

afBne, 47.

Arionus, 75.

Belemnoziphius,

brevifrons, 46.

servatus, 77.

67.

brialmonti, 42.

Arvicola, 322.

Beluga, 78.

burtini, 44.

ambiguus, 323.

catodon, 79.

dubium, 43.

gulielmi, 323.

Bettongia, 204.

hupschi, 45.

lienseli, 322.

cuneata, 205.

Champsodelphis, 74.

indica, 321.

grayi, 204.

sp., 74.

Atherura, 324.

rufescens, 205.

Chironectes, 289.

karnuliensis, 324.

Blastoceros

minimus, 289.

Athrodon, XT.

paludosus, 329.

variegatus, 289.

342

Chirotherium, 5.

Delphinus, 74.

Dioplodon (cont.).

brocchii, 7.

brocchii, 79.

gibbus, 71.

Chlamydotherium,

globiceps, 81.

medilineatus, 68.

135.

leucas, 79.

tenuirostris, 71.

giganteum, 135.

melas, 81.

Diplocynodon, xv.

gigas, 136.

orcoides, 81.

Diprotodon, 170.

humboldti, 136.

pseudodelphis, 74.

australis, 170.

maju8, 136.

sulcatiis, 74.

Dorcatherium, 333.

Choneziphius, 64.

planirostris, 64.
planus, 67.

truncatus, 84.
tursio, 84.
uncidens, 81.

naui, 333.
Drepanodon, 310.
aphanistus, 310.

Cobus, 326.

Deltatherium, 309.

bidentatus, 311.

palaeindicus, 326.

fundaminis, 309.

sp., 327.

Dichodon, 333.

Echidna, 295.

Coelodon, 113.

cuspidatus, 333.

oweni, 295.

escrivanensis, 113.

Didelphis = Didel-

ramsayi, 291.

maquinensis, 113.

phys.

Elephas, 339.

Crenidelphinus, 75.

Didelphys, 278.

antiquus, 339.

Ctenacodon, 196.

affinis, 283.

Entoptychus, 323.

Cuniculus, 323.

albiventri, 280.

crassirainis, 323.

torquatus, 323.

auritae, 280.

Eotherium, 13.

Cynocephalus, 298.

incanae, 281.

aegyptiacum, 13.

falconeri, 298.

murinae, 282.

Eporeodon, 334.

sp., 298.

myosurae, 281.

jacksoni, 334.

Cynodictis, 317.

pusilke, 282.

occidentalis, 334.

leptorhyncha, 317.

albiventris, 280.

Equus, 338.

Cynohyaenodon, 308.

antiqua, 283.

sp., 338.

cayluxi, 309.

arvernensis, 284.

Erinaceus, 301.

aurita, 280.

ceningensis, 301.

aymardi, 287.

Esthonyx, 3.

Daedicurus, 122.

azarae, 280.

burmeisteri, 3.

clavicaudatus, 122.

blainvillei, 284.

Eubradys, 104.

giganteus, 123.

bucklandi, 270.

antiquus, 106.

gigas, 123.

cadurcensis, 288.

Eucetotherium, 42.

uruguayensis, 123.

caudivolvula, 189. .

Eucetus, 54.

Dasypus, 138.

cinerea, 281.

amblyodon, 54.

affinis-octocincto, 141.

crassicaudata, 280.

Eucrotaphus, 334.

apareoides, 138.
conurus, 138.

elegans, 282.
exilis, 285.

jacksoni, 334.
occidentalis, 334.

gymnurus, 139.

fugax, 279.

Eumys, 322.

noyemcinctus, 141.

grisea, 281.

elegans, 322.

octocinctus, 141.

incana, 281.

Euphractus, 138.

peba, 141.

lamandini, 286.

affinis-villoso, 138.

punctatus, 141.

lemanensis, 285.

Euryurus, 123.

septemcinctus, 141.

murina, 282.

rudis, 124.

tatouay, 139.

myosura, 281.

Eusmilus, 311.

unicinctus, 139.

nudicaudata, 281.

bidentatus, 311.

yillosus, 138.

obesula, 256.

perarmatus, 311.

Dasyurus, 268.

prevosti, 273.

Eutatus, 139.

laniarius, 265.

pusilla, 282.

seguini, 140.

\iverrinus, 268.

sp. a, 283.

Delphinapterus, 78.
beluga, 79.
brocchii, 79.

sp. b, 286.
sp. c, 236.
viverrina 268*

Felis, 310.
aphanista, 310.
hyaenoides, 312.

leucas, 79.
Delphinodon, 75.
Delphinoidos, 75.
grateloupi, 76.
Del phinorhynchus,

Dinoziphius, 54.
ramdoncki, 54.
• Dioplodon, 67.

angulatus, 72.
angustus, 72.
becani, 68.

quadridentata, 312.
tetraodon, 312.
Felsinotherium, 5.
forrestii, 5.

Globicephalus, 81.
melas, 81.

sulcatua, 74.

compressus, 72.

syineval, 81.

INDEX.

343

Globicephalus (cant.).
imcidens, 81.

Hoplophorus (cont.\
sp. b, 131.

Macropus, 206.
altus, 223.

Globiceps, 81.

sp. c, 133.

anak, 214.

melas, 81.

sp., 132.

atlas, 232.

Glossotherium, 104.

sp., 339.

brehus, 207.

Glyptodon, 1 14.

Hyaena, 315.

cooperi, 224.

asper, 117.

antiqua, 315.

ferragus, 230.

clavicaudatus, 122.

arvernensis, 315.

giganteus, 225.

clavipes, 115.

crocuta, 315.

goliah, 234.

euphractus, 121.

felina, 315.

gouldi, 220.

giganteus, 122.

striata, 315.

major, 225.

gracilis, 127.

Hyaenodon, 305.

mimas, 207.

ornatus, 128.

leptorhynchus, 305.

minor, 218.

reticulatus, 117.

vulpinus, 306.

parryi, 220.

rudis, 124.

Hydaspitherium.

penicillatus, 221.

sp. a, 120.

329.

raechus, 212.

spinicaudus, 117.

megacephalum, 329.

rapha, 235.

tuberculatus, 125.

Hylobates, 298.

robustus, 222.

typus, 117.

sp., 298.

titan, 225.

Grypotherium, 104.

Hyopsodus, 303.

ualabatus, 219.

darwini, 105.

Ticarius, 303.

Macrotherium, 143.

Halianassa, 5.

Hyotherium, 335.
perimense, 335.

giganteum, 144.
sansaniense, 144.

cordieri, 6.

Hyperoodon, 63.

sindiense, 143.

Halitherium, 5.

rostratus, 63.

Macrotis, 256.

canhami, 7.

sp., 63.

lagotis, 257.

forestii, 5.

Hystrix,324.

Manati, 15.

fossile, 6.

crassidens, 324.

gigas, 15.

guettardi, 7.
schinzi, 7.

Kangurus, 206.

Manatus, 6.

coulombi, 13.

sp., 12.

ualabatus, 219.

fossilis, 6.

Halmaturus, 207.

Lagomys, 325.

guettardi, 7.

lessoni, 219.

sardus, 325.

Manis, 142.

nemoralis, 219.

Lagorchestes, 207.

gigantea, 142, 144.

parryi, 220.
ualabatus, 219.

Lemmus, 323.
torquatus, 323.

sindiensis, 143.
Mastodon, 339.

Herpestes, 316.

griseus, 316.

Leptocladus, 291.
dubius, 292.

panclionis, 339.
Megalochnus, 111.

lemanensis. 317.

Leptomeryx, 332.

Megalonyx, 111.

prirnaevus, 317.

evansi, 333.

jeffersoni, 111.

Herpetocetus, 47.

scaldiensis, 47.

Leptosiagon, 206.
gracilis, 230.

laqueatus, 111.
Meganthereon, 310.

Heterocetus, 42.

Lepus, 325.

aphanistus, 310.

affinis, 47.
brevifrons, 46.
Heteropus, 221.

nigricollis, 325.
Lestodon, 104.
armatus, 110.

hyaenoides, 312.
Megaptera, 31.
afflnis, 31.

penicillatus, 221.

giganteus, 110.

minuta, 33.

Homocetus, 54.

rnyloides, 111.

similis, 32.

villersi, 54.
Hoplocetus, 60.
borgerhoutensis, 61.

Lipodectes, 309.
penetrans, 309.
Lutra, 289.

Megapteropsis, 31.
robusta, 31.
Megatherium, 86.

crassidens, 60.

minima, 289.

americanum, 86.

curvidens, 62.

australe, 86.

Hoplopliorus, 126.

Machaerodus, 310.

lundi, 90.

burmeisteri, 128.

aphanistus, 310.

mirabile, 90.

clavicaudatus, 122.

bidentatus, 311.

Mesoplodon, 67.

euphractus, 121.

cultridens, 310.

angulatus, 72.

gracilis, 127.

leoninus, 310.

angustus, 72.

meyeri, 127.
ornatus, 128.

perarmatus, 311.
Macrophoca, 77.

compressus, 72.
gibbus, 71.

sp. a, 130.

atlantica, 77.

longirostris, 68.

344

Mesoplodon (cont.).

Osphranter, 207.

Phascolagus, 207.

tcnuirostris, 71*

cooper i, 225.

altus, 223.

Metaxytfierium, 5.

gouldi, 220.

Phascolestes, 274.

cordicri, 6»

lougirostris, 275.

Microchoerus, 303.

Pachyodon, 77.

Phascolomys, 147.

erinaceus, 303.

catulli, 77.

curvirostris, 152. '

Microlestes, 202.

Pachysiagon, 206.

gigas, 157.

antiquus, 202.

ferragus, 230.

krefFti, 151.

inoorei, 203.

otuel, 236.

latifrons, 151.

rhseticus, 202.

Palaeocetus, 31.

magnus, 148. ^ •

Miolophus, 4.

sedgwicki, 31.

medius, 149.

planiceps, 4.

Palaeodelphis, 58.

mitchelli, 152.

Monodon, 78.

fusiformis, 59.

parvus, 156.

monoceros, 78.

grandis, 59.

piatyrhinus, 155.

Mus, 321.

Palaeolagus, 325.

thomsoni, 156.

bandicota, 321.

haydeni, 326.

Phascolonus, 157.

giganteus, 321.

turgidus, 326.

gigas, 157.

kok, 321.

Palaeopithecus, 297.

Phascolotherium,

orthodon, 321.

sivalensis, 297.

270.

torquatu8, 323.

Palaeosyops, 2.

bucklandi, 270.

Myodes, 323.

minor, 2.

Phoca, 319.

torquatus, 323.

Palorcliestes, 237.

rugosidens, 319.

Mylodon, 104.

azael, 237.

Phocodon, 75.

armatus, 110.

crassus, 237.

Phyllorhina, 300.

darwini, 105.

Pampatherium, 135.

diadema, 300.

giganteus, 110.

Pangolin, 144.

Physeter, 53.

gracilis, 111.
harlani, 106.

gigantesque, 144.
Panochthus, 124.

macrocephalus, 53.
Physeterula, 54.

lettsomi, 108.

giganteus, 122.

dubusi, 54.

robustus, 107.

tuberculatus, 125.

Physetodon, 57.

Myomorphus, 111.
Myopotherium, 145.

Parasorex, 304.
socialis, 304.

baileyi, 57.
Physodon, 58.

bravardi, 145.

Peragale, 256.

fusiformis, 59.

lagotis, 257.

grandis, 59.

Nasua, 318.

Peralestes, 274, 294.

Plagiaulax, 196.

affinis-sociali, 318.

lougirostris, 275,

becklesi, 197.

rufa, 318.

294.

falconeri, 198.

Neoplagiaulax, 195.

Perameles, 255.

medius, 198.

eocaenus, 195.

bouganvillei, 256.

minor, 198.

Nesokia, 321.

fasciata, 256.

Platychoerops, 4.

bandicota, 321.

lagotis, 257.

richardsoui, 4.

gigantea, 321.

nasuta, 255.

Platyonyx, 91.

indica, 321.

obesula, 256.

Plesiocetopsis,

kok, 321.

sp., 256.

42.

Neurogymnurus, 302.

tenuirostris, 255.

brevifrons, 46.

cayluxi, 302.

Peramus, 277.

burtini, 44.

major. 302.

tenuirostris, 277.

dubius, 43.

minor, 302.
Nototherium, 161.

Peraspalax, 274.
talpoides, 275.

hupschi, 45.
Plesiocetus, 42.

inerme, 162.

Peratherium, 278.

brialmonti, 42.

mitchelli, 162.

affine, 283.

burtini, 44.

Victoria;, 162.

antiquum, 283.

dubius, 43.

arvernense, 284.

goropi 36.

Onychogale, 207.

aymardi, 287.

hupschi, 45.

Orca, 84.

blainvillei, 284.

Plioprion, 196.

citoniensis, 80.

cadurcense, 288.

minor, 198.

Oreodon, 3o4.
bullatus, 334.

exile, 285.
lamandini, 286.

Poebrotherium,
332.

occidentalis, 334.
Orycterotherium, 104.
missouriense, 106.

Petrogale, 207.
penicillata, 221.
robusta, 222.

wilsoni, 332
Polymastodon, 200.
taoeusis, 200.

345

Praopus, 140.

Sceparnodon, 157.

TUlotherium, 1.

aflluis-lougicaudato,

ramsayi, 157.

fodiens, 2.

141.
longicaudatus, 141.

Schistopleurum, 114.
•asperuru, 117.

Tolypeutes, 137.
afBnis-conuro, 138.

punctatus, 141.

tuberculatuin, 125.

conurus, 138.

Proaelurus, 313.

typuin. 117.

Triacanthodon, 258.

leraanensis, 313.

Schizodelphis, 74.

serrula, 258.

Procoptodon, 233.

sulcatus. 74.

Trichechus, 15.

goliah, 234.

Semnopithecus, 298.

borealis, 15.

otuel, 236.

entellus, 298.

manatus, 15.

pusio, 235, 236.

Smutsia, 142.

Triconodon, 258.

rapha, 235.

Sorex, 301.

ferox, 259.

Proechidna, 295.

sirailis, 301.

major, 262.

Prorastomus, 12.

Spalacotlxerium, 292.

mordax, 258.

sirenoides, 12.

minus, 293.

occisor, 259.

Protalpa, 301.

tricuspidens, 292.

Trimerodus, 333.

cadurcensis, 301.

Squalodon, 75.

cedrensis, 333.

Protemnodon, 207,

atlanticus, 77.

Tritylodon, 201.

231.

bariensis, 76.

fraasi, 201.

anak, 214, 232.

catulli, 77.

longseyus, 201.

antaeus, 212.

grateloupi, 76.

Troglodytes, 297.

mimas, 207.

servatus, 77.

sivalensis, 297.

og, 214.

Stereodelphis, 75.

Trogosus, 1.

rafcbus, 212.

Sthenurus, 207, 231.

castoridens, 2.

Proviverra, 308.

atlas, 214, 232.

Tursio, 84.

cayluxi, 309.

minor, 218.

truncatus, 84.

wbitiae, 308.

Stylodon, 290.

Tvirsiops, 84.

Pseudaelums, 312.

pusillus, 290.

tursio, 84.

edwardsi, 312.

robustus, 290.

quadridentatus, 312.
Pseudochirus, 188.

Stypolophus, 308.
cayluxi, 309.

Viverra, 316.

karnuliensis, 316.

caudivolvulus, 189.

wbitise, 308.

nasua, 318.

Pseudolestodon, 104.

Sus, 336.

gracilis, 111.

cristatus, 336.

Xenurus, 139.

lettsomi, 108.

hysudricus, 337.

affinis-nudicaudo, 139.

myloides, 111.

karnuliensis, 337.

antiquus, 139.

Pterodon, 306.

spalaeochoerus, 338.

uiiicinctus, 139.

dasyuroides, 306.

sp., 337.

Xiphodon, 334.

Ptilodus, 196.

cayluxensis, 334.

medissvus, 196.

Pugmeodon, 5.
schinzi, 7.

Tachyglossus, 295.
Taeniolabis, 200.

Yerboa, 225.
gigantea, 225.

scalper, 200.

Rhinoceros, 338.
perimensis, 338.

Talpa, 300.
tyrrhenaica, 300.

Zeuglodon, 49.
bracbyspondylus, 50.

Rhizopfion, 75.

Taphozous, 300.

cetoides, 50.

barien^is, 76.

saccolremus, 300.

hydrarchus, 50.

Rhytina, 15.

Tatusia, 140.

macrospondylus, 50.

gigas, 15.

novemcincta, 141.

sp.. 52.

stelleri, 15.

punctata, 141.

Ziphiopsis, 64.

Tetraceros, 327.

Ziphirostrvun, 64.

Sarcophilus, 265.
laniarius, 265.

daviesi, 328.
quadricornis, 327.

Ziphius, 67.
angulatus, 72.

Scaldicetus, 57.

Thylacinus, 264.

angustus, 72.

carreti, 58.

major, 264.

compressus, 72.

Scelidotherium, 91.

ankilosoptun, 105.

spelaeus, 264.
Thylacoleo, 189.

gibhus, 71.
longirostris, 68.

bravardi, 96.

carnifex, 189.

medilineatus, 68.

chiliense, 99.

Thylacotherium, 273.

planirostris, 64.

leptocephalura, 92.
tarijense, 102.

bucklandi, 270.
prevosti, 273.

planns, 67.
tenuiroatris, 71.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
HBD LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

DATE DUE

OPCAL SCIENCE?

Phys.Sci.

QE881 British Museum( Nat. Hist. )
B?U Dept. of Geology.
v.5

188? Catalogue of the fossil
Mammalia in the • . •

000 634 416

Phys.Sci.

QE881" British Museum( Nat. Hist.)

B7U Dept. of Geolfcgy.

1887 Catalogue of the fossil
Mammalia in the ,

Physical Sciences Library

University of California

Riverside